1985-86 Table of Contents Welcome t o Calendar Capilano College for 1 1985/86 2 Admission 3 Registration 4 Instructional Changing Guidelines Registration 5 Status 6 Fees General 7 Course Information 8 Campus S e r v i c e s 12 Financial 17 A i d and Awards Academic S t u d i e s / U n i v e r s i t y Career/Vocational Vocational, Programs Transfer Transfer Programs Programs Pre-Employment 21 60 and Upgrading 126 Guide 131 Index College .. 143 Board & A d m i n i s t r a t i o n LYNNMOUR CAMPUS & ADMINISTRATIVE 2055 P u r c e l l Way North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5 Telephone (604) 986-1911 TDD ( f o r deaf) 144 OFFICES 988-9921 SQUAMISH LEARNING CENTRE 37827 Seco n d Avenue P . O . Box 1 5 3 8 , S q u a m i s h , B . C . VON 3G0 Telephone (604) 892-5322 T o l l f r e e from Vancouver: 986-3515 SECHELT LEARNING CENTRE 1360 I n l e t Avenue P . O . Box 1 6 0 9 , S e c h e l t , B . C . VON 3A0 Telephone (604) 8 8 5 - 9 3 1 0 T o l l f r e e from Vancouver: 987-1535 P u b l i s h e d by: I n f o r m a t i o n S e r v i c e s P h o t o g r a p h s : Edna S a k a t a Word P r o c e s s i n g , L a y o u t : Donna McMahon P r i n t i n g : N o r t h S h o r e News Welcome, A l t h o u g h i t m i g h t seem i n a p p r o p r i a t e and b o a s t f u l s o , C a p i l a n o i s q u i t e an extraordinary college. to say In C a n a d i a n t e r m s , i t i s a s m a l l c o l l e g e w i t h a l l the s c h o l a s t i c i n t i m a c y and f r i e n d s h i p t h a t s m a l l n e s s e n c o u r a g e s . The s i t e i s o u t s t a n d i n g and p r o v i d e s an atmosphere t h a t i s conducive t o s e r i o u s l e a r n i n g . Most o f t h e f a c i l i t i e s a r e q u i t e a d e q u a t e and we have some o f t h e f i n e s t , most u p - t o - d a t e e q u i p m e n t ; m o r e o v e r we e x p e c t o u r f a c i l i t i e s t o be even b e t t e r i n t h e not t o o d i s t a n t f u t u r e . Our p r o g r a m s a r e s o l i d , and t h e p l a c e m e n t and p e r f o r m a n c e r e c o r d of our g r a d u a t e s matches t h a t o f any o t h e r c o l l e g e . But a l l o f t h i s i s s e c o n d a r y . The. r e a l s t r e n g t h of C a p i l a n o i s i t s people. S h o u l d y o u come t o C a p i l a n o , y ou w i l l p r o b a b l y meet v e r y t a l e n t e d s u p p o r t s t a f f members and a d m i n i s t r a t o r s from time t o t i m e . You may even meet Board members who a r e d e e p l y c o m m i t t e d t o t h e c o l l e g e and work h a r d t o e a r n community s u p p o r t f o r i t . H o w e v e r , y o u w i l l c e r t a i n l y meet two o t h e r g r o u p s of p e o p l e who w i l l have a d i r e c t i n f l u e n c e on your education. F i r s t , your f e l l o w s t u d e n t s - - y o u w i l l f i n d most o f them t o be s e r i o u s l e a r n e r s who a l s o know how t o have f u n . They can be h e l p f u l t o y o u , and y ou t o t h e m . Of a t l e a s t e q u a l i m p o r t a n c e w i l l be y o u r i n s t r u c t o r s and o t h e r f a c u l t y members. They a r e v e r y a b l e p e o p l e , more t h a n a n x i o u s t o h e l p y o u l e a r n ; t h e y w i l l be demanding o f y o u , but even more demanding of t h e m s e l v e s . They w i l l g i v e y o u a good e d u c a t i o n a l workout. C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e welcomes y ou o f f e r s y o u t h e c h a n c e f o r an exceptional experience in learni ng. and Principal 1 Calendar for 1985-86 1985 FALL TERM t o ADD a c o u r s e , o r c h a n g e f r o m AUDIT t o CREDIT AUGUST 26 ( M o n d a y ) : C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l Proqram R e g i s t r a t i o n , ( s e e F a l l 1985 T i m e t a b l e f o r d e t a i l s ) (Faculty Advisors present) AUGUST 2 7 , 2 8 , 29 ( T u e s . - T h u r s . ) : Academic Program R e g i s t r a t i o n , ( s e e F a l l 1985 T i m e t a b l e f o r d e t a i l s ) (Faculty Advisors present) SEPTEMBER 3 ( T u e s d a y ) : b e g i n f o r A c a d e m i c and Divisions Classes Career status FEBRUARY 7 ( F r i d a y ) : F i n a l D a t e f o r payment o f B a l a n c e o f T u i t i o n Fees FEBRUARY 2 0 - 2 1 ( T h u r s . , F r i d a y ) : M i d - t e r m b r e a k . No c l a s s e s scheduled. FEBRUARY 28 ( F r i d a y ) : L a s t day t o WITHDRAW f r o m a c o u r s e , o r c h a n g e s t a t u s f r o m CREDIT t o A U D I T , o r change s e c t i o n s MARCH 2 8 : Good F r i d a y . Closed. College SEPTEMBER 15 ( M o n d a y ) : L a s t day t o ADD a c o u r s e o r c h a n g e s t a t u s f r o m AUDIT t o CREDIT MARCH 3 1 : E a s t e r Closed. OCTOBER 4 ( F r i d a y ) : F i n a l Date f o r payment o f R a l a n c e o f T u i t i o n F e e s A P R I L 1 6 - 2 5 (Wed. Examination Period OCTOBER 7 ( M o n d a y ) : Thanksgiving Day. C o l l e g e C l o s e d . A P R I L 30 ( W e d s . ) : End o f Term f o r A c a d e m i c and C a r e e r D i v i s i o n s . NOVEMBER 1 ( F r i d a y ) : L a s t day t o Withdraw from a c o u r s e , or change s t a t u s f r o m CREDIT t o A U D I T , o r change s e c t i o n s NOVEMBER 11 ( M o n d a y ) : College C l o s e d f o r Remembrance D a y . DECEMRER 9 - 1 3 (Monday Examination Period - Friday): DECEMBER 13 ( F r i d a y ) : End o f t e r m f o r A c a d e m i c and C a r e e r D i v i s i o n s 1986 SPRING TERM JANUARY 2 ( T h u r s d a y ) : C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l Program R e g i s t r a t i o n , ( s e e S p r i n g 1986 T i m e t a b l e f o r d e t a i l s ) (Faculty Advisors present) JANUARY 3 , 6 X 7 ( F r i . , M o n . , T u e s . ) : Academic Program R e g i s t r a t i o n , ( s e e S p r i n g 1986 Timetable f o r d e t a i l s ) (Faculty Advisors present) JANUARY 6 ( M o n d a y ) : C l a s s e s f o r Career D i v i s i o n begin JANUARY 8 ( W e d n e s d a y ) : C l a s s e s begin f o r Academic D i v i s i o n JANUARY 22 ( W e d n e s d a y ) : Last day Monday. College Friday): 1986 SUMMER TERM A P R I L : Summer t e r m r e g i s t r a t i o n i s on a c o n t i n u o u s b a s i s . C o u n s e l l i n g s e r v i c e s are a v a i l a b l e . Admission mat-*. Who i s A*. • .r - Eligible for Admission Date Acceptance Mailed Any p e r s o n who i s a C a n a d i a n c i t i z e n o r Landed I m m i g r a n t i s e l i g i b l e for admission i f they are i n a t l e a s t one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g categori es: Term Application Deadline F a l l 85 S p r i n g 86 Summer 86 May 3 1 / 8 5 June 2 8 / 8 5 O c t . 31/85 N o v . 29/85 A p r . 1/86 as p r o c e s s e d 1 . P e r s o n s who have a B . C . Secondary School g r a d u a t i o n c e r t i f i c a t e or e q u i v a l e n t educational record. B . FOR CAREER AND VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS AND COURSES 2 . P e r s o n s I B y e a r s o f age o r o l d e r who do not have a B . C . Secondary School g r a d u a t i o n c e r t i f i c a t e or e q u i v a l e n t . 3 . P e r s o n s who a r e s e c o n d a r y school students a t t e n d i n g a school i n t h e C o l l e g e R e g i o n and have t h e w r i t t e n recommendation of t h e i r school p r i n c i p a l . 4. Persons at l e a s t lfi years of age who c a n s a t i s f y a C o l l e g e c o u n s e l l o r t h a t t h e y p o s s e s s an i n t e r e s t i n , and an a p t i t u d e f o r , a v o c a t i o n f o r which the C o l l e g e p r o v i d e s i n s t r u c t i o n , may be e l i g i b l e to enter the r e l a t e d College Vocational program. When t o A p p l y for Admission Generally, applications for A d m i s s i o n t o t h e C o l l e g e may he made at any t i m e d u r i n g t h e y e a r . However, e a r l y a p p l i c a t i o n d e a d l i n e s have been e s t a b l i s h e d i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e f o r m a l In P e r s o n r e g i s t r a t i o n periods f o r each term. A . FOR ACADEMIC AND COURSES STUDIES PROGRAMS Persons a p p l y i n g f o r Aca^pmic S t u d i e s by t h e d e a d l i n e s l i s t e d below w i l l , i f t h e y a r e a c c e p t e d , be r e g i s t e r e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e p r i o r i t i e s l i s t e d on page 4 ( " P r i o r i t y Sequence i n R e g i s t r a t i o n " ) . A c c e p t a n c e n o t i c e s and p e r m i t s t o r e g i s t e r w i l l be m a i l e d t o each s u c c e s s f u l a p p l i c a n t w i t h i n one month o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n d e a d l i n e . P e r s o n s who a p p l y a f t e r t h e d e a d l i n e , hut b e f o r e t h e f o r m a l In P e r s o n r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d s , w i l l o n l y be a b l e t o r e g i s t e r at a l a t e r sequence i n the r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l programs have e a r l i e r a p p l i c a t i o n deadlines than those l i s t e d above. For d e t a i l s p l e a s e r e f e r t o t h e s p e c i f i c program i n t h i s c a l e n d a r . G e n e r a l l y , a p p l i c a t i o n s s h o u l d be r e c e i v e d b e f o r e March 1 . How t o A p p l y for A. Campus Lynnmour Admission 1 . O b t a i n an " A p p l i c a t i o n f o r A d m i s s i o n Fnrm" from t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e . Persons wishing to enter f u l l - t i m e p r o g r a m s o f s t u d y o r who need assistance in completing t h i s form are advised to arrange a meeting with the C o l l e g e Admissions A d v i s o r or a C o u n s e l l o r by c a l l i n g t h e C o u n s e l l i n g O f f i c e at 986-1911, l o c a l 298. Persons wishing admittance to the c o l l e g e t o e n t e r a Career program must a r r a n g e an i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e Career Program C o o r d i n a t o r p r i o r t o b e i n g a d m i t t e d . I n d i v i d u a l s who a r e not a d m i t t e d t o a p a r t i c u l a r C a r e e r p r o g r a m may s t i l l be e l i g i b l e for admission to the C o l l e g e t o e n t e r an A c a d e m i c Studies or General Studies program. If i n dnuht p l e a s e contact the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e . 2 . C o m p l e t e t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form and b r i n g o r m a i l i t t o t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e . Include with y o u r A p p l i c a t i o n Form any f o r m e r education records which are r e q u i r e d , s u c h as H i g h S c h o o l Graduation C e r t i f i c a t e s , O f f i c i a l T r a n s c r i p t s from other post-secondary i n s t i t u t i o n s , E n g l i s h Placement Test s c o r e s . 3 . Once y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n f o r A d m i s s i o n and s u p p o r t i n g d o c u m e n t s have been r e c e i v e d , t h e a p p l i c a t i o n w i l l be p r o c e s s e d and yo u w i l l r e c e i v e a L e t t e r o f A c c e p t a n c e and a " P e r m i t t o R e g i s t e r " from the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e by m a i l . (See page 4 f o r R e g i s t r a t i o n d a t e s and procedures.) B. Howe Sound and S e c h e l t Centres Each t e r m C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e o f f e r s a number o f c o u r s e s i n Howe Sound and t h e S u n s h i n e C o a s t . S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o be a d m i t t e d t o t h e College in order to r e g i s t e r for these courses should contact the S q u a m i s h Campus ( 3 7 8 2 7 - 2nd Avenue, 892-5322 or t o l l f r e e from North Van. 986-3515) or the S e c h e l t Centre (1360 I n l e t Avenue, 885-9310 or 987-1535) f o r forms and d e t a i l s o f c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s . Counselling services are a v a i l a b l e a t b o t h c e n t r e s and t h e A p p l i c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s a r e as o u t l i n e d above. S t u d e n t Number Identification Card When a s t u d e n t has been a c c e p t e d and i s f i r s t a d m i t t e d t o t h e C o l l e g e s/he i s a s s i g n e d a permanent s t u d e n t number. T h i s number c o n t r o l s t h e S t u d e n t ' s R e c o r d , S t a t e m e n t o f G r a d e s and College Identification Card. C o l l e g e I d e n t i f i c a t i o n Cards are i s s u e d at the b e g i n n i n g of the term for which a student i s r e g i s t e r e d . These c a r d s w i l l be a v a i l a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e w i t h i n two weeks a f t e r t h e b e g i n n i n g of c l a s s s e s . If t h e c a r d i s l o s t , a d u p l i c a t e may be obtained from the R e g i s t r a r ' s Office for $3.00. To use t h e L i b r a r y S e r v i c e s o f t h e C o l l e g e , t o s i g n out a u d i o v i s u a l m a t e r i a l s or t o vote i n Student U n i o n e l e c t i o n s , a s t u d e n t must have a C o l l e g e Identification Card. Registration Once y o u have r e c e i v e d y o u r L e t t e r o f A c c e p t a n c e and " P e r m i t t o R e g i s t e r " , y o u may s e l e c t y o u r courses. P r i o r i t y Sequence f o r STUDIES R e g i s t r a t i o n ACADEMIC How t o In o r d e r t o a v o i d l o n g l i n e - u p s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , t h e r e i s now a s y s t e m of p r i o r i t y registration. The p r i o r i t i e s a r e : PRIURITY #1 - R e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s who have a c h i e v e d a G r a d e P o i n t A v e r a g e of 2 . 0 o r g r e a t e r i n t h e i r previous term. PRIORITY #2 - New A p p l i c a n t s r e s i d e n t i n the C o l l e g e Region i n the f o l l o w i n g three c a t e g o r i e s : i ) New a p p l i c a n t s who have g r a d u a t e d f r o m h i g h s c h o o l i n an a c a d e m i c p r o g r a m w i t h a Grade P o i n t Average of 2 . 5 or g r e a t e r ( b a s e d on recommended f i n a l g r a d e s f r o m hi gh s c h o o l ) . i i ) New a p p l i c a n t s who have n o t attended a h i g h school or p o s t - s e c o n d a r y i n s t i t u t i o n i n an academic program of s t u d i e s w i t h i n two y e a r s o f t h e t e r m t h e y a r e regi s t e r i ng. i i i ) T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s from another post-secondary i n s t i t u t i o n who have a c h i e v e d a Grade P o i n t Average of 2 . 0 or g r e a t e r i n t h e i r latest term. PRIORITY #3 - A l l o t h e r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s and new s t u d e n t s f r o m w i t h i n the College Region. PRIORITY #4 - Out applicants. of region R e s i d e n t and R e t u r n i n g S t u d e n t defined Capilano College. Returning s t u d e n t s who have been academically d i s q u a l i f i e d in the previous semester should c o n s u l t a c o u n s e l l o r about e l i g i b i l i t y . are as: RESIDENT: A p e r s o n who has l i v e d i n t h e o f f i c i a l C o l l e g e Region ( N o r t h V a n c o u v e r , West V a n c o u v e r , Howe S o u n d , or S u n s h i n e C o a s t ) f o r a t l e a s t f o u r months as o f t h e f i r s t day o f t h e t e r m f o r w h i c h a p p l i c a t i o n i s made. RETURNING STUDENT: Any s t u d e n t who has r e g i s t e r e d f o r , and has a t t e n d e d , c r e d i t c l a s s e s at Register 1. F o r A c a d e m i c P r o g r a m s and Courses at Lynnmour: a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e or t h e Squamish or S e c h e l t Campus. T i m e t a b l e s g i v i n g t h e t i m e s o f c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s , room numbers and i n s t r u c t o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e approximately three weeks p r i o r t o e a c h r e g i s t r a t i o n peri od. b . S e l e c t t h e c o u r s e s and s e c t i o n s y o u w i s h t o t a k e and c o m p l e t e t h e r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m . The DATE and TIME f o r you t o r e q i s t e r w i l l hp printed in the Timetable. A l l r e g i s t r a t i o n w i l l t a k e p l a c e In P e r s o n and payment o f f e e s i s r e q u i r e d at t h a t t i m e . 3 . F o r C o u r s e s i n Howe Sound and the Sunshine Coast a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e on t h e Lynnmour Campus o r from t h e Squamish or S e c h e l t Centre. b . C o m p l e t e and r e t u r n t h e r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m w i t h payment attached to the appropriate centre. 4 . F o r C o u r s e s on More t h a n Campus One a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e on t h e Lynnmour Campus o r f r o m t h e S q u a m i s h and S e c h e l t Centre. b . C o m p l e t e and r e t u r n t h e r p g i s t r a t i o n f o r m w i t h payment a t t a c h e d t o t h e Lynnmour C a m p u s . 5 . For E x t e n s i o n Activities Courses SPP pagp 16 o f t h e When t o Register and Calendar. 2 . F o r C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l P r o g r a m s and C o u r s e s a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e or thp Squamish or S e c h e l t Centre. b . C o m p l e t e and s u b m i t r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m s and f e e s payable to the a p p r o p r i a t e c o o r d i n a t o r f o r a p p r o v a l . F o r new f u l l - t i m e students t h i s w i l l n o r m a l l y i n v o l v e an i n t e r v i e w and c o u n s e l l i n g . P a r t - t i m e C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l s t u d e n t s may e i t h e r m a i l i n or b r i n g i n t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and a p p r o p r i a t e f e e s a t any t i m e . c . R e g i s t r a t i o n can o f t e n be completed p r i o r to the r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d ; h o w e v e r , new r e g i s t r a n t s who have been a c c p p t p d and r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s who have n o t completPd t h e i r r p g i s t r a t i o n must s u b m i t a p p r o v e d r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m s and f e e s p a y a b l e t o t h e Registrar's Office during Rpgistration for Career students. 1 . ACADEMIC COURSES STUDIES PRUGRAMS AND Academic s t u d e n t s w i l l r e g i s t e r i n the p r i o r i t y o u t l i n e d above. Students should consult t h e i r t i m e t a b l e f o r t h e e x a c t d a t e and time of r e g i s t r a t i o n . In p e r s o n r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d s a r e s c h e d u l e d as f o l l o w s : FALL 1985 Term: A u g u s t 27 August 2 9 , 1985. SPRING 1986 T e r m : J a n u a r y 3 , 6 and 7 , . 1 9 8 6 . 2 . CAREER AND VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS AND COURSES F o r t h o s e C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l s t u d e n t s who have n o t p r e - r e g i s t e r e r i through t h e i r coordinator prior to R e g i s t r a t i o n : FALL 1985 T e r m : A u g u s t 2 6 , 1985 SPRING 1986 Term: J a n u a r y 2 , 1986 Important Dates to Remember Application Academic Deadline Priority C a r e e r and Vocational In-Person Registration Career Vocational and FALL 1985 SPRING 1986 SUMMER 1986 May October Ongoing - r e f e r t o Summer T i m e t a b l e for: Academic 3 1 , 1985 3 1 , 1985 refer to s p e c i f i c program i n c a l e n d a r r e f e r to s p e c i f i c program i n c a l e n d a r August 2 6 , 1985 January 2, Auqust 1985 27, 28, 29, January 3, 6, 3 , 1985 January 6, S e p t e m b e r 3 , 1985 September 1986 dependent upon course dependent upon course 1986 dependent upon course January 8 , 1986 dependent upon course January 2 2 , 1986 dependent upon course 4 , 1985 February 7, on 1 , 1985 February 2 8 , 1986 7 1986 C l a s s e s Commence Career/Vocational Acadpmic Division September Division F i n a l Date t o ADD a c o u r s e n r Change S t a t u s f r o m AUDIT t o CREDIT n r w i t h d r a w f r o m a c o u r s e w i t h some f p e r e f u n d . F i n a l Date f o r TUITION FEES payment o f 1 6 , 1985 BALANCE OF October F i n a l Date t o WITHDRAW, o r change S t a t u s f r o m CREDIT t o AUDIT, o r c h a n g e s e c t i o n s November 1986 registration dependent upon course Instructional Guidelines Student Responsibility Course I t i s t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of t h e student to ensure that his/her r e g i s t r a t i o n i s a c c u r a t e and c o m p l o t p , and t h a t t u i t i o n fpps a r e p a i d at the a p p r o p r i a t e t i m e . F a i l u r e t o do so may r e s u l t i n r o c r e d i t g r a n t e d f o r work done or immediate d e - r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r non-payment of t u i t i o n f e e s . Right to Register A s t u d e n t who has n o t m a i n t a i n e d a s a t i s f a c t o r y s t a n d i n g in a program i n any t e r m may be d e n i e d permission to reqister in that proqram i n a subsequent t e r m . Change o f Name a n d / o r Address I t i s t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of t h e student to inform the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e o f any c h a n g e s i n h i s / h e r name, a d d r e s s o r phone n u m b e r . D o c u m e n t a t i o n must be p r o v i d e d t o s u p p o r t a c h a n g e o f name r e q u e s t . Overload A course overload i s a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r more t h a n 16 c r e d i t hours of academic c o u r s e s o r more t h a n t h e f u l l r e q u i r e m e n t s s p e c i f i e d for a Career proqram. S t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r a t t h e i r d i s c r e t i o n for a course overload up t o a t o t a l o f 21 c r e d i t h o u r s so l o n g as t h e y have d i s c u s s e d t h e i r need o r w i s h f o r an o v e r l o a d with a c o u n s e l l o r . Science s t u d e n t s , however, are automatically allowed to r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n 16 c r e d i t h o u r s , so l o n g as t h e t o t a l c r e d i t h o u r s d o e s n o t e x c e e d 21 c r e d i t h o u r s and d o e s n o t a r i s e f r o m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n more t h a n f i v e courses. S t u d e n t s may n o t r e g i s t e r f o r a course overload u n t i l a f t e r the R e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . English Proficiency A p p l i c a n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o be f u n c t i o n a l in the English l a n g u a g e . The C o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e right, to a s s e s s the competence of a p p l i c a n t s i n the E n g l i s h language p r i o r to granting admission. Those s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o e n r o l l i n E n g l i s h must s u b m i t t h e r e s u l t s o f t h e B . C . Government E n g l i s h Placement Test w i t h t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m s o r must t a k e the Capilano College English D i a g n o s t i c Test before r e g i s t e r i n g f o r any o f t h e s e c o u r s e s . Schedules of E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c T e s t s w i l be a v a i l a b l e i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , 986-1911, l o c a l 2 1 3 , Squamish L e a r n i n g C e n t r e , 892-5322 ( 9 8 6 - 3 5 1 5 ) , Sechelt Learning Centre, 885-9310 ( 9 8 7 - 1 5 3 5 ) , or the Humanities D i v i s i o n , 986-1911, l o c a l 502. 5 Changing Registration Status Wait Lists S t u d e n t s who r e g i s t e r but a r e u n a b l e t o get i n t o a c o u r s e because i t i s f u l l w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y be i n c l u d e d on a c h r o n o l o g i c a l w a i t l i s t . These l i s t s w i l l be p o s t e d f o r s t u d e n t v i e w i n g . The s t u d e n t must a t t e n d t h e f i r s t c l a s s of t h a t c o u r s e t o e i t h e r be a c c e p t e d i n t o t h p c l a s s o r have h i s name r e m a i n on t h e w a i t .1 i s t . Course i s s u e Course V e r i f i c a t i o n forms t o each s t u d e n t . It i s the s t u d e n t ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y t o check h i s / h e r l i s t of c o u r s e s . If a s t u d e n t b p l i e v e s t h a t t h e r e i s an e r r o r i n h i s / h e r r e g i s t r a t i o n , s/he must c o r r e c t t h e e r r o r s w i t h a C o u r s e Change Form b e f o r e t h e f i n a l w i t h d r a w a l date. Failure to correct the e r r o r may r e s u l t i n an ' F ' g r a d e on t h e s t u d e n t ' s t r a n s c r i p t ( o r no c r e d i t b e i n g g r a n t e d f o r work d o n e ) . Verification F o l l o w i n g t h e l a s t day t o add a course the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e w i l l Adding or Changing a Course A student may e n r o l l in a course, change s e c t i o n s , o r change f r o m a u d i t t o c r e d i t s t a t u s (see c h a r t page 5) a f t e r t h e l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d but b e f o r e t h e f i n a l d a t e t o add a c o u r s e . T h i s must be done on a C o u r s e Change f o r m , be s i g n e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r s i n v o l v e d and s u b m i t t e d t o t h e Registrar's Office. The a d d i t i o n o f a c o u r s e o r c h a n g e from a u d i t to c r e d i t s t a t u s a f t e r t h e f i n a l d a t e t o add a c o u r s e may o n l y be done i n e x c e p t i o n a l c i r c u m s t a n c e s and w i t h t h e a p p r o v a l of t h e I n s t r u c t o r , C o o r d i n a t o r and R e g i s t r a r . Requests f o r such changes a f t e r t h e f i n a l d a t e t o add a c o u r s e s h o u l d be d i r e c t e d f i r s t t o t h e Regi s t r a r . Withdrawing from a Course or Changing from C r e d i t t o A u d i t Status S t u d e n t s may w i t h d r a w f r o m a c o u r s e or change from c r e d i t t o a u d i t s t a t u s a f t e r t h e l a s t day o f the In-Person Registration period but b e f o r e t h e f i n a l d a t e t o w i t h d r a w f r o m a c o u r s e . T h i s must be done on a C o u r s e Change Form s i g n e d by the" i n s t r u c t o r involved and s u b m i t t e d t o t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s Office. Requests a f t e r the f i n a l date t o withdraw from a course r e q u i r e the approval of the I n s t r u c t o r , C o o r d i n a t o r and R e g i s t r a r . A p p r o v a l w i l l n o t n o r m a l l y be granted u n l e s s the r e c o r d s of the C o l l e g e a r e i n c o r r e c t as t h e r e s u l t o f an e r r o r by t h e C o l l e g e , or the student i s s i m p l y r e q u e s t i n g a c h a n g e f r o m one s e c t i o n t o a n o t h e r o f t h e same c o u r s p , or i s t r a n s f e r r i n g t o a lower l e v e l at the request of the i n s t r u c t o r , or the student i s u n a b l e t o meet t h e d e a d l i n e d a t e because of i l l n e s s o r emergency ci rcumstances. •NOTE: A p p r o v a l f o r l a t e a d d s a n d / o r l a t e d r o p s w i l l n o t be granted simply because the student was unaware o f , o r n e g l e c t e d t o comply w i t h , t h e C o l l e g e ' s r e g i s t r a t i o n p o l i c i e s and procedures. Financial Information Tuition Fees d . P o s t - d a t e d cheques w i l l accepted. The new t u i t i o n f e e s f o r t h e 1985/86 i n s t r u c t i o n a l y e a r w i l l be announced i n t h e F a l l T i m e t a b l e w h i c h w i l l be a v a i l a b l e a t l e a s t one month p r i o r t o t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e F a l l ' 8 5 t e r m . It i s l i k e l y t h a t t h e y w i l l be h i g h e r t h a n i n 1 9 8 4 / 8 5 . F o r d e t a i l s o f payment o f fees c o n s u l t the T i m e t a b l e . As a g e n e r a l g u i d e l i n e , t h e b a s i c t u i t i o n fees for 1984-85 were: - $ 2 0 . 0 0 per c r e d i t hour of w h i c h $14 i s r e f u n d a b l e i.f t h e c o u r s e i s d r o p p e d w i t h i n t h e f i r s t two weeks of the t e r m . - $20.00 non-refundable registration fee. - $ 2 . 0 0 p e r c r e d i t hour S t u d e n t A c t i v i t y Fee t o a t e r m maximum o f $24.00. (This fee i s optional f o r c o u r s e s i n Howe Sound and on t h e Sunshine C o a s t . ) - $ 5 . 0 0 R e c r e a t i o n a l F a c i l i t y Levy f o r s t u d e n t s on t h e Lynnmour campus r e g i s t e r e d i n 1 . 5 c r e d i t s or more. - $25 l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r students r e g i s t e r i n g a f t e r the f i r s t two weeks o f t h e t e r m . - $3 p e r c r e d i t hour or a minimum o f $25 l a t e payment p e n a l t y f o r s t u d e n t s who have n o t s e t t l e d t h e i r t u i t i o n f e e s a c c o u n t by t h e end o f t h e f i f t h week o f t h e t e r m . Conditions of Registration a . A l l c h e q u e s and money o r d e r s a r e t o be marie p a y a b l e t o " C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e " and a c c o m p a n i e d by a c o m p l e t e d R e g i s t r a t i o n F o r m . b. Underpaid r e g i s t r a t i o n s not be p r o c e s s e d . will c . A c h a r g e o f $ 1 0 . 0 0 w i l l be l e v i e d f o r c o s t s of h a n d l i n g cheques r e t u r n e d by t h e bank f o r i n s u f f i c i e n t f u n d s . The C o l l e g e reserves the r i g h t to take only money o r d e r s , c e r t i f i e d c h e q u e s , o r c a s h f r o m s t u d e n t s whose c h e q u e s a r e r e t u r n e d by t h e bank for insufficient funds. not be Shore, Coast. Howe Sound and Sunshine e . S t u d e n t s whose f e e s a r e t o be p a i d by a g e n c i e s , o t h e r t h a n Government S c h o l a r s h i p s , a r e required to present a l e t t e r to t h i s e f f e c t at r e g i s t r a t i o n . T u i t i o n fees charged f o r Extension P r o g r a m s and S e r v i c e s a r e b a s e d on the p r i n c i p l e of r e c o v e r i n g the c o s t o f i n s t r u c t i o n a l and r e l a t e d expenses. f . Students with outstanding debts t o t h e C o l l e g e w i l l not be a l l o w e d to r e g i s t e r u n t i l t h e i r debts are cleared. R e f u n d s : The C o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t t o c a n c e l any c o u r s e f o r w h i c h r e g i s t r a t i o n does not reach t h e r e q u i r e d m i n i m u m , and t o w i t h d r a w , p o s t p o n e , or combine c l a s s e s or t o change i n s t r u c t o r s . S p e c i a l Fee W a i v e r s Citizens for Senior Any p e r s o n 60 y e a r s o f age o r o v e r i s e n t i t l e d t o f r e e t u i t i o n , and i s n o t r e q u i r e d t o pay s t u d e n t a c t i v i t y fees or the c a p i t a l l e v y . Applicants for t h i s special senior c i t i z e n f e e w a i v e r need o n l y produce a p p r o p r i a t e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n s u c h as t h e C o u r t e s y Card f o r s e n i o r c i t i z e n s or Pharmacare c a r d at t h e t i m e of r e g i s t r a t i o n . S e n i o r c i t i z e n s must pay t h e $20 registration fee. Non-Regi s t r a t i o n Returning students with debts to the C o l l e g e ( e . g . l o s t m a t e r i a l s , l o s t e q u i p m e n t , t u i t i o n f e e s not p a i d ) w i l l be r e f u s e d r e g i s t r a t i o n u n t i l such debts are e r a s e d . Fees a r e payable at t i m e of r e g i s t r a t i o n . Fees p a i d f o r c o u r s e s o r w o r k s h o p s c a n c e l l e d by t h e C o l l e g e w i l l be r e f u n d e d i n f u l l . A p p l i c a t i o n s for withdrawal and r e f u n d w i l l n o t be a c c e p t e d a f t e r t h e second s e s s i o n of a c o u r s e has been h e l d and i n t h e case of workshops of short d u r a t i o n (up t o t h r e e c o n s e c u t i v e days) withdrawal a p p l i c a t i o n s w i l l be a c c e p t e d no l a t e r t h a n t h e day b e f o r e t h e workshop commences. R e f u n d s a r e s u b j e c t t o a 20% a d m i n i s t r a t i o n c h a r g e . R e f u n d s on d i s c o u n t e d and p a c k a g e f e e s w i l l be s u b j e c t t o t h e 20% a d m i n i s t r a t i o n charge against the f u l l c o u r s e f e e . Any d e p a r t u r e f r o m t h e f o r e g o i n g p o l i c y w i l l be s t a t e d i n the course or workshop d e s c r i p t i o n . Under no c i r c u m s t a n c e s w i l l r e f u n d s be g i v e n a f t e r t h e end o f a c o u r s e or w o r k s h o p . Refunds Students w i t h d r a w i n g from a c o u r s e w i t h i n t h e f i r s t two weeks o f a t e r m w i l l be r e f u n d e d a p o r t i o n o f t h e t u i t i o n f e e s i f t h e y have p a i d more t h a n t h e n o n - r e f u n d a b l e d e p o s i t . In 1 9 8 4 / 8 5 t h e n o n - r e f u n d a b l e p o r t i o n was $6 p e r c r e d i t hour and t h e $20 r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e . Students w i t h d r a w i n g from a course a f t e r t h e end o f t h e s e c o n d week o f a t e r m r e c e i v e no r e f u n d s . Fees P o l i c y - E x t e n s i o n Programs and S e r v i c e s D e p a r t m e n t I n f o r m a t i o n about E x t e n s i o n ( c r e d i t f r e e ) c o u r s e s and s e r v i c e s i s p u b l i c i z e d in brochures d i s t r i b u t e d by m a i l on t h e N o r t h T r a n s f e r s : In s p e c i f i e d c o u r s e s a s t u d e n t may t r a n s f e r f r o m one course to another i f space i s a v a i l a b l e . Fees a r e not t r a n s f e r a b l e f r o m one t e r m t o another. Fee W a i v e r f o r S e n i o r C i t i z e n s : P e o p l e age 60 and o v e r a r e e l i g i b l e f o r a 10% d i s c o u n t on f e e s f o r most c o u r s e s . Some c o - s p o n s o r e d and c e r t a i n o t h e r courses are excluded from t h i s p o l i c y . At t i m e o f r e g i s t r a t i o n s e n i o r c i t i z e n s are asked t o p r o v i d e p r o o f of a g e , s u c h as a Pharmacare c a r d , s e n i o r c i t i z e n s c o u r t e s y card or b i r t h certificate. A l s o , see " L i m i t of R e s p o n s i b i l i t y " , page 1 1 . 7 General Course Information The Instructional Year The i n s t r u c t i o n a l y e a r i s d i v i d e d i n t o two f o u r month t e r m s , F a l l and S p r i n g , and an e q u i v a l e n t Summer S e s s i o n o f two months (May and J u n e ) . A u d i t s t u d e n t s w i l l be a c c e p t e d on a s p a c e a v a i l a b l e b a s i s , and a r e only permitted to register a f t e r t h e l a s t day o f I n - P e r s o n Regi s t r a t i o n . C r e d i t - F r e e Status (Extension P r o g r a m s and S e r v i c e s ) Course Credits A student w i l l receive c r e d i t only f o r t h e c o u r s e s i n w h i c h s/he i s o f f i c i a l l y registered according to the records i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s Office. A c r e d i t hour n o r m a l l y r e p r e s e n t s one h o u r p e r week o f c l a s s r o o m work p e r t e r m . Most c o u r s e s o f f e r e d are t h r e e c r e d i t hour c o u r s e s . As s u c h , t h e y n o r m a l l y r e q u i r e t h r e e c l a s s h o u r s p e r week and may, i n a d d i t i o n , r e q u i r e l a b o r a t o r i e s , s e m i n a r s and tutori als. An a d d i t i o n a l f o u r t h h o u r of i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l be o f f e r e d i n e a c h t h r e e c r e d i t hour c o u r s e . This e x t r a educational opportunity may t a k e t h e f o r m o f a w o r k s h o p , seminar, f i e l d - t r i p or s i m i l a r a c t i v i t y , at the d i s c r e t i o n of e a c h i n s t r u c t o r and as circumstances allow. Credit Status A s t u d e n t may a t t e n d a l l c l a s s e s , s e m i n a r s , l a b s , e t c . of the course and p a y s t h e normal t u i t i o n f e e . S/he i s r e q u i r e d t o s u b m i t a s s i g n m e n t s and s i t . e x a m i n a t i o n s . (See A t t e n d a n c e ) A student i s r e g i s t e r e d for a c r e d i t - f r e e c o u r s e or a c t i v i t y has p a i d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e f e e . Course Challenge who Procedure The C o l l e g e has a p o l i c y w h i c h allows registered College students to request examination for a c h i e v e m e n t i n c e r t a i n c o u r s e s . By t h i s p r o c e d u r e , a s t u d e n t may receive c r e d i t for a course without t a k i n g the course. Interested students should consult a counsellor for current i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e c h a l l e n g e p r o c e d u r e . There are c e r t a i n c o u r s e s w h i c h may not be c h a l l e n g e d . A student c h a l l e n g i n g a c o u r s e w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e normal t u i t i o n f e e f o r t h a t course. Courses challenged s u c c e s s f u l l y w i l l be i n d i c a t e d on t h e s t u d e n t ' s t r a n s c r i pt. .NOTE: C r e d i t f o r c o u r s e s s u c c e s s f u l l y challenged w i l l apply t o w a r d s a C e r t i f i c a t e or Diploma from C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e ; however, some o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n s may not g r a n t c r e d i t f o r some c o u r s e s challenged. Attendance Audit Status A s t u d e n t may a t t e n d a l l m e e t i n g s of a c r e d i t c l a s s w i t h o u t r e c e i v i n g c r e d i t . The a u d i t student attends a l l c l a s s e s , s e m i n a r s , l a b s , e t c . of the c l a s s and p a y s t h e n o r m a l t u i t i o n f e e . S/he i s n o t r e q u i r e d t o s i t e x a m i n a t i o n s or submit a s s i g n m e n t s . The s t a t u s o f a u d i t w i l l be d e n i e d by an i n s t r u c t o r if t h e s t u d e n t has not met t h e attendance requirements for that c l a s s . T h i s d e n i a l may be a p p e a l e d throuqh the grade appeal p r o c e s s . 8 A student i s expected to attend a l l c l a s s e s i n w h i c h s/he i s r e g i s t e r e d , since evaluation of p r o g r e s s i n any c o u r s e i s c u m u l a t i v e , b a s e d on c l a s s a s s i g n m e n t s , p a r t i c i p a t i o n and examinations. A s t u d e n t e x p e c t i n g t o be a b s e n t from c l a s s e s because of prolonged i l l n e s s i s advised to notify h i s / h e r i n s t r u c t o r as soon as p o s s i b l e and t o a r r a n g e t o make up m i s s e d i n s t r u c t i o n . The i n s t r u c t o r may r e q u i r e t h a t a m e d i c a l c e r t i f i c a t e be p r e s e n t e d r e i n s t a t e the s t u d e n t . to If i l l n e s s p r e v e n t s a s t u d e n t f r o m w r i t i n g a f i n a l examination or a s s i g n m e n t , s/he may be a s s i g n e d a grade or granted a d e f e r r a l at t h e d i s c r e t i o n of h i s / h e r instructor. In s u c h c a s e s , a m e d i c a l c e r t i f i c a t e must be s u b m i t t e d w i t h i n one week o f t h e d a t e o f t h e e x a m i n a t i o n o r due d a t e o f t h e a s s i gnment. F a c u l t y members a r e a u t h o r i z e d d i s m i s s from a c l a s s a student i s d i s r u p t i v e to the l e a r n i n g process. to who Visitors A p e r s o n may a t t e n d a c l a s s s e s s i o n as a v i s i t o r f o r a l i m i t e d p e r i o d o f t i m e , p r o v i d e d s/he has permission from the i n s t r u c t o r i n a d v a n c e . T h i s p r i v i l e g e does not e x t e n d t o s c i e n c e and l a n g u a g e l a b s or c o u r s e s r e q u i r i n g t h e use of m a c h i n e r y o r m a t e r i a l s . A v i s i t o r i s not r e g i s t e r e d , does not s i t e x a m i n a t i o n s , does not r e c e i v e c r e d i t and a t t e n d s n o t more t h a n t h r e e weeks d u r i n g t h e term. Examination Week For s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d i n academic c o u r s e s , t h e l a s t week o f t h e i n s t r u c t i o n a l term i s designated as an e x a m i n a t i o n w e e k . I f t h e r e i s t o be an e x a m i n a t i o n i n a c o u r s e n e a r t h e end o f a t e r m , i t i s d u r i n g t h i s week t h a t t h e e x a m i n a t i o n w i l l be g i v e n . Such e x a m i n a t i o n s w i l l be up t o t h r e e h o u r s i n d u r a t i o n and n o r m a l l y w i l l be s c h e d u l e d t o o v e r l a p w i t h the regular meeting time for the course in q u e s t i o n . Faculty w i l l be a c c e s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e e x a m i n a t i o n week t o meet w i t h students to review t h e i r a s s i g n m e n t s and f i n a l l e t t e r g r a d e and/or engage i n o t h e r instructionally related activiti es. For s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d i n Career/Vocational programs, the l a s t week o f t h e i n s t r u c t i o n a l term w i l l i n c l u d e having r e g u l a r l y scheduled c l a s s sessions during w h i c h t i m e an e x a m i n a t i o n may be a d m i n i s t e r e d , o r i n some p r o g r a m areas a s p e c i a l examination s c h e d u l e may be s e t . Students should c o n s u l t w i t h t h e i r instructors for detailed information regarding examination schedules. ACADEMIC Capilano C o l l e g e uses t h e f o l l o w i n g c a t e g o r i e s of grarii n g : Letter Grade Point Value A+ A A- 4 1/3 4 3 2/3 Excellent R+ B B- 3 1/3 3 2 2/3 Good 2 1/3 2 1 2/3 Sati sfactory 1 0 0 - Minimal Pass Credit Granted* Fail No C r e d i t G r a n t e d * * Incomplete* Withdrawn** Not A t t e n d i n g * * Audit* D CR F NC I W NA ADD • Classification * not c a l a c u l a t e d i n Grade Average + n o t shown on t r a n s c r i p t . Average Grade P o i n t Averages a r e r e p o r t e d on e a c h Permanent S t u d e n t R e c o r d . The GPA i s t h e sum o f t h e g r a d e p o i n t hours earned i n t h e t e r m , d i v i d e d by t h e number o f c r e d i t , h o u r s a p p l i c a b l e t o t h e Grade Point Computation. Interpretation POLICIES Grading System C+ C C- Grade P o i n t of Grades " I " g r a d e s a r e g i v e n a t t h e end o f a t e r m when, i n t h e judgement of t h e i n s t r u c t o r , t h e student would have a r e a s o n a b l e e x p e c t a t i o n o f p a s s i n g t h e c o u r s e but h a s n o t c o m p l e t e d t h e work r e q u i r e d . An " I " g r a d e i s o n l y awarded w h e r e t h e i n s t r u c t o r and s t u d e n t have a r r a n g e d f o r t h e work t o be c o m p l e t e d by a s p e c i f i e d d a t e , which i s noted i n the c l a s s l i s t with grades. A s t u d e n t g r a n t e d an " I " g r a d e must c o m p l e t e t h e n e c e s s a r y a s s i g n m e n t s on t h e d a t e s p e c i f i e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r on t h e g r a d e s h e e t o r s/he w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y r e c e i v e a predetermined grade w h i c h r e f l e c t s t h e work n o t completed. Point Repeating a Course A c o u r s e may he r e p e a t e d f o r t h e p u r p o s e o f i m p r o v i n g a g r a d e . The g r a d e f o r e a c h a t t e m p t w i l l be recorded w i t h the h i g h e r grade used i n t h e c o m p u t a t i o n o f t h e Grade P o i n t A v e r a g e . S t u d e n t s a r e cautioned that other i n s t i t u t i o n s may i n c l u d e b o t h q r a d e s i n t h e GPA computati o n . Upon t h e c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e r e q u i r e d a s s i g n m e n t s by t h e s p e c i f i e d t i m e , the i n s t r u c t o r w i l l r e c o r d t h e f i n a l grade based on t h e c o m p l e t e d w o r k . Students are cautioned t h a t other i n s t i t u t i o n s may i n c l u d e " I " g r a d e s i n GPA c a l c u l a t i o n . A s t u d e n t who r e g i s t e r s f o r a c o u r s e , d o e s n o t a t t e n d and d o e s n o t o f f i c i a l l y w i t h d r a w may be assigned a grade d e s i g n a t i o n of " N A " . NA g r a d e s a r e a s s i g n e d as o f t h e f i n a l Drop d a t e f o r t h e t e r m registered i n . A l l " F " g r a d e s a r e r e c o r d e d on t h e s t u d e n t ' s t r a n s c r i p t . These g r a d e s are assigned a value of zero in the c a l c u l a t i o n of a s t u d e n t ' s C u m u l a t i v e Grade P o i n t A v e r a g e . Students are cautioned t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n s may n o t g r a n t t r a n s f e r c r e d i t for courses completed w i t h a "D" g r a d e . other R e g i s t e r i n g a s an a u d i t s t u d e n t does not g u a r a n t e e t h a t a s t u d e n t w i l l r e c e i v e a u d i t s t a t u s . Based on t h e a t t e n d a n c e and p a r t i c i p a t i o n requirements of the i n s t r u c t o r , an i n s t r u c t o r w i l l c o n f i r m o r deny t h e " a u d i t " s t a t u s of a student i n t h e i r c o u r s e . A d e n i a l r u l i n g i s o p e n t o a p p e a l by the student. The g r a d e s "CR" o r "NC" a r e assigned to courses i n which a l e v e l of mastery i s r e q u i r e d f o r s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n . When a c o u r s e i s graded i n t h i s manner, t h e c o u r s e o u t l i n e must s t a t e t h e necessary requirements to achieve the grade of CR. Official Grades Transcript/Statement of A statement of grades i s e i t h e r m a i l e d or d i s t r i b u t e d from the Registrar's Office. O f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s are i s s u e d o n l y at the request of the s t u d e n t . The s t u d e n t must c o m p l e t e a T r a n s c r i p t O r d e r Form and pay $ 5 . 0 0 f o r t h e f i r s t c o p y and $ 2 . 0 0 f o r each a d d i t i o n a l copy. Appeal of Final Grades If a s t u d e n t w i s h e s t o a p p e a l a f i n a l g r a d e s/he must c o n t a c t t h e c o u n s e l l o r n o t l a t e r t h a n two weeks a f t e r r e c e i p t o f g r a d e s o r Change o f G r a d e N o t i f i c a t i o n . The c o u n s e l l o r w i l l d i s c u s s the grade and a p p e a l p r o c e d u r e w i t h t h e s t u d e n t and a t t e m p t t o a r r a n g e a m e e t i n g w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r . The counsellor w i l l provide the s t u d e n t w i t h a " F i n a l Grade Appeal" form. If the student wishes to pursue t h e a p p e a l , t h e " F i n a l Grade A p p e a l " f o r m i s c o m p l e t e d and submitted t o the Secretary of the A p p e a l s Committee w i t h a f e e of $20 f o r e a c h c o u r s e t o be appealed. A p p e a l s a r e c o n s i d e r e d by an A p p e a l s C o m m i t t e e c h a i r e d by one o f t h e C o l l e g e D e a n s . The Committee c o n s i s t s of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s from f a c u l t y , S t u d e n t s , and a c o u n s e l l o r . D u r i n g t h e Appeal process a l l term grades, i n c l u d i n g the f i n a l examination mark, are taken i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n . In a l l c a s e s t h e student, i s i n f o r m e d i n w r i t i n g of the Committee's d e c i s i o n . Should t h e mark he c h a n g e d , t h e $20 f e e is refunded. Only those appeals t h a t f o l l o w the ahove p r o c e s s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d . Philosophy P o l i t i c a l Studies Psychology Sociology Spanish Theatre Women's S t u d i e s 2 . For a C a r e e r (by p r o g r a m ) Studies Diploma a . Completed t h e program requirements, f i f t y percent w h i c h must, he c o m p l e t e d a t Capilano College. D i p l o m a and C e r t i f i c a t e Requirements S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e i r programs f i l l out a " R e q u e s t f o r D i p l o m a o r C e r t i f i c a t e " f o r m at. t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e one month b e f o r e t h e end o f t h e t e r m i n w h i c h t h e p r o g r a m i s t o be completed. of b . O b t a i n e d a 2 . 0 0 Grade Average or b e t t e r . Point 3. Diploma For a General Studies a . C o m p l e t e d 60 c r e d i t h o u r s a t l e a s t 30 o f w h i c h must be c o m p l e t e d at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s w h i c h a r e n o t p a r t of a p r o g r a m may a l s o a p p l y t o t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s Office for a C e r t i f i c a t e . b . O b t a i n e d a 2 . 0 0 Grade Average or b e t t e r . Point a . C o m p l e t e d fiO c r e d i t h o u r s , o f w h i c h a t l e a s t 30 must be completed at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . To be e l i g i b l e f o r a C e r t i f i c a t e , a s t u d e n t must have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed the requirements of a c o u r s e or program of s t u d i e s of fewer than four terms i n d u r a t i o n , at l e a s t f i f t y p e r c e n t o f w h i c h must be c o m p l e t e d a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e , and t h e y must have o b t a i n e d a t l e a s t a 2 . 0 GPA (where c a l c u l a t e d ) in the l a s t t e r m . b. Obtained a 2 . 0 0 Grade Average or b e t t e r . T h e r e i s a $10 f e e f o r replacement. To be e l i g i b l e f o r an A s s o c i a t e A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a , a s t u d e n t must h a v e : 1. For an A c a d e m i c S t u d i e s in Diploma Point C a p i l a n o Col l e g e . LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR'S MEDAL Awarded f o r a c a d e m i c e x c e l l e n c e and c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e c o l l e g e and c o m m u n i t y t o a g r a d u a t e i n a V o c a t i o n a l or Career program of l e s s t h a n two y e a r s d u r a t i o n . MERIT L I S T S p e c i a l r e c o g n i t i o n w i l l be accorded p a r t - t i m e students w i t h a 3.50 c u m u l a t i v e grade p o i n t a v e r a g e o r h i g h e r when t h e y have s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d a minimum o f 3 0 , 45 o r 60 s e m e s t e r h o u r s a t Capilano College. P R I N C I P A L ' S C I T I Z E N S H I P AWARD T h i s award i s g i v e n i n r e c o g n i t i o n o f t h e s t u d e n t who has made t h e greatest contributions to College life. P R I N C I P A L ' S AWARD T h i s award i s p r e s e n t e d t o one Diploma graduate i n Academic S t u d i e s and one D i p l o m a g r a d u a t e i n a C a r e e r P r o g r a m who h a v e achieved e x c e p t i o n a l academic excellence. HAROLD KIRCHNER SCHOLARSHIP Two g r a d u a t i n g s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l be p r e s e n t e d a n n u a l l y . One s c h o l a r s h i p w i l l go t o t h e t o p s c h o l a s t i c C a r e e r Program graduate and one s c h o l a r s h i p t o t h e t o p s c h o l a s t i c V o c a t i o n a l Program graduate. diploma Academic c . O b t a i n e d at l e a s t 45 c r e d i t , hours from the f o l l o w i n g s u b j e c t a r e a s , i n c l u d i n g at l e a s t fi c r e d i t hours i n E n g l i s h (100 l e v e l or h i g h e r ) , at l e a s t fi c r e d i t h o u r s from s u b j e c t s l i s t e d in A below, and a t l e a s t 15 c r e d i t h o u r s f r o m 200 l e v e l c o u r s e s . B Biology Chemistry Computi ng Sciencp Geography Geol ogy Mathemati cs Physics Computi ng Science 70 Anthropology Art. Commerce Economi c s English Fine Arts French Ge rma n Hi s t o r y Music Scholastic DEAN'S Awards LIST S p e c i a l r e c o g n i t i o n w i l l be a c c o r d e d s t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e a f u l l program of s t u d i e s at t h e C o l l e g e w i t h a 3.50 or higher grade p o i n t average d u r i n g the t e r m . Students w i t h "I" grades are not e l i g i b l e f o r the Dean's L i s t . GOVERNOR-GENERAL'S SILVER MEDAL T h i s award i s p r e s e n t e d t o a Diploma Graduate w i t h the best c u m u l a t i v e grade p o i n t a v e r a g e , and who has a t t a i n e d t h i s g r a d e p o i n t a v e r a g e on a minimum o f 15 c r e d i t hours per term or f u l l p r o g r a m l o a d as o u t l i n e d i n t h e calendar d u r i n g attendance at Difficulties S t u d e n t s who a r e e x p e r i e n c i n g d i f f i c u l t i e s i n t h e i r c o u r s e work d u r i n g a t e r m may be r e f e r r e d by an i n s t r u c t o r t o a C o u n s e l l o r . The student i s encouraged to c o n s u l t w i t h h i s / h e r i n s t r u c t o r and Counsellor to evolve a s a t i s f a c t o r y plan which w i l l remedy t h e s e d i f f i c u l t i e s . Disruptive Students In t h e c a s e where t h e b e h a v i o u r o f a student or group of s t u d e n t s i s s u c h as t o d i s r u p t t h e a c t i v i t y o f a c l a s s , an i n s t r u c t i o n a l group, s e r v i c e area or study f a c i l i t y , a member o f t h e f a c u l t y o r s t a f f may ask t h e s t u d e n t ( s ) t o m o d i f y t h e i r behaviour. Should the s t u d e n t ( s ) f a i l to follow t h i s request, the s t u d e n t ( s ) w i l l be a s k e d t o l e a v e . If the s t u d e n t ( s ) r e f u s e s t o l e a v e , the f a c u l t y or s t a f f i s advised to cancel the a c t i v i t y or i n s i s t on an a l t e r n a t e p l a c e f o r the s t u d e n t ( s ) to c a r r y out the activity. o t h e r s t u d e n t s but c a n r e s u l t , a t the i n s t r u c t o r ' s d i s c r e t i o n , in suspension of the o f f e n d e r ' s computer access i n a c o u r s e , w h i c h may r e s u l t i n an " F " g r a d e . R e p e a t e d o f f e n c e s may r e s u l t i n a permanent r e v o k i n g of a l l computer privileges. A wide range o f d i s t a n c e l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s , b o t h c r e d i t and non c r e d i t , a r e o f f e r e d by t h e p r o v i n c e t h r o u g h t h e Knowledge Network, channel 1 8 . For f u r t h e r information c a l l 875-8217. Some t i m e b e t w e e n t h e c a n c e l l e d a c t i v i t y and t h e n e x t m e e t i n g o f t h e g r o u p , or use of t h e f a c i l i t y , t h e s t u d e n t ( s ) w i l l be r e q u e s t e d t o meet w i t h t h e p e r s o n n e l i n v o l v e d and t h e a p p r o p r i a t e f a c u l t y c o o r d i n a t o r . The p u r p o s e o f t h e m e e t i n g i s t o have a commitment f r o m t h e s t u d e n t ( s ) t o more r e a s o n a b l e b e h a v i o u r i n t h e f u t u r e . In l i g h t o f t h i s and a t the d i s c r e t i o n of the c o o r d i n a t o r , o t h e r f a c u l t y a n d / o r t h e Dean may be i n v i t e d t o t h e m e e t i n g o r subsequent m e e t i n g s . Student Open U n i v e r s i t y Should the behaviour of the s t u d e n t ( s ) c o n t i n u e t o be d i s r u p t i v e , t h e c o o r d i n a t o r may recommend t o t h e Dean t h a t t h e s t u d e n t ( s ) he d e r e g i s t e r e d . Records A l l o f f i c i a l student records are kept i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e . The i n f o r m a t i o n on f i l e f o r a student i s always a v a i l a b l e t o t h a t s t u d e n t f o r e x a m i n a t i o n . No i n f o r m a t i o n on f i l e i s d i v u l g e d t o any a g e n c y o r p e r s o n o t h e r t h a n the student without the s t u d e n t ' s permission except f o r i n s t i t u t i o n a l research projects a p p r o v e d by t h e C o l l e g e . The process f o r approval of such p r o j e c t s i s e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e C o l l e g e and t h e C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Student U n i o n . Students are cautioned that student loan a p p l i c a t i o n s and o t h e r s i m i l a r a p p l i c a t i o n s have s u c h c o n s e n t w r i t t e n i n the document. C h e a t i n g and P l a g i a r i s m A l l forms of c h e a t i n g , i n c l u d i n g p l a g i a r i s m , are s e r i o u s o f f e n c e s and w i l l n o r m a l l y r e s u l t i n a g r a d e o f z e r o on t h e e x a m i n a t i o n or a s s i g n m e n t , o r , at the i n s t r u c t o r ' s d i s c r e t i o n , a grade of "F" f o r the c o u r s e . P l a g i a r i s m i s the p r e s e n t a t i o n of another p e r s o n ' s words o r i d e a s a s i f t h e y were o n e ' s o w n . I n t e n t i o n a l p l a g i a r i s m i s b o t h d i s h o n e s t and a r e j e c t i o n of the p r i n c i p l e s of s c h o l a r s h i p . Students i n doubt a b o u t t h e need f o r and p r a c t i c e s of a c k n o w l e d g e m e n t o f s o u r c e s should f a m i l i a r i z e themselves w i t h proper s c h o l a r l y p r o c e d u r e s . A document e x p l a i n i n g t h e s e procedures i s a v a i l a b l e from the Media C e n t r e o r t h e A c h i v e m e n t Resource C e n t r e . M i s u s e o f Computer System The m i s u s e o f a c o m p u t e r s y s t e m ( s u c h as u n a u t h o r i z e d a c c e s s t o o t h e r computer a c c o u n t s o r ' u n a u t h o r i z e d use of s y s t e m s o f t w a r e ) i s not o n l y u n f a i r to L i m i t of Responsibility The C o l l e g e a c c e p t s no r e s p o n s i b i l i t y for the c a n c e l l a t i o n or d i s c o n t i n u a t i o n of any c o u r s e o r p r o g r a m o r c l a s s o f i n s t r u c t i o n t h a t may be n e c e s s a r y as a r e s u l t of an A c t o f G o d , f i r e , labour problems, l a c k of f u n d s , or o t h e r s i m i l a r c a u s e s . The C o l l e g e a c c e p t s no r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r any i n j u r y , l o s s or expense s u s t a i n e d , a r i s i n g o u t o f o r i n any way c o n n e c t e d with a student's p a r t i c i p a t i o n in any c o u r s e o r p r o g r a m . Open L e a r n i n g Institute The Open L e a r n i n g I n s t i t u t e o f f e r s c r e d i t and c r e d i t - f r e e u n i v e r s i t y c o u r s e s by c o r r e s p o n d e n c e . F o r i n f o r m a t i o n on c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s and t r a n s f e r c r e d i t c o n t a c t t h e I n s t i t u t e a t 7671 A l d e r b r i d g e Way, Richmond, B . C . V6X 1 Z 9 , T E L : Knowledge Network Consortium The Open U n i v e r s i t y C o n s o r t i u m o f B . C . makes i t p o s s i b l e f o r s t u d e n t s t o combine c l a s s r o o m b a s e d and home s t u d y c o u r s e s f r o m a l l member i n s t i t u t i o n s i n o r d e r to obtain a recognized u n i v e r s i t y d e g r e e t h o u g h t h e Open L e a r n i n g I n s t i t u t e . C r e d i t s f r o m home s t u d y c o u r s e s a t UBC, S F U , and U . V i c , a n d / o r O L l may be a m a l g a m a t e d t o form the b a s i s of the d e g r e e . K n o w l e d g e Network b r o a d c a s t s s u p p o r t and e n r i c h many o f t h e s e courses. Course Description Code On t h e r i g h t hand s i d e o f e a c h course d e s c r i p t i o n there i s a s e r i e s o f code l e t t e r s and numbers, f o r example: E n g l i s h 100 Language S k i l l s (F.S) (3,0,1) The f i r s t l e t t e r ( s ) i n d i c a t e t h e t e r m i n w h i c h t h e c l a s s w i l l be o f f e r e d . Example: F - F a l l , S - S p r i n g , SU-Summer. T h u s , E n g l i s h 100 i s t o be o f f e r e d i n t h e F a l l and S p r i n g t e r m s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e number o f c r e d i t h o u r s g r a n t e d f o r the course (which i s u s u a l l y e q u i v a l e n t t o t h e number o f i n s t r u c t i o n a l hours per w e e k ) , t h e s e c o n d number d e n o t e s t h e number o f l a b and c o n v e r s a t i o n a l h o u r s p e r w e e k , and t h e t h i r d number d e n o t e s t h e number o f s e m i n a r / t u t o r i a l / 4 t h i n s t r u c t i o n a l hours p e r w e e k . T h u s , E n g l i s h 100 i s o f f e r e d t h r e e h o u r s a week f o r t h r e e c r e d i t h o u r s w i t h no l a b t i m e and one h o u r p e r week o f 4 t h i n s t r u c t i o n a l hour. 270-4131. 77 Services S t u d e n t S o c i e t y and Acti v i t i e s Student E v e r y s t u d e n t who r e g i s t e r s f o r c r e d i t c o u r s e s at. C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e must pay S t u d e n t A c t i v i t y f e e s , and i s t h e r e b y a member o f t h e S t u d e n t S o c i e t y . The S t u d e n t Society is a registered non-profit s o c i e t y i n c o r p o r t e d under the S o c i e t i e s Act of B . C . The S t u d e n t S o c i e t y has f o u r main goals: 1 . To p r o t e c t t h e r i g h t s of s t u d e n t s and t o i n s u r e a c c e s s t o quality education. 2. To p a r t i c i p a t e i n t h e c o l l e g e g o v e r n a n c e p r o c e d u r e by way o f d i r e c t s t u d e n t r e p r e s e n t a t i o n on a l l b o a r d s and c o m m i t t e e s . 3. To p r o v i d e a c t i v i t i e s of b o t h s o c i a l and p o l i t i c a l n a t u r e t o a l l s t u d e n t s of the c o l l e g e . 4 . To i n f o r m s t u d e n t s o f and encourage t h e i r p a r t i c i p a t i o n in e v e n t s ( b o t h e d u c a t i o n a l and p o l i t i c a l ) on t h e l o c a l , p r o v i n c i a l , n a t i o n a l , and international levels. In a d d i t i o n , t h e s o c i e t y has a commitment t o h e l p s t u d e n t s on a day-to-day basis through s e r v i c e s s u c h as t h e p r o d u c t i o n o f an annual Student Handbook which o f f e r s i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e o p e r a t i o n s , s e r v i c e s , and f a c i l i t i e s on campus and i n t h e c o m m u n i t y , and t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n o f s o c i a l events to p r o v i d e on-campus e n t e r t a i n m e n t f o r s t u d e n t s as w e l l as r a i s i n g f u n d s f o r c l u b s and a t h l e t i c teams. t h e S t u d e n t U n i o n and r u n by an independent s t a f f of s t u d e n t v o l u n t e e r s . The C o u r i e r i s a member o f C a n a d i a n U n i v e r s i t y P r e s s , a c o - o p e r a t i v e news o r g a n i z a t i o n o f more t h a n 60 c o l l e g e and u n i v e r s i t y p a p e r s f r o m a c r o s s C a n a d a . As t h e C o u r i e r i s w r i t t e n , t y p e s e t and l a i d o u t on campus, t h e r e a r e always p o s i t i o n s open i n t h e a r e a s o f news and feature w r i t i n g , reporting, e d i t i n g , layout, photography, a r t w o r k , t y p e s e t t i n g and advertising. All interested s t u d e n t s a r e welcome t o j o i n . The C o u r i e r e n c o u r a g e s i n p u t f r o m the e n t i r e c o l l e g e community. C l a s s i f i e d ads ( w h i c h a r e f r e e t o s t u d e n t s , s t a f f and f a c u l t y ) , l e t t e r s t o t h e e d i t o r , and o t h e r c o n t r i b u t i o n s can be s u b m i t t e d t o C-4 p o r t a b l e or t h r o u g h l o c a l 200. Info Student Newspaper The s t u d e n t n e w s p a p e r o f C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e i s the Capilano C o u r i e r , a b i - w e e k l y p u b l i c a t i o n f u n d e d by 72 Services S p e c i a l Needs S e r v i c e s , a component o f t h e A c h i e v e m e n t Resource C e n t r e , p r o v i d e s t h e support services necessary for students with physical d i s a b i l i t i e s to take part in c o l l e g e p r o g r a m s . Some o f t h e s e s e r v i c e s are advanced t i m e t a b l e s c h e d u l i n g , p r o v i s i o n of taped t e x t s and t e c h n i c a l a i d s (Visualteks, talking calculators, e t c . ) , and s p e c i a l i z e d exam arrangements. I n f o r m a t i o n and a d v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e on a c c e s s ( t o b u i l d i n g s , washrooms, e t c . ) , f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e , t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and p a r k i n g , and a d v o c a c y . In o r d e r t o obtain required s e r v i c e s , contact P a u l J o n e s , S p e c i a l Needs A d v i s o r , l o c a l 353/356 as f a r i n a d v a n c e of e a c h r e g i s t r a t i o n as p o s s i b l e . Sexual The s e r v i c e s o f t h e S t u d e n t I n f o C e n t r e have been i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e s t o r e l o c a t e d i n t h e same a r e a as t h e o l d I n f o C e n t r e i n t h e l o b b y of B b u i l d i n g ( s e e S t u d e n t Store). Lost Needs Centre and Found S t u d e n t s may a d d r e s s i n q u i r i e s about l o s t o r f o u n d i t e m s t o t h e student store located in the lobby of B u i l d i n g " B " . Student The S t u d e n t S o c i e t y i s d i r e c t e d by an e l e v e n member e x e c u t i v e w h i c h i s e l e c t e d by t h e s t u d e n t b o d y . Half of the e x e c u t i v e i s e l e c t e d i n S e p t e m b e r , and t h e o t h e r h a l f i n M a r c h . The S o c i e t y o f f i c e s a r e l o c a t e d i n N b u i l d i n g next to the N o r t h C a f e t e r i a and a r e open f r o m 10 am t o 5 pm d a i l y , and f r o m 6 t o fl pm on Tuesday and Wednesday e v e n i n g s . For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c a l l 986-1911, local 347. Special Store There i s a s t o r e l o c a t e d i n t h e lobby of B b u i l d i n g , which i s j o i n t l y run by t h e S t u d e n t U n i o n and R e t a i l M e r c h a n d i s i n g s t u d e n t s . T h i s s m a l l shop s e r v e s as a l a b o r a t o r y f o r the m e r c h a n d i s i n g students to p r a c t i s e the s k i l l s l e a r n e d i n t h e p r o g r a m , and a l s o as an i n f o r m a t i o n s e r v i c e f o r s t u d e n t s . The s t o r e s e l l s i t e m s s u c h as s t a t i o n e r y , c l o t h i n g , c a n d y , and bus p a s s e s , and a l s o a c t s as t h e I n f o r m a t i o n C e n t r e and L o s t and F o u n d . Harassment The C o l l e g e makes e v e r y e f f o r t t o e n s u r e t h a t no s t u d e n t o r e m p l o y e e i s subjected to sexual harassment. S e x u a l h a r a s s m e n t i s s e e n t o be any u n i n v i t e d s e x u a l a d v a n c e s , r e q u e s t s f o r s e x u a l f a v o u r s , and other verbal or p h y s i c a l conduct o f a s e x u a l n a t u r e when s u b m i s s i o n t o o r r e j e c t i o n o f s u c h c o n d u c t by an i n d i v i d u a l i s u s e d as a b a s i s for decisions affecting employment, a d m i s s i o n to t h e C o l l e g e or r e g i s t r a t i o n i n c o l l e g e c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t ' s marks or grades, p a r t i c i p a t i o n in a c l u b , s o c i e t y o r o r g a n i z a t i o n ; o r , when s u c h c o n d u c t c r e a t e s an i n t i m i d a t i n g , h o s t i l e or o f f e n s i v e w o r k i n g / t e a c h i n g / l e a r n i ng envi ronment. Parking Parking i s a v a i l a b l e to a l l s t u d e n t s on t h e n o r t h and s o u t h p a r k i n g l o t s o n l y . For e x a c t l o c a t i o n s c o n s u l t t h e map on t h e back i n s i d e c o v e r . The f o l l o w i n g p a r k i n g r e g u l a t i o n s , w h i c h have been d e s i g n e d t o meet the F i r e Marshal's i n s t r u c t i o n s , are i n e f f e c t : a . No r e s t r i c t i o n s a p p l y t o Open P a r k i n g a r e a s on t h e N o r t h and South campuses. b . No p a r k i n g F i r e Zone. is permitted in a c . V e h i c l e s may p a r k i n a L o a d i n g Zone f o r up t o 15 m i n u t e s w h i l e l o a d i n g or u n l o a d i n g . V e h i c l e s parked i n excess of t h i s time period are subject to the College towing p o l i c y (see f b e l o w ) . d . R e s e r v e d P a r k i n g may be made a v a i l a b l e to s e l e c t e d departments and t o h a n d i c a p p e d p e r s o n s r e q u i r i n g a v e h i c l e t o be p a r k e d n e a r s p e c i f i c work a r e a s . In s u c h c a s e s , a p e r m i t must be s e c u r e d f r o m t h e F a c i l i t i e s Department a l l o w i n g extended p a r k i n g pri vi l e g e s . e . A l l t r a f f i c and p a r k i n g must be o b s e r v e d . signs f . Vehicles parking in unauthori z e d a r e a s w i l l be towed away at t h e o w n e r ' s r i s k and e x p e n s e . g . There i s a $10 f e e f o r e m e r g e n c y v e h i c l e s e r v i c e s , i . e . jump s t a r t s , f l a t t i r e s , opening d o o r s . Food and B e v e r a g e Service NORTH CAMPUS The main c a f e t e r i a i s l o c a t e d i n b u i l d i n g N o f f e r i n g f u l l hot meal s e r v i c e d u r i n g t h e F a l l and S p r i n g t e r m s f r o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 8 : 0 0 am ( 0 8 0 0 h r s . ) t h r o u g h 8 : 3 0 pm (2U30 h r s . ) d a i l y e x c e p t F r i d a y s when i t c l o s e s a t 3 : 3 0 pm (1530 h r s . ) . SOUTH CAMPUS The s a t e l l i t e c a f e t e r i a i s l o c a t e d i n b u i l d i n g B, o f f e r i n g l i m i t e d hot f o o d s and s n a c k i t e m s f r o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 8 : 3 0 am ( 0 8 3 0 h r s . ) t h r o u g h 3 : 3 0 pm ( 1 5 3 0 h r s . ) and 6 : 3 0 pm ( 1 8 3 0 h r s . ) t h r o u g h 9 : 0 0 pm (2100 h r s . ) Monday t h r o u g h T h u r s d a y ; F r i d a y 8 : 3 0 am ( 0 8 3 0 h r s . ) t h r o u g h 3 : 3 0 pm ( 1 5 3 0 h r s . ) . VENDING MACHINES Vending s e r v i c e o f f e r i n g l i m i t e d f o o d , b e v e r a g e and c o n f e c t i o n e r y items i s a v a i l a b l e i n the South Campus ( C a f e t h e a t r e ) and N o r t h Campus f o y e r a r e a s . USE OF CAFETERIAS L i m i t e d d i n i n g s p a c e ( s e a t i n g and c i r c u l a t i o n ) does not a l l o w f o r t h e use o f e i t h e r c a f e t e r i a f o r s p e c i a l f u n c t i o n s d u r i n g the p e r i o d the food s e r v i c e i s i n operati on. Bookstore The B o o k s t o r e , l o c a t e d i n R b u i l d i n g o f f e r s r e q u i r e d and recommended t e x t s . A p o s t a g e stamp s e l l i n g m a c h i n e i s l o c a t e d i n t h e B o o k s t o r e . Canada Post, boxes a r e l o c a t e d on b o t h N o r t h and S o u t h c a m p u s e s . ATHLETICS Faculty CHESTER, N . , B . A . P . E . ( U . o f S a s k . ) , B . E d . , M . P . E . (UBC) IAC0BELLIS, J . , B . P . E . , M . P . E . (UBC) C a p i l a n o i s a f u l l member o f t h e Totem C o n f e r e n c e , w h i c h i s t h e g o v e r n i n g body f o r a l l inter-college athletics in B r i t i s h C o l u m h i a . P r o v i n c i a l champions are determined annually with winners advancing to a national f i n a l . This a f f o r d s our C o l l e g e ' s h i g h l y s k i l l e d student a t h l e t e s the o p p o r t u n i t y t o meet w i t h and compete against, t h e best C o l l e g e a t h l e t e s in Canada. Intercollegiately, Capilano C o l l e g e comppt.es i n R u g b y , S o c c e r , B a s k e t b a l l , V o l l e y b a l l and G o l f . At p r e s e n t , g y m n a s i u m - b a s e d B l u e s teams o p e r a t e out o f what was f o r m e r l y Del b r o o k H i g h S c h o o l ' s Gymnasium. The f a c i l i t y has been c o m p l e t e l y r e n o v a t e d and u p g r a d e d t o meet C o l l e g e s t a n d a r d s . C o n t i n g e n t on s u c c e s s f u l f u n d r a i s i n g , we p l a n i n 1986 t o b e g i n c o n s t r u c t i o n of a C o l l e g e R e c r e a t i o n a l F a c i l i t y on campus t o i n c l u d e a gymnasium, c o u r t s f o r r a c q u e t s p o r t s , and s p a c e f o r a l l College a c t i v i t i e s . E a c h y e a r , o u r many e x c e p t i o n a l a t h l e t e s , working with the experienced Blues coaching s t a f f , have c o m b i n e d t o p r o d u c e s e v e r a l Totem C o n f e r e n c e c h a m p i o n s h i p teams. C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e i s proud of the accomplishments of i t s s t u d e n t a t h l e t e s and of i t s growing reputation f o r a t h l e t i c excellence. Opportunities to take part in intramural a c t i v i t y are a l s o p r o v i d e d by t h e C o l l e g e . A c t i v i t i e s o f f e r e d vary from year to year with expressed i n t e r e s t s , but u s u a l l y i n c l u d e such a c t i v i t i e s as b a d m i n t o n , volleyball, basketball, soccer, t o u c h f o o t b a l l , and P h y s i c a l Fitness. The A t h l e t i c D e p a r t m e n t a n n u a l l y sponsors s e v e r a l programs d i r e c t e d t o w a r d b o t h t h e s t u d e n t body and t h e community a t l a r g e , i n c l u d i n g P r e - S k i F i t n e s s , B e g i n n e r and I n t e r m e d i a t e T e n n i s , and t h e B . C . Coaching C e r t i f i c a t i o n Program. Fitness Centre The F i t n e s s C e n t r e i s l o c a t e d i n the west c o r n e r o f the south p a r k i n g l o t . The f a c i l i t y c o n t a i n s s h o w e r s , l o c k e r r o o m s , s a u n a s , an e q u i p m e n t room and an e x e r c i s e a r e a , complete w i t h weight t r a i n i n g and f i t n e s s t e s t i n g f a c i l i t i e s . Scheduled f i t n e s s s e s s i o n s are intermingled w i t h l a r g e b l o c k s o f open f a c i l i t y t i m e . The F i t n e s s C e n t r e ' s professional s t a f f w i l l provide p e r s o n a l c o n s u l t a t i o n and t e s t i n g services r e l a t i v e to h e a l t h , p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s , and w e i g h t c o n t r o l on an a p p o i n t m e n t b a s i s . COUNSELLING Faculty BAGSHAW, R . , B.Comm., M.A. (UBC), M.A. ( C o l o r a d o ) CLEVELAND-SCHMIDT, L . , B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D. (Alta.) JONES, D., B . A . , M.A. (Dalhousie) MAH, J . , B . A . , B . S . W . ( U B C ) , M.S.W. (Toronto) SIEGRIST, B . G . , M.B.A. (SFU) General Information The s e r v i c e s o f t r a i n e d c o u n s e l l o r s are a v a i l a b l e to 73 students in the C o l l e g e . Counsellors assist students in e d u c a t i o n a l p l a n n i n g and p r o v i d p quidance in the s o l u t i o n of a c a d e m i c and p e r s o n a l p r o b l e m s . The C o l l e g e c o u n s e l l i n g o b j e c t i v e i s to help students achieve s e l f - d i r e c t i o n in decision-making and p l a n n i n g . C a r e e r p l a n n i n g and vocational testing is available f o r s t u d e n t s by a p p o i n t m e n t . A p p o i n t m e n t s t o see a c o u n s e l l o r may be marie t h r o u g h t h e Counselling receptionist located i n the M b u i l d i n g , telephone l o c a l 298. Drop-in c o u n s e l l i n g i s also a v a i l a b l e some d a y s . Those l i v i n g i n t h e P e m h e r t o n - H o w e Sound R e g i o n r e q u i r i n g t h e a s s i s t a n c e of a c o u n s e l l o r should c o n t a c t the Squamish C e n t r e . A p p o i n t m e n t s may be a r r a n q e d by c a l l i n g 892-5322. Sunshine Coast Region r e s i d e n t s should c a l l the Sechelt Centre, 885-9310, for information. Pre-Admissions Advising Educational Planning Career Resource Centre The c o l l e g e a s s i s t s s t u d e n t s c o n s i d e r i n g c a r e e r o p t i o n s by p r o v i d i n g i n f o r m a t i o n and r e f e r e n c e m a t e r i a l s on a w i d e v a r i e t y o f c a r e e r o p t i o n s . The c e n t r e houses a c o l l e c t i o n of s e l f - h e l p books, vocational l i t e r a t u r e , c a l e n d a r s from C a n a d i a n and f o r e i g n u n i v e r s i t i e s and c o l l e g e s , and b r o c h u r e s and f r e e i n f o r m a t i o n on campus and community r e s o u r c e s . F o r a s s i s t a n c e in the c e n t r e , contact the Placement r e c e p t i o n i s t , M b u i l d i n g , or l o c a l 2 9 9 . HEALTH SERVICES AND F I R S T AID Placement Centre The P l a c e m e n t C e n t r e a i d s s t u d e n t s who d e s i r e a s s i s t a n c e i n l o c a t i n g p a r t - t i m e , summer and f u l l - t i m e employment. A s s i s t a n c e i s a l s o a v a i l a b l e to students requesting v o l u n t e e r or work e x p e r i e n c e s i t u a t i o n s . In a d d i t i o n , t h e Centre provides help w i t h a 3 . P h y s i c a l h e a l t h c a r e - s u c h as vision check, hearing t e s t s , blood p r e s s u r e c h e c k , pregnancy t e s t s . 4 . D i a g n o s i s and t r e a t m e n t o f i l l n e s s - appointments with C o l l e g e P h y s i c i a n may be made by phone ( l o c a l 271) o r i n p e r s o n a t M 103. 5 . P a m p h l e t s and T e a c h i n g A i d s on v a r i o u s t o p i c s are a v a i l a b l e i n the r e c e p t i o n area of H e a l t h Se r v i c e s . 6. Regular meetings of the Health and S a f e t y C o m m i t t e e a r e h e l d . Complaints or s u g g e s t i o n s r e g a r d i n g hazards or p o t e n t i a l h a z a r d s c a n be s u b m i t t e d i n w r i t i n g v i a the Student Representati ves. 7. R e f e r r a l s to o u t s i d e agencies o r i n d i v i d u a l s c a n be made through your Health S e r v i c e s . MEDIA CENTRE Personnel Faculty D. H A R R I S , R . N . , M . O . A . , I n d . F i r s t Aid D r . L. JENSEN, B . S c . H o n s . ( S F U ) , M . D . (UBC) D. S A V A G E . , R . N . , B . S c . N . ( U B C ) , Ind. F i r s t Aid BIGGINS, and A r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of the C o l l e g e Advisinq Centre v i s i t s a l l secondary schools i n the C o l l e g e R e g i o n e a c h F a l l and S p r i n g t o speak t o s t u d e n t g r o u p s a b o u t o p p o r t u n i t i e s o f f e r e d by C a p i l a n o Collegp. Individual appointments c a n be a r r a n g e d f o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t s throughout the y e a r . High school students planning to enter t h e C o l l e g e may t a k e a d v a n t a g e o f e a r l y a d m i s s i o n i n t e r v i e w s at t h e i r s c h o o l by c o n t a c t i n g t h e i r school Counsellor for appropriate d a t e s . Prospective students should c a l l t h e " A d v i s i n g H o t l i n e " at 9 8 6 - 0 4 1 7 , or l o c a l 443 f o r a d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n and a d v i c e . 14 v a r i e t y of j o b s e a r c h t e c h n i q u e s , s u c h as resume w r i t i n g , and i n t e r v i e w p r e p a r a t i o n . Students w i s h i n g t o t a k e advantage of t h e s e s e r v i c e s s h o u l d d r o p i n and r e g i s t e r at the Centre i n the M b u i l d i n g or c o n t a c t l o c a l 2 9 9 . L o c a t e d i n t h e M b u i l d i n g on t h e N o r t h Campus, t h e H e a l t h S e r v i c e s and F i r s t A i d D e p a r t m e n t a r e concerned w i t h m a i n t a i n i n g the good g e n e r a l h e a l t h o f a l l i n d i v i d u a l s on c a m p u s , i n c l u d i n g s t u d e n t s , s t a f f and f a c u l t y , and w i t h p r o v i d i n g a s a f e and h e a l t h y a t m o s p h e r e i n w h i c h t o work and s t u d y . Emphasis i s d i r e c t e d toward p r e v e n t i o n o f d i s e a s e and i n j u r y and a t t a i n m e n t o f a h e a l t h y l i f e s t y l e . A Community H e a l t h N u r s e and a p h y s i c i a n a r e a v a i l a b l e t o provide the f o l l o w i n g s e r v i c e s : 1 . F i r s t A i d - come t o M 103 o r phone l o c a l 2 7 1 . I f no a n s w e r , c a l l the College switchboard " 0 " . 2 . H e a l t h C o u n s e l l i n g - o f f e r e d on n u t r i t i o n , weight c o n t r o l , i m m u n i z a t i o n , b i r t h c o n t r o l and other health related m a t t e r s . P., B.A. (Hon.) (Manchester), A . L . A . , B . L . S . , M . L . S . ( T o r o n t o ) , M . A . (SFU) CARTER, S . , B . A . C e r t , o f E d . ( L a . ) , M . L . S . (Wash.) M0DENESI, G . , J o u r n a l i s t i c S t u d i e s ( P e r u ) , B . A . , M . L . S . (UBC) PRICE, C , B . S . ( C o n n . ) , M.A. (Columbia), M.Sc. (Ore.) VETSCH, J . , B . A . ( C a r r o l C o l l . , M t . ) , A . M . L . S . ( M i c h . ) (on l e a v e ) General Information For s t u d e n t s at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e , t h e M e d i a C e n t r e i s an e s s e n t i a l r e s o u r c e . S k i l l s i n r e s e a r c h can be l e a r n e d t h e r e w h i c h w i l l be v a l u a b l e in whatever c a r e e r p u r s u e d . The M e d i a C e n t r e ' s m a i n aim i s t o support a l l courses o f f e r e d by t h e C o l l e g e . I f u s e r s ' r e q u e s t s c a n n o t be s a t i s f i e d immediately, other resources i n t h e Lower M a i n l a n d a r e a c c e s s i b l e through the network of p u b l i c , c o l l e g e and u n i v e r s i t y libraries. Lynnmour Achievement Resource Centre Lynnmour The Media C e n t r e i s an i n t e g r a l part of t h e i n s t r u c t i o n a l p r o c e s s of t h e C o l l e g e . B o o k s , f i l m s , m a g a z i n e s , A/V e q u i p m e n t and s l i d e s a r e p r o v i d e d and u s e r s a r e t a u g h t how t o f i n d and make t h e b e s t use o f t h e s e m a t e r i a l s . Equipment, and f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e Media P r o d u c t i o n C e n t r e f o r f i l m , t a p e and g r a p h i c production. For more i n f o r m a t i o n , c a l l 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 242 o r d r o p by Media C e n t r e i n B b u i l d i n g . the Sechelt A small c o l l e c t i o n i s held in the L e a r n i n g C e n t r e on I n l e t A v e n u e . A c c e s s t o t h e book and m e d i a c o l l e c t i o n a t Lynnmour i s p r o v i d e d through use of t h e m i c r o f i c h e catalogue. This s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s and community members a l i k e . Squamish A s m a l l c i r c u l a t i n g and r e f e r e n c e c o l l e c t i o n i s h e l d at t h e Squamish Campus, 37827 2nd A v e . The c o l l e c t i o n supports the s e r v i c e s and t h e c o u r s e s o f f e r e d a t S q u a m i s h . A c c e s s t o t h e book and m e d i a c o l l e c t i o n a t Lynnmour i s p r o v i d e d t h r o u g h use o f t h e microfiche catalogue. This s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s and community members a l i k e . ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE Faculty BUCHAN, D . L . , (UBC), learning The A c h i e v e m e n t R e s o u r c e C e n t r e i s l o c a t e d in the southwest area of the L i b r a r y . A l l students are welcome t o use t h e f a c i l i t i e s . The Centre provides resources for t h o s e who seek t o i n c r e a s e t h e i r l e a r n i n g e f f i c i e n c y . A wide v a r i e t y o f m a t e r i a l s on l e a r n i n g p r a c t i c e s a r e housed t h e r e , f o r e x a m p l e , i n f o r m a t i o n on n o t e t a k i n g , t i m e management, and exam w r i t i n g i s a v a i l a b l e on t a p e and i n handout f o r m . In a d d i t i o n , s t u d e n t s a r e welcome t o use t h e library material, audiovisual programs, e l e c t r i c t y p e w r i t e r s , c a s s e t t e r e c o r d e r s , and r e a d i n g equipment a v a i l a b l e i n the C e n t r e . Each term t h e f a c u l t y of t h e Achievement Resource Centre o f f e r w o r k s h o p s , c o u r s e s and t u t o r i a l s on a v a r i e t y o f l e a r n i n g s t r a t e g i e s . These i n c l u d e : How t o T h i n k L o g i c a l l y and C r e a t i v e l y , Time Management, V o c a b u l a r y Development, Communication S k i l l s , R e a d i n g and S p e l l i n g I m p r o v e m e n t , W r i t i n g the C o l l e g e E s s a y , Study S k i l l s , and Memory T r a i n i n g ( s e e c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s a t t h e back o f t h i s c a l e n d a r ) . Times and d a t e s for these sessions are published i n the Achievement Resource Centre brochure. Students with l e a r n i n g d i f f i c u l t i e s are i n v i t e d to t a l k over t h e i r concerns with Achievement Resource Centre faculty during drop-in hours. At p r e s e n t t h e A c h i e v e m e n t Resource Centre o f f e r s the following services: a . Assessment f o r s t u d e n t s learning d i s a b i l i t i e s B.A. - with M.A. ( E d u c . ) (SFU) DHALIWAL, B . , B . A . ( S F U ) , T e a c h i n g C e r t i f i c a t e / S p e c i a l Education (UBC) H I L L , B . , B . E d . (UBC) JONES, P . , B . A . ( H o n s . ) ( U B C ) , B . C . T e a c h i n g C e r t . , M . A . (UBC) WRIGHT, D . , B . S c . ( I d a h o ) , M . S c . (Brigham Young), P h . D . ( A r i z o n a State) b. I n d i v i d u a l i z e d L e a r n i n g P r o g r a m s f o r s t u d e n t s who w i s h i m p r o v e t h e i r M a t h , Grammar, l i s t e n i n g , and c o n c e n t r a t i o n skills to e . Study S k i l l s For E x c e l l e n c e f o r s t u d e n t s s e e k i n g advanced l e a r n i n g s t r a t e g i e s and s k i l l s f . S p e c i a l Needs S e r v i c e s w h i c h provides the support s e r v i c e s necessary for students with physical d i s a b i l i t i e s to take part i n c o l l e g e p r o g r a m s ; s e e page 12 S p e c i a l Needs S e r v i c e s . The A c h i e v e m e n t R e s o u r c e C e n t r e w i l l a l s o conduct workshops at the r e q u e s t of f a c u l t y or community groups, providing s u f f i c i e n t notice is given. F o r more i n f o r m a t i o n , c a l l 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 353/356 o r drop the Achievement Resource Centre B u i l d i n g " B " - Room 107 on t h e S o u t h Campus. The M a t h e m a t i c s L e a r n i n g with by in Centre The A . R . C . and t h e M a t h e m a t i c s department provide the f a c i l i t i e s and s e r v i c e s o f t h e Math L e a r n i n g C e n t r e , a r e s o u r c e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . The C e n t r e i s l o c a t e d a t t h e s o u t h end o f t h e f i r s t f l o o r o f J b u i l d i n g ( J 1 0 7 ) and o f f e r s self-paced learning courses, guided independent study in M a t h e m a t i c s , and t h e Math l i b r a r y . In t h e g e n e r a l s t u d y a r e a t h e r e are s i x Apple microcomputers a v a i l a b l e for student use, which have s t a t i s t i c a l and g r a p h i n g p a c k a g e s and o t h e r math s o f t w a r e . A Math V i d e o room i s e q u i p p e d w i t h t h r e e VCRs and has v i d e o t a p e s on t o p i c s i n A l g e b r a , C a l c u l u s , and S t a t i s t i c s . Students r e q u i r i n g a s s i s t a n c e may use t h e l e a r n i n g a i d s or c o n s u l t the l a b s u p e r v i s o r , o r math i n s t r u c t o r s who d r o p i n a t a s s i g n e d t i m e s . I f y o u have any q u e s t i o n s , c a l l t h e * Math d e p a r t m e n t ( l o c a l 5 3 2 / 5 4 2 ) o r v i s i t t h e Math L e a r n i n g C e n t r e (local 303). Achievement Resource Centre S q u a m i s h and S e c h e l t c . Learning Assistance for s t u d e n t s who a r e s e e k i n g t o achieve b e t t e r grades d . Open L e a r n i n g f o r s t u d e n t s r e q u i r i n g immediate a t t e n t i o n problems - A . R . C . p r o g r a m s and s e r v i c e s a r e also offered in these l o c a t i o n s . Contact the l o c a l C o l l e g e r e c e p t i o n i s t f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n : 15 i n Squamish: 986-3515 ( t o l l free from North Van.) or 892-3027 ( l o c a l ) ; in S p c h e l t : 987-1535 ( t o l l f r e e ) , or 8 8 5 - 9 3 1 0 . WOMEN'S ACCESS CENTRE Faculty TREW, M a r s h a , P . A . ( K a n s a s S t a t e ) , M.A. ( C e n t r a l M i s s o u r i S t a t e ) , Ph.D. (Michiqan State) McCANOLESS, C a r o l , R . A . ( S F U ) , M . A . (URC) The Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e a t t e m p t s to ensure equal o p p o r t u n i t y for women i n a l l a s p e c t s o f C o l l e g e a c t i v i t i e s . For e x a m p l e , t h e Centre i s a v a i l a b l e to f a c u l t y , s t a f f , a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , and students to review p o l i c i e s , p r a c t i c e s and c u r r i c u l u m w h i c h may p r e s e n t b a r r i e r s t o women. w i d e v a r i e t y o f s h o r t c o u r s e s and s e r v i c e s (see c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s a t back o f t h i s c a l e n d a r ) . These i nclude 1. Career Planning 2 . How t o D e c i d e : I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Career Decision-Making 3 . M a k i n g F r i e n d s w i t h a Computer 4. Assertiveness Training 5. Strategies for Confidence Building The C e n t r e has an e x t e n s i v e l i b r a r y o f b o o k s , p e r i o d i c a l s and p a p e r s by and about women. The C e n t r e i s a p l a c e where yo u c a n s t u d y , get. a s s i s t a n c e f o r w r i t i n g p a p e r s o r d o i n g p r o j e c t s , use t h e l i b r a r y , and have t h e f a c u l t y and s t a f f h e l p yo u w i t h g o a l - s e t t i n g . For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n , c a l l 986-1911, l o c a l 279. EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND The C e n t r e ' s f a c u l t y and s t a f f a r e a v a i l a b l e to help w i t h c o m p l a i n t s , s u c h as s e x u a l h a r a s s m e n t , wh.ich may p r e s e n t b a r r i e r s t o educational opportunities. The C o l l e g e s p e c i f i c a l l y p r o h i b i t s s e x u a l h a r a s s m e n t . If you need assistance, call us. The Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e a l s o attempts to ensure equal access to e d u c a t i o n f o r women by o f f e r i n g short courses related to e d u c a t i o n a l and c a r e e r p l a n n i n g . E d u c a t i o n a l and c a r e e r p l a n n i n q have become more d i f f i c u l t b e c a u s e t h e employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s t r a d i t i o n a l l y a v a i l a b l e t o women a r e d e c r e a s i n g . H o w e v e r , many new j o b o p p o r t u n i t i e s are becoming a v a i l a b l e , s u c h as j o b s i n t e c h n i c a l and t r a d e s o c c u p a t i o n s . I n f o r m e d d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g based on a w i d e r range of o p t i o n s i s n e c e s s a r y . R e g a r d l e s s of the d i r e c t i o n a woman may c h o o s e , t h e Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e t r i e s t o e n s u r e t h a t t h e d e c i s i o n i s based on t h e i n d i v i d u a l ' s p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t s and a b i l i t i e s ; a n d , t h a t a p e r s o n has c o n s i d e r e d a w i d e range of o p t i o n s . To a s s i s t p o t e n t i a l s t u d e n t s and c u r r e n t students in making e d u c a t i o n a l and c a r e e r d e c i s i o n s , t h e Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e o f f e r s a 76 SERVICES The C o l l e g e o f f e r s a v a r i e t y o f c o s t r e c o v e r a b l e c r e d i t f r e e and c r e d i t c o u r s e s . There a r e no p r e r e q u i s i t e s for admission to t h e s e c o u r s e s but o c c a s i o n a l l y a c e r t a i n l e v e l o f p r o f i c i e n c y may he recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o some c o u r s e s . E x t e n s i o n c o u r s e s a r e not l i s t e d in t h i s c a l e n d a r - - t h e y are a d v e r t i s e d i n n e w s p a p e r s , by d i r e c t m a i l and by s e a s o n a l brochures d i s t r i b u t e d throughout the c o l l e g e r e g i o n . The w i d e v a r i e t y o f E x t e n s i o n c o u r s e s o f f e r e d i s drawn f r o m t h e a r e a s of c r e a t i v e a r t s , m u s i c , social sciences, career d e v e l o p m e n t , b u s i n e s s , computer t r a i n i n g , personal development, n a t u r a l s c i e n c e , f a s h i o n and d e s i g n , and m e d i a . A f u l l r a n g e o f c h i l d r e n ' s music programs i s a v a i l a b l e . Educational study tours o f N o r t h A m e r i c a and a b r o a d a r e organized p e r i o d i c a l l y . Contract Education I n s t r u c t i o n a l d e s i g n and d e l i v e r y i s a v a i l a b l e f o r any s i z e s t u d e n t group i n a l l a s p e c t s of b u s i n e s s , t e c h n o l o g y , c o m m u n i c a t i o n , and post-industrial training in general. Co-sponsorship activities of educational O r g a n i z a t i o n s and s o c i e t i e s a r e encouraged to co-sponsor t h e i r educational a c t i v i t i e s with C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . The C o l l e g e c a n p r o v i d e f a c i l i t i e s , program d e s i g n and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e s e r v i c e s and welcomes t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o f o s t e r w i d e r p u b l i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g on s o c i a l , b u s i n e s s , a r t i s t i c and technological issues. C r e d i t - f r e e a c t i v i t i e s a r e an attempt t o respond to e d u c a t i o n a l n e e d s o t h e r t h a n t h o s e met by post-secondary credit courses o f f e r e d i n the C o l l e g e ' s Academic and C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l p r o g r a m s . We welcome y o u r s u g g e s t i o n s f o r new c o u r s e s and a c t i v i t i e s . F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n on E x t e n s i o n c o u r s e s and r e g i s t r a t i o n , phone 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 321 ( L o w e r M a i n l a n d ) , 8 9 2 - 5 3 2 2 (Howe S o u n d ) , o r 8 8 5 - 9 3 1 0 (Sunshine C o a s t ) . For E x t e n s i o n P r o g r a m s and S e r v i c e s t u i t i o n f e e p o l i c y , p l e a s e see page 7 . Financial Aid and Awards FINANCIAL AID Staff CASSELMAN, P . , B . A . GIBBS, C , B.A. PI R A N I , Z . The F i n a n c i a l A i d O f f i c e , l o c a t e d i n t h e M b u i l d i n g ( N o r t h Campus) may be c o n t a c t e d f o r i n f o r m a t i o n and a s s i s t a n c e r e g a r d i n g t h e B . C . Student A s s i s t a n c e Program, B u r s a r i e s , S c h o l a r s h i p s and L o a n s . Applications for f i n a n c i a l aid a d m i n i s t e r e d by t h e F i n a n c i a l A i d O f f i c e a r e a v a i l a b l e . The Financial Aid Advisor i s a v a i l a b l e to d i s c u s s f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e and p r o v i d e f i n a n c i a l c o u n s e l l i n g . The o f f i c e s p o n s o r s w o r k s h o p s on p e r s o n a l money management and d i s t r i b u t e s a free brochure c a l l e d S t u d e n t Money M a n a g e m e n t . P l e a s e c h e c k on o u r o f f i c e h o u r s w h i c h w i l l he p o s t e d i n t h e M b u i l d i n g . CAPILANO COLLEGE FOUNDATION The C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e F o u n d a t i o n i s an i n d e p e n d e n t v o l u n t e e r community o r g a n i z a t i o n , e s t a b l i s h e d under the S o c i e t i e s Act t o encourage community i n t e r e s t i n t h e c o l l e g e , t o r a i s e and a d m i n i s t e r d o n a t i o n s p r i m a r i l y to a i d worthy students who r e q u i r e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e . Membership i n t h e F o u n d a t i o n i s open t o a l l c o n t r i b u t o r s . C o n t r i b u t i o n s s h o u l d be s e n t t o The T r e a s u r e r , C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e F o u n d a t i o n , c/o O ' N e i l l , G o l d s t o n e ft C o . , S u i t e 6 - 144 West 1 5 t h S t r e e t , North Vancouver, B.C. THE B . C . STUDENT PROGRAM (BCSAP) ASSISTANCE The f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n i s b a s e d on 1 9 8 4 / 8 5 r e g u l a t i o n s and i s subject to change. This.program i s the major source of student f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e and i s a c o m b i n a t i o n o f f e d e r a l g o v e r n m e n t Canada S t u d e n t Loan and a p r o v i n c i a l g o v e r n m e n t l o a n . The amount o f a i d awarded i s b a s e d on a s t a n d a r d means t e s t . The maximum l o a n i s s e t at $105 p e r w e e k , which works out t o $3,360 f o r a n o r m a l 32 week s c h o o l y e a r . The maximum p r o v i n c i a l l o a n f o r s i n g l e s t u d e n t s i s $2,000 per y e a r w h i l e m a r r i e d s t u d e n t s or s i n g l e p a r e n t s c a n q u a l i f y f o r a maximum l o a n o f $ 2 , 4 0 0 . These amounts a r e s u b j e c t t o c h a n g e . The Canada S t u d e n t Loan i s i n t e r e s t - f r e e w h i l e yo u a r e a f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t and f o r s i x months a f t e r yo u s t o p s t u d i e s . At t h e end o f s i x months you a r e r e q u i r e d t o begin repayment of t h e loan w i t h i n t e r e s t to the bank. E l i g i b l e a p p l i c a n t s are Canadian c i t i z e n s or l a n d e d i m m i g r a n t s who q u a l i f y as R . C . r e s i d e n t s . S t u d e n t s who f a i l t o make s a t i s f a c t o r y s c h o l a s t i c progress may be i n e l i g i b l e f o r t h e provincial loan. A d e t a i l e d b r o c h u r e and a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e at t h e F i n a n c i a l A i d O f f i c e . You a r e a d v i s e d t o a p p l y by t h e e a r l y a p p l i c a t i o n d e a d l i n e o f J u l y 1 as d e l a y s a r e common. Interest Relief Adult The Government of Canada w i l l pay t h e i n t e r e s t on f u l l - t i m e and p a r t - t i m e Canada S t u d e n t Loans on h e h a l f o f d e b t o r s who a r e experiencing f i n a n c i a l hardship due t o i n a b i l i t y t o f i n d employment o r t o t e m p o r a r y d i s a b i l i t y . Additional information i s a v a i l a b l e from: Student A s s i s t a n c e D i r e c t o r a t e Department of S e c r e t a r y of S t a t e P . O . Box 2 0 9 0 , S t a t i o n D Ottawa, Ontario KIP 6C6 T e l : (819) 994-1844 or 1-800-567-9602 A d e t a i l e d b r o c h u r e and a p p l i c a t i o n s are a v a i l a b l e at F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e . the College BURSARIES N.B. - B u r s a r i e s are g r a n t s b a s e d on need non-repayable The f o l l o w i n g b u r s a r i e s a r e a d m i n i s t e r e d by t h e F i n a n c i a l A i d O f f i c e . A p p l i c a t i o n forms are a v a i l a b l e and s h o u l d be s u b m i t t e d before the d e a d l i n e s . Employees Union Bursaries A b u r s a r y o f $300 w i l l be awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need t o a f u l l - t i m e student i n each of the F a l l and S p r i n g s e m e s t e r s . F a l l s e m e s t e r d e a d l i n e : O c t . 29 S p r i n g s e m e s t e r d e a d l i n e : J a n . 31 B.C. Telephone Company Awards Two a w a r d s o f $500 w i l l be a w a r d e d in the Spring t e r m . Students c o m p l e t i n g f i r s t y e a r who i n t e n d t o c o n t i n u e second year at C a p i l a n o and who have an o u t s t a n d i n g s c h o l a s t i c r e c o r d may be s e l e c t e d f o r t h e s e a w a r d s . Youth Foundation I n t e r e s t - f r e e loans are a v a i l a b l e t o f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s who a r e B . C . r e s i d e n t s and u n d e r 30 y e a r s o f age. Students are requested to a p p l y f i r s t t o t h e Canada G u a r a n t e e d S t u d e n t Loan P l a n ( B . C . Student A s s i s t a n c e Program). A s u i t a b l e adult guarantor is r e q u i r e d . Loans may be f o r f e e s , books and/or a m o n t h l y a l l o w a n c e for l i v i n g c o s t s . Deadline: Birks Open Family Foundation Bursary A b u r s a r y o f $250 w i l l be a w a r d e d in the Spring semester. Satisfactory scholastic standing is a requirement. Deadline: INTERNAL AWARDS - Grants S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r e d i n BTSD, ESL and CAP p r o g r a m s may be e l i g i b l e f o r g r a n t s o f up t o $240 f o r f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s and $160 f o r p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Contact Financial Aid for d e t a i l s . B.C. Plan Basic Education January Margaret Campbell 31 Bursary T h i s a w a r d i s made p o s s i b l e by t h e N o r t h S h o r e B u s i n e s s and P r o f e s s i o n a l Women's C l u b i n r e c o g n i t i o n of Alderman Margaret Campbell's outstanding c o n t r i b u t i o n to the North V a n c o u v e r Community and as p a s t president of the Canadian 77 Student The b u r s a r y i s open t o women s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e i n at l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s . s t u d e n t who has c o m p l e t e d t h e f i r s t y e a r of t h e B u s i n e s s Management P r o g r a m i n t h e c o m p u t e r o p t i o n . F i n a n c i a l need and a minimum GPA o f 2 . 5 a r e c r i t e r i a for e l i g i b i l i t y . Deadline: 31 Deadline: Vancouver Faculty I n s t i t u t e of Chartered of B r i t i s h Columbia F e d e r a t i o n o f B u s i n e s s and P r o f e s s i o n a l Women's C l u b . January Capilano College Association A b u r s a r y o f $300 w i l l be awarded i n e a c h o f t h e F a l l and S p r i n g s e m e s t e r s . F i n a n c i a l need i s t h e main c r i t e r i o n . F a l l s e m e s t e r d e a d i n e : O c t . 29 S p r i n g s e m e s t e r d e a d l i n e : J a n . 31 CAPILANO COLLEGE BURSARIES FOUNDATION John Percy W i l l i a m s o n Memorial Fund B u r s a r i e s w i l l be awarded i n t h e S p r i n g t e r m . A minimum GPA o f 2 . 3 (C+) i s r e q u i r e d . Deadline: J a n u a r y 31 G e o r g e Raven Wood Fund A l a r g e number o f b u r s a r i e s w i l l be awarded i n b o t h F a l l and S p r i n g t e r m s . A minimum GPA o f 2 . 3 (C+) i s r e q u i r e d . A l i m i t e d number o f f i r s t s e m e s t e r s t u d e n t s may be considered i n e x c e p t i o n a l cases but must p r o v i d e a l e t t e r o f r e c o m m e n d a t i o n f r o m an i n s t r u c t o r . B u r s a r i e s are a v a i l a b l e to p a r t - t i m e and f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . F a l l s e m e s t e r d e a d l i n e : O c t . 29 S p r i n g s e m e s t e r d e a d i l n e : J a n . 31 Credit Union F o u n d a t i o n Bursary The C r e d i t U n i o n F o u n d a t i o n o f B . C . a w a r d s two $200 g r a n t s e a c h y e a r on t h e b a s i s of f i n a n c i a l n e e d . A p p l i c a n t s must be C a n a d i a n c i t i z e n s and r e s i d e n t s o f t h e a r e a s e r v e d by t h e C o l l e g e . J a n u a r y 31 Accountants A $150 b u r s a r y i s a v a i l a b l e t o a f u l l - t i m e student at C a p i l a n o College completing the f i r s t year of the U n i v e r s i t y T r a n s f e r p r o g r a m , who i s p r o c e e d i n g t o second year or t o a u n i v e r s i t y i n t h e commerce o p t i o n , has a good record in the accounting classes c o m p l e t e d , has m a i n t a i n e d a s e c o n d c l a s s s t a n d i n g o v e r a l l , has f i n a n c i a l need and who i s i n t e r e s t e d i n becoming a C h a r t e r e d Accountant. Deadline: January Mary N e i l Memorial 31 Bursary T h i s $200 award i s p r e s e n t e d by t h e West V a n c o u v e r U n i v e r s i t y Women's C l u b i n memory o f Mary N e i l , a f o r m e r p r e s i d e n t and a c t i v e member. She was a much l o v e d and r e s p e c t e d member o f t h e c l u b and had a l i f e - l o n g i n t e r e s t in education. The b u r s a r y i s p r e s e n t e d e a c h y e a r t o a m a t u r e woman s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g f u l l - t i m e o r p a r t - t i m e who has s a t i s f a c t o r y academic s t a n d i n g , d e m o n s t r a t e d f i n a n c i a l need and who i s r e g i s t e r e d i n t h e a c a d e m i c program. Deadline: January 31 N o r t h S h o r e Community C r e d i t Awards Union E a c h S p r i n g a $200 b u r s a r y i s granted to a student with f i n a n c i a l need who e x h i b i t s l e a d e r s h i p , c i t i z e n s h i p and good scholastic standing. D a t a P r o c e s s i n g Management A s s o c i a t i o n Bursary E l i g i b l e candidates are r e s i d e n t s of North Vancouver C i t y or D i s t r i c t who have c o m p l e t e d one y e a r at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . A $100 b u r s a r y Deadline: Deadline: J a n u a r y 31 is a v a i l a b l e to a January 31 Union Bursaries The S t u d e n t U n i o n p r o v i d e s s e v e r a l bursaries annually to f u l l - t i m e and p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s . F i n a n c i a l need i s t h e main r e q u i r e m e n t . Foundation Bursaries F o r more t h a n t w e n t y y e a r s t h e V a n c o u v e r F o u n d a t i o n has been providing f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e to students enrolled in postsecondary i n s t i t u t i o n s in B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a . Under t h e b l o c k g r a n t s c h e m e , lump sums a r e p r o v i d e d t o 23 p o s t - s e c o n d a r y i n s t i t u t i o n s f o r d i s b u r s a l by r e s p e c t i v e f i n a n c i a l aid personnel to d eserv in g s t u d e n t s . These g r a n t s , a d m i n i s t e r e d through the i n s t i t u t i o n ' s f i n a n c i a l aid o f f i c e , are to a s s i s t f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s who h a v e i d e n t i f i e d v o c a t i o n a l or academic o b j e c t i v e s , demonstrated a b i l i t y t o r e a c h t h o s e o b j e c t i v e s , and who, a l o n g w i t h t h e i r f a m i l i e s when p o s s i b l e , a r e c o n t r i b u t i n g towards t h e i r e d u c a t i o n a l c o s t s , but s t i l l r e q u i r e and m e r i t further financial assistance. Work-Study Program The W o r k - S t u d y P r o g r a m , a p a r t o f the B r i t i s h Columbia Student ' A s s i s t a n c e Program, i s designed to p r o v i d e o n - c a m p u s work e x p e r i e n c e for students requiring f i n a n c i a l assistance while attending c o l l e g e . A l i m i t e d number o f p a r t - t i m e on-campus j o b s , a v e r a g i n g f i v e t o ten hours p e r w e e k , may be a v a i l a b l e . The p r o g r a m i s open o n l y t o s t u d e n t s d e m o n s t r a t i n g a f i n a n c i a l need under the terms of the B . C . Student A s s i s t a n c e Program. For f u r t h e r d e t a i l s contact the F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e . INTERNAL AWARDS - SCHOLARSHIPS The C o l l e g e has a l i m i t e d number of s c h o l a r s h i p s to o f f e r t o students with a demonstrated record of s c h o l a s t i c e x c e l l e n c e at Capilano College. Capilano College Scholarships Athletic Several scholarships athletic have been e s t a b l i s h e d by c o n t r i b u t i o n s from the f o l l o w i n g d o n o r s : C e r t i f i e d General Accountants A s s o c i a t i o n of B.C. L u c i l l e Fisher Scholarship Vancouver Safeway E m p l o y e e s U n i o n K e i t h Plumbing Time Out S p o r t s Arrow Transport C a r l i n g O'Keefe Breweries Quadra A t h l e t i c Budget R e n t - a - C a r Confratellanza Italo-Canadesse The C e r t i f i e d G e n e r a l A c c o u n t a n t s A s s o c i a t i o n o f B . C . o f f e r s two scholarships equivalent to the f i r s t year's tuition ( a p p r o x i m a t e l y $550) t o s t u d e n t s g r a d u a t i n g f r o m an a c c o u n t i n g / b u s i n e s s p r o g r a m who has been a d m i t t e d t o t h e CGA p r o g r a m f r o m Capilano College. T h i s s c h o l a r s h i p , d o n a t e d by t h e West V a n c o u v e r M e m o r i a l L i b r a r y and West V a n c o u v e r M u n i c i p a l E m p l o y e e s A s s o c i a t i o n , w i l l be awarded t o a s t u d e n t i n a F a l l Term c o u r s e w h i c h e m p h a s i z e s t h e development of a s t u d e n t ' s c r e a t i v e s k i l l s and a b i l i t i e s i n t h e use of t h e E n g l i s h l a n g u a g e . Apply to the Business Program C o o r d i n a t o r . Management Kathleen Herauf Scholarship Michael Award T h i s a w a r d i s g r a n t e d on t h e b a s i s o f s c h o l a s t i c e x c e l l e n c e and f i n a n c i a l need t o a s t u d e n t i n t h e Legal A s s i s t a n t Program i n t h e Spring semester. S c h o l a r s h i p s a r e awarded on t h e following c r i t e r i a : 1 . above a v e r a g e a c a d e m i c s t a n d i n g ?.. l e a d e r s h i p and c h a r a c t e r 3. demonstrated e x c e p t i o n a l athletic ability In a d d i t i o n , p r e f e r e n c e i s g i v e n t o s t u d e n t s who a t t e n d C a p i l a n o f o r t h e i r second y e a r of s t u d i e s . Apply t o : Joseph I a c o b e l l i s D e p t . o f F i t n e s s f> A t h l e t i c s C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Fee Scholarships Waiver S e v e r a l s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l be awarded t o o u t s t a n d i n g r e t u r n i n g f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s who have c o m p l e t e d one y e a r a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . The s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l be i n the form of fee w a i v e r s f o r s e c o n d y e a r . C a n d i d a t e s w i l l be a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e l e c t e d by G r a d e Point Average. Capilano College Scholarships Foundation F o u r $600 s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l be awarded a n n u a l l y t o t h e h i g h e s t achieving f u l l - t i m e students in t h e A c a d e m i c and C a r e e r p r o g r a m s as d e t e r m i n e d by Grade P o i n t Average. Selection i s automatic. S c h o l a r s h i p s are l i m i t e d to r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s and a r e intended to help defray t u i t i o n •fee and book c o s t s . Caroline Smith Memorial Award One $150 award w i l l be g r a n t e d a n n u a l l y i n memory o f C a r o l i n e Smith. Deadline: January 31 Carr Memorial T h i s award w i l l be g i v e n a n n u a l l y to a student e n r o l l e d i n the s e c o n d s e m e s t e r o f any f i r s t y e a r p r o g r a m a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . The award w i l l go t o a s t u d e n t who has c o m b i n e d h a r d work and p e r s e v e r a n c e i n s c h o l a s t i c s and a t h l e t i c s and who has shown involvement i n the community. S t u d e n t s who a r e p u r s u i n g s t u d i e s in s p i t e of handicaps are encouraged to a p p l y . L e t t e r s o f r e f e r e n c e f r o m an i n s t r u c t o r and an a t h l e t i c c o a c h may be r e q u e s t e d t o s u p p l e m e n t t h e application. Deadline: Open D a v i s and C o . Scholarships Legal Secretarial A $300 s c h o l a r s h i p w i l l be awarded t o an o u t s t a n d i n g s t u d e n t e n t e r i n g the second term of the Legal S e c r e t a r i a l Program. P e t e r S . Faminow Award The P e t e r S . Faminow award may be g r a n t e d t o a s t u d e n t who, h a v i n g m a i n t a i n e d good s c h o l a s t i c standing, opportunities c o n s i d e r e d , has made s i g n i f i c a n t p r o g r a m s i n 1) c h a r a c t e r , ?.) s e r v i c e and 3) wholesome i n f l u e n c e toward t h e i d e a l of s o c i a l c o n s c i o u s n e s s i n ,the p u r s u i t o f universal brotherhood. No a p p l i c a t i o n n e c e s s a r y . C a n d i d a t e s w i l l be n o m i n a t e d the Student Union. by Memorial Memorial Apply to the Legal A s s i s t a n t Program C o o r d i n a t o r . I.O.D.E. Bursary Lions Gate Chapter F o u n d e d i n 1900 i n C a n a d a , t h e I0DE i s a n a t i o n a l Women's O r g a n i z a t i o n w i t h o v e r 600 c h a p t e r s i n e v e r y p r o v i n c e and b o t h t e r r i t o r i e s . The L i o n s G a t e c h a p t e r has e s t a b l i s h e d a b u r s a r y f o r M u s i c T h e r a p y s t u d e n t s who c o m b i n e s c h o l a s t i c e x c e l l e n c e and f i n a n c i a l need. R i t a Johnson Memorial Award T h i s award was e s t a b l i s h e d i n honour o f R i t a J o h n s o n , who w o r k e d i n t h e Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . She was w o r k i n g towards a M a s t e r ' s degree i n C o u n s e l l i n g a t UBC. R i t a began p o s t - s e c o n d a r y s t u d i e s i n her middle years a f t e r r a i s i n g four c h i l d r e n , and t h e M e m o r i a l Award was e s t a b l i s h e d t o a s s i s t m a t u r e women s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d i n e i t h e r p a r t - t i m e or f u l l - t i m e s t u d i e s i n any f i e l d o f p o s t - s e c o n d a r y s t u d y . P r e f e r e n c e w i l l be g i v e n t o m a t u r e women who have an i n t e r e s t i n a c a d e m i c s t u d i e s and who have a d e m o n s t r a t e d i n t e r e s t i n and a w a r e n e s s o f women's i s s u e s . A p p l i c a n t s may be ( o r p l a n t o be) r j a r t - t i m e or f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Student a p p l i c a n t s w i l l hopefully have at l e a s t a ' B ' a v e r a g e . Prospective student a p p l i c a n t s w i l l h o p e f u l l y d e m o n s t r a t e an 19 active school i n t e r s t in returning to and/or p a i d employment. A p p l i c a t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e at t h e Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e , B135 and the F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e in M b u i l d i n g and can be s u b m i t t e d a t any t i m e . Harold Kirchner Scholarship Two g r a d u a t i n g s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l be p r e s e n t e d a n n u a l l y . One s c h o l a r s h i p w i l l go t o t h e t o p s c h o l a s t i c Career Program g r a d u a t e , and one t o t h e t o p s c h o l a s t i c V o c a t i o n a l Program graduate. Constance MacGregor Scholarship Memorial The C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e F o u n d a t i o n has e s t a b l i s h e d t h i s s c h o l a r s h i p i n r e c o g n i t i o n of the generous support r e c e i v e d from the E s t a t e of the l a t e Donald Anderson M a c G r e g o r . The p u r p o s e o f t h e s c h o l a r s h i p i s to recognize, the i n c r e a s i n g importance of the study of Canadian a f f a i r s i n post-secondary institutions. To be e l i g i b l e t o a p p l y , a s t u d e n t must have a c h i e v e d an e x c e l l e n t s t a n d i n g i n the study of S o c i a l Science, p a r t i c u l a r l y in r e l a t i o n to Canadian a f f a i r s . Park Royal Scholarships P a r k R o y a l has e s t a b l i s h e d two s c h o l a r s h i p s o f $ 5 0 0 . One w i l l be awarded t o t h e f i r s t y e a r f u l l - t i m e student with the highest Grade P o i n t A v e r a g e i n t h e C a r e e r D i v i s i o n who i s r e t u r n i n g f o r the second y e a r of the program, and t h e o t h e r t o t h e f i r s t y e a r s t u d e n t w i t h t h e h i g h e s t Grade P o i n t Average i n the Academic D i v i s i o n who i s r e t u r n i n g f o r a second y e a r . The S o c i e t y o f Management Accountant of B r i t i s h Columbia Scholarship The S o c i e t y p r o v i d e s an award o f $500 t o w a r d s r e m i s s i o n o f t h e Registered Industrial Accountants f e e s . T h i s award i s a v a i l a b l e t o the graduating student a t t a i n i n g t h e h i g h e s t mark i n C o s t and 20 Management Accounting. Contact the C o o r d i n a t o r , Management P r o g r a m . T . Buck S u z u k i Scholarship Business Gerry Turner Memorial Memorial in the process or second y e a r of Award T h i s award i s g r a n t e d on t h e b a s i s o f s c h o l a s t i c e x c e l l e n c e and f i n a n c i a l need t o a s t u d e n t i n t h e O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Program i n the Spring Semester. Two $500 s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l be awarded f o r e x c e l l e n c e t o f u l l time Natural Sciences students; one f i r s t y e a r s t u d e n t and one second year s t u d e n t . S t u d e n t s who a r e completing f i r s t N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s must a p p l y f o r t h e award t h r o u g h t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s D i v i s i o n by t h e m i d d l e Apri1. of Apply to the O f f i c e Coordi n a t o r . Administration Academic Studies/University Transfer Academic t r a n s f e r c o u r s e s o f f e r e d at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e p r o v i d e t h e student w i t h a v a r i e t y of academic o p t i o n s w i t h i n t h e framework of a two-year, comprehensive c o l l e g e . Students t r a n s f e r r i n g to a u n i v e r s i t y can s e l e c t f u l l programs o f s t u d y a c c e p t a b l e f o r equivalency to courses i n the f i r s t two y e a r s o f u n i v e r s i t y (see n o t e on C o u n s e l l i n g ) . S t u d e n t s who d e s i r e to take p a r t - t i m e academic s t u d i e s o r who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n academic c o u r s e s at the f i r s t or second-year l e v e l , without the i n t e n t i o n of c o n t i n u i n g to u p p e r - l e v e l s t u d y , can s e l e c t from a range of c o u r s e s i n v a r i o u s d i s c i p l i n e s . S t u d e n t s i n need o f e x t r a - h e l p i n key a r e a s o f academic s t u d y can s e l e c t c o u r s e s aimed at b a s i c l i t e r a c y ( s e e n o t e on E n g l i s h p l a c e m e n t exam and Math Learning Centre). Students i n t e r e s t e d in s p e c i a l f i e l d s of s t u d y s u c h as C a n a d i a n S t u d i e s , Women's S t u d i e s , L a b o u r Studies, Interdisciplinary Studies o r s p l f - p a c e d l e a r n i n g can s e l e c t from i n n o v a t i v e programs i n t h e s e a r e a s (as o f f e r e d f r o m y e a r t o year). The f o c u s o f a c a d e m i c i n s t r u c t i o n a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e i s on d i s c i p l i n a r y and i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y study of the h i g h e s t i n t e l l e c t u a l c a l i b r e . The C o l l e g e c a r e f u l l y reviews the c u r r i c u l u m and d e l i v e r y modes t o e n s u r p a c a d e m i c c u r r e n c y and a c c e p t a b l e university equivalency. A s i g n i f i c a n t , basic library c o l l e c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e as a r e f u l l media r e f e r e n c e s e r v i c e s t o complement t h e c o u r s e s o f s t u d y . A c o u n s e l l i n g and a d m i s s i o n s placement s t a f f a s s i s t s students i n s e l e c t i n g t h e best program of s t u d i e s . The f i n a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r course s e l e c t i o n , however, r e s t s with the student. Associate Diploma in Arts D i p l o m a , p r o v i d e d s h e / h e has f u l f i l l e d the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s as o u t l i n e d u n d e r D i p l o m a and C e r t i f i c a t e Requi r e m e n t s . T r a n s f e r To and From O t h e r Institutions The A c a d e m i c D i v i s i o n t a k e s seriously i t s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y to maintain t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y with other post-secondary i n s t i t u t i o n s . To t h i s e n d , m e e t i n g s a r e h e l d with other i n s t i t u t i o n s to ensure t h a t c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e i s commonly a c c e p t a b l e and t h a t a f u l l t r a n s f e r p a c k a g e c a n be a r t i c u l a t e d . Changes i n p r o g r a m s , new c o u r s e s o r new c o u r s e n u m b e r i n g s a r e c a r e f u l l y compared between i n s t i t u t i o n s and t h i s C o l l e g e s t r i v e s t o o f f e r t h e most complete t w o - y e a r package p o s s i b l e w i t h i n b u d g e t and f a c i l i t y restraints. T h e r e i s a g r e e m e n t among a l l p u b l i c B.C. c o l l e g e s to accept e a c h o t h e r ' s c r e d i t s upon t r a n s f e r , i f a p p l i c a b l e to a program given i n the a d m i t t i n g c o l l e g e , and g i v e n s u i t a b l e equivalency. Capilano College reserves the r i g h t to review i n d i v i d u a l course c r e d i t . Transfer c r e d i t s are granted to s t u d e n t s on a d m i s s i o n f o r a c c e p t a b l e work done at o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n s ; the t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s r e d u c e t h e t o t a l number o f c r e d i t s which are r e q u i r e d at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e f o r a c e r t i f i c a t e or d i p l o m a . Students wishing t r a n s f e r c r e d i t should present s u i t a b l e documentation to the R e g i s t r a r ' s o f f i c e f o r a d j u d i c a t i o n by t h e a p p r o p r i a t e f a c u l t y . A l l approved t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s a r e n o t e d on t h e s t u d e n t ' s Permanent S t u d e n t R e c o r d . F u l l i n f o r m a t i o n on t r a n s f e r of s p e c i f i c courses i s a v a i l a b l e from the A d m i s s i o n s A d v i s o r , c o u n s e l l o r s and i n t h e pertinent instructional d i v i s i o n . and S c i e n c e A s t u d e n t who has c o m p l e t e d t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f any f o u r - t e r m C o l l e g e p r o g r a m may r e c e i v e an A s s o c i a t e i n A r t s and S c i e n c e Transfer information accurate t o t h e t i m e of p r i n t i n g i s t o be found i n the T r a n s f e r Guide s e c t i o n a t t h e back o f t h e c a l e n d a r . Students are urged t o r e a d t h i s s e c t i o n when establishing study. their programs of Counselling A l l academic s t u d e n t s are a d v i s e d t o see t h e A d m i s s i o n s A d v i s o r or a Counsellor to plan t h e i r courses of s t u d y . Students should c o n s u l t t h e G u i d a n c e I n f o r m a t i o n and t h e U n i v e r s i t y T r a n s f e r Guide i n t h i s calendar. E n g l i s h Entrance Requirements At p r e s e n t new s t u d e n t s who w i s h to e n r o l l in English courses must, BEFORE REGISTERING IN ANY ENGLISH COURSE, w r i t e e i t h e r t h e ERIBC ( E d u c a t i o n a l Research I n s t i t u t e of B . C . ) sponsored E n g l i s h Placement T e s t (EPT) o r t h e E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c T e s t (EDT) g i v e n by t h e E n g l i s h Department of C a p i l a n o College. EPT EPTs a r e u s u a l l y g i v e n a t t h r e e times during the y e a r : F a l l , S p r i n g , and Summer. These t e s t s r e q u i r e p r e - r e g i s t r a t i o n and t h e payment o f a f e e d e t e r m i n e d by ERIBC. R e g i s t r a t i o n forms f o r t h e s e t e s t s are a v a i l a b l e from ERIBC o r f r o m i n s t i t u t i o n s t h a t host t h e t e s t (of which C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e i s o n e ) . S c h e d u l e s w i l l be p u b l i s h e d i n a l l major newspapers w e l l i n advance of the t e s t dates and w i l l a l s o be a v a i l a b l e by c o n t a c t i n g the C o l l e g e s w i t c h b o a r d , C o u n s e l l i n g o f f i c e or Humanities D i v i s i o n o f f i c e . EDT EDTs a r e g i v e n p r i o r t o , and d u r i n g , t h e r e g i s t r a t i o n week a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . These t e s t s a r e a d m i n i s t e r e d by t h e E n g l i s h D e p a r t m e n t and may be u s e d f o r admission to English courses o f f e r e d at Capilano C o l l e g e o n l y . No p r e - r e g i s t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d and no f e e s a r e c h a r g e d . S c h e d u l e s for these t e s t s are published i n t h e t e r m t i m e t a b l e and a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e by c o n t a c t i n g t h e Humanities D i v i s i o n o f f i c e . A l s o , in exceptional circumstances, p e r s o n a l s i t t i n g f o r t h i s t e s t may be a r r a n g e d . 21 English Tutorial Room (H444) T h i s room i s r e s e r v e d on a permanent b a s i s t o p r o v i d e a d r o p - i n workshop f o r s t u d e n t s requiring assistance with their w r i t i n g p r o b l e m s . S t u d e n t s may a v a i l themselves of t h i s s e r v i c e by s i g n i n g t h e f o r m p o s t e d o u t s i d e t h e t u t o r i a l r o o m . T h i s i s not a course. Math L e a r n i n g C e n t r e (J107) T h i s c e n t r e i s e q u i p p e d w i t h math learning a i d s , video tapes, diagnostic tests, calculators, m i c r o c o m p u t e r s and r e f e r e n c e t e x t b o o k s . S t u d e n t s t a k i n g math c o u r s e s a r e e n c o u r a g e d t o make u s e o f t h i s c e n t r e t o s t u d y m a t h , and t o seek a s s i s t a n c e f r o m t h e f a c u l t y member o r s u p e r v i s o r on d u t y . S e l f - s t u d y p r o g r a m s are' a v a i l a b l e for students wishing to r e f r e s h or improve t h e i r mathematical s k i l l s through the A l g e b r a 12 l e v e l . R e f e r t o t h e c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s o f Math 0 0 9 , 0 1 0 , O i l , 012 and c o n s u l t w i t h a math i n s t r u c t o r f o r f u r t h e r information. Self-Paced Learning (SPL) In k e e p i n g w i t h t h e C o l l e g e ' s p o l i c y f o r the development of a l t e r n a t i v e i n s t r u c t i o n a l modes, i t i s p o s s i b l e for the student to pursue s t u d i e s i n f i r s t - y e a r C h e m i s t r y on a s e l f - p a c e d t e r m f o r m a t . R e f r e s h e r c o u r s e s i n math up t o t h e G r a d e 12 l e v e l a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e in t h i s s e l f - s t u d y format. These p a c k a g e d c o u r s e s , p r e p a r e d f o r home s t u d y w i t h t h e a i d o f cassette tapes, manuals, s l i d e s and f i l m l o o p s , a r e d e s i g n e d t o o f f e r s t u d e n t s who a r e u n a b l e t o maintain r e g u l a r attendance at the Lynnmour Campus o r a s a t e l l i t e c e n t r e the o p p o r t u n i t y to pursue c o l l e g e c o u r s e s . They a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who a r e a t t e n d i n g any c o l l e g e c e n t r e , providing these students with a v i a b l e a l t e r n a t i v e to the usual lecture/tutorial instructional format. Women's S t u d i e s A Women's S t u d i e s P r o g r a m c o n s i s t i n g of a v a r i e t y of transfer credit, college credit and c r e d i t - f r e e c o u r s e s , has been d e v e l o p e d at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . In a d d i t i o n t o College credit courses, there career courses d i s c i p l i n e s of women. t h e Women's S t u d i e s and t r a n s f e r c r e d i t a r e a c a d e m i c and in other special interest to B i o l o g y 1 0 5 , 205 B u s i n e s s Management 1 7 8 , 1 7 9 , 256 E n g l i s h 203 F r e n c h 1 3 1 , 1 9 1 , 291 G e o g r a p h y 108 G e o l o g y 111 H i s t o r y 1 1 1 , 205 Labour S t u d i e s 101, 110, 1 1 1 , 1 4 2 , 151 P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 104 S o c i o l o g y 201 Course d e s c r i p t i o n s appear under the appropriate d i s c i p l i n e . A brochure i s a v a i l a b l e each term l i s t i n g additional short, c r e d i t - f r e e c o u r s e s , w o r k s h o p s and other p r e s e n t a t i o n s of s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t t o women i n t h e c o l l e g e and t h e c o m m u n i t y . APPLY TO THE REGISTRAR t o h a v e t h e S p e c i a l t y added t o y o u r D i p l o m a a t t h e t i m e o f g r a d u a t i o n . Drop y o u r name o f f a t t h e R e g i s t r a r t o be p l a c e d on o u r m a i l i n g l i s t . Canadian Studies S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p l i c a t i o n s Technology Program (SCAT) Specialty S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o c o n c e n t r a t e t h e i r s t u d i e s on C a n a d i a n c o n t e n t c o u r s e s can c h o o s e c o u r s e s f r o m the l i s t below. A l l courses hold f u l l t r a n s f e r c r e d i t and t r a n s f e r i n t o the Canadian S t u d i e s Program a t S F U . To q u a l i f y f o r a C a n a d i a n S t u d i e s S p e c i a l t y , c o m p l e t e one o f the C o l l e g e ' s three diplomas with a t l e a s t 24 c r e d i t s f r o m t h e f o l l o w i n g l i s t . Choose t h e s e c r e d i t s from c o u r s e s i n at l e a s t t h r e e d i f f e r e n t d e p a r t m e n t s . Of t h e 24 c r e d i t s y o u c h o o s e , a t l e a s t s i x must be numbered 200 o r above. For a Canadian S t u d i e s S p e c i a l t y t o be a p p l i e d t o a G e n e r a l S t u d i e s D i p l o m a , an E n g l i s h or Communications course is required. 1985/86 - Fall A n t h r o p o l o g y 200 B i o l o g y 204 B u s i n e s s Management 1 7 8 , 1 7 9 , 255 E c o n o m i c s 101 E n q l i s h 202 F r e n c h 1 3 0 , 1 9 0 , 290 G e o g r a p h y 106 H i s t o r y 1 1 0 , 201 Labour S t u d i e s , 100, 110, 1 1 5 , 1 1 7 , 1 1 9 , 1 4 2 , 1 5 1 , 1 8 2 , 210 P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 104 Sociology 200 Spring Anthropology 22 Program 204 The D e p a r t m e n t o f C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e o f f e r s a t w o - y e a r program l e a d i n g t o a Diploma of Technology i n S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p l i c a t i o n s . The g o a l o f t h e program i s t o produce graduates employable i n a t e c h n i c a l e n v i r o n m e n t where t h e i r academic and p r o g r a m m i n g s k i l l s w i l l e n a b l e them t o s o l v e p r o b l e m s o f a s c i e n t i f i c nature. The p r o g r a m i s t h e o n l y t w o - y e a r , largely university transferable, program i n the p r o v i n c e t h a t i s oriented p r i m a r i l y to t e c h n i c a l s o f t w a r e d e v e l o p m e n t and applications. Participants retain maximum f l e x i b i l i t y a s t h e m a j o r p o r t i o n of the program i s university transferable, allowing for continuing studies in computing s c i e n c e or m a t h e m a t i c a l computing a f t e r the completion of the program w i t h o u t l o s s o f credit. See D e p a r t m e n t o f C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e f o r more d e t a i l s . SCIENCE: A. GENERAL Non-Science INFORMATION Students Students planning to continue s t u d i e s at a u n i v e r s i t y are advised to consider the f o l l o w i n g courses to f u l f i l l t h e i r Science requi rement: Biology 104, 105. (Note: Transfer credit for these Biology courses i s l i m i t e d to non-science students.) C h e m i s t r y 1 0 4 , 105 C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e 1 0 0 , 104 G e o l o g y 1 1 0 , 111 Geography 1 1 2 , 114 Math 1 0 0 , 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 0 5 , 1 0 8 , 109 P h y s i c s 104 Students planning to pursue s t u d i e s i n E c o n o m i c s a t UBC must t a k e Math 110 and Math 1 1 1 ; SFU r e q u i r e s Math 108 o r Math 1 1 0 . Pleasp check the p r e r e q u i s i t e s given i n the i n d i v i d u a l course descriptions. N o t e : B i o l o g y 104 and C h e m i s t r y 030 f u l f i l l B i o l o g y and C h e m i s t r y requirements for the Nursing Program at BCIT. B. Science Students Capilano College Natural Sciences D i v i s i o n o f f e r s a complete f i r s t and s e c o n d - y e a r u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r program i n B i o l o g y , C h e m i s t r y , Computing S c i e n c e , Math and P h y s i c s . A t w o - y e a r u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r a b l e program i n S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p l i c a t i o n s Technology i s a l s o o f f e r e d . In a d d i t i o n , t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s Division offers science transfer requirements in the f o l l o w i n g : pre-Medicine, pre-Dentistry, E n g i n e e r i n g , Geology, Geophysics and o t h e r e a r t h s c i e n c e s , P h y s i c a l Geography, F o r e s t r y , A g r i c u l t u r e , P h a r m a c y , Home E c o n o m i c s , R e h a b i l i t a t i o n M e d i c i n e , Dental Hygiene. Students wishing s p e c i f i c course requirements for a p a r t i c u l a r program s h o u l d c o n t a c t the Natural Sciences D i v i s i o n . F o r f i r s t - y e a r and s e c o n d - y e a r t r a n s f e r programs, s e l e c t courses from those l i s t e d below: i ) B i o l o g i c a l Sciences Biochemistry) (including SECOND Computing S c i e n c e Math 2 0 0 / 2 0 5 / 2 3 0 F I R S T YEAR B i o l o g y 110/111 C h e m i s t r y 110/111 o r 108/111 P h y s i c s 110/111 o r 108/111 o r 114/115 Math 110/111 E n g l i s h ( s i x c r e d i t s - see c o u r s e descriptions) A complete s e l e c t i o n of second-year courses which are t r a n s f e r a b l e to a l l three B.C. u n i v e r s i t i e s i s a v a i l a b l e . Consult t h e B i o l o g y Department f o r t h e s p e c i f i c requirements to t r a n s f e r i n t o t h i r d y e a r at t h e u n i v e r s i t y of y o u r c h o i c e . Non S c i e n c e E l e c t i v e E l e c t i ve Chemistry YEAR C h e m i s t r y 110/111 o r 108/111 P h y s i c s 114/115 o r 110/111 o r 108/111 Math 110/111 E n g l i s h ( s i x c r e d i t s - see c o u r s e descriptions) Elective (six credits) SECOND YEAR C h e m i s t r y 2 0 0 / 2 0 1 and 2 0 4 / 2 0 5 ( T r a n s f e r t o UBC. C o n s u l t a f a c u l t y member) P h y s i c s 200/201 and 210/211 o r 2 2 0 / 2 2 1 and 210/211 Math 2 3 0 , 231 o r 235 ( d e p e n d i n g upon u n i v e r s i t y - c o n s u l t a f a c u l t y member) Math 200 Elective S c i e n c e E l e c t i v e f r o m Math o r Physics (Recommended Math 2 3 5 ) ( O p t i o n a l f o r Chemistry honours students) i1i) Computing (six credits) iv) Geological Sciences (including G e o p h y s i c s , G e o c h e m i s t r y and o t h e r earth sciences) Geology 110/111 P h y s i c s 108/111 o r 114/115 Science F I R S T YEAR Computing S c i e n c e 103/104/105 C h e m i s t r y 110/111 Math 1 1 0 / 1 1 1 P h y s i c s 110/111 or 114/115 E n g l i s h 100 110/111 or C h e m i s t r y 110/111 o r Math 110/111 108/111 English (six credits descriptions) - see v) FIRST 222/223/224/226 F I R S T YEAR ONLY SECOND YEAR ii) YEAR course Mathematics FIRST YEAR Math 110/111 P h y s i c s 114/115 or 110/111 o r 108/111 C h e m i s t r y 110/111 o r 108/111 English (six credits) Elective (six credits)* * (Math 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , Computing S c i e n c e 103 a r e recommended f o r SFU-bound s t u d e n t s . Computing S c i e n c e 1 0 3 , 105 a r e recommended f o r UBC-bound s t u d e n t s . ) SECOND YEAR M a t h 2 0 0 , 2 3 0 , 2 3 1 , 205 o r 2 1 5 , 235 C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e 103/105 Non S c i e n c e E l e c t i v e ( s i x c r e d i t s ) E l e c t i ve vi) Physics FIRST YEAR P h y s i c s 1 1 4 / 1 1 5 , or 110/111 or 108/111 C h e m i s t r y 110/111 or 108/111 M a t h 110/111 English (six credits descriptions) - see course N o n - s c i e n c e E l e c t i v e or Geology, B i o l o g y or Computing S c i e n c e ( s i x credits) SECOND YEAR P h y s i c s 2 0 0 / 2 0 1 , 2 1 0 / 2 1 1 , 220/221 M a t h 2 0 0 , 2 3 0 , 235 Non-science Elective (six credits) Science Elective (six credits) Students interested in Physics should c o n s u l t instructors. Honours Physics vii) S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p l i c a t i o n s Technology FIRST YEAR Computing S c i e n c e 103/104/105 Math 1 0 1 / 1 0 2 , 110/111 P h y s i c s 110/111 or 1 1 4 / 1 1 5 E n g l i s h 100 SECOND The c o s t o f t h e l a b s a r e i n c l u d e d in the t u i t i o n f e e , except f o r lab m a n u a l s and some f i e l d t r i p c o s t s . s e l e c t academic c o u r s e s . P l e a s e note that u n i v e r s i t y transferable c o u r s e s f o r A r t and M u s i c a p p e a r under t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e program headings i n the Career/Vocational s e c t i o n of the C a l e n d a r . Academic Course Course note t h a t i t i s necessary b o t h l a b s and l e c t u r e s . to pass Descriptions F u l l d e s c r i p t i o n s of a l l academic c o u r s e s c a n be f o u n d i n t h e alphabetical listings following. S t u d e n t s are urged t o read c a r e f u l l y the general d i s c i p l i n e i n f o r m a t i o n i n c l u d e d i n each s e c t i o n . It i s t h e s t u d e n t ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y t o bp f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e s p p c i a l i n f o r m a t i o n needed t o Description On t h e r i g h t hand s i d e o f e a c h course d e s c r i p t i o n there i s a s e r i e s of code l e t t e r s and numbers, f o r example: English 100 Language S k i l l s (F,S) See page full 11 f o r YEAR Computing S c i e n c e 226/227/229/230 Math 2 0 0 / 2 3 0 222/223/224/225 For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n r e g a r d i n g a d m i s s i o n and b a c k g r o u n d r e q u i r e d see d e s c r i p t i o n under t h e Department o f C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e . COMPUTING SOS v i i i ) Other Programs or C o m b i n a t i o n s of Programs Consult Natural Science D i v i s i o n f o r course s e l e c t i o n , p a r t i c u l a r l y with regard to second-year choi c e s . Registration Priority In a c o u r s e w i t h h i g h demand, r e g i s t r a t i o n p r i o r i t y w i l l be g i v e n t o s t u d e n t s who have n o t a t t e m p t e d t h e c o u r s e p r e v i o u s l y at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . Any s t u d e n t who has a t t e m p t e d t h e c o u r s e w i t h i n t h e l a s t y e a r w i l l not be a l l o w e d to r e g i s t e r without thp instructor's permission. Lab/Course Relationship Many c o u r s e s r e q u i r e t h a t s t u d e n t s complete a l a b and/or t u t o r i a l . Students should ensure that they a r e aware o f l a b / t u t o r i a l r e q u i r e m e n t s and t h e t i m e t a b l e f o r these components. Students should 24 Code (3,0,1) explanation. Anthropology Instructional Faculty BEROICHEWSKY, B . , B . A . ( U . C h i l e ) , Ph.D. (Madrid) L I N D , K . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC) General of Information S t u d e n t s who i n t e n d t o m a j o r o r minor in Anthropology should t a k e b o t h A n t h r o p o l o g y 120 and 121 i f t h e y w i l l be a t t e n d i n g UBC, SFU o r the U n i v e r s i t y of V i c t o r i a . Women's S t u d i e s 1 2 2 , Women i n A n t h r o p o l o g y , may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r A n t h r o p o l o g y 120 o r 1 2 1 , mi n o r / m a j o r p r o g r a m a t SFU and U V i c . Women's S t u d i e s 122 a l s o r e c e i v e s 200 l e v e l c r e d i t i n Women's S t u d i e s at. SFU and U . V i c . University Transfer Credit A l l A n t h r o p o l o g y c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e calendar. A n t h r o p o l o g y 120 Introduction to Anthropology (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) A n t h r o p o l o g y 123 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o A r c h a e o l o g y and t h e P r e h i s t o r i c Past (F) (3,0,1) A survey of the goals of Archaeology, i t s theoretical f r a m e w o r k , and t h e method and techniques to t r e a t m a t e r i a l . Relationship with other d i s c i p l i n e s , b o t h i n s o c i a l and natural sciences. Reconstruction and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of t h e prehistoric past, i l l u s t r a t e d with e x a m p l e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e opportunity to v i s i t A r c h a e o l o q i c a l c o l l e c t i o n s and l a b o r a t o r i e s and w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e i n qroup l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s . A n t h r o p o l o g y 124 A r c h a e o l o g y and Human (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Origins An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e t h e o r y and e v i d e n c e f o r t h e p h y s i c a l and s o c i o - c u l t u r a l e v o l u t i o n of humankind as p r e s e n t e d by A r c h a e o l o g y and P h y s i c a l Anthropology. Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e in f i e l d t r i p s to museums and A r c h a e o l o g y laboratories. Anthropology Intermediate (F) (3,0,1) A n t h r o p o l o g y 121 Introduction to Social Anthropology (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) A n t h r o p o l o g y 202 Introduction to Cultural (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) P r e r e q u i s i t e : Anthropology 120, Women's S t u d i e s 1 2 2 , o r by w r i t t e n permission of the i n s t r u c t o r . The s t u d y o f p e o p l e , c u l t u r e and e n v i r o n m e n t . Themes w i l l i n c l u d e the archaeological r e c o r d ; ecology of e a r l y food p r o d u c t i o n ; a d a p t i v e s t r a t e g i e s of h u n t e r / g a t h e r e r s , p a s t o r a l i s t s and p e a s a n t s ; c u r r e n t e c o l o g i c a l c o n c e r n s f r o m an anthropological perspective. 200 Social Anthropology A study of the s o c i a l s t r u c t u r e and o r g a n i z a t i o n o f v a r i o u s c u l t u r e s o f t h e w o r l d . E m p h a s i s on the dynamics of c u l t u r e , the c r o s s - c u l t u r a l approach, the theoretical issues in A n t h r o p o l o g y . Focus 1985: I n d i a n s of North A m e r i c a . Ecology (3,0,1) A s t u d y of t h e r e l a t i o n s between e t h n i c g r o u p s i n c l u d i n g an e x a m i n a t i o n o f how e t h n i c g r o u p s come t o be d e f i n e d , how t h e y a r e m a i n t a i n e d , s t e r e o t y p i n g , and how these processes i n t e r r e l a t e with o t h e r s o c i a l v a r i a b l e s s u c h as e c o n o m i c s , e d u c a t i o n , v i o l e n c e and t h e f a m i l y . The f o c u s w i l l u s u a l l y be on B . C . S t u d e n t s w i l l be engaged i n some p r i m a r y r e s e a r c h . A n t h r o p o l o g y 249 Comparative C u l t u r e s : Study i n Anthropology A Field (S) (3) P r e r e q u i s i t e : A n t h r o p o l o g y 120 o r by w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e instructor. An i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y c o u r s e t o consider i n depth a p a r t i c u l a r g e o g r a p h i c a r e a and i t s p e o p l e . Comparative i n s t i t u t i o n s , c u l t u r a l e c o l o g y , t h e l a n d s c a p e , methods of o b s e r v a t i o n and s t u d y . S t u d e n t s and i n s t r u c t o r s s t u d y i n t h e field. Not o f f e r e d A survey of the d i s c i p l i n e to i n c l u d e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o human e v o l u t i o n and o u r p l a c e among t h e p r i m a t e s ; s t r u c t u r e and o r g a n i z a t i o n o f s o c i e t y , and t h e i n d i v i d u a l and s o c i e t y . E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e c o m p a r a t i v e study nf s o c i a l i n s t i t u t i o n s of n o n - W e s t e r n c u l t u r e s s u c h as economics, family p a t t e r n s , s o c i a l c o n t r o l in small communities, r e l i g i o n and m a g i c . An e x a m i n a t i o n o f A n t h r o p o l o g i c a l c o n c e p t s and t h e o r i e s o f c u l t u r e , as w e l l as t h e a n a l y s i s of c u l t u r a l p a t t e r n s s u c h as k i n s h i p , religion, politics, belief s y s t e m s , l a n g u a g e , and t h e r o l e o f Anthropology in a changing w o r l d . A n t h r o p o l o g y 204 E t h n i c R e l a t i o n s (S) 1985/86. Women's S t u d i e s 122 Women i n A n t h r o p o l o g y (S) (3,0,1) The a n t h r o p o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e a p p l i e d t o women i n d i f f e r e n t c u l t u r e s of the w o r l d ; t h e i r r o l e in economic, p o l i t i c a l , r e l i g i o u s , k i n s h i p and e x p r e s s i v e s y s t e m s . E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h e work o f women a n t h r o p o l o g i s t s and t h e e f f e c t o f t h e o r y on u n d e r s t a n d i n g women. What i s women's e x p e r i e n c e i n c u l t u r e s and a r e a s s u c h as t h e E s k i m o , Amazon J u n g l e , Israeli k i b b u t z , Greece, Afghanistan, I n d i a , M e x i c o and A f r i c a . Anthropology c r e d i t i s a v a i l a b l e f o r t h i s c o u r s e . P l e a s e see Women's S t u d i e s f o r f u r t h e r information. Biology Instructional Faculty CAMFIELD, R . 6 . , B . S c . ( H o n s . ) ( M o n a s h ) , P h . D . (UBC) FITZ-EARLE, M., B.Sc. (Nottingham), M . S c , Ph.D. (Toronto) RICKER, N . A . , B . A . (Calif.), M . S c , P h . D . (UBC), C o o r d i n a t o r of Natural S c i e n c e s D i v i s i o n TROUP, V . N . , B . S c . ( H o n s . ) ( M c M a s t e r ) , M . S c . (UBC) WADE, L . K . , B . S c , M . S c . ( U B C ) , P h . D . ( A . N . U . ) , C o o r d i n a t o r of Bi o l o g y Laboratory Technician Supervisors and CANNING, J . , B . S c , P r o f . Teacher's C e r t . (UBC), Laboratory Supervi sor MCDONELL, L . , B . H . E . ( U B C ) , Laboratory Supervisor SANDERSON, C , B . S c . ( D u r h a m ) , Laboratory Supervisor WILLIAMSON, R . , D i p l . T e c h . (BCIT), Laboratory Technician General Information Capilano College Biology D e p a r t m e n t o f f e r s c o u r s e s t o meet a v a r i e t y of e d u c a t i o n a l n e e d s . The B i o l o g y 104/105 s e r i e s meet the laboratory science r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r A r t s s t u d e n t s as w e l l as a q e n e r a l i n t e r e s t b i o l o g y c o u r s e . In S e p t e m b e r 1985 a new c o u r s e s e q u e n c e , B i o l o g y 108/109 (Human Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y ) , w i l l be o f f e r e d as an i n t r o d u c t o r y course for students entering n u r s i n g and o t h e r h e a l t h s c i e n c e s . Those p l a n n i n g a m a j o r i n b i o l o g y or o t h e r l i f e s c i e n c e ( e . g . A g r i c u l t u r e ) should e n r o l l in B i o l o g y 110/111. P r e - p r o f e s s i o n a l s t u d e n t s who i n t e n d t o e n t e r dentistry, medicine, forestry, home e c o n o m i c s , r e h a b i l i t a t i o n m e d i c i n e or d e n t a l h y g i e n e s h o u l d a l s o t a k e B i o l o g y 1 1 0 / 1 1 1 . The department a l s o o f f e r s a course i n Plant Propagation, Biology 15?, for the interested amateur, b i o l o g y m a j o r s and t h o s e s t u d e n t s l o o k i n g f o r immediate entry i n t o the job market. A p r e r e q u i s i t e waiver examination f o r B i o l o g y 110/111 i s h e l d d u r i n g t h e f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s i n 26 S e p t e m b e r . Those who p a s s t h i s exam may r e g i s t e r d i r e c t l y in, s e c o n d - y e a r b i o l o g y courses at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . H o w e v e r , no credit is given for Biology 1 1 0 / 1 1 1 . The p r e r e q u i s i t e w a i v e r exam i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r t h o s e s t u d e n t s who must have c r e d i t i n f i r s t - y e a r biology for t h e i r subsequent e d u c a t i o n a l g o a l s . Contact the Biology Coordinator for further detai1s. A complete s e l e c t i o n of second-year courses i s a v a i l a b l e w h i c h meet t h e c r e d i t t r a n s f e r requirements of the three B.C. u n i v e r s i t i e s . Some of t h e s e c o u r s e s may be i n c l u d e d i n t h e requirements for p r e - p r o f e s s i o n a l p r o g r a m s , and f o r s p e c i f i c l i f e s c i e n c e p r o g r a m s . The s t u d e n t should c o n s u l t the Biology D e p a r t m e n t f o r d e t a i l s of c o u r s e requirements for various programs. A l l biology courses except B i o l o g y 200 r e q u i r e w e e k l y l a b o r a t o r y p e r i o d s a n d / o r f i e l d t r i p s . Some c o u r s e s a l s o have e x t e n d e d f i e l d t r i p s . Students' contributions t o the c o s t of l a b o r a t o r i e s a r e included in the course t u i t i o n f e e . Lab m a n u a l s f o r t h o s e c o u r s e s r e q u i r i n g them must be p u r c h a s e d f o r a n o m i n a l f e e . The s t u d e n t i s expected to defray in part the costs associated with f i e l d t r i p s . University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise i n d i c a t e d a f t e r the course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l B i o l o g y courses t r a n s f e r to SFU, UBC and U . V i c . F o r more d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r Guide at t h e back o f t h e c a l e n d a r . B i o l o g y 104 Human B i o l o g y (F) Prerequisite: None (3,3,1) The f i r s t s e m e s t e r o f a c o u r s e d e s i g n e d p r i m a r i l y as a l a b o r a t o r y s c i e n c e e l e c t i v e f o r s t u d e n t s who do not p l a n t o t a k e f u r t h e r courses in biology. Basic p r i n c i p l e s o f human b i o l o g y w i l l be p r e s e n t e d and t h e i m p a c t o f t h e e n v i r o n m e n t upon humans w i l l be e v a l u a t e d . Major t o p i c s w i l l i n c l u d e human p h y s i o l o g y , human g e n e t i c s and human d i s o r d e r s . B i o l o g y 105 Environmental Biology Prerequisite: None (S) (3,3,1) The s e c o n d s e m e s t e r o f a c o u r s e d e s i g n e d p r i m a r i l y as a l a b o r a t o r y s c i e n c e e l e c t i v e f o r s t u d e n t s who do n o t p l a n t o t a k e f u r t h e r courses in biology except f o r Biology 204. Basic p r i n c i p l e s of e c o l o g y w i l l be d e v e l o p e d and the impact of contemporary s o c i e t y on t h e e n v i r o n m e n t w i l l be assessed. Major t o p i c s i n c l u d e : e c o l o g i c a l c o n c e p t s and environmental i s s u e s . B i o l o g y 108 Basic Introductory (F) ( 4 . 5 , 3 , 1 . 5 ) Prerequisite: Biology None This course i s designed for the s t u d e n t who has n o t had b o t h B i o l o g y 12 and C h e m i s t r y 1 1 . I t covers both the c o u r s e c o n t e n t of B i o l o g y 110 and t h e b a c k g r o u n d necessary for the student l a c k i n g B i o l o g y 12, Chemistry 1 1 , or . b o t h . Students l a c k i n g e i t h e r of these c o u r s e s a r e STRONGLY RECOMMENDED t o t a k e B i o l o g y 108 i n s t e a d o f B i o l o g y 1 1 0 . Upon s u c c e s s f u l completion of B i o l o g y 108, students are f u l l y q u a l i f i e d to t a k e B i o l o g y 111 i n t h e S p r i n g semester. B i o l o g y 110 Introductory Biology (F,S) (3,3,1) I P r e r e q u i s i t e : None; however, B i o l o g y 12 and C h e m i s t r y 11 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. The s t a n d a r d i n t r o d u c t o r y biology c o u r s e f o r s t u d e n t s who p l a n t o take further courses in s c i e n c e . Major t o p i c s w i l l i n c l u d e the o r i g i n o f l i f e , c e l l s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n , c e l l d i v i s i o n and introductory genetics. B i o l o g y 111 Introductory Biology (F,S) (3,3,1) II Prerequisite: 110 o r 108 Biology A c o n t i n u a t i o n of B i o l o g y 110 which f u r t h e r develops the d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c b i o l o g i c a l concepts i n c l u d i n g b i o l o g i c a l s y s t e m s , e v o l u t i o n and e c o l o g y . B i o l o g y 110 SPL - I n t r o d u c t o r y B i o l o g y (F.S) (3,3,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : N o n e , but 12 and C h e m i s t r y 11 a r p recommended. I Biology strongly A s e l f - p a c e d l e a r n i n g course e q u i v a l e n t i n content to Biology 1 1 0 , open t o a l l s t u d e n t s but designed s p e c i f i c a l l y for students who a r e u n a b l e t o a t t e n d t h e Lynnmour campus o r a s a t e l l i t e c e n t r e on a r e g u l a r b a s i s , or who have t i m e t a b l e p r o b l e m s . Labs w i l l be done on t h e same b a s i s as r p g u l a r B i o l o g y 110 s e c t i o n s . B i o l o g y 111 SPL - I n t r o d u c t o r y B i o l o g y (F.S) (3,3,1) Prerequisite: Biology II 110 o r 108 A s e l f - p a c e d l e a r n i n g course e q u i v a l e n t i n contpnt. t o B i o l o g y 1 1 1 , open t o a l l s t u d e n t s b u t designed s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r students who a r e u n a b l e t o a t t e n d t h e Lynnmour campus or a s a t e l l i t e c e n t r e on a r e g u l a r b a s i s , o r who have t i m e t a b l e p r o b l e m s . Labs w i l l be done on t h e same b a s i s as r e g u l a r B i o l o g y 111 s e c t i o n s . B i o l o g y 152 Plant Propagation Prerequisite: least Biology (F) (4,5,1) None; however, at 11 i s recommended. A c o u r s e i n t h e t h e o r y and p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of p l a n t propagation techniques. Introduction to vascular plant l i f e c y c l e s , reproductive methods, t i s s u e s y s t e m s , p l a n t o r g a n s and p l a n t p r o p a g a t i o n systems i n n a t u r e , as w e l l as t h p c e l l b i o l o g y , m i c r o b i o l o g y , and s t e r i l e techniques relevant to t i s s u e c u l t u r e . Plant propagation o b j e c t i v e s and t e c h n i q u e s , i n c l u d i n g the v a r i o u s t r a d i t i o n a l propagation method: l a y e r i n g , g r a f t i n g , c u t t i n g s , o f f s h o o t s , and p r o p a g a t i o n f r o m s e e d , and a m a j o r e m p h a s i s on p r o p a g a t i o n by means o f t i s s u e c u l t u r e . Weekly l a b s and f i e l d t r i p s w i l l s t r e s s the development of p r a c t i c a l s k i l l s i n a l l these propagation t e c h n i q u e s . The e m p h a s i s t h r o u g h o u t t h e c o u r s e i s on p r a c t i c a l e x p e r i e n c e . Not o f f e r e d B i o l o g y 200 G e n e t i c s (S) 1985/86. (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 110 and 1 1 1 . B i o l o g y 214 i s recommended. B i o l o g y 113 Human Anatomy and (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 ) Prerequisite: n e r v o u s , h o r m o n a l , and u r i n a r y s y s t e m s ; and a s t u d y o f t h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e m a j o r body s y s t e m s . A p p l i c a t i o n s of g e n e t i c s and m o l e c u l a r b i o l o g y t o t h e s e s y s t e m s a l s o w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d . The l a b o r a t o r y component o f t h e c o u r s e wi11 p r o v i d e a complementary p r a c t i c a l study of t h e s y s t e m s and t h e i r component parts. Physiology B i o l o g y 104 A c o n t i n u a t i o n of t h e s t u d y o f human anatomy and p h y s i o l o g y commenced i n B i o l o g y 1 0 4 . The course w i l l involve a d e t a i l e d d i s c u s s i o n of a s e l e c t i o n of t h e f o l l o w i n g t o p i c s : t h e l i v i n g body as a w h o l e ; t h e m u s c u l o - s k e l e t a l , An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p l e s and m e c h a n i s m s o f h e r e d i t y . E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on an a n a l y t i c a l approach to c l a s s i c a l g e n e t i c s , m o l e c u l a r g e n e t i c s , and the a p p l i c a t i o n s of g e n e t i c s to man and t o p o p u l a t i o n s . The c o n c e p t s , t e c h n i q u e s , and a p p l i c a t i o n s of m o l e c u l a r b i o l o g y w i l l a l s o be c o n s i d e r e d i n d e t a i l . T h e r e i s no l a b o r a t o r y f o r t h i s course. Biology Ecology 204 I (F) (3,3,1) Prerequisite: Biology 105 o r 111 The f i r s t t e r m o f an i n t r o d u c t o r y course in general ecology, stressing biotic-environmental r e l a t i o n s h i p s at the ecosystem l e v e l ; concept of the ecosystem, i t s c o m p o n e n t s and d y n a m i c s , energy f l o w , n u t r i e n t c y c l i n g , b i o g e o c l i m a t i c zones w i t h emphasis on B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a , v e g e t a t i o n and a n a l y s i s . E m p h a s i s i s on p r i n c i p l e s o f p l a n t e c o l o g y and on problems i n t h i s f i e l d . Course i n c l u d e s a two-day f i e l d t r i p to M a n n i n g P a r k and t h e S o u t h e r n Okanagan V a l l e y . To be o f f e r e d 1 9 8 5 / 8 6 and a l t e r n a t e years t h e r e a f t e r . B i o l o g y 205 E c o l o g y II ( S ) Prerequisite: (3,3,1) Biology 204 A c o n t i n u a t i o n of B i o l o g y 204, w i t h e m p h a s i s on p r i n c i p l e s and problems of animal e c o l o g y . Included are s e l e c t e d n o n - B r i t i s h Columbian ecosystems; p o p u l a t i o n d y n a m i c s ; ecology of s e l e c t e d B.C. mammals; e c o l o g i c a l a s p e c t s o f animal b e h a v i o u r . Course i n c l u d e s a three-day f i e l d t r i p to the T o f i n o a r e a , Vancouver I s l a n d . To be o f f e r e d 1985/86 and alternate years thereafter. B i o l o g y 210 Morphology of (F) (3,3,1) Vascular Prerequisite: Biology Plants 110 and 111 A comparative study of the v a s c u l a r plant, g r o u p s , t h e p t e r i d o p h y t e s , gymnosperms and a n g i o s p e r m s w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e e v o l u t i o n , m o r p h o l o g y , e c o l o g y and f u n c t i o n of each of the g r o u p s . D i s c u s s i o n s of problems i n p l a n t morphology. Not o f f e r e d 1 9 8 5 / 8 5 . To be o f f e r e d 1986/87 and a l t e r n a t e y e a r s thereafter. 27 Chemistry B i o l o g y 212 Invertebrate Zoology (S) Prerequisite: Biology 110 and 1 1 1 . (3,3,1) A c o m p a r a t i v e s u r v e y of thp major p h y l a and c l a s s e s o f i n v e r t e b r a t e s w i t h e m p h a s i s upon p h y l o g e n y , a d a p t i v e b i o l o g y and e c o l o g y o f e a c h g r o u p . The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d around the major u n i f y i n g concept o f e v o l u t i o n . P r o h l e m s of contemporary i n t e r e s t in the f i e l d o f i n v e r t e b r a t e z o o l o g y . The l a b o r a t o r y complements the l e c t u r e components and i n c l u d e s a three-day f i e l d t r i p to the Ramfield Marine S t a t i o n . B i o l o g y 213 V e r t e b r a t e Zoology Prerequisite: (F) Biology (3,3,1) I Instructional II - I n t r o d u c t i o n (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 ) P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 214 and concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n in C h e m i s t r y 2 0 1 , i f not a l r e a d y completed. An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e f u n d a m e n t a l p r i n c i p l e s and b a s i c f a c t s o f biochemistry s t a r t i n g with protein s t r u c t u r e and enzyme f u n c t i o n s . C e l l e n e r g e t i c s , h i o s y n t h e s e s and mechanisms w h i c h c o n t r o l c e l l m e t a b o l i s m wi 11 a l s o be c o n s i d e r e d . The l a b o r a t o r y w i l l involve detailed experimental a n a l y s e s , using the c u r r e n t t e c h n i q u e s of b i o c h e m i s t r y , of the m o l e c u l a r f u n c t i o n s o f c e l l s and ti ssues. - Structural Basis P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 110 and 111 and c o n c u r r e n t r e g i s t r a t i o n i n C h e m i s t r y 2 0 0 , i f not a l r e a d y completed. An i n t e g r a t e d s t u d y o f t h e s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n o f c e l l s and t h e i r c o m p o n e n t s . U l t r a s t r u c t u r e o f c e l l o r g a n e l l e s as d e t e r m i n e d by e l e c t r o n m i c r o s c o p y w i l l be r e l a t e d t o t h e m o l e c u l a r f u n c t i o n s of c e l l s . Emphasis w i l l a l s o be p l a c e d on t h e t e c h n i q u e s used t o s t u d y c e l l s , t h e e v o l u t i o n a r y o r i g i n o f c e l l s and t h e i r c o m p o n e n t s , and on c o m p a r i s o n s between s p e c i a l i z e d c e l l s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n . The l a b o r a t o r y e x e r c i s e s w i l l use modern methods o f m i c r o s c o p y and separation techniques in a d e t a i l e d study of c e l l s t r u c t u r e s and t h e i r f u n c t i o n s . B i o l o g y 220 P r i n c i p l e s of (F) (3,3,1) Faculty to 110 and 1 1 1 . A c o m p a r a t i v e survey of the major c l a s s e s of v e r t e b r a t e s , emphasizing evolutionary trends e s p e c i a l l y i n d e v e l o p m e n t and morphology of organ s y s t e m s . Adaptive f e a t u r e s in v e r t e b r a t e s a r e c o n s i d e r e d . The l a b o r a t o r y c o m p l e m e n t s t h e l e c t u r e component with representative vertebrates being examined. B i o l o g y 214 Cell Biology (F) (3,3,1) B i o l o g y 215 Cell Biology Biochemistry Microbiology P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 110 and 1 1 1 ; C h e m i s t r y 110 and 1 1 1 . C o r p q u i s i t e : T r a n s f e r t o UBC requires Chemistry 200/201. A comprehensive t r e a t m e n t of i n t r o d u c t o r y m i c r o b i o l o g y . The o r i g i n , b a s i c s t r u c t u r e , growth and g e n e t i c s o f m i c r o - o r g a n i s m s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . The l a b provides p r a c t i c a l experience in standard microhial techniques. G I L C H R I S T , A . B . , P h . D . (SFU) LE C0UTEUR, P . C . , B . S c , M . S c . (Auckland), Ph.D. ( C a l i f . ) READ, D . W . , B . A . , M . S c . ( U B C ) , Ph.D. (McGill) Laboratory Supervisors Technicians and ALLAN, B . J . , D i p l . Tech. ( B C I T ) , Laboratory Technician S M I T H , I., H.N.C. (Aberdeen), Laboratory Supervisor General Information A l l chemistry courses i n c l u d e weekly t h r e p - h o u r laboratory periods unless otherwise s t a t e d . The c o s t o f t h e l a b s i s i n c l u d e d in the course t u i t i o n fee except f o r l a b m a n u a l s and some f i e l d t r i p c o s t s . Students are required t o have (and w e a r ) s a f e t y g l a s s e s in a l l laboratory p e r i o d s . University Transfer Credit A l l Chemistry courses, except 030, c a r r y t r a n s f e r c r e d i t t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c . F o r d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e calendar. C h e m i s t r y 030 An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C h e m i s t r y (SU) o r ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) B i o l o g y 221 P r i n c i p l e s of (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 ) Microbiology P r e r e q u i s i t e : None (No transfer credit) Prerequisite: B i o l o g y 220 This course i s designed for those s t u d e n t s who have had no p r e v i o u s c h e m i s t r y , and who w i s h t o go on i n s c i e n c e s . No l a b s a r e g i v e n . C h e m i s t r y 030 f u l f i l l s t h e entrance chemistry requirement for the N u r s i n g program at BCIT. A c o n t i n u a t i o n of B i o l o g y 2 2 0 , emphasizing metabolism, i m m u n o l o g i c a l a s p e c t s , and e c o l o g y o f m i c r o - o r g a n i s m s . The r o l e o f micro-organisms in a g r i c u l t u r e , v a r i o u s i n d u s t r i e s , h e a l t h and s a n i t a t i o n i s c o n s i d e r e d . The l a b a l s o i n c l u d e s a major p r o j e c t of i n t e r e s t to the s t u d e n t . university Atoms, m o l e c u l e s , the mole, c h e m i c a l f o r m u l a s , i o n i c and covalent bonding. Balancing e q u a t i o n s , simple stoichiometry p r o b l e m s , s o l u t i o n s , a c i d s , bases and s a l t s , e q u i l i b r i u m , gas l a w s . C h e m i s t r y 104 Fundamentals of Chemistry (3,3,1) (F) P r e r e q u i s i t e : N o n e , but some chemistry'and mathematics recommended. A course s p e c i f i c a l l y designed for t h e n o n - s c i e n c e s t u d e n t s who need f i r s t - y e a r chemistry requirements f o r n u r s i n g , home e c o n o m i c s and p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n , e t c . A study of c h e m i c a l p r i n c i p l e s , s t o i c h i o m e t r y , the chemical bond; atomic s t r u c t u r e ; chemical periodicity; introductory thermochemistry; gases. C h e m i s t r y 105 Fundamentals of Chemistry (3,3,1) Prerequisite: (S) C h e m i s t r y 104 A s t u d y o f l i q u i d s , s o l i d s , and changes of s t a t e ; o x i d a t i o n reduction, electrochemistry, representative inorganic chemistry; equilibrium; acids, b a s e s and s a l t s ; o r g a n i c chemi s t r y . C h e m i s t r y 108 Basic Chemistry (F) (4.5,3,1.5) P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 11 o r C h e m i s t r y 0 3 0 , Math 12 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Math 110 must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y , i f not a l r e a d y completed. Students with Chemistry 12 p e r m i t t e d t o e n r o l l i n C h e m i s t r y 108 o n l y w i t h C h e m i s t r y department's permission. This course covers the m a t e r i a l of C h e m i s t r y 110 a n d , i n a d d i t i o n , p r o v i d e s the background n e c e s s a r y f o r a s t u d e n t who has n o t t a k e n C h e m i s t r y 12. A s t u d e n t p a s s i n g t h i s c o u r s e s h o u l d be a b l e t o e n t e r C h e m i s t r y 111 i n t h e S p r i n g . C h e m i s t r y 110 P r i n c i p l e s and Methods C h e m i s t r y (F) (3,3,1) of P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 12 and Math 1 2 . Math 110 must he t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y i f not a l r e a d y completed. A c o u r s e f o r s t u d e n t s who p l a n c a r e e r s i n s c i e n c e . A study of s t o i c h i o m e t r y ; the gaseous s t a t e ; s o l i d s ; l i q u i d s ; s o l u t i o n s ; atomic s t r u c t u r e ; the p e r i o d i c system; chemical bonding; thermochemistry. C h e m i s t r y 110 SPL - P r i n c i p l e s and Methods Chemistry (F,S) (3,3,1) A s e l f - p a c e d l e a r n i n g course e q u i v a l e n t in content to Chemistry 110, open t o any s t u d e n t but d e s i g n e d t o be o f p a r t i c u l a r v a l u e t o t h o s e s t u d e n t s who a r e u n a b l e t o a t t e n d t h e Lynnmour Campus o r a s a t e l l i t e c e n t r e on a r e g u l a r basis. of P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 108 o r 1 1 0 . Math 111 must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y , i f not a l r e a d y completed. Thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , e q u i l i b r i u m , a c i d s , b a s e s and s a l t s ; redox e q u a t i o n s , electrochemistry; transition m e t a l s and t h e i r c o m p l e x e s ; organic chemistry. C h e m i s t r y 111 SPL - P r i n c i p l e s and Methods Chemistry (F,S) (3,3,1) (F) (3,3,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 105 o r 1 1 1 . Any s t u d e n t who has a t t e m p t e d the course w i t h i n the l a s t year w i l l not be a l l o w e d t o r e g i s t e r without the i n s t r u c t o r ' s permi s s i o n . of P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 12 and Math 12. Math 110 must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y i f not a l r e a d y completed. C h e m i s t r y 111 P r i n c i p l e s and Methods C h e m i s t r y (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 ) C h e m i s t r y 200 Organic Chemistry A study of n o m e n c l a t u r e , s t r u c t u r e , and s p e c t r o s c o p y o f organic molecules; alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, organometal1ic compounds, a l c o h o l s , e t h e r s , a l k y l h a l i d e s ; mechanisms and stereochemistry. C h e m i s t r y 201 Organic Chemistry Prerequisite: (S) (3,3,1) Chemistry 200 Aromatic chemistry, aldehydes, k e t o n e s , a c i d s and t h e i r d e r i v a t i v e s , carbanions; amines; n i t r o , a z o , d i a z o and r e l a t e d compounds; h e t e r o c y c l i c s ; carbohydrates, protein chemistry; polymers; natural products. C h e m i s t r y 204 Introduction to Physical Chemistry (F) ( 3 , 3 , 1 ) Inorganic P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 105 w i t h " B " s t a n d i n g o r C h e m i s t r y 1 1 1 , and Math 1 1 1 . of P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 108 o r 110. Math 111 must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y i f not a l r e a d y completed. A s e l f - p a c e d l e a r n i n g course equivalent in content to Chemistry 111 and d e s i q n e d t o be o f p a r t i c u l a r value to those students who a r e u n a b l e t o a t t e n d t h e Lynnmour Campus o r a s a t e l l i t e c e n t r e on a r e g u l a r b a s i s . A study of g a s e s , thermodynamics, thermochemistry; e q u i l i b r i u m , electrochemistry, solutions, quantitative inorganic analysis. B i o l o g i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n s of t h e s e topics stressed. C h e m i s t r y 205 Introduction to Physical C h e m i s t r y (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 ) Prerequisite: Inorganic C h e m i s t r y 204 A s t u d y o f a c i d s and b a s e s , c h e m i c a l k i n e t i c s , main group systematic chemistry; t r a n s i t i o n e l e m e n t s and c o o r d i n a t i o n complexes. Commerce Instructional t a k i n g 3 or 4 courses di s c i p i i n e . Faculty AMON, N . , R . A . ( K e n t ) , M . A . (SFU) ECCLES, E . , R . N . ( S t . P a u l ' s ) , R . A . . M . A . (URC) L A U R I L A , W . E . , R . A . S c . , M.Math (Wat.prloo) SAYRE, J . E . , R . S . , B . A . ( D e n v e r ) , M.A. (Roston) TOWSON, K . V . , R . S c , M . S c . (SFU) wATKISS, C , R . S c . ( C a r l e t o n ) , M . S c , Ph.D. (Toronto) WILSON, J . , R.Comm. (U.BC), C A . First-Year The C o l l e g e o f f e r s a two y e a r t r a n s f e r p a c k a g e t o UBC c o n s i s t i n g of the "Pre-Commprcp Year"and " F i r s t Year Commerce" as f o l l o w s : Pre-Commerce Year To e n t e r t h e P r e - C o m m e r c e Year c o n t a c t t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e at 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 2 1 3 , and a s k t o he mailed a "Collegp Admissions A p p l i c a t i o n F o r m " . The P r e - C o m m e r c e Y e a r r e q u i r p s 30 c r e d i t s w h i c h MUST i n c l u d e t h e following: a ) E c o n o m i c s 200 and 201 - t h e s e may be t a k e n i n e i t h e r o r d e r ; b) E n g l i s h 100 o r 10? ( n o t b o t h ) f o l l o w e d by ONE o f E n g l i s h 1 0 4 , 105, 106, 108. - c ) Thp M a t h e m a t i c s r e q u i r e m e n t i s : - I f Grade 1? A l g e b r a was s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d , t a k e Math 108 f o l l o w e d hy Math 109 ( N o t e : 110 and 111 c a n be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 1 0 8 / 1 0 9 , but t h i s c o m b i n a t i o n i s more o r i e n t e d t o w a r d s s c i e n c e t h a n business). - I f Grade 1? A l g p b r a was n o t t a k e n ( o r t h e g r a d e a c h i e v e d was l e s s t h a n a " C " ) , t a k e Math 105 f o l l o w e d by 108 ( N o t e : a g a i n 110 c o u l d he s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 1 0 8 ) . - I f Grade 11 A l g e b r a was not t a k e n ( o r t h e g r a d e a c h i e v e d was l e s s t h a n a " C " ) , t h e n Math 010 w i l l have t o be t a k e n b e f o r e t h e Math 105/108 s e q u e n c e can be started. d ) 1? c r e d i t s ( f o u r c o u r s e s ) o f e l e c t i v e s . S t u d e n t s may c h o o s e any u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r c o u r s e s at t h e C o l l e g e , but i t i s s u g g e s t e d t o spread t h e s e around r a t h e r than 30 in only one Commerce Upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e P r e - C o m m e r c e y e a r s t u d e n t s must t h e n APPLY f o r a d m i s s i o n t o t h e Commerce P r o g r a m i t s e l f by g e t t i n g a "Commerce P r o g r a m A p p l i c a t i o n " from t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s o f f i c e . There a r e o n l y 33 s e a t s a v a i l a b l e i n F i r s t Year Commerce and p r e f e r e n c e w i l l be g i v e n t o s t u d e n t s w i t h t h e b e s t P r e - C o m m e r c e Year r e c o r d s who want t o t a k e t h e e n t i r e F i r s t y e a r Commerce P r o g r a m . A p p l i c a t i o n s t o t h e Commerce P r o g r a m s h o u l d be made i m m e d i a t e l y i n l a t e s p r i n g once t h e Pre-Commerce Year c o u r s e s a r e c o m p l e t e and g r a d e s r e c e i v e d . S t u d e n t s who w a i t u n t i l l a t e summer may f i n d t h a t a l l s p a c e s have been f i l l e d . In t h e F a l l S e m e s t e r s t u d e n t s a d m i t t e d t o t h e F i r s t . Year Commerce P r o g r a m w i l l t a k e : Commerce ?10 E c o n o m i c s ?11 Commerce ?20 Commerce 251 and one u n i v e r s i t y elective. Commerce 210 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I (F) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : Pre-Commerce Mathematics requirements A p p l i c a t i o n s of b a s i c mathematics t o commerce and b u s i n e s s . T o p i c s include cost/benefit a n a l y s i s , discounted cash f l o w , transportation problems, l i n e a r p r o g r a m i n g . The u s e o f c o m p u t e r s t o s o l v e t h e s e p r o b l e m s w i l l be included extensively. Transferable to UBC. Organizational (3,0,1) transfer F o r t h o s e w i t h Math 108/109 ( o r 110/111) in t h e i r Pre-Commerce Year: C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e 103 E c o n o m i c s 212 Commerce 253 and two u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r electi ves. Math UVic Some c o u r s e s i n t h e UBC t r a n s f e r p a c k a g e do n o t t r a n s f e r t o SFU o r UVic. Students wishing to t r a n s f e r t o e i t h e r of these i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e , t h e r e f o r e , s t r o n g l y urged t o contact the C o u n s e l l i n g D i v i s i o n before applying for admission to " F i r s t Year Commerce." Commerce 220 P r i n c i p l e s of Behaviour (F) A F a l l s e m e s t e r Grade P o i n t A v e r a g e (GPA) o f 2 . 6 7 w i t h no g r a d e b e l o w C - MUST be a c h i e v e d t o continue i n t o the Spring semester, when t h e f o l l o w i n g c o u r s e s w i l l be taken: For those w i t h T r a n s f e r t o SFU o r 105/108: C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e 103 E c o n o m i c s 212 Commerce 253 M a t h e m a t i c s 109 and one u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r electi ve. An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f o r g a n i z a t i o n s - - w h a t t h e y a r e , how t h e y f u n c t i o n , how i n d i v i d u a l s behave w i t h i n t h e m . T o p i c s i n c l u d e formal s t r u c t u r e s , the r o l e of groups w i t h i n o r g a n i z a t i o n s , m o t i v a t e d work e f f o r t , l e a d e r s h i p , change. Transferable t o SFU and Commerce 251 Fundamentals of (F) (3,0,1) UBC. Accounting An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e f u n d a m e n t a l p r i n c i p l e s behind the p r e p a r a t i o n o f f i n a n c i a l r e p o r t s and statements. Topics include general f i n a n c i a l statement s t r u c t u r e , revenue r e c o g n i t i o n , v a l u a t i o n of receivables, inventory, asssets and l i a b i l i t i e s . Transferable to UBC and UVic. Computing Science Commerce 253 Financial Accounting and s t a t e m e n t (S) Transferable Prerequisite: analysis. Instructional (3,0,1) to UBC and UVic. Commerce 251 A c o n t i n u a t i o n of the study of the concepts of f i n a n c i a l a c c o u n t i n g , i n c l u d i n g c o r p o r a t i o n income t a x , income t a x r e p o r t i n g , i n t e r - c o r p o r a t e i n v e s t m e n t s and t a x e s , p e n s i o n s , f o r e i g n exchange For course d e s c r i p t i o n s of C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e , E c o n o m i c s and M a t h e m a t i c s c o u r s e s , see t h e relevant sections elsewhere in this calendar. Faculty EDWARDS, E . , B . S c , M . S c . (UBC) HAUSCHILDT, R . , B . S c . ( H o n s . ) (Queen's), M . S c (UBC) L A U R I L A , W . E . , B . A . S c , M.Math ( W a t e r l o o ) , C o o r d i n a t o r of Computing S c i e n c e VERNER, R . H . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c . (EWSC), B . C . T e a c h i n g C e r t . (UBC) General Information The C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e D e p a r t m e n t o f f e r s c o m p u t i n g c o u r s e s at t h e f i r s t and s e c o n d - y e a r university l e v e l , as w e l l as c o m p u t i n g c o u r s e s i n t h e two y e a r , u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r a b l e , diploma program i n S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p l i c a t i o n s Technology. A l l courses are t r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU, UBC and U V i c . Combined w i t h o t h e r f u l l y t r a n s f e r a b l e courses, these a l l o w s t u d e n t s at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e t o c o m p l e t e t h e f i r s t two y e a r s o f a program m a j o r i n g i n Computing S c i e n c e or combining Computing Science w i t h Mathematics or Physi c s . For t r a n s f e r s t a t u s of the l i s t e d courses, please refer to the T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e calendar. Academic T r a n s f e r Program Students p l a n n i n g to major i n C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e must o b t a i n c r e d i t f o r the f o l l o w i n g courses: FIRST YEAR Comp 103 Comp 104 Comp 105 Chem 110 Chem 111 Math 110 Math 111 E n g l 100 SECOND Introduction to Programing in Pascal Fundamental Concepts of Computi ng Program Design P r i n c i p l e s and M e t h o d s of Chemistry P r i n c i p l e s and M e t h o d s of Chemistry Calculus I Calculus II Composi t i on YEAR Comp 222 Comp 223 Data S t r u c t u r e s and Program O r g a n i z a t i o n Discrete Structures 31 Comp 224 Comp 22fi Math 200 Math 205 Math 230 E l e c t i ve E l e c t i ve Numerical Computation Introduction to Digital Ha rdware Linear Algebra P r o b a b i l i t y and Stati sties Calculus III Non S c i e n c e (fi c r e d i t s ) Some u n d e r s t a n d i n g of p h y s i c a l p r i n c i p l e s governing computinq h a r d w a r e and i t s d e s i g n i s r e q u i r e d . For t h a t r e a s o n , i t i s S t r o n g l y recommended t h a t s t u d e n t s i n c l u d e the f o l l o w i n q in t h e i r f i r s t . - y e a r program: Physics 110/111 o r Physics 114/115 In s e l e c t i n g t h e r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s t o c o m p l e t e t h e f i r s t two y e a r s o f a Computing S c i e n c e program, thp f o l l o w i n g g u i d e l i n e s are suggested: i ) Any p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s of i n t e r e s t at. t h e t h i r d and f o u r t h y e a r l e v e l s s h o u l d be sati sfi ed. i i ) A s t r o n g hackqround i n Mathematics helps in the c o m p r e h e n s i o n of a b s t r a c t computinq c o n c e p t s . A d d i t i o n a l recommended M a t h e m a t i c s c o u r s e s a r e Math 231 and 2 3 5 . i i i ) Computer a p p l i c a t i o n s ahnunri in a l l f i e l d s , eg. B i o l o g y , Geography, Chemistry, E d u c a t i o n , Economics. A s t u d e n t ' s area of i n t e r e s t c a n d i c t a t e t h e c h o i c e of elective courses. i v ) A wide range of c o u r s e s i n diverse areas w i l l benefit the s t u d e n t , and a s e l e c t i o n o f n o n - c o m p u t i n g and n o n - s c i e n c e c o u r s e s w i l l enhance i n s i g h t i n t o t h e s o c i a l and human i m p l i c a t i o n s of c o m p u t e r i z a t i o n . For those r e a s o n s , it. i s s t r o n g l y recommended t h a t a t l e a s t two n o n - s c i e n c e e l e c t i v e s be t a k e n f r o m s u c h a r e a s as P h i l o s o p h y , S o c i o l o g y , P s y c h o l o g y and Anthropology. S c i e n t i f i c Computing Technology Program Applications The D e p a r t m e n t o f C o m p u t i n g Science o f f e r s a t w o - y e a r program l e a d i n g to a Diploma of Technology i n S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p l i c a t i o n s . The g o a l o f t h e program i s to produce g r a d u a t e s employable in a t e c h n i c a l e n v i r o n m p n t where t h e i r a c a d e m i c and p r o g r a m m i n g s k i l l s w i l l e n a b l e them t o s o l v e p r o b l e m s of a s c i e n t i f i c naturp. Thp p r o g r a m i s t h p o n l y t w o - y e a r , largely university transferable, program i n the p r o v i n c e t h a t i s oriented primarily to technical s o f t w a r e d e v e l o p m e n t and applications. Participants retain maximum f l e x i b i l i t y as t h e m a j o r p o r t i o n of t h e p r o g r a m i s university transferable, allowing for continuing studies in c o m p u t i n g s c i e n c e or m a t h e m a t i c a l computing a f t e r the completion of the program w i t h o u t l o s s of credi t . The p r o g r a m i s i n t p n d e d f o r p e o p l e who havp c o m p l p f p d h i g h s c h o o l s u c c e s s f u l l y w i t h a R.C. Secondary School G r a d u a t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e or e q u i v a l e n t , i n c l u d i n g A l g e b r a 12 w i t h a grade of ' B ' or b e t t e r , E n q l i s h 1 2 , and P h y s i c s 11 ( P h y s i c s 1? p r e f e r a b l y ) . An a p p l i c a t i o n f o r m f o r e n t r y i n t o t h e proqram i s a v a i l a b l e from t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s o f f i c e or the Natural Sciences Division o f f i c e . Initial s e l e c t i o n o f a p p l i c a n t s w i l l be made b e g i n n i n g May 2 0 , 1Q85. F I R S T YEAR Computing S c i e n c e 103/104/105 Math 1 0 1 / 1 0 2 , 110/111 P h y s i c s 110/111 o r 1 1 4 / 1 1 5 E n g l i s h inn COMP 100 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Programming BASIC ( F , S ) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: Algebra 11. Course least a "C" Note 1 : Any s t u d e n t who has attempted t h i s course w i t h i n the l a s t y e a r w i l l not be a l l o w e d t o r e g i s t e r without the i n s t r u c t o r ' s permi s s i o n . Note 2 : S t u d e n t s w i l l receive c r e d i t f o r o n l y ONE o f Comp 100 o r Comp 1 0 3 . COMP 103 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Programming Pascal (F,S) (4,0,1.33) in P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C " g r a d e i n A l g e b r a 12 o r Math 0 1 2 , o r a t l e a s t a " C - " i n Math 1 0 5 . I n t r o d u c t i o n t o programming u s i n g Pascal ; general u n d e r s t a n d i n g of c o m p u t e r s , p r i n c i p l e s of programming; s p e c i f i c experience i n w r i t i n g and e x e c u t i n g p r o g r a m s ; applications w i l l stress s c i e n t i f i c and s t a t i s t i c a l c a l c u l a t i o n s as w e l l as d a t a processing problems. 1 and 2 u n d e r Comp 1 0 0 . Fundamental Concepts of (S) (3,0,1) Computing 222/223/224/225 COMP 104 Descriptions Note: A l l courses are t o S F U , UBC and U V i c . transferable P r e r e q u i s i t e : COMP 100 o r 103 w i t h at l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e , and Math 105/Algebra 12. Theoretical introduction to computer s c i e n c e ; computer 32 in An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o c o m p u t e r s and computer programming f o r non-science s t u d e n t s . Students i n t e n d i n g to take f u r t h e r computing courses should c o n s i d e r Comp 103 i n s t e a d o f Comp 1 0 0 . Topics covered i n c l u d e p r i n c i p l e s o f p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g and a l g o r i t h m d e s i g n ; c o m p u t e r s and t h e i r 0 / S ; a p p l i c a t i o n s to problems i n s t a t i s t i c s , data processing, accounting, social sciences, e n t e r t a i n m e n t ; language of i n s t r u c t i o n i s BASIC. See N o t e s SECOND YEAR Computing S c i e n c e 2?fi/?27/229/230 Math 2 2 0 / 2 3 0 At in o r g a n i z a t i o n and a r c h i t e c t u r e ; information representation; m a c h i n e and a s s e m b l y l a n g u a g e s ; a d d r e s s i n g schemes; machine a r i t h m e t i c ; problem s o l v i n g u s i n g d i f f e r e n t l e v e l l a n g u a g e s and p r o g r e s s i v e l y more p o w e r f u l machi n p s . See Note 1 u n d e r COMP 1 0 0 . COMP 105 Program Design (S) (3,0,1) COMP 224 Numerical Computation (S) (3,0,1) See Note 1 u n d e r COMP 1 0 0 . COMP 222 Data S t r u c t u r e s and P r o g r a m O r g a n i z a t i o n (F) (3,0,1) COMP 229 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o FORTRAN; t h e o r y and t e c h n i q u e s i n a n a l y s i s o f s c i e n t i f i c data using numerical methods; n o n - l i n e a r e q u a t i o n s , linear algebra, curve-fitting, optimization, integration, d i f f e r e n t i a l equations, error analysis. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : At l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Comp 222 and Math 2 0 0 . COMP 225 Computer G r a p h i c s (S) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e s : At l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Comp 2 2 2 , Comp 230 and Math 2 0 0 . Survey of t y p i c a l computer g r a p h i c s s y s t e m s ; h a r d w a r e and software c o n s i d e r a t i o n s ; f u n d a m e n t a l c o n c e p t s and a l g o r i t h m s i n p l o t t i n g and d i s p l a y s ; graphics packages, interactive graphics; applications to technology. COMP 226 P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - " grade in Comp 104 and Comp 105. Introduction to (S) (3,3,1) O r g a n i z a t i o n o f p r o g r a m s and t h e i r d a t a s t r u c t u r e s ; methods f o r modular program d e s i g n , use of p r o c e d u r e s , c o n s t r u c t s f o r flow of c o n t r o l ; machine l e v e l data t y p e s , programming language d a t a t y p e s , programmer d e f i n e d d a t a t y p e s , a p p l i c a t i o n s to s e a r c h i n g , sorting. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : At l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Comp 1 0 4 , Math 111 and P h y s i c s 111 o r 1 1 5 . COMP 223 Discrete Structures (F) Digital Hardware Elementary c i r c u i t t h e o r y ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o l i n e a r and non-linear devices; logic gates; f l i p - f l o p s ; c l o c k e d l o g i c ; A/D and D/A c o n v e r s i o n ; i n t e r f a c i n g techniques; laboratory experience in. these t o p i c s . (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Comp 104 and Math 1 1 1 . Introduction to mathematical m o d e l s and f o r m a l t o p i c s used i n computing s c i e n c e ; Boolean algebra, sets, functions, r e l a t i o n s ; i n d u c t i o n and recursion, proofs; graphs, t r e e s , applications; f i n i t e state machi n e s . techniques. P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Comp 1 0 5 , Math 2 0 0 , and Math 2 3 0 . P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Comp 103 and Math 1 1 0 . C o n t i n u a t i o n o f Comp 1 0 3 ; experience in a p p l i c a t i o n p r o g r a m m i n g and p r o g r a m m i n g m e t h o d o l o g y ; e m p h a s i s on l a r g e r projects with a s c i e n t i f i c orientation; projects w i l l include problem s p e c i f i c a t i o n , program design, validation, evaluation, documentati o n . bases u s i n g d i f f e r e n t COMP 227 Data Base C o n c e p t s (S) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t g r a d e i n Comp 2 2 2 . (3,0,1) a "C-" D e s i g n , i m p l e m e n t a t i o n and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of d a t a base management s y s t e m s ; d a t a m o d e l s and d a t a base d e s i g n , d a t a a c c e s s ; system performance, security; p r a c t i c a l experience in c r e a t i n g , a c c e s s i n g , and r e s t r u c t u r i n g d a t a C o m p u t e r S i m u l a t i o n and (S) (3,0,1) Modelling C r e a t i o n and u s e o f c o m p u t e r models of p h y s i c a l p r o b l e m s ; p r a c t i c a l examples of models u s i n g numerical integrators, d i f f e r e n t i a l e q u a t i o n s o l v e r s and l i n e a r algebra programs. I n t r o d u c t i o n to queuing t h e o r y . This course i s concerned w i t h the use of t h e s e t o o l s r a t h e r t h a n their design. COMP 230 Computer Systems (F) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e s : At l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Comp 104 and Comp 1 0 5 . M u l t i t a s k i n g , m u l t i u s e r hardware and s o f t w a r e s y s t e m s . S y s t e m s t a r t - u p , maintenance, back-ups, and f i l e m a i n t e n a n c e . E x a m p l e s i n UNIX and " C " . Economics Instructional Faculty AMON, N . , R . A . ( K e n t ) , M . A . (SFU) MIR7A, M . A . , R . S c . ( U . London), P h . D . (SFU) MOAK, K . W . , B . A . ( U . V i c . ) , M . P . A . (U.Vic.) R I O P E L , R . , B.Comm. ( U B C ) , M . A . (SFU) SAYRE, J . E . , R . S . , B.A.. ( D e n v e r ) , M.A. (Boston) General Information Economics i s a s o c i a l s c i e n c e concerned w i t h the a l l o c a t i o n of s c a r c e r e s o u r c e s and i n v o l v i n g t h e p r o d u c t i o n , d i s t r i b u t i o n and c o n s u m p t i o n of w e a l t h . E c o n o m i c s 10D and 101 a r e introductory c o u r s e s w h i c h r a i s e and e x p l o r e the kinds of q u e s t i o n s economists d e a l w i t h . They a l s o s e r v e as an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study of f o r m a l e c o n o m i c t h e o r y i n t h e POO level courses. S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o m a j o r i n E c o n o m i c s o r Commerce s h o u l d ' c o m p l e t e E c o n o m i c s 200 and 201 before proceeding to t h i r d - y e a r c o u r s e s at UBC, SFU o r e l s e w h e r e . S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o m a j o r i n E c o n o m i c s a t SFU a r e a l s o a d v i s e d t o c o m p l e t e E c o n o m i c s 120 and 1 2 1 . S t u d e n t s who p l a n on e n t e r i n q t h e Commerce P r o q r a m s h o u l d t a k e E c o n o m i c s 200/201 i n t h e i r first year. University Transfer E c o n o m i c s 101 C a n a d i a n E c o n o m i c s - M a c r o and M i c r o C o n s i d e r a t i o n s (F) (3,0,1) An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e c o n t e m p o r a r y s t r u c t u r e o f t h e C a n a d i a n economy o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e and t a r i f f s , t h e e f f e c t s of f o r e i g n i n v e s t m e n t and o w n e r s h i p ; t h e p r o b l e m s of r e g i o n a l d i s p a r i t i e s and p o v e r t y ; t h e i n t e r p l a y o f b u s i n e s s , government and u n i o n s and f e d e r a l - p r o v i n c i a l relations and t a x a t i o n p o l i c i e s a r e c o n s i d e r e d . F o c u s i s on t h e h a r d economic c h o i c e s the people of Canada now f a c e . E c o n o m i c s 120 Economic H i s t o r y of t h e P r e - I n d u s t r i a l Era (F) (3,0,1) A b r o a d sweep o f e c o n o m i c h i s t o r y from man's e a r l i e s t b e g i n n i n g s t o t h e I n d u s t r i a l R e v o l u t i o n . The e c o n o m i c s of p r e h i s t o r i c m a n , t h e R i v e r C i v i l i z a t i o n s , G r e e c e , Rome and E u r o p e i n t h e M i d d l e Ages a r e s t u d i e d , w h i l e emphasis i s p l a c e d on t h e t r a n s i t i o n f r o m E u r o p e a n F e u d a l i s m t o e a r l y forms of capitalism. Credit Unless otherwise i n d i c a t e d a f t e r the course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l Economics courses t r a n s f e r to SFU, UBC and U . V i c . F o r d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e i n t h e hack o f the calendar. E c o n o m i c s 100 I n t r o d u c t i o n to Economics (3,0,1) (S) A course that involves t r a c i n g the development of c o n f l i c t i n g views of the n a t u r e of t h e c a p i t a l i s t e c o n o m i c s y s t e m . The c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s on t h e h i s t o r i c a l d e v e l o p ment of c a p i t a l i s t s o c i e t y and on the divergent i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s of t h e o p e r a t i o n o f c a p i t a l i s m as found i n the w r i t i n g s of such 34 e c o n o m i s t s as Adam S m i t h , D a v i d R i c a r d o , K a r l M a r x , J . M . Keynes and M i l t o n F r i e d m a n . C o n t e m p o r a r y g o v e r n m e n t e c o n o m i c p o l i c i e s and s u c h b a s i c c o n c e p t s as s u p p l y and demand a r e d e a l t w i t h . E c o n o m i c s 121 Economic H i s t o r y Era ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) of the Industrial A study of t h e Industrial R e v o l u t i o n and s u b s e q u e n t e c o n o m i c qrowth to the present i n c o n t e x t of s e v e r a l c o u n t r i e s i n c l u d i n g C a n a d a . C o n t r a s t i s made between the paths of development of t o d a y ' s i n d u s t r i a l n a t i o n s and t h o s e n a t i o n s t h a t a r e now attempting to i n d u s t r i a l i z e . E c o n o m i c s 200 P r i n c i p l e s of Macroeconomic (F.S) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t l e v e l Economics course Theory one 100 is strongly recommended. The f o r m a l K e y n e s i a n t h e o r y o f n a t i o n a l i n c o m e d e t e r m i n a t i o n and some c o n t e m p o r a r y c r i t i q u e s o f t h i s theory are c o n s i d e r e d . Included i s the study of the p o s s i b l e c a u s e s o f and s o l u t i o n s t o unemployment and i n f l a t i o n and the i m p o r t a n c e of i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e . Government f i s c a l and monetary p o l i c i e s are examined i n detai1. E c o n o m i c s 201 P r i n c i p l e s of Microeconomic (F.S) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t l e v e l Economics course recommended. Theory one 100 is strongly A study of the t h e o r e t i c a l c o n s t r u c t s o f consumer b e h a v i o u r and t h e o p e r a t i o n o f b u s i n e s s f i r m s i n t h e m a r k e t economy u n d e r c o n d i t i o n s of p e r f e c t c o m p e t i t i o n , o l i g o p o l y , monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included i s the a n a l y s i s of the f i r m ' s e q u i l i b r i u m p o s i t i o n and t h e d e t e r m i n a n t s o f income d i s t r i b u t i on . E c o n o m i c s 211 Intermediate Microeconomic A n a l y s i s (F) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: 108 or 1 1 0 . Economics 2 0 1 , Math Consumer b e h a v i o u r , production, exchange, e q u i l i b r i u m of the f i r m under d i f f e r e n t market s t r u c t u r e s , f a c t o r m a r k e t s , economic w e l f a r e . Transferable to UBC. E c o n o m i c s 212 I n t e r m e d i a t e Macroeconomic Analysis (S) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : Economics C o r e q u i s i t e : Math 1 0 9 . 200. Income and employment, t h e o r y , m o n e t a r y t h e o r y , t h e open economy, e c o n o m i c f l u c t u a t i o n s and g r o w t h . Transferable to UBC. English Instructional Faculty BELLMAINE, M . , A . A . ( C o l o r a d o ) , B . A . ( S t a n f o r d ) , M.A. ( C a l i f . State) BROWNELL, F . , B . A . ( W a s h . S t . L o u i s ) , M.A., Ph.D. (Boston) C L I F F O R D , J . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC) CONNELL, P . L . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC) COUPE, R . , B . A . ( T a s m a n i a ) , P h . D . (UBC) COUPEY, P . L . , B . A . ( M c G i l l ) , M . A . (UBC) FAHLMAN R E I D , M . L . , B . A . ( U B C ) , M.A. (Toronto) FORST; G . N . , R . A . , P h . D . (UBC) GILBERT, S . R . , B . A . ( U . V i c . ) , M.A. (UBC) HINDMARCH, G . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC) HOWARD, I., B . A . , M . A . (UBC) JANTZEN, D . H . , B . A . ( U B C ) , M . A . (York) MCKEOWN, T . , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D . (UBC) SCHERMRRUCKER, W . G . , B . A . (Capetown), P . G r a d . C e r t , i n Ed. ( L o n d o n ) , M . A . , P h . D . (UBC) SHERRIN, R . G . , B . F . A . , M . F . A . (UBC) THESEN, S . , B . A . , M . A . (SFU) WHITTAKER, E . M . , B . A . (UBC) General Information Students i n t e n d i n g to t r a n s f e r to u n i v e r s i t y should complete E n g l i s h 200 and 2 0 1 , and a r e e n c o u r a g e d t o take other second-year English c o u r s e s . E n g l i s h 200 and 201 a r e sometimes r e q u i r e d f o r c e r t a i n . A r t s and E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m s . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d seek u n i v e r s i t y c a l e n d a r s and h e l p f r o m A d v i s o r s in determining requirements. English Placement Test Those s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o e n r o l l i n E n g l i s h c o u r s e s i n t h e Academic D i v i s i o n must s u b m i t t h e r e s u l t s o f t h e B . C . Government E n g l i s h Placement Test w i t h t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n forms. S c h e d u l e s of E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c T e s t s f o r t h o s e who have n o t t a k e n the E n g l i s h Placement T e s t , w i l l be p o s t e d i n t h e r e c e p t i o n a r e a and t h e H u m a n i t i t e s D i v i s i o n . P l e a s e r e f e r t o Academic S t u d i e s G e n e r a l I n f o r m a t i o n f o r more specific details. E n g l i s h as a Second Language See l i s t i n g i n t h e P r o g r a m s and C o u r s e s f o r S p e c i a l Needs s e c t i o n of the C a l e n d a r . Writing S t u d e n t s may r e c e i v e e x t r a h e l p w i t h c o m p o s i t i o n : h e l p i n grammar, o r g a n i z a t i o n , t h e s i s development and d o c u m e n t a t i o n may be h a d , i n the w r i t i n g workshop d u r i n g the s e m e s t e r by s i g n i n g a l i s t p o s t e d in the Humanities D i v i s i o n . S t u d e n t s s i g n up f o r i n d i v i d u a l half-hour appointments. (F,S) (3,0,1) Note: Credit, s e c t i o n s of t h i s course are t r a n s f e r a b l e to SFU. Note: For f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h t r a n s f e r c r e d i t a t UBC, s t u d e n t s must t a k e two c o u r s e s f r o m one o f the following l i s t s : a ) E n g l i s h 1 0 0 , 1 0 4 , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , 10B b) E n g l i s h 1 0 2 , 1 0 4 , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , 108 An i n t e n s i v e c o u r s e i n b a s i c language s k i l l s to enable the student to proceed w i t h o u t d i f f i c u l t y t h r o u g h an a c a d e m i c c o l l e g e program. C u r r i c u l u m w i l l e v o l v e from t h e a s s e s s e d needs of the s t u d e n t s . University Transferable Transfer Credit Unless otherwise i n d i c a t e d a f t e r the course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l E n g l i s h courses t r a n s f e r to SFU, UBC and U . V i c . F o r d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r Guide i n t h e back of the c a l e n d a r . Transferable to SFU and E n g l i s h 102 C o m p o s i t i o n (S) (3,0,1) UBC. A composition course designed f o r t h o s e who w i s h a more i n t e n s i v e and c o m p r e h e n s i v e a p p r o a c h t o English Composition than offered by t h e u s u a l f i r s t - y e a r composition course (English 100). N o t e : E n g l i s h 100 and E n g l i s h 102 DO NOT t r a n s f e r t o g e t h e r as f i r s t year E n g l i s h . Workshop E n g l i s h 010 Language S k i l l s e m p h a s i s on t h e e s s a y f o r m . Throughout the term a t t e n t i o n i s g i v e n t o p r e c i s e , a p p r o p r i a t e and e f f e c t i v e s e l e c t i o n of words, w i t h p r o g r e s s i v e l y i n c r e a s i n g emphasis on e f f e c t i v e o r g a n i z a t i o n and development of m a t e r i a l . Problems i n mechanics of w r i t i n g are d e a l t w i t h i n d i v i d u a l l y , i n group d i s c u s s i o n and by r e v i s i o n o f essays. to E n g l i s h 100 Composition (F,S) SFU. (3,0,1) A course i n the fundamentals of good w r i t i n g , g i v i n g s t u d e n t s intensive practice in writing for a v a r i e t y of p u r p o s e s , w i t h E n g l i s h 104 F i c t i o n (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of s e l e c t e d 20th century s h o r t s t o r i e s and n o v e l s , e a c h o f i n t r i n s i c l i t e r a r y m e r i t . The c h i e f a i m o f t h e c o u r s e , beyond b r o a d e n i n g and d e e p e n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s u n d e r s t a n d i n g and appreciation of l i t e r a t u r e , i s to encourage o r i g i n a l responses t o l i t e r a r y e x p r e s s i o n and t o i n c r e a s e the s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y to express those responses in w e l l - d e v e l o p e d o r a l and w r i t t e n criticism. E n g l i s h 105 Poetry (F,S) (3,0,1) A s t u d y o f s e l e c t e d m a j o r and s i g n i f i c a n t minor 20th century p o e t s whose p o e t r y i s o f i n t r i n s i c l i t e r a r y m e r i t . The c h i e f a i m o f t h e c o u r s e , beyond b r o a d e n i n g and deepening the s t u d e n t ' s u n d e r s t a n d i n g and a p p r e c i a t i o n o f l i t e r a t u r e , i s t o encourage o r i g i n a l responses to l i t e r a r y e x p r e s s i o n , and t o i n c r e a s e t h e student's a b i l i t y to express those responses in wel1-developed o r a l and w r i t t e n c r i t i c i s m . 35 E n g l i s h 106 Drama ( F , S ) (3,0,1) A s t u d y o f s e l e c t e d and r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p l a y s p r i m a r i l y of t h e 2 0 t h c e n t u r y . The c h i e f a i m o f t h e c o u r s e , beyond b r o a d e n i n g and deepening the student's u n d e r s t a n d i n g and a p p r e c i a t i o n o f l i t e r a t u r e , i s t o encourage o r i g i n a l responses to l i t e r a r y e x p r e s s i o n and t o i n c r e a s e t h e s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y to express thosp responses in wel1-developed c r i t i c i sm. E n g l i s h 108 Ideas i n Contemporary (F.S) (3,0,1) Literature A study of 20th c e n t u r y w o r k s , e a c h of i n t r i n s i c l i t e r a r y m e r i t , arranaged under a s u b j e c t heading of s i g n i f i c a n c e i n t h e c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d . The s u b j e c t t o be d i s c u s s e d i n e a c h s e c t i o n w i l l be a n n o u n c e d a t t h e t i m e o f r e g i s t r a t i o n . Works w i l l he drawn f r o m v a r i o u s g e n r e s and w i l l he s t u d i e d as a r t i s t i c a l l y f o r m e d e x p r e s s i o n s of f e e l i n g s and i d e a s , b o t h s e p a r a t e l y and i n r e l a t i o n t o one a n o t h e r . Creative Writing S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g course should a r r a n g e a b r i e f i n t e r v i e w w i t h any c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g i n s t r u c t o r and b r i n g a l o n g a sample of t h e i r w o r k . S t u d e n t s w i l l be c o u n s e l l e d r e g a r d i n g t h e n a t u r e of t h e c o u r s e , and w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o o b t a i n an i n s t r u c t o r ' s s i g n a t u r e in order to enter the c o u r s e . C a l l 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 502 on T u e s d a y o r Thursday 11:00 - 16:00 t o arrange an a p p o i n t m e n t . E n g l i s h 190 Creative Writing (F,S) (3,0,1) An i n t e n s i v e w o r k s h o p c o u r s e designed to help students develop e x p r e s s i v e s k i l l and c r a f t s m a n s h i p i n p o e t r y , f i c t i o n , and d r a m a . Students are required to w r i t e e x t e n s i v e l y i n t h e i r chosen genre and t o d e v e l o p an a w a r e n e s s through w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e of at 36 l e a s t one o f t h e o t h e r g e n r e s . Students are a l s o required to submit t h e i r w r i t i n g r e g u l a r l y f o r g r o u p d i s c u s s i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o d e v e l o p t h e i r work t o the p o i n t at which i t should become a c c e p t a b l e f o r p u b l i c a t i o n i n THE CAPILANO REVIEW and o t h e r l i t e r a r y magazines. (S) A continuation English 190. E n g l i s h 200 English Literature (3,0,1) (3,0,1) to 1660 E n g l i s h 203 Canadian L i t e r a t u r e (S) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r instructor's written permission. E n g l i s h 191 Creative Writing of e a r l y l i t e r a t u r e and w h i c h a r e r e f l e c t e d i n contemporary Canadian l i t e r a t u r e . Examples of s i g n i f i c a n t F r e n c h - C a n a d i a n works w i l l be s t u d i e d i n t r a n s l a t i o n . (F,S) P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but NOT 100 and 10? t o g e t h e r ; o r instructor's written permission. The c o n t i n u a t i o n o f E n g l i s h 2 0 2 , b e c o m i n g more i n t e n s i v e i n t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n of i n d i v i d u a l m a j o r , modern a u t h o r s o f p o e t r y , n o v e l s and p l a y s i n Canada s i n c e W o r l d War I I . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l s t u d y t h e emergence of s i g n i f i c a n t c o n t e m p o r a r y themes and t h e Canadian response to them. A study of t e x t s i n a l l major genrps from s e l e c t e d major a u t h o r s to 1660. This course w i l l p r o v i d e the s t u d e n t w i t h a broad h i s t o r i c a l and c r i t i c a l f r a m e o f r e f e r e n c e as w e l l as some i n - d e p t h study of i n d i v i d u a l w o r k s . E n g l i s h 204 Major American W r i t e r s (F) (3,0,1) E n g l i s h ?01 English Literature (F.S) (3,0,1) A course designed to f a m i l i a r i z e the s t u d e n t w i t h the w r i t i n g s of s e l e c t e d major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e A m e r i c a n w r i t e r s and t o p r o v i d e the s t u d e n t w i t h a broad h i s t o r i c a l and c r i t i c a l f r a m e o f r e f e r e n c e . Texts are considered b o t h f o r t h e i r own l i t e r a r y m e r i t s and i n h i s t o r i c a l c o n t e x t . S i n c e 1660 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but NOT 100 and 10? t o g e t h e r ; o r instructor's written permission. A course s i m i l a r to E n g l i s h ?00, but c o v e r i n g t h e l a t e r p e r i o d i ndi c a t e d . E n g l i s h 202 Canadian L i t e r a t u r e (F) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r instructor's written permission. A course designed to f a m i l i a r i z e the student w i t h major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors from the c o l o n i a l b e g i n n i n g s o f Canada t o W o r l d War I I . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e v a r i o u s themes and s t y l e s which evolved through the t o 1850 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r instructor's written permission. E n g l i s h 205 Major American W r i t e r s (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) s i n c e 1850 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r instructor's written permission. A course designed to f a m i l i a r i z e the student w i t h s e l e c t e d major A m e r i c a n w r i t i n g f r o m 1850 t o 1 9 3 0 . The c o u r s e c o n s i d e r s t h e t e x t s f o r t h e i r own l i t e r a r y m e r i t s and i n a b r o a d h i s t o r i c a l and c r i t i c a l c o n t e x t . E n g l i s h 206 S e c o n d Y e a r Drama ( F , S ) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r instructor's written permission. This course continues from E n g l i s h 106 i n i n v e s t i g a t i n g v a r i o u s f o r m s of d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e c h o s e n l a r g e l y from a p r e - 2 0 t h c e n t u r y reading l i s t . Students w i l l e x p l o r e s p e c i f i c elements of s t y l e and f o r m , v a r i o u s p e r i o d s o f drama h i s t o r y , and v a r i o u s g e n r e s of drama. E n g l i s h 212 Readings i n World L i t e r a t u r e 1780 ( F ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) to P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r instructor's written permission. A course to acquaint students with a v a r i e t y of major or i n f l u e n t i a l w o r k s of l i t e r a t u r e f r o m t h e c l a s s i c a l Greek e r a t o t h e end o f t h e 1 8 t h c e n t u r y , and t o p r o v i d e the student w i t h a broad h i s t o r i c a l and c r i t i c a l f r a m e o f r e f e r e n c e . Texts are considered b o t h f o r t h e i r own l i t e r a r y m e r i t s and i n h i s t o r i c a l c o n t e x t . E n g l i s h 213 Readings i n World L i t e r a t u r e 1780 ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Since P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f two f i r s t - y e a r E n q l i s h c o u r s e s b u t NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r instructor's written permission. A course s i m i l a r to E n g l i s h 212, but c o v e r i n g t h e p e r i o d f r o m 1780 t o 1 9 2 0 , w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e 1 9 t h century. E n g l i s h 215 P o e t r y and P o e t i c s , P r i o r t o 20th Century (F) (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s an i n v e s t i g a t i o n of p o e t r y b e f o r e t h e 2 0 t h c e n t u r y . S t u d e n t s w i l l have an o p p o r t u n i t y t o r e a d l o n g w o r k s a n d / o r t o c o n c e n t r a t e on t h r e e o r four major p o e t s . E n g l i s h 216 P o e t r y and P o e t i c s o f t h e C e n t u r y (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) 20th P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r instructor's written permission. This course o f f e r s a study of t h e o r i e s of w r i t i n g , t h e o r i e s o f t h o u g h t and u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t r a d i t i o n as t h e y r e l a t e t o 2 0 t h c e n t u r y p o e t r y and p o e t i c s . Not a survey, t h i s course presents the o p p o r t u n i t y f o r i n t e n s i v e study of s e v e r a l s i g n i f i c a n t poets and/or t h e development of a p a r t i c u l a r form. E n g l i s h 290 Creative Writing (3,0,1) - Poetry (F o r permi s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s an i n t e n s i v e workshop i n t h e w r i t i n g of f i c t i o n . I t w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on f u r t h e r i n g the s t u d e n t ' s knowledge of the s t a t e of c u r r e n t f i c t i o n while g i v i n g the student the o p p o r t u n i t y t o d e v e l o p an a w a r e n e s s o f v o i c e , word c h o i c e and r h y t h m , d i a l o g u e , c h a r a c t e r , and p o i n t s - o f - v i e w . S t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o r e a d a v a r i e t y of works of contemporary f i c t i o n and t o d i s c u s s v a r i o u s t e c h n i q u e s . In t h e i r w r i t i n g , t h e y w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y o f t r y i n g out t h e s e t e c h n i q u e s i n b o t h s h o r t and e x t e n d e d f o r m s o f fiction. S) P r e r e q u i s i t e : E n g l i s h 190 o r 1 9 1 , or i n s t r u c t o r ' s w r i t t e n permission. T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s an i n t e n s i v e workshop i n the w r i t i n g of p o e t r y . I t w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on f u r t h e r i n g the s t u d e n t ' s knowledge of c u r r e n t p o e t r y f o r m s w h i l e a t t h e same time i n c r e a s i n g awareness of o n e ' s own v o i c e , o n e ' s i n d i v i d u a l g r o u n d f o r w r i t i n g , and t h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f o n e ' s own p o e t i c . S t u d e n t s w i l l he e x p e c t e d t o r e a d a v a r i e t y of contemporary work, b o t h poems and s t a t e m e n t s p o e t s have made a b o u t t h e i r own p o e t i c s . S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o t r y a v a r i e t y of forms, f o r i n s t a n c e , the short l y r i c , the s e r i a l poem, n a r r a t i v e v e r s e , prose p o e t r y . the P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n of two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t NOT 100 and 102 t o q e t h e r ; o r instructor's written permission. E n g l i s h 291 Creative Writing - Fiction (F o r S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) P r e r e q u i s i t e : E n g l i s h 190 o r 1 9 1 , or i n s t r u c t o r ' s w r i t t e n 37 Fine Arts Instructional Faculty J U N G I C , J . , R . A . , M . A . (URC) ROSENRERG, A . . R . A . , M . A . (U Toronto) General University of Information Art h i s t o r y courses are designed t o e n r i c h and b r o a d e n t h e s t u d e n t ' s knowledge of c u l t u r e p a s t and p r e s e n t , s t i m u l a t e v i s u a l a w a r e n e s s and p r o v i d e a n a l y t i c a l t o o l s w i t h w h i c h t o decode v i s u a l images. A major in art h i s t o r y leads to c a r e e r s i n the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : architecture, interior design, commercial a r t , art g a l l e r y c u r a t o r i a l w o r k , museum w o r k , a r t dealing, teaching, art restoration, travel consulting, etc. 38 Transfer A l l F i n e A r t s c o u r s e s have d i r e c t or i n d i r e c t t r a n s f e r c r e d i t at UBC, SFU and U . V i c . P l e a s e c h e c k t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e at. t h e back o f the calendar f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n . A c a d e m i c s t u d e n t s may a l s o take s t u d i o art coures for c r e d i t in the Career Arts Program. Please c o n s u l t the a p p r o p r i a t e section in the calendar for d e t a i l s concerning these c r e d i t offeri ngs. u n d e r s t a n d i n g and a p p r e c i a t i o n o f a r t a r e t h e aims o f t h e c o u r s e and t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s and c l a s s discussion students w i l l develop an ' e y e ' f o r s e e i n g , and a p p r o p r i a t e terms to d e s c r i b e t h e w o r k s s h o w n . Our i n v o l v e m e n t w i t h the a r t of the past w i l l c l e a r l y r e v e a l how c h a n g i n g s t y l e s i n a r c h i t e c t u r e , p a i n t i n g , and s c u l p t u r e a r e i n f l u e n c e d by t h e h i s t o r i c a l c o n t e x t and t h e p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s thought of each p e r i o d . F i n e A r t s 100 The H i s t o r y o f A r t F i n e A r t s 101 The H i s t o r y o f A r t Prerequisite: Credit I (F) (3,0,1) None This c o u r s e s t u d i e s the h i s t o r y of art beginning w i t h the pyramids and tombs o f E g y p t and c o n c l u d i n g w i t h t h e G o t h i c C a t h e d r a l s and I t a l i a n f r e s c o p a i n t i n g s of the H i g h M i d d l e Ages i n E u r o p e . An Prerequisite: II (S) (3,0,1) None B e g i n n i n g w i t h the a r t of the I t a l i a n Renaissance, t h i s course s t u d i e s the h i s t o r y of p a i n t i n g , s c u l p t u r e , and a r c h i t e c t u r e t o t h e present day. Individual a r t i s t s i n c l u d i n g Leonardo, Michelangelo, French R e m b r a n d t , G o y a , Van Gogh and Picasso are studied in a d d i t i o n to t h e l a r g e r p e r i o d s t y l e s . Because w o r k s of a r t so p e r f e c t l y r e f l e c t t h e i r age, the economic, s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s i d e a s o f e a c h p e r i o d w i l l be c l o s e l y c o n s i d e r e d . F i n e A r t s 104 Introduction to Visual (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Prerequisite: Literacy F i n e A r t s 211 H i s t o r y o f Modern A r t C e n t u r y ) (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) I Prerequisite: None T h i s c o u r s e e x a m i n e s some o f t h e g e n e r a l or p a r t i c u l a r themes apparent i n Western Art: Classicism, Medievalism; h i s t o r i c a l works, p o r t r a i t s , l a n d s c a p e s , t h e human f i g u r e . A c o n f r o n t a t i o n w i t h a w i d e range o f i m a g e s and i d e a s w i l l e n c o u r a g e t h e s t u d e n t t o become v i s u a l l y l i t e r a t e and c o n f i d e n t i n t h e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of a l l a s p e c t s of v i s u a l work. F i n e A r t s 105 Introduction to Visual (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Prerequisite: Literacy In t h i s c o u r s e t h e r e w i l l be an e m p h a s i s on l o c a l a r c h i t e c t u r e , recent B.C. a r t , c e r t a i n aspects of North American p a i n t i n g t r e n d s a n d , when t h e c o u r s e i s t e a m t a u g h t w i t h t h e a s s i s t a n c e o f an i n s t r u c t o r from Media R e s o u r c e s , t h e r e w i l l be an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e a e s t h e t i c s o f F i l m and V i d e o . As i n F i n e A r t s 1 0 4 , t h e e m p h a s i s w i l l be on d e v e l o p i n g v i s u a l literacy. Prerequisite: (19th None This course s t u d i e s the mainstream o f modern a r t b e g i n n i n g w i t h t h e p a i n t i n g s of Jacques Louis David produced d u r i n g the French R e v o l u t i o n and c o n c l u d i n g w i t h t h e a r t of Cezanne. Emphasis i s g i v e n t o i n d i v i d u a l a r t i s t s and w o r k s by G o y a , D e l a c r o i x , M o n e t , Van G o g h , G a u g u i n , and o t h e r s a r e s t u d i e d i n F i n e A r t s 250/251 R e n a i s s a n c e and M a n n e r i s t A r t : D i r e c t e d Study Abroad i n F l o r e n c e (SU) ( 6 , 0 , 1 ) Offered None i n May-June 1986. A s t u d y o f I t a l i a n R e n a i s s a n c e and M a n n e r i s t p a i n t i n g , s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . Students w i l l l i v e and s t u d y i n F l o r e n c e w i t h day t r i p s t o S i e n a , A r e z z o , U r b i n o and an e x t e n d e d v i s i t t o Rome. The c o u r s e begins w i t h the a r t of the Early Renaissance in F l o r e n c e , t h e n f o c u s e s on t h e f o r m a t i o n o f t h e H i g h R e n a i s s a n c e s t y l e by L e o n a r d o and M i c h e l a n g e l o and t r a c e s i t s development i n the a r t o f R a p h a e l and M i c h e l a n g e l o i n Rome. The d i s s o l u t i o n o f t h e C l a s s i c a l s t y l e seen i n t h e w o r k s of the F l o r e n t i n e Mannerists concludes t h i s five-week study. P r e p a r a t o r y l e c t u r e s at t h e College complete the six-week credit unit. I n t e r e s t e d p e r s o n s may c o n t a c t Humanities D i v i s i o n . Faculty CANTIN 0 R R - E W I N G , L . , B.A. ( M o n t r e a l ) , M . A . (SFU) KEMP0, 0 . , B . A . ( A l t a . ) , M . A . , Ph.D. (UBC) REID, F . , M.A. ( E d i n b u r g h ) Language Lab NOEL, J o y c e None This h i s t o r y of 20th c e n t u r y a r t b e g i n s w i t h t h e work o f P i c a s s o and M a t i s s e and s t u d i e s t h e i m p a c t o f r e v o l u t i o n a r y movements o f a r t s u c h as F u t u r i s m , C o n s t r u c t i v i s m , D a d a , and S u r r e a l i s m . A m e r i c a ' s post-war c o n t r i b u t i o n : Abstract E x p r e s s i o n i s m , Pop, M i n i m a l i s m , C o n c e p t u a l , and E a r t h A r t i s s t u d i e d as w e l l as new d i r e c t i o n s i n t h e a r t o f t h e 8 0 ' s . The a i m o f t h i s c o u r s e i s t o d e m y s t i f y modern a r t by s t u d y i n g t h e u n d e r l y i n g c o n c e p t s and t h e o r i e s , w h i c h w i l l r e v e a l how c l o s e l y a r t e x p r e s s e s t h e ethos of contemporary l i f e . Prerequisite: Instructional Instructional Associate GACINA, J e a n e t t e (20th II None F i n e A r t s 210 H i s t o r y o f Modern A r t C e n t u r y ) (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) d e p t h . A e s t h e t i c r e v o l u t i o n s and c o u n t e r - r e v o l u t i o n s are explored i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h t h e s o c i a l and p o l i t i c a l upheavals that c h a r a c t e r i z e the nineteenth century. the Summary o f Supervisor Programs LEVEL COURSES Beginners French (0 - G r a d e 11) French 100/101 Intensive Oral French French Uni v . Preparatory French Grade ( 1 2 ) French 130/131 French 120/121 1st y e a r Univ. French French 190/191 French 170/171 2nd y e a r Univ. French French 290/291 French 270/271 S t u d e n t s may o p t t o t a k e a p a i r o f c o u r s e s i n one p r o g r a m , t h e n change t o a n o t h e r p a i r of c o u r s e s in a d i f f e r e n t program. Students are a l s o encouraged t o take c o u r s e s i n any two p r o g r a m s a t t h e same t i m e . I t w o u l d be a d v i s a b l e t o c o n s u l t a member o f t h e F r e n c h Department b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g . University Transfer Credit A l l French courses are t r a n s f e r a b l e t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t the T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e calendar. F r e n c h 100 Beginners' French Prerequisite: (F) (3,1.75,1) None F o r a b s o l u t e b e g i n n e r s and t h o s e who do n o t have G r a d e 11 F r e n c h o r t h e e q u i v a l e n t . An i n t e n s i v e 39 i n t r o d u c t i o n to the French l a n g u a g e t h r o u g h p h o n e t i c s and pronunciation d r i l l s . concurrently with French 121. * 2 . 5 hours for evening F r e n c h 101 B e g i n n e r s ' French (S) F r e n c h 190 F i r s t Year U n i v e r s i t y (F.S) (3, 3*,1) Prerequisite: Not o f f e r e d e v e r y (3,1.75,1) Oral F r e n c h Programs I n t e n s i v e O r a l c o u r s e s have a one-day-per-week immersion a p p r o a c h : 5 1/2 h o u r s o f A u d i o / V i s u a l c l a s s , c o n v e r s a t i o n , and l a b . The e m p h a s i s i n t h e I n t e n s i v e O r a l c o u r s e s i s on C a n a d i a n c o n t e n t and t h e a u d i o - v i s u a l method i s u s e d . S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o s u p p l y two new t a p e s onto which a lesson i s recorded f o r p r a c t i c e a t homp d u r i n g t h e week. F r e n c h 130 U n i v e r s i t y Preparatory French (F.S) (3,3*.1) Prerequisite: 100/101 Grade 11 o r P r e r e q u i s i t e : Grade 1 2 , o r F r e n c h 130/131, or French 120/121, or w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of the i nstructor. A c o n t i n u a t i o n of French 130/131. At t h i s l e v e l t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be expected to p a r t i c i p a t e in short d i s c u s s i o n s , qive oral p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t e c o m p o s i t i o n s . May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y with French 170. * 2 . 5 hours for evening Not o f f e r e d e v e r y evening I French * 2 . 5 hours for evening II P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 130 o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of t h e instructor A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f F r e n c h 1 3 0 . At t h i s l e v e l t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be expected to s t a r t w r i t i n g short c o m p o s i t i o n s . May be t a k e n F r e n c h 291 Second Year U n i v e r s i t y (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) French P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 290 o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of t h e instructor. T h i s c o u r s e i s i n t e n d e d as a f o l l o w - u p t o F r e n c h 2 9 0 . The g o a l s o f F r e n c h 291 a r e ( 1 ) t o p u r s u e t h e s t u d e n t ' s o r a l and w r i t t e n p r o f i c i e n c y and ( 2 ) t o g a i n a b e t t e r k n o w l e d g e o f Quebec v i a i t s l i t e r a r y w o r k s . O r a l and w r i t t e n p r o f i c i e n c y w i l l be e n h a n c e d v i a the f o l l o w i n g methods: study of l i t e r a r y works, oral p r e s e n t a t i o n s , c o m p o s i t i o n s . May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h F r e n c h 271. II Not o f f e r e d e v e r y sections. year. F r e n c h 290 Second Year U n i v e r s i t y (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) sections. F r e n c h 131 U n i v e r s i t y Preparatory French (F.S) (3,3*,1) French P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 190 o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of t h e instructor. Not o f f e r e d e v e r y * 2 . 5 hours f o r sections. year. F r e n c h 191 F i r s t Year U n i v e r s i t y (F.S) (3,3*,1) year. I A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f F r e n c h 1 9 0 . May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h F r e n c h 171. T h i s i s a c o u r s e d e s i g n e d hy Canadian l i n g u i s t s w i t h i n a C a n a d i a n c o n t e x t . The method e m p h a s i z e s t h e spoken l a n g u a g e . May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 120. 40 French F r e n c h 100 This c o u r s e , together w i t h French 100, covers high school French G r a d e s fi, 9 , 10 and 11 and prepares the student f o r French 130 o r F r e n c h 1 2 0 . (See u n d e r I n t e n s i v e O r a l F r e n c h c o u r s e s and French courses below.) Intensive sections. t h e s t u d y o f l i t e r a r y p a s s a g e s and r e c o r d e d m a t e r i a l . May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 270. French P r e r e q u i s i t e : French 190/191, French 170/171, or w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of the i n s t r u c t o r . T h i s c o u r s e i s i n t e n d e d as a f o l l o w - u p t o F r e n c h 191 o r F r e n c h 1 7 1 . The u l t i m a t e g o a l o f F r e n c h 290/291 i s t o b r i n g s t u d e n t s t o a l e v e l of o r a l / w r i t t e n p r o f i c i e n c y w h i c h w i l l e n a b l e them t o p u r s u e t h e i r own s t u d y o f t h e l a n g u a g e . O r a l and w r i t t e n p r o f i c i e n c y w i l l be e n h a n c e d v i a t h e f o l l o w i n g methods: o r a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s , d i c t a t i o n , vocabulary e x e r c i s e s , a v a r i e t y of grammatical e x e r c i s e s , year. F r e n c h Programs The f o l l o w i n g F r e n c h c o u r s e s meet on a t w i c e - a - w e e k b a s i s : t h r e e hours of i n s t r u c t i o n , p l u s a f o u r t h hour o f t u t o r i a l s , one hour of c o n v e r s a t i o n w i t h a n a t i v e F r e n c h s p e a k e r , and 1 1/2 h o u r s o f l a n g u a g e l a b o r a t o r y w o r k . (The exception i s French 270/271, which has t h r e e h o u r s o f i n s t r u c t i o n , one h o u r o f t u t o r i a l s , 1 1/2 h o u r s o f c o n v e r s a t i o n and 3/4 h o u r o f lab.) IMPORTANT: S t u d e n t s i n t e n d i n g t o proceed t o a major or honour program at a u n i v e r s i t y should e n r o l l in these c o u r s e s . F r e n c h 120 U n i v e r s i t y Preparatory French (F) ( 3 , 2 . 5 , 1 ) P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 100/101 F r e n c h 11 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f Instructor I or This c o u r s e , together w i t h French 1 2 1 , c o n s t i t u t e s G r a d e 12 F r e n c h . This i s a c o n v e r s a t i o n a l approach t o the French language, i n c l u d i n g continuing instruction in basic grammar. May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 130. F r e n c h 121 University Preparatory (S) ( 3 , 2 . 5 , 1 ) Prerequisite: p e r m i s s i o n of French (3,2.25,1) II This c o u r s e , together with French 1 2 0 , c o n s t i t u t e s G r a d e 12 F r e n c h . A c o n t i n u a t i o n of F r e n c h 1 2 0 , t h i s course i s desiqned to give a l i m i t e d f l u e n c y i n s p e a k i n g and r e a d i n g as w e l l as w r i t i n g s k i l l s . May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 131. French I P r e r e q u i s i t e : Grade 12 F r e n c h , o r F r e n c h 1 2 0 / 1 2 1 , or F r e n c h 1 3 0 / 1 3 1 or p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r To be t a k e n by a l l s t u d e n t s i n t e n d i n g to proceed to a major h o n o u r s p r o g r a m at a n o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n . Continues the l i n g u i s t i c development of the s t u d e n t by means o f grammar r e v i s i o n , w r i t t e n and o r a l e x e r c i s e s , weekly assignments, c o m p o s i t i o n s on and s t u d i e s i n F r e n c h l i t e r a r y t e x t s . May bp taken concurrently with French 190. F r e n c h 171 F i r s t Year U n i v e r s i t y (S) ( 3 , 2 . 5 , 1 ) (F) P r e r e q u i s i t e : French 170/171, or French 190/191, or permission of Instructor. F r e n c h 120 o r instructor F r e n c h 170 F i r s t Year U n i v e r s i t y (F) ( 3 , 2 . 5 , 1 ) French 270 Second Year U n i v e r s i t y French I French or II P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 170 o r p e r m i s s i s o n of Instructor A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work done i n French 170, i n c l u d i n g composition and s t u d y o f F r e n c h l i t e r a r y t e x t s . May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 191. An advanced course with emphasis on w r i t t e n work, i n c l u d i n g formal translation, s t y l i s t i c exercises, d i c t a t i o n s and comprehension t e s t s . L i t e r a r y works chosen from 20th century novels w i l l be S t u d i e d , r e q u i r i n g somp background r e a d i n g . The course i n c l u d p s c u l t u r a l enrichment through medium of s l i d e s , f i l m s and m u s i c . May be taken c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 290. French 271 Second Year U n i v e r s i t y French (S) II (3,2.25,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : French 270 or permission of I n s t r u c t o r . This course should be t a k e n , whenever p o s s i b l e , i n the term f o l l o w i n g French 270. A c o n t i n u a t i o n of the work of French 270, l i t e r a r y t e x t s w i l l be chosen from 20th century French works; background reading r e q u i r e d . Course i n c l u d e s c u l t u r a l enrichment. May be taken c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 291. Geography Instructional Faculty EWING, K . , R . A . , M . S c . ( M i c h i g a n ) JORDAN, P . , R . S c , M . S c . (UBC) M C G I L L I V R A Y , B . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC) WILSON, R „ B . S c . (NY S t a t e ) , M.A (UBC) General Information Geography c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n p u r s u i n g a c a r e e r i n Geography as w e l l as f o r t h o s e s t u d e n t s d e s i r i n g b o t h A r t s and S c i e n c e e l e c t i v e s . The s t u d y o f G e o g r a p h y opens t h e d o o r s f o r men and women i n a w i d e v a r i e t y of f i e l d s i n c l u d i n g : T e a c h i n q , Urban P l a n n i n g , F o r e s t r y , Resource Management, R e c r e a t o n , E c o n o m i c Consulting, Mining, Fisheries, Weather F o r e c a s t i n g , and Map m a k i n q . The f o c u s o f G e o g r a p h y i s on t h e e n v i r o n m e n t i n w h i c h we l i v e . These c o u r s e s i n G e o q r a p h y w i l l g i v e y o u a w h o l e new p e r s p e c t i v e on t h e w o r l d . University Transfer Credit A l l Geography c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o t r a n s f e r t o S F U , URC and U . V i c . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t the T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back of t h e c a l e n d a r . G e o g r a p h y 100 Human G e o g r a p h y (F) (3,0,1) Different cultures in d i f f e r e n t l a n d s c a p e s a r e compared and c o n t r a s t e d t o our own. T h i s c o u r s e e x a m i n e s t h e many i s s u e s o f human p o p u l a t i o n , p e r c e p t i o n of t h e e n v i r o n m e n t , d i f f u s i o n of i d e a s , and c u l t u r a l a s p e c t s o f r e s o u r c e u s e and u r b a n g r o w t h , t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a v i e w i n t o t h e many c o n c e r n s on t h e human s i d e of Geoqraphy. G e o g r a p h y 101 Environmental Geography: P e r c e p t i o n ft Change ( F ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) This course i n t r o d u c e s the student t o e n v i r o n m e n t a l i s s u e s and concerns through examining the c o n f l i c t s between o u r l i f e s t y l e s and a t t i t u d e s , and t h e p h y s i c a l 42 e n v i r o n m e n t . The c o u r s e c o n c e n t r a t e s on e n e r g y i n o u r environment--examining interesting a s p e c t s t h a t range from the r o l e o f and need f o r n u c l e a r e n e r g y t o the d e m o n s t r a t i o n of s o l a r p a n e l s . These t o p i c s a r e a p p r o a c h e d t h r o u g h a p p l i c a t i o n of e c o l o g i c a l p r i n c i p l e s , lectures, seminars, f i e l d t r i p s , guest s p e a k e r s , f i l m s , and s l i d e s . G e o g r a p h y 106 B r i t i s h Columbia: A Regional A n a l y s i s (F) (3,0,1) A body o f i n f o r m a t i o n t h a t i s f r e q u e n t l y m i s s i n g from our e d u c a t i o n i s t h a t of the p r o v i n c e we l i v e i n . T h i s c o u r s e i n f o r m s you about B . C . — i t s p h y s i c a l environment, the r i s k s of l i v i n g i n t h i s p r o v i n c e , the v a r i e t y of p e o p l e s , and t h e e c o n o m i c s i n v o l v e d i n i t s r e s o u r c e s . From an economic, p o l i t i c a l , h i s t o r i c a l , and c u l t u r a l p e r s p e c t i v e one l e a r n s that contemporary problems a r e f r e q u e n t l y a f u n c t i o n of t h e p a s t . For t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n b u s i n e s s , t e a c h i n q , or wanting a b a s i c k n o w l e d g e of R . C , t h i s i s an e x c e l l e n t c o u r s e . N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e a l s o s e r v e s as Canadian Studies c r e d i t to SFU. G e o g r a p h y 10R Canada: A Topical (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Geography The u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f Canada and C a n a d i a n s i s b e c o m i n g more and more i m p o r t a n t t o o u r e c o n o m i c and s o c i a l w e l l - b e i n g . This course e x a m i n e s C a n a d i a n p r o b l e m s and i s s u e s in terms of the d i f f e r e n t regions in Canada. Topics include the c h a n g i n g economy, c u l t u r a l d i v e r s i t y , u r b a n g r o w t h , and r e s o u r c e m a n a g e m e n t , as we f o c u s on t h e M a r i t i m e s , O u e b e c , O n t a r i o , t h e W e s t e r n p r o v i n c e s , and t h e Northern f r o n t i e r . Note: This course c a r r i e s S t u d i e s c r e d i t to SFU. Canadian G e o g r a p h y 112 Introduction to Earth (F.S) (3,2,1) Environments An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o P h y s i c a l Geography u s i n g f i l m s , l e c t u r e s , l a b s and f i e l d t r i p s t o e x p l a i n processes in landscape d e v e l o p m e n t . . S o m e of t h e e n v i r o n m e n t s t o be c o n s i d e r e d a r e : g l a c i a l , volcanic, coastal, arid and f l u v i a l . Maps and a e r i a l p h o t o g r a p h s w i l l be u s e d t o i l l u s t r a t e the various f e a t u r e s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on C a n a d i a n e x a m p l e s and t h e i n t e r a c t i o n s between p e o p l e and t h e i r physical environment, eg. t h e p h y s i c a l and c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y of the F r a s e r River D e l t a ; the A t h a b a s c a t a r s a n d s and n a t i v e p e o p l e s ; p i p e l i n e s and p e r m a f r o s t . Note: This course f u l f i l l s the r e q u i r e m e n t s as l a b s c i e n c e transfer credit. G e o g r a p h y 114 W e a t h e r and C l i m a t e ( F , S ) (3,2,1) A course introducing students to t h e study of our a t m o s p h e r i c environment. P r i n c i p l e s of c l i m a t o l o g y and m e t e o r o l o g y w i l l be e x p l a i n e d ( u s i n g f i l m s , l e c t u r e s , l a b s and d i s c u s s i o n groups), to permit a basic u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e w e a t h e r we e x p e r i e n c e d a i l y . E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on C a n a d i a n e x a m p l e s and t h e i n t e r a c t i o n s between c l i m a t e and o t h e r e l e m e n t s o f o u r e n v i r o n m e n t , i n c l u d i n g man ( a i r p o l l u t i o n , u r b a n c l i m a t e and mountain weather f o r e x a m p l e ) . Note: This course f u l f i l l s the r e q u i r e m e n t s as l a b s c i e n c e transfer credit. G e o g r a p h y 200 T e c h n o l o g y and E c o n o m i c Environments (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e c o n c e p t s and themes o f e c o n o m i c g e o g r a p h y i n t e r m s o f p r o d u c t i o n and c o n s u m p t i o n . The t r a d i t i o n a l p r i m a r y , s e c o n d a r y , t e r t i a r y and q u a t e r n a r y d i v i s i o n s i n economic geography are reviewed i n terms of c o n t e m p o r a r y i s s u e s s u c h as Geology development versus underdevelopment, p o v e r t y , the l o c a t i o n of i n d u s t r i a l a c t i v i t i e s and t h e N o r t h - S o u t h d i a l o g u e . Geography 201 Urban S t u d i e s ( S ) (3,0,1) More and more o f u s a r e l i v i n g i n an u r b a n w o r l d . T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o e x a m i n e p r o b l e m s and i s s u e s t h a t a r i s e w i t h urban l i v i n g ; including psychological p r o b l e m s , the c o s t of h o u s i n g , transportation i s s u e s , slums, s u b u r b a n l i v i n g , and t h e f u t u r e d i r e c t i o n of c i t i e s . While t h i s course uses l o c a l e x a m p l e s , i t a l s o draws on e x a m p l e s f r o m o t h e r c i t i e s i n the w o r l d . This course approaches these t o p i c s through f i e l d t r i p s i n t o the c i t y , s l i d e s , f i l m s , and s i m u l a t e d g a m e s . Urban s t u d i e s leads to c a r e e r s in urban planning, real e s t a t e , land management, a r c h i t e c t u r e , and u r b a n p o l i t i c s as w e l l as g i v i n g g e n e r a l community a w a r e n e s s . G e o g r a p h y 221 Map and A i r p h o t o Instructional Faculty ATHAIDE, D . , B . S c . ( M c G i l l ) , M . S c , Prof. Teacher's C e r t . (UBC) TH0MLINS0N, A . G . , B . A . , M . S c , Prof. Teacher's C e r t . (UBC) General Information Geology c o u r s e s are d e s i g n e d f o r students planning a u n i v e r s i t y degree program i n the g e o l o g i c a l sciences or i n the a r t s , humanities or s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . G e o l o g y 110 and 111 a r e e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e f o r s t u d e n t s i n need o f a l a b o r a t o r y s c i e n c e . These c o u r s e s p r o v i d e an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the o r i g i n , s t r u c t u r e , c o m p o s i t i o n and h i s t o r y o f t h e earth. Courses i n c l u d e weekly two-hour laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s or the equivalent in f i e l d projects. Laboratory t u i t i o n fees are included in the course f e e , however s t u d e n t s must p u r c h a s e a l a b o r a t o r y manual and s h a r e some field trip costs. Interpretation (S) (3,2,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t Geography c o u r s e . one other T h i s i s a second year course which i s e s s e n t i a l for those considering G e o g r a p h y as a m a j o r and i s a l s o a p p r o p r i a t e f o r t h o s e who i n t e n d to pursue c a r e e r s i n Geography, F o r e s t r y , M i n i n g , C a r t o g r a p h y , and t h e numerous o t h e r a r e a s t h a t u s e maps and a i r p h o t o s . T h i s c o u r s e c o m b i n e s l e c t u r e s and l a b s t h a t c o v e r t h e b a s i c s o f map r e a d i n g and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , map m a k i n g , a e r i a l p h o t o g r a p h y , and remote s e n s i n g o f t h e human and p h y s i c a l landscape. University Transfer Credit cycle (nuclear-powered), also known as p l a t e t e c t o n i c s . I n t e r v e n t i o n by man i n t h e o p e r a t i o n s o f , and i n t e r a c t i o n s between, atmospheric, h y d r o s p h e r i c , and l i t h o s p h e r i c cycles i s examined. Geology 111 H i s t o r i c a l Geology Prerequisite: equivalent. (S) (3,2,1) Geology 110 or The m a i n theme o f t h i s c o u r s e i s t h e g e o l o g i c e v o l u t i o n o f Canada and t h e a d j a c e n t o c e a n b a s i n s s i n c e t h e e a r t h o r i g i n a t e d more than 4 . 5 b i l l i o n years ago. Topics t o be s t u d i e d i n c l u d e : age and o r i g i n of the s o l a r system, d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f r e l a t i v e and a b s o l u t e ages of m i n e r a l s , t h e geologic time s c a l e ; o r i g i n of c o n t i n e n t s , ocean b a s i n s , a t m o s p h e r e , and s e a - w a t e r , o r i g i n o f l i f e , f o s s i l s and s t r a t i g r a p h i c paleontology; geological history of the North American c o n t i n e n t and t h e A t l a n t i c , A r c t i c and P a c i f i c Oceans; the g e o l o g i c a l h i s t o r y o f C a n a d a ' s m i n e r a l and f o s s i l fuel resources; environmental impacts of m i n e r a l and e n e r g y p r o j e c t s i n C a n a d a . A l l Geology c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t the T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e c a l e n d a r . G e o l o g y 110 P h y s i c a l Geology (F) (3,2,1) In P h y s i c a l G e o l o g y t h e s t r u c t u r e and c o m p o s i t i o n o f t h e e a r t h ' s i n t e r i o r i s deduced from i n d i r e c t evidence: g r a v i t y , magnetism, h e a t - f l o w , v o l c a n o e s , and e a r t h q u a k e s . Knowledge o f t h e c o m p o s i t i o n and s t r u c t u r e o f t h e c o n t i n e n t s and o c e a n b a s i n s i s a l s o g a i n e d f r o m t h e s e same i n d i r e c t s o u r c e s as w e l l as d i r e c t s t u d y o f m i n e r a l s and r o c k s and t h e ways i n w h i c h t h e y a r e c o n s t a n t l y b e i n g a l t e r e d and r e c y c l e d . This process (the rock c y c l e ) w i l l be s e e n as t h e r e s u l t o f i n t e r a c t i o n s between t h r e e p r o c e s s e s : t h e a t m o s p h e r i c and hydrospheric cycles ( s o l a r p o w e r e d ) and t h e l i t h o s p h e r i c 43 German Instructional HANKIN, R . , (Wash.) Faculty R.A. Instructional FREIBERG, University (UBC), M.A. Associate Renate Transfer Credit A l l German c o u r s e s a t C a p i l a n o t r a n s f e r t o S F U , URC and U . V i c . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t the T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e hack of t h e c a l e n d a r . SFU N a t i v e s p e a k e r s o f German who w i s h t o take a f i r s t or second-year German c o u r s e must c o n s u l t w i t h t h e German i n s t r u c t o r f i r s t . U n i v e r s i t y r u l e s g o v e r n i n g such students d i f f e r within d e p a r t m e n t s , but t h e Language D e p a r t m e n t has c o r r e s p o n d e n c e dealing with matters relevant to c r e d i t t r a n s f e r and p o i n t o f e n t r y ; i n o r d e r t o a v o i d any m i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g , such s t u d e n t s are i n v i t e d to d i s c u s s these problems w i t h the department p r i o r to enrollment. German 100 B e g i n n i n g German ( F ) S t u d p n t s who w i s h t o p r o c e e d t o SFU and t o p u r s u e f u r t h e r c o u r s e s i n German a r p r e m i n d e d nf t h e present equivalency s t a n d a r d s . E l e c t i v e c r e d i t w i l l he q i v e n a t SFU f o r a l l C a p i l a n o C o l l e g p German c o u r s e s . E x e m p t i o n f r o m and p l a c e m e n t i n h i q h e r c o u r s e s are" d e t e r m i n e d by t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t or other assessment p r o c e d u r e . As a r e s u l t o f t h e p l a c e m e n t t e s t , a r e a c r e d i t may be q r a n t e d which would count toward a ma/jor i n G e r m a n . C o u r s e s w h i c h do n o t q u a l i f y t o w a r d a m a j o r w i l l he awarded e l e c t i v e c r e d i t o n l y . Prerequisite: (3,2.5,1) None A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n to t h e German l a n g u a g e : c o m p r e h e n s i o n and s p e a k i n g a r e r e i n f o r c e d t h r o u g h r e a d i n g and w r i t i n g . F i l m s , t a p e s , games, f i e l d t r i p s , e t c . h e l p d e v e l o p an a w a r e n e s s o f t h e c u l t u r e s of the German-speaking c o u n t r i e s . German 101 B e g i n n i n g German ( S ) (3,2.5,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : German 100 o r i t s equivalent with written permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . UBC In t h e c a s e o f UBC, p r e s e n t pquivalpnt standards provide t r a n s f e r c r e d i t on t h e f o l l o w i n g basis: Capilano College UBC German i n n and l n i (3 c r e d i t s e a c h ) German 200 and 201 (3 c r e d i t s e a c h ) 100 (3) 200 (3) T h i s c o u r s e i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of German i n n and must bp t a k e n i n o r d e r t o r e a l i z e F i r s t Year l e v e l c o l l e g e / u n i v e r s i t y G e r m a n . German l n i s h o u l d be t a k e n w h e n e v e r p o s s i b l e , in the term f o l l o w i n g Geman 1 0 0 . German 200 Intermediate German ( F ) (3,1.75,1) The s t u d e n t w i s h i n g t o m a j o r f u l f i l l s department requirements w i t h German 2 2 3 , w h i c h may be t a k e n i n t h e t h i r d y e a r hy p e r m i s s i o n of t h e d e p a r t m e n t . P r e r e q u i s i t e : German 1 0 1 , Grade 1 1 , 12 German o r t h e e q u i v a l e n t w i t h w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of the i nstructor. NOTE: A l l c o u r s e s i n German i n c l u d e a t o t a l o f f i v e and o n e - h a l f hours of i n s t r u c t i o n per w e e k , made up o f t h r e e h o u r s o f l e c t u r e s ; one and o n e - h a l f h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y p r a c t i c e ; and one h o u r of c o n v e r s a t i o n a l p r a c t i c e with a native speaker. German 200 r e v i e w s b a s i c German grammar and u s a g e and i n t r o d u c e s s t u d e n t s t o German p o e t r y and modern German s h o r t s t o r i e s by s u c h a u t h o r s as K a f k a , R r e c h t and B o l l . I t aims t o i m p r o v e t h e a b i l i t y t o s p e a k , r e a d , w r i t e and u n d e r s t a n d German as w e l l as t o 44 help gain a greater insight the c u l t u r e s of t h e German-speaking peoples. German 201 Intermediate German ( S ) into (3,1.75,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : German 200 o r i t s equivalent with written permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . C o n t i n u e s t h e r e v i e w and d e v e l o p m e n t o f German l a n g u a g e s k i l l s at the Intermediate l e v e l . T o g e t h e r w i t h German 200 i t completes the requirements f o r the Second Year o f c o l l e g e / u n i v e r s i t y German. History Instructional Faculty H i s t o r y 108 I s s u e s and Themes i n U . S . (F) (3,0,1) CAMPBELL, R . , B . A . (California), M . A . (UBC) LEGATES, M . , B . A . (Washinqton), M.A., M . P h i l . , Ph.D. (Yale) TODD, B . , B . A . ( C o l u m b i a ) , M . A . (Chicago, Ph.D. (Oxford) General Information Students p l a n n i n g to major i n h i s t o r y s h o u l d have a t l e a s t f o u r h i s t o r y c o u r s e s at t h e C o l l e g e . T h e s e can be ANY f o u r c o u r s e s . An i n t e n d e d m a j o r s h o u l d a l s o have a broad s a m p l i n g of c o u r s e s i n the S o c i a l S c i e n c e s and H u m a n i t i e s . Students p l a n n i n g to major i n h i s t o r y a t SFU s h o u l d t a k e s i x h i s t o r y c o u r s e s i n t h e f i r s t two y e a r s . F o r UBC t h e r e q u i r e m e n t , i s four h i s t o r y c o u r s e s . Students p l a n n i n g to t a k e honours s h o u l d a c q u i r e a r e a d i n g k n o w l e d g e o f an appropriate non-English language. University Transfer A l l H i s t o r y c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o ( i n c l u d i n g Women's S t u d i e s 120) t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t the T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e hack o f t h e c a l e n d a r . H i s t o r y 102 Europe from the Reformation t o French R e v o l u t i o n (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) A g e n e r a l survey of European h i s t o r y which begins w i t h the sixteenth century Protestant R e f o r m a t i o n and i n c l u d e s absolutism, the s c i e n t i f i c r e v o l u t i o n , the Enlightenment, o l d r e g i m e and t h e F r e n c h Revo!uti on. H i s t o r y 103 Europe i n the C e n t u r i e s (S) A s t u d y of A m e r i c a n h i s t o r y , 1607 t o 1877, which a n a l y s e s the s o c i a l and p o l i t i c a l d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h a t n a t i o n from e a r l y s e t t l e m e n t t h r o u g h t h e C i v i l War e r a . E m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on t h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f an " A m e r i c a n " c u l t u r e , and a p p r o p r i a t e c o m p a r i s o n s a r e made w i t h t h e development of C a n a d a . H i s t o r y 109 I s s u e s and Themes i n U . S . (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) the 1 9 t h and 2 0 t h (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s on s u c h i m p o r t a n t t o p i c s as t h e I n d u s t r i a l R e v o l u t i o n , t h e r i s e of p o l i t i c a l i d e o l o g i e s , n a t i o n a l i s m and i m p e r i a l i s m , t h e two w o r l d w a r s , and t h e i n t e r - w a r p e r i o d . Confederation A s t u d y o f New F r a n c e and B r i t i s h North A m e r i c a . S p e c i a l emphasis w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e i s s u e s and ideas which are s i g n i f i c a n t in the c r e a t i o n o f C a n a d a . In p a r t i c u l a r we w i l l l o o k a t t h e m a k i n q o f Canadian s o c i e t y i n the years before Confederation. H i s t o r y 111 Canada S i n c e (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) the History A s t u d y o f U . S . h i s t o r y f r o m 1865 t o t h e p r e s e n t . The c o u r s e w i l l a n a l y s e the development of America as a w o r l d power a f t e r t h e C i v i l War. S p e c i a l emphasis i s given t o " A m e r i c a n " c u l t u r e and a p p r o p r i a t e c o m p a r i s o n s a r e made w i t h C a n a d a . H i s t o r y 110 Canada B e f o r e (F) (3,0,1) Credit History Confederation This course w i l l analyse the d e v e l o p m e n t o f Canada s i n c e 1 8 6 7 . In p a r t i c u l a r we w i l l d i s c u s s t h e i s s u e s t h a t a f f e c t most C a n a d i a n s : r e l a t i o n s with the United S t a t e s , p r o s p e r i t y and p o v e r t y , and t h e m a k i n g o f a C a n a d i a n " c u l t u r e " . By t h e end o f t h e c o u r s e s t u d e n t s s h o u l d have n o t o n l y a b e t t e r u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h i s c o u n t r y ' s p a s t , hut a l s o what makes Canada uni q u e . H i s t o r y 200 The C i t y , t o 1800 ( F ) (3,0,1) An a n a l y s i s o f W e s t e r n E u r o p e a n u r b a n l i f e , f o c u s s i n g on t h e Ancient M e d i e v a l , Renaissance, B a r o q u e and e a r l y i n d u s t r i a l c i t y . S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on social history. H i s t o r y 201 The C i t y , 1800 t o t h e (F) (3,0,1) Present A study of North American urban l i f e which analyses the process of u r b a n i z a t i o n i n Canada and t h e United S t a t e s . S p e c i a l emphasis i s p l a c e d on t h e c o m p a r i s o n s o f u r b a n d e v e l o p m e n t i n t h e two c o u n t r i e s . H i s t o r y 205 B r i t i s h Columbia (S) (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e an overview of B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a , e m p h a s i z i n g i t s s o c i a l and p o l i t i c a l development from the 1 8 t h c e n t u r y t o r e c e n t t i m e s . The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o e x a m i n e some a s p e c t s of the development of t h e North Shore. H i s t o r y 207 E u r o p e i n t h e M i d d l e Ages and Renaissance (F) (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e c o v e r s a c o l o u r f u l and c r e a t i v e p e r i o d i n European h i s t o r y from t h e 3rd t o t h e 15th century. Topics i n c l u d e the l a t e Roman E m p i r e and r i s e o f C h r i s t i a n i t y , m o n a s t i c i s m and t h e c h u r c h , f e u d a l s o c i e t y and p o l i t i c s , the r i s e of towns, the c r u s a d e s , t h e B l a c k D e a t h , and t h e a r t , c u l t u r e and s o c i e t y o f Renaissance I t a l y . Women's S t u d i e s 120 Women and t h e P a s t : An Survey (S) (3,0,1) Historical A s u r v e y o f t h e l i v e s o f women from t h e A n c i e n t World t o 20th c e n t u r y N o r t h A m e r i c a . An u n c o v e r i n g o f women's p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n and c o n t r i b u t i o n to the making of h i s t o r y . P r i v a t e l i v e s as w e l l as p u b l i c and p o l i t i c a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be s t u d i e d . The c o u r s e w i l l e x a m i n e reasons behind the extent to which women have been " h i d d e n f r o m hi s t o r y " . Transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. Labour Studies Instructional Faculty AMON, N . , R . A . ( K e n t ) , M . A . (SFU) BOLTON, M . , R . A . , L L . B . (UBC) LAVALLE, E . , B.Comm., L L . B . ( U B C ) , M.A. (Duke) MCGRADY, L . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , L L . B . (Man.) MACLEAN, A . N . , B . A . ( A l t a . ) , L L . B . (UBC) MERRALL, B . , ( D i p l o m a ) L a b o u r C o l l e g e o f Canada 0 DONNELL, S . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC) PETRIE, P. B . A . , M . A . , (Maine) STOFFMAN, L . , B . A . (UBC) 1 LSP 101 L a b o u r E c o n o m i c s : A l t e r n a t i v e s and Options ( S ) (1.5,0,0.5) General Information The L a b o u r S t u d i e s P r o g r a m i s c o m m i t t e d t o meet t h e s p e c i a l e d u c a t i o n needs o f B . C . w o r k e r s , t h e i r o r g a n i z a t i o n s and t h e l a b o u r movement i n g e n e r a l . Courses i n Labour S t u d i e s a r e o f f e r e d on b o t h a c r e d i t and c r e d i t - f r e e b a s i s . The F a l l p r o g r a m i s o f f e r e d i n O c t o b e r and November and t h e S p r i n g p r o g r a m i n M a r c h t h r o u g h M a y . E a c h F a l l and Spring a s p e c i a l brochure d e s c r i b i n g t h e c o u r s e s t o be o f f e r e d i s i s s u e d . This brochure i s a v a i l a b l e by w r i t i n g t h e program or t e l e p h o n i n g 9 R 6 - 1 9 1 1 , local 430. Courses are o f f e r e d i n the evening and on w e e k e n d s . Many p a r t i c i p a n t s i n . t h e p r o g r a m have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e s p a i d by t h e E d u c a t i o n Department of t h e i r Uni o n . Some o f t h e c r e d i t c o u r s e s o f f e r e d i n t h e p r o g r a m a r e as f o l l o w s : LSP 100 I n t r o d u c t i o n to E c o n o m i c s f o r T r a d e Unionists ( F ) (1.5,0,0.5) I n t r o d u c e s e c o n o m i c s and e m p h a s i z e s b o t h o r t h o d o x and a l t e r n a t i v e v i e w s o f how t h e C a n a d i a n economy has d e v e l o p e d a n d how i t o p e r a t e s . C a n a d i a n economy i s p l a c e d i n an h i s t o r i c a l and international perspective. D i s c u s s i o n w i l l c e n t r e around government p o l i c i e s towards u n e m p l o y m e n t , i n f l a t i o n and t h e Canadian d o l l a r . 46 (F.S) Code Among o t h e r i s s u e s , t h i s c l o s e l o o k a t t h e B . C . L a b o u r Code examines u n f a i r labour p r a c t i c e s , t h e Labour R e l a t i o n s B o a r d , collective bargaining, strikes, e s s e n t i a l s e r v i c e s and g r i e v a n c e a r b i t r a t i o n . Sessions w i l l also cover labour l a w , procedures b e f o r e t h e LRR and a r b i t r a t i o n b o a r d s , as w e l l as p o r t i o n s o f t h e Human R i g h t s C o d e . (F,S) A g e n e r a l b a c k g r o u n d t o and o v e r v i e w of the main s o c i a l , m e d i c i n a l , e c o n o m i c , t e c h n i c a l and legal issues f a c i n g B . C . workers i n t h e f i e l d o f h e a l t h and s a f e t y . S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e Worker's Compensation Board. LSP 116 Workers' (1.5,0,0.5) LSP 111 The Canada L a b o u r H e a l t h and S a f e t y ( F , S ) (1,0,0.3) T h i s c o u r s e b u i l d s on t h e m a t e r i a l f r o m LSP 100 t o p r o v i d e i n f o r m a t i o n on a l t e r n a t i v e economic models i n c l u d i n g M a r x i s t economic t h e o r y . D i s c u s s i o n w i l l f o c u s on t h e d e v e l o p m e n t and n a t u r e o f c a p i t a l i s t e c o n o m i c s and t h e c a u s e s o f s h o r t and l o n g t e r m economic c r i s e s . LSP 110 The B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a L a b o u r LSP 115 Issues i n Occupational Compensation - A c t and WCB ( F . S ) (1,0,0.3) The s t a t u t o r y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e framework o f t h e W o r k e r s ' Compensation Board i s e x a m i n e d . The c o u r s e i s a d j u s t e d t o t h e expectations of the m a j o r i t y of p e o p l e e n r o l l e d i n any t e r m , b u t i s g e n e r a l l y geared t o f a m i l i a r i z e s t u d e n t s w i t h t h e p r e p a r a t i o n and p r e s e n t a t i o n of appeals t o t h e B o a r d o f R e v i e w and C o m m i s s i o n e r s . A l l phases of c l a i m s h a n d l i n g are e x a m i n e d , from i n i t i a l a c c e p t a n c e or r e j e c t i o n , i n c l u d i n g s e t t i n g of wage r a t e s t o a s s e s s m e n t s and t h e payment o f p e n s i o n s . Code (1.5,0,0.5) A broad e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e code and d e c i s i o n s w h i c h a f f e c t u n i o n s under f e d e r a l l a b o u r j u r i s d i c t i o n . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n t r o d u c e methods o f l a b o u r l a w r e s e a r c h and t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n . E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e p o l i c y u n d e r l y i n g t h e c o d e and t h e c r e a t i o n and e f f e c t of the c o l l e c t i v e agreement. LSP 113 Public Service Staff Relations Act (PSSRA) ( F , S ) (1.5,0,0.5) A wide examination of t h e f e d e r a l l a b o u r laws d e a l i n g s p e c i f i c a l l y w i t h t h e p u b l i c s e c t o r w o r k e r and t h e i r i m p a c t . T h e r e w i l l be e m p h a s i s on l a b o u r l a w r e s e a r c h methods and t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n , c o l l e c t i v e agreements, grievances and b a c k - t o - w o r k l e g i s l a t i o n f o r "essential" service workers. LSP 117 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o UIC (F.S) Procedures (1,0,0.3) This course emphasizes a p r a c t i c a l u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e framework o f unemployment i n s u r a n c e a n d , t h e r e f o r e , t h e j a r g o n used i n t h e a c t and by t h e c o m m i s s i o n . The course w i l l cover the s t r u c t u r e of C a n a d a ' s Unemployment I n s u r a n c e A c t , i n c l u d i n g t h e most r e c e n t amendments. It w i l l o u t l i n e t h e q u a l i f i c a t i o n s needed i n o r d e r t o c l a i m unemployment i n s u r a n c e , i n c l u d i n g " i n s u r a b l e employment," the " v a r i a b l e entrance r e q u i r e m e n t , " " r e p e a t e r s , " "new e n t r a n c e and r e - e n t r a n c e " and "part-time worker." LSP 119 C i v i l R i g h t s and t h e W o r k p l a c e (F.S) (1,0,0.3) To s t u d y t h e s p e c i f i c c i v i l r i g h t s problems a r i s i n g i n t h e w o r k p l a c e , i n c l u d i n g i s s u e s of p o l i t i c a l , e c o n o m i c and l e g a l r i g h t s o f t h e w o r k e r ; examination of l e g a l remedies a v a i l a b l e t o t r a d e unions and t h e e m p l o y e e t o p r e v e n t i n f r i n g e m e n t of c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e w o r k p l a c e ; p r o t e c t i o n of c i v i l r i g h t s u n d e r t h e p r o v i n c i a l and f e d e r a l l e g i s l a t i o n through c o n t r a c t i n g and i n c o l l e c t i v e agreements. A problem-solving format w i t h d i s c u s s i o n s of current, c i v i l rights issues, " r i g h t - t o - w o r k " l e g i s l a t i o n , race and sex d i s c r i m i n a t i o n . LSP 131 Race and E t h n i c R e l a t i o n s (F,S) (1.5,0,0.5) The i s s u e o f r a c i s m has been used i n t h e p a s t t o weaken and d i v i d e unions. This course w i l l help u n i o n i s t s become s e n s i t i v e t o c o m p l e x i t i e s o f r a c e and e t h n i c r e l a t i o n s ; give p r a c t i c a l advice on i n t e g r a t i n g m i n o r i t y w o r k e r s i n t o t h e u n i o n and d e v e l o p t e c h n i q u e s t o d e a l w i t h b i a s e s and p r e j u d i c e at t h e w o r k p l a c e and i n the community. Approaches to combatting the d i s r u p t i v e e f f e c t s o f r a c i s m w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . LSP 140 H i s t o r y o f t h e L a b o u r Movement Canada ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 . 5 ) in A survey of the h i s t o r y of the l a b o u r movement i n Canada f r o m . t h e f o r m a t i o n of the w o r k i n q c l a s s i n t h e 1 9 t h c e n t u r y t h r o u g h mass i n d u s t r i a l u n i o n i s m . By l o o k i n g at s p e c i f i c c o n f l i c t s a good o v e r v i e w i s o b t a i n e d of t h e s t r u g g l e s of t h e l a b o u r movement t o g a i n t h e r i g h t to o r g a n i z e , o b t a i n union r e c o g n i t i o n , bargain c o l l e c t i v e l y and p r o v i d e d e c e n t wages and working c o n d i t i o n s . LSP 142 H i s t o r y of the Labour B . C . (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 . 5 ) Movement in The b i r t h and g r o w t h o f t r a d e u n i o n i s m i n B . C . Through a wide c o l l e c t i o n o f p r i n t e d and v i s u a l materials participants w i l l a n a l y z e t h e raw and v i t a l s t r u g g l e s between B . C . ' s w o r k i n g p e o p l e and t h e i n d u s t r i a l i s t s who opposed t h e m . The m a j o r e c o n o m i c and p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s o f t h e movement w i l l be t r a c e d ; t h e r i g h t t o o r g a n i z e , the r i g h t t o b a r g a i n , t h e demand f o r t h e n i n e and e i g h t - h o u r d a y , the problems of r a c i s m and i m m i g r a t i o n , t h e s t r u g g l e to organize the i n d u s t r i a l , p u b l i c and c l e r i c a l s e c t o r s , t h e f i g h t , f o r women's rights, political expression... LSP 151 Leadership S k i l l s , and A d v o c a c y ( F , S ) Assertivenes (1,0,0.3) P a r t I a t t e m p t s not o n l y t o p r o v i d e women w i t h t h e s k i l l s t h e y need t o t a k e a l e a d e r s h i p r o l e i n t h e i r t r a d e u n i o n , but a l s o t a k e s a c a r e f u l l o o k a t t h e way sex r o l e s t e r e o t y p i n g i n h i b i t s us f r o m developing these s k i l l s . This part i s divided i n t o the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : Women and P o w e r , A s s e r t i v e n e s s , Advocacy, O r g a n i z i n g and Group D y n a m i c s . LSP 210 Arbitration (F,S) (1.5,0,0.5) T h i s c o u r s e , w h i c h i s open t o s t u d e n t s who have p r e v i o u s l y c o m p l e t e d LSP 1 1 0 , 1 1 1 , 113 o r any o t h e r L a b o u r Law c o u r s e , w i l be an advanced a r b i t r a t i o n c o u r s e d e a l i n g w i t h m a t t e r s s u c h as r u l e s of e v i d e n c e , p r o c e d u r e s , s e l e c t i o n o f a r b i t r a t o r s , a r b i t r a t i o n powers and a b r i e f h i s t o r y o f a r b i t r a t i o n . It w i l l deal w i t h grievance a r b i t r a t i o n a r i s i n g out of the c o l l e c t i v e agreement. Mathematics Instructional Facultly Math 1 0 0 . BENTLEY, A . E . T . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M.A., Ph.D. (Missouri), C o o r r l i n a t o r of Mathpmatics HARRIS, L . F . , B . A . , M . A . , ( U B C ) , P h . D . ( A u s t r a l . N a t . U) HAUSCHILDT, R . , B . S c . ( H o n s . ) ( O u e e n ' s ) , M . S c . (URC) RENNIE, R . R . , R . S c , M . S c . ( B r i q h a m Y o u n q ) , P h . D . (UBC) TOWSON, K . V . , B . S c , M . S c . (SFU) VERNER, R . H . , R . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c . (EWSC), R . C . T e a c h i n g C p r t . (UBC) WATERMAN, A . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c . (SFU), B.C. Teaching Cprt.., WATKISS, C , B . S c . ( C a r l e t o n ) , M . S c , Ph.D. (Toronto) OPTION 2 - M a t h e m a t i c s 105 Laboratory M a t h e m a t i c s 009 Arithmetic (SU.F.S) Supervisor LYNN, W . , R . S c . ( C a r l e t o n ) , M.A.Sc. (Waterloo) General Information The M a t h e m a t i c s Departmpnt o f f e r s courses in Mathematics p r i m a r i l y a t t h e f i r s t and spconri y p a r u n i v p r s i t y l p v e l . In a d d i t i o n r e f r e s h e r c o u r s e s or s k i l l upgrading courses are a v a i l a b l e . F o r a d e t a i l e d d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e c o u r s e s and programs, see the c a l e n d a r s e c t i o n e n t i t l e d Computing S c i e n c e . Refresher/Skill Courses Development OPTION 1 - M a t h e m a t i c s 0 0 9 , 0 1 0 , on, oi? These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d i n t h e Math L e a r n i n g C e n t r e on a self-study format. Diagnostic t e s t s , w o r k b o o k s , v i d e o t a p e s and i n d i v i d u a l i z e d i n s t r u c t i o n are a v a i l a b l e . R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r each course i s ongoing throughout the academic y e a r . For placement w i t h i n the s e r i e s i t i s suggested t h a t y o u c o n s u l t a math i n s t r u c t o r . Post-secondary i n s t i t u t i o n s in B.C. recognize thp s e q u e n c e o f Math 0 1 0 , O i l ' a n d 012 as an A l g e b r a 12 e q u i v a l e n t . ThPSP c o u r s e s r e c e i v e no t r a n s f e r c r e d i t a t UBC ( e x c e p t i f c o m b i n e d w i t h Math 110 o r 10B) o r U . V i c . , but t h e s e q u e n c e Math 0 1 0 , O i l and 012 r e c e i v e s t r a n s f e r c r e d i t f o r SFU's 48 Math 105 i s a p r e c a l c u l u s c o u r s e a t t h e A l g e b r a 12 l e v e l w h i c h i s r e c o g n i z e d by p o s t - s e c o n d a r y i n s t i t u t i o n s i n B . C . as an A l g e b r a 1? e g u i v a l e n t . It i s run on a r e g u l a r c l a s s r o o m f o r m a t and r e q u i r e s a "C" grade or bPtter i n A l g e b r a 11 as a p r e r e q u i s i t e . Math 105 r e c e i v e s no t r a n s f p r c r e d i t a t UBC ( e x c e p t i f c o m b i n e d w i t h Math 110 or 108) o r U . V i c . , but does r e c e i v p t r a n s f e r c r e d i t for SFU's Math 1 0 0 . Prerequisite: (1,0,0) A review of the b a s i c a r i t h m e t i c opprations. Applications to percentage, r a t i o , proportions, a r e a s and v o l u m e s . T h i s i s a s e l f - s t u d y course p r i m a r i l y intended for returning students who r e q u i r e a b a s i c math refresher. Prerequisite: p e r m i s s i o n of R e v i e w s and d e v e l o p s b a s i c a l g e b r a i c s k i l l s necessary in the s o l u t i o n of a l g e b r a i c e q u a t i o n s and t h e f a c t o r i z a t i o n o f polynomials. Introduction to a n a l y t i c g e o m e t r y w i t h e m p h a s i s on s t r a i g h t l i n e s . The c o u r s e i s o f f e r e d on a s e l f - s t u d y f o r m a t . P r e r e q u i s i t e : Math 010 o r p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r . This course continues the development of the a l g e b r a i c s k i l l s i n t r o d u c e d i n Math 0 1 0 . Prerequisite: p e r m i s s i o n of 1" (1,0,0) Math 011 o r instructor. Academic T r a n s f e r Math 009 o r instructor. M a t h e m a t i c s 011 Intermediate Algebra with Functions (SU,F,S) (1,0,0) M a t h e m a t i c s 012 Trigonometry (SU.F.S) For t r a n f e r a b i l i t y see " O p t i o n of Mathematics i n t r o d u c t i o n . (SU,F,S) For t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y see "Option of M a t h e m a t i c s i n t r o d u c t i o n . For t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y see " O p t i o n nf Mathematics i n t r o d u c t i o n . I n t r o d u c t i o n to the t r i g o n o m e t r i c functions, trigonometric i d e n t i t i e s ; inverses, triangles, v e c t o r s and a p p l i c a t i o n s . T h i s c o u r s e i s o f f e r e d on a s e l f - s t u d y format. None M a t h e m a t i c s 010 Elementary Algebra (1,0,0) Inequalitips ; functions, e x p o n e n t i a l and l o g a r i t h m i c f u n c t i o n s ; systems of l i n e a r e q u a t i o n s ; a n a l y t i c geometry w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e c o n i c s e c t i o n s . T h i s c o u r s e i s o f f e r e d on a s e l f - s t u d y format. 1" Courses E n t e r i n g s t u d e n t s s h o u l d use t h e f o l l o w i n g two s e c t i o n s , P a r t s A and B, as g u i d e l i n e s f o r s e l e c t i n g math c o u r s e s at. t h e f i r s t - y e a r l e v e l . Due t o t h e s p e c i a l i z e d n e e d s o f some p r o g r a m s a t t h e u n i v e r s i t i e s , the Mathematics Department a d v i s e s s t u d e n t s to consult the university calendar and t o s e e k g u i d a n c e f r o m a c o l l e g e c o u n s e l l o r o r math i n s t r u c t o r f o r the a p p r o p r i a t e course s e l e c t i o n . A . STUDENTS PLANNING TO PROCEED S C I E N C E , COMPUTING S C I E N C E , MATHEMATICS, ECONOMICS, ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING AND FORESTRY. IN 1" T h e s e s t u d e n t s n o r m a l l y t a k e Math 1 1 0 , 111 d u r i n g t h e i r f i r s t y e a r . Comments: 1 . Math 1 0 1 , 102 a r e recommended by some s c i e n c e d e p a r t m e n t s a t SFU. 2. Science students should c o n s i d e r t a k i n g Comp 1 0 3 , 104 o r 105 as e l e c t i v e s i n t h e i r f i r s t y e a r . 3 . The M a t h e m a t i c s D e p a r t m e n t encourages those students with o n l y a " C " g r a d e i n A l g e b r a 12 t o t a k e Math 105 b e f o r e a t t e m p t i n g Math 1 1 0 . B . STUDENTS PLANNING TO PROCEED ARTS OR COMMERCE PROGRAMS. IN Students p l a n n i n g to pursue a program i n t h e F a c u l t y of A r t s , who w i s h t o s a t i s f y a o n e - y e a r science course e l e c t i v e , normally t a k e one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g two-course combinations: Math 101 and Math 101 and Math 101 and Math 105 and Math 105 and Math 108 and Math 108 and Math 108 and Math 110 and 100 102 Comp 100 108 110 Comp 100 101 109 111 Students planning to enter F i r s t Year Commerce at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e o r a t UBC a f t e r one y e a r a t Capilano College take: a ) Math 105 ft 108 o r Math 105 ft 110 ( F o r s t u d e n t s h a v i n g c o m p l e t e d A l g e b r a 11 w i t h a " C " g r a d e o r better) b) Math 108 ft 109 o r Math 110 ft 111 ( F o r s t u d e n t s h a v i n g c o m p l e t e d A l g e b r a 12 w i t h a " C " g r a d e o r better) For t r a n s f e r t o SFU, the f o l l o w i n g a r e r e q u i r e d : Math 105 ( i f B.C. A l g e b r a 12 not c o m p l e t e d ) and Math 1 0 8 . In a d d i t i o n , Math 101 i s a d v i s e d . F o r Honours i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Math 109 i s requi r e d . For a d e t a i l e d d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e Commerce c o u r s e s and programs at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e see the c a l e n d a r s e c t i o n t i t l e d Commerce. Students planning to study E c o n o m i c s at UBC must t a k e Math 110 and 1 1 1 . University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise s t a t e d a f t e r the course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l the f o l l o w i n g Mathematics courses t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e i n t h e back o f t h e c a l e n d a r , M a t h e m a t i c s 100 I n t r o d u c t i o n to C o l l e g e Mathematics (S) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C " i n A l g e b r a 11 or Math 010 grade A s e l e c t i o n of t o p i c s from set theory, logic, matrices, linear programming, p r o b a b i l i t y , optimization techniques, business m a t h e m a t i c s and a b r i e f i n t r o d u c t i o n to computer proqrami n q . M a t h e m a t i c s 101 Introduction to (F.S) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: 010 Statistics Algebra 11 o r (S) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t g r a d e i n Math 101 M a t h e m a t i c s 108 C a l c u l u s f o r B u s i n e s s and S o c i a l Sciences I (F,S) (3,0,1) Math (3,0,1) a NOTES: 1) F o r t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y s e e "Option 2" of Mathematics introduction. 2 ) Any s t u d e n t who has a t t e m p t e d t h i s course w i t h i n the past year w i l l not be a l l o w e d t o r e g i s t e r without the i n s t r u c t o r ' s permission. P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C " g r a d e i n A l g e b r a 12 o r Math O i l , o r a t l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Math 1 0 5 . An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e l a n g u a g e o f s t a t i s t i c s and some s t a t i s t i c a l m e t h o d s , i n c l u d i n g random v a r i a b l e s and t h e i r d i s t r i b u t i o n ; random s a m p l i n g , n o r m a l d i s t r i b u t i o n , e s t i m a t i o n of p a r a m e t e r s and t e s t i n g h y p o t h e s e s . M a t h e m a t i c s 102 S t a t i s t i c a l Methods A r e v i e w o f a l g e b r a and a d i s c u s s i o n of f u n c t i o n s , graphs and t r i g o n o m e t r y . P r i m a r i l y f o r s t u d e n t s who a n t i c i p a t e t a k i n g c a l c u l u s c o u r s e s o r who r e q u i r e an A l g e b r a 12 e q u i v a l e n t c o u r s e . A b r i e f r e v i e w of a l g e b r a , f u n c t i o n s , and a n a l y t i c g e o m e t r y . The d e r i v a t i v e w i t h a p p l i c a t i o n s to curve s k e t c h i n g , o p t i m i z a t i o n , g r o w t h and d e c a y . The i n t e g r a l with applications. No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t f o r Math 1 0 8 / 1 1 0 . will M a t h e m a t i c s 109 C a l c u l u s f o r B u s i n e s s and S c i e n c e s II ( S ) (3,0,1) be given Social "C-" A study of i m p o r t a n t s t a t i s t i c a l methods commonly used i n t h e a n a l y s i s of r e s e a r c h d a t a , i n c l u d i n g t - t e s t s and t h e i r n o n - p a r a m e t r i c c o m p e t i t o r s , one and t w o - w a y a n a l y s i s o f v a r i a n c e , c h i - s q u a r e t e s t s and r e g r e s s i o n analysis. M a t h e m a t i c s 105 P r e - C a l c u l u s Mathematics (F.S) (3,0,1) Notp; This course i s not t r a n s f e r a b l e t o UBC e x c e p t if c o m b i n e d w i t h Math 110 o r 1 0 8 . P r e r e q u i s i t e : A l g e b r a 11 w i t h a t l e a s t a " C " g r a d e o r Math 0 1 0 . P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t g r a d e i n Math 1 0 8 . a "C-" F u n c t i o n s of s e v e r a l independent variables, partial derivatives, e x t r e m a , Lagrange m u l t i p l i e r s , integration techniques, multiple i n t e g r a l s , some t e c h n i q u e s f o r s o l v i n g d i f f e r e n t i a l e q u a t i o n s and difference equations. No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t f o r Math 1 0 9 / 1 1 1 . M a t h e m a t i c s 110 Calculus I (F,S) will be g i v e n (4.5,0,1.5) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C " g r a d e i n A l g e b r a 12 o r Math 012 o r a t l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Math 1 0 5 . A brief review of functions; 49 trigonometry; analytic geometry; t h e d e r i v a t i v e , t e c h n i q u e s of d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n , a p p l i c a t i o n s of t h e d e r i v a t i v e t o MAX-M1N and r e l a t e d rate problems, the d e f i n i t e i n t e g r a l , l o g a r i t h m i c and exponential functions. NOTES: 1) No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t w i l l be g i v e n f o r M a t h e m a t i c s 108/11.(1. 2) The M a t h e m a t i c s D e p a r t m e n t encourages those students w i t h o n l y a " C " g r a d e i n A l g e b r a 1? t o t a k e M a t h 105 b e f o r e a t t e m p t i n g Math 110. M a t h e m a t i c s 111 C a l c u l u s II ( S ) "C-" A study of the a n t i - r i e r i v a t i v e ; t h e i n t e g r a l , t e c h n i q u e s of i n t e g r a t i o n and a p p l i c a t i o n s o f the i n t e g r a l ; sequences, i n f i n i t e s e r i e s and T a y l o r ' s T h e o r e m . « No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t f o r Math 1 0 9 / 1 1 1 . will be given The Math D e p a r t m e n t o f f e r s a f u l l second year u n i v e r s i t y transfer program i n m a t h . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o t a k e 200 l e v e l math s h o u l d s e e k a d v i c e f r o m math i n s t r u c t o r s . M a t h e m a t i c s 200 L i n e a r A l g e b r a (F) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t g r a d e i n Math 1 1 1 . a "C-" A s t u d y of v e c t o r s p a c e s , l i n e a r transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues, quadratic forms. M a t h e m a t i c s 205 Introduction to Probability S t a t i s t i c s (S) (3,0,1) A c a l c u l u s based study of p r o b a b i l i t y , i n v e s t i g a t i n g the elements of p r o b a b i l i t y , discrete and c o n t i n u o u s random v a r i a b l e s , m a t h e m a t i c a l e x p e c t a t i o n , moment generating functions, Central Limit. Theorem, s a m p l i n g from normal p o p u l a t i o n s . P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n e a c h o f Math 200 and Math M a t h e m a t i c s 215 Introduction to Analysis (S) (3,0,1) I P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " B - " a v e r a g e i n Math 110 and 1 1 1 . A c o u r s e f o r s t u d e n t s who p l a n t o proceed in Mathematics. L o g i c , s e t s , f u n c t i o n s , l i m i t s of s e q u e n c e s and s e r i e s ; introduction to c o n t i n u i t y , the d e r i v a t i v e , Riemann I n t e g r a l . M a t h e m a t i c s 230 C a l c u l u s III (F) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Math 1 1 1 . C o r e q u i s i t e : Math 200 ( i f n o t a l r e a d y completed) or p e r m i s s i o n of instructor. A n a l y t i c geometry of t h r e e dimensions; partial differentiation, applications; d o u b l e and t r i p l e i n t e g r a l s ; t r a n s f o r m a t i o n s to v a r i o u s coordinate systems. M a t h e m a t i c s 231 C a l c u l u s IV ( S ) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t g r a d e i n Math 2 3 0 . a "C-" and N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e s p r i n g when s u f f i c i e n t s t u d e n t demand i s e v i d e n t d u r i n g the previous F a l l semester. 50 M a t h e m a t i c s 235 Introduction to D i f f e r e n t i a l E q u a t i o n s (S) (3,0,1) N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e s p r i n g when s u f f i c i e n t s t u d e n t demand i s e v i d e n t d u r i n g the previous F a l l semester. (4.5,0,1.5) P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t , a g r a d e i n Math 1 1 0 . P r e r e q u i s i t e : Math 111 w i t h a t l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e o r Math 110 and p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r . V e c t o r c a l c u l u s ; l i n e and s u r f a c e i n t e g r a l s ; G r e e n ' s Theorem; v e c t o r f i e l d s ; divergence theorem; S t o k e ' s Theorem; a p p l i c a t i o n s . 230. An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o o r d i n a r y differential equations; f i r s t o r d e r e q u a t i o n s ; second o r d e r linear equations; f i r s t order l i n e a r s y s t e m s ; phase p l a n e , a p p l i c a t i o n s t o p h y s i c s , geometry and e l e c t r i c c i r c u i t s . Music Philosophy MUSIC TRANSFER PROGRAM Instructional This program i s d e s i g n e d f o r s t u d e n t s who d e s i r e t o go on t o a B.Mus. degree program at a Canadian u n i v e r s i t y . A l l courses i n t h i s program c a r r y t r a n s f e r c r e d i t t o t h e Music Department of UBC. T r a n s f e r a b i l i t y has a l s o been arranged w i t h the F a c u l t y of Music at t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f V i c t o r i a . The program c o n s i s t s of a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n and s p e c i a l i z e d m u s i c training, including theory, h i s t o r y , and a p p l i e d m u s i c . Some courses also carry t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y i n t o t h e F a c u l t y o f E d u c a t i o n at UBC. BATTERSBY, M . , B . A . ( N Y U ) , Ph.D. (UBC) BROWNE, A . , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D . (UBC) DIXON, J . , B . A . , P h . D . (UBC) In a d d i t i o n , s t u d e n t s d e s i r i n g t o t r a n s f e r i n t o the F a c u l t y of A r t s w i t h a m a j o r i n M u s i c may t a k e M u s i c 100/101 and M u s i c 120/121 i n t h e i r f i r s t y e a r , and M u s i c 200/201 and 220/221 i n t h e i r second y e a r . F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n on M u s i c look i n the Career s e c t i o n of t h e calendar. University Faculty Transfer Credit A l l of the Philosophy courses o f f e r e d at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e have t r a n s f e r c r e d i t at e v e r y u n i v e r s i t y in B r i t i s h Columbia. Prospective philosophy majors should consult the f a c u l t y . P h i l o s o p h y 101 Introductory Philosophy (F) (3,0,1) No prerequisite An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p h i l o s o p h i e s of m o r a l i t y , p o l i t i c s , k n o w l e d g e and t h e i n v i s i b l e w o r l d , w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between l a w and morality; c i v i l disobedience; r e a s o n and p a s s i o n ; E x i s t e n t i a l i s m ; F e m i n i s m ; freedom and d e t e r m i n i s m ; Communism; d o u b t and c e r t a i n t y ; t h e n a t u r e of r e a l i t y . The e m p h a s i s o f t h i s course v a r i e s from i n s t r u c t o r t o i n s t r u c t o r and p r o s p e c t i v e students should consult the o u t l i n e s of d i f f e r e n t instructors' c o u r s e s when r e g i s t e r i n g . P h i l o s o p h y 102 Introductory Philosophy (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) A continuation of Philosophy 101. N o t e : T h e r e i s no p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r t h i s c o u r s e (one d o e s not need c o m p l e t e d c r e d i t i n P h i l o s o p h y 101 t o take i t ) . Students e n t e r i n g the C o l l e g e a r e welcome t o b e g i n t h e i r i n t r o d u c t i o n to philososphy w i t h this course. P h i l o s o p h y 110 Logical Self-Defense (F.S) (3,0,1) No to the P h i l o s o p h y 120 Understanding S c i e n t i f i c (S) (3,0,1) Reasoning This course w i l l provide students w i t h an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern f o r m a l l o g i c , and t h e n u t i l i z e t h a t s k i l l t o e x p l o r e such t o p i c s as t h e n a t u r e and t e s t i n g o f s c i e n t i f i c t h e o r i e s , c a u s e s and c o r r e l a t i o n s , and r a t i o n a l d e c i s i o n m a k i n g . A t t e n t i o n w i l l be given to both the p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g and p h i l s o p h i c a l a s p e c t s o f s c i e n t i f i c reasoning. T h e r e a r e no p r e r e q u i s i t e s , b u t the course i s a natural c o n t i n u a t i o n of Philosophy 110, and w i l l a p p e a l e s p e c i a l l y t o s t u d e n t s who have a b a c k g r o u n d i n mathematics or s c i e n c e . Philosophy Philosophy 130 of Science (S) (3,0,1) S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n how t o u n d e r s t a n d t h e a c t i v i t y of s c i e n c e t h r o u g h t h e o r e t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n on i t and d e t a i l e d s t u d y o f d e v e l o p ments w h i c h p r o m i s e t o b r i n g about s c i e n t i f i c r e v o l u t i o n s . Topics to be d i s c u s s e d m i g h t i n c l u d e : s o c i o biology, a r t i f i c i a l intelligence, the concept of i n t e l l i g e n c e , the n a t u r e of e x p l a n a t i o n , t h e r o l e of observation in science, determini s m and i n d e t e r m i n i s m , c a u s a t i o n , inductive inference, s c i e n t i f i c m e t h o d , l a w s and t h e o r i e s , and t h e s t a t u s of t h e o r e t i c a l c o n s t r u c t s . T h e r e a r e no p r e r e q u i s i t e s , but the c o u r s e i s a n a t u r a l companion t o P h i l o s o p h y 1 1 0 , and w i l l a p p e a l t o s t u d e n t s o f m a t h e m a t i c s and t h e n a t u r a l or s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . prerequisite An i n t r o d u c t i o n o f c l e a r and r a t i o n a l t h o u g h t . The s t u d e n t w i l l be t a u g h t t h r o u g h e x t e n s i v e e x a m p l e s how t o d e t e c t false reasoning, i l l e g i t i m a t e appeals to emotions, i n c o n s i s t e n c i e s and c o n t r a d i c t i o n s . The g o a l i s t o d e v e l o p our l o g i c a l awareness t o t h e p o i n t t h a t we c a n no l o n g e r be v i c t i m i z e d by t h e r h e t o r i c o f e v e r y d a y l i f e , and c a n d e v e l o p o u r own a r g u m e n t s w i t h c l a r i t y and confidence. basic rules 57 P h i l o s o p h y 20C Political No Philosophy (F) (3,0,1) prerequisite P h i l o s o p h y 220 Philosophy in L i t e r a t u r e (F) (3,0,1) No T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an a n l y s i s o f the r a t i o n a l e for p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s and a c t i o n . Some o f t h e q u e s t i o n s c o n s i d e r e d : Are we r e a l l y o b l i g e d t o obey t h e law? Can t h e l a w be j u s t i f i a b l y r e p r e s e n t e d as a u t h o r i t a t i v e , o r i s t h e r e a l f o u n d a t i o n o f law i n t h e p o l i c e m a n ' s h o l s t e r ? Does t h e s t a t e have good r e a s o n f o r i n v o l v i n g i t s e l f in compulsory p r o g r a m s of e d u c a t i o n ? T h i s i s not. a s t u d y i n t h e h i s t o r y of p o l i t i c a l thought, and e v e r y e f f o r t i s made t o v i e w p r o b l e m s f r o m a contemporary p e r s p e c t i v e . prerequisite An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e l i v e l y r e l a t i o n s h i p between P h i l o s o p h y and L i t e r a t u r e . P h i l o s o p h i c a l t h e o r i e s w i l l be a p p r o a c h e d and d i s c u s s e d v i a l i t e r a r y work w h i c h e i t h e r embodies the t h e o r i e s or g r o u n d s them i n human e x p e r i e n c e . T e x t u a l s o u r c e s w i l l range from t h e c l a s s i c a l Greek p l a y s t o B u r g e s s ' "A C l o c k w o r k O r a n g e . " P h i l o s o p h y 221 Existentialism in (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) No Literature A continuation of P h i l o s o p h y 210 M e t a p h y s i c s and (F) (3,0,1) No FREEMAN, M . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c . ( C a l . T e c h . ) , P h . D . (UBC) HENRY, M . I . , B . S c . ( A l t a . ) , M . S c . (UBC) PALFFY-MUHORAY, P . , B . A . S c , M . A . S c . , P h . D . (UBC) Laboratory Supervisor SIMS0N, B., B.Sc. General Information (S) (3,0,1) Philosophy 200. Epistemology prerequisite An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some o f t h e t r a d i t i o n a l problems of m e t a p h y s i c s and e p i s t e m o l o g y . Some of the q u e s t i o n s c o n s i d e r e d a r e : Does f r e e w i l l e x i s t Is s e n s e p e r c e p t i o n a r e l i a b l e source of k n o w l e d g e ? What i s t h e n a t u r e of c a u s a l i t y ? Is m a t e r i a l i s m t r u e ? What i s t h e n a t u r e o f m i n d ? What i s t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between m i n d and body? What i s t h e s c i e n t i f i c method? W h i l e t h i s i s n o t a c o u r s e i n t h e h i s t o r y of P h i l o s o p h y , i t w i l l c o v e r many of t h e c l a s s i c a l a t t e m p t s t o answer t h e s e questi ons. (SFU) A l l f i r s t - y e a r physics courses i n c l u d e a weekly two-hour l a b o r a t o r y p e r i o d . The c o s t of t h e labs i s included in the course t u i t i o n fee except f o r l a b manuals and some f i e l d t r i p c o s t s . University Philosophy Faculty prerequisite P h i l o s o p h y 201 Political Instructional This course i s , in s p i r i t , a c o n t i n u a t i o n of P h i l o s o p h y 2 2 0 , b u t i t i s c e n t r e d on t h e P h i l o s o p h y of E x i s t e n t i a l i s m i n l i t e r a t u r e . T h e r e w i l l be an i n t r o d u c t o r y s e t o f l e c t u r e s on E x i s t e n t i a l i s m as a p h i l o s o p h y . T e x t u a l s o u r c e s w i l l range from D o s t o y e v s k y ' s "Notes from the Underground" to S a r t r e ' s " N a u s e a . " Transfer Credit A l l Physics courses at Capilano c a r r y t r a n s f e r c r e d i t t o S F U , UBc and U . V i c . For d e t a i l s p l e a s e r e f e r t o the T r a n s f e r Guide at t h e back o f t h e c a l e n d a r . P h y s i c s 104 P r i n c i p l e s of (S) ( 3 , 2 , 1 ) Prerequisite: prerequisite. is required. Physics I No P h y s i c s Math 12 o r Math 105 7 P h i l o s o p h y 211 M e t a p h y s i c s and (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Epistemology Prerequisite: P h i l o s o p h y 210 A continuation of 52 Philosophy 210. T h i s c o u r s e s e r v e s as an i n t r o d u c t i o n to physics for s t u d e n t s w i t h l i t t l e o r no background i n t h e s u b j e c t . It i s i n t e n d e d f o r s t u d e n t s not t a k i n g f u r t h e r studies in s c i e n c e . Topics i n c l u d e m e c h a n i c s , e n e r g y , ray o p t i c s and h e a t . P h y s i c s 108 Basic Physics (F) (4.5,2,1.5) P r e r e q u i s i t e : Math 12 o r 1 0 5 . Math 110 i s a p r e o r c o r e q u i s i t e . The c o u r s e c o v e r s t h e m a t e r i a l o f Physics 110, together with those t o p i c s from high school p h y s i c s needed by a s t u d e n t w i t h no p r e v i o u s background i n p h y s i c s . A student passing t h i s course should be a b l e t o e n t e r P h y s i c s 111 i n the s p r i n g . Physics General 110 Physics I (F) must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y , i f not a l r e a d y c o m p l e t e d . P h y s i c s 210 must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y . (3,2,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 12 o r P h y s i c s 11 o r P h y s i c s 1 0 4 ; anri Math 110 i s a p r e or c o r e q u i s i t e . A s u r v e y of mechanics c o v e r i n g vectors, s t a t i c s , kinematics, d y n a m i c s , e n e r g y , momentum, rotation, gravitation, vibration, and s p e c i a l relativity. H e a t , t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e f i r s t and second laws of t h e r m o d y n a m i c s , k i n e t i c t h e o r y , and w a v e s . T h i s course, together with Physics 201, 210 and 2 1 1 , i s r e q u i r e d f o r s t u d e n t s m a j o r i n g i n p h y s i c s and recommended f o r s t u d e n t s m a j o r i n g in chemistry. P h y s i c s 111 General Physics P h y s i c s 201 Electrical Circuits II (S) (3,2,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 110 o r 108 o r 114 and Math 1 1 0 . Math 111 i s a p r e o r c o r e q u i s i t e . Any s t u d e n t who has a t t e m p t e d t h e c o u r s e w i t h i n t h e l a s t y e a r w i l l not bp allowed to r p g i s t e r without the instructor's permission. (S) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 2 0 0 , Math 230 and 2 0 0 . Math 235 i s a p r e o r c o r e q u i s i t e . P h y s i c s 211 must he taken concurrently. E l e c t r i c and m a g n e t i c f i e l d s , c i r c u i t s , wave o p t i c s , and a t o m i c and n u c l e a r p h y s i c s . The s t u d y o f e l e c t r i c a l and maqnetic f i e l d s ; f u n d a m e n t a l s of a . c . t h e o r y ; L R , RC, LRC c i r c u i t s ; resonance; mechanical analogs; f o r c e d and damped o s c i l l a t i o n s , and w a v e s . P h y s i c s 114 Fundamental P h y s i c s P h y s i c s 210 Physics Laboratory I (F) (3,2,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 12 o r P h y s i c s 1 0 4 ; Math 110 i s a p r e corequisite. nr A s u r v e y of mechanics s i m i l a r to P h y s i c s 110 but. a t a more a d v a n c e d l e v p l . This course, toqether with Physics 115, i s p a r t i c u l a r l y s u i t a b l e for students going i n t o the p h y s i c a l s c i e n c e s or engineering. I (F) This course, together with Physics 221, i s required for students m a j o r i n g i n p h y s i c s and recommended f o r s t u d e n t s m a j o r i n g i n math o r c o m p u t e r s c i e n c e . P h y s i c s 221 M e c h a n i c s II and S p e c i a l R e l a t i v i t y (S) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 2 2 0 , Math 2 3 0 . Math 235 i s a recommended corequi si t e . More a d v a n c e d t o p i c s i n m e c h a n i c s : a p p l i c a t i o n of s p e c i a l relativity to elementary p a r t i c l e creation and s p a c e t r a v e l , e l l i p t i c a l and interplanetary transfer orbits, r i g i d body d y n a m i c s and gyroscopes. (1,3,0) P r e r e q u i s i t e : As f o r P h y s i c s 200 w h i c h must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y . A weekly t h r e e - h o u r lab i n mathematical methods, e l e c t r i c a l m e a s u r e m e n t s and o p t i c s . P h y s i c s 211 Physics Laboratory II (S) (1,3,0) P r e r e q u i s i t e : As f o r P h y s i c s 2 0 1 , w h i c h must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y . P h y s i c s 115 Fundamental P h y s i c s II (S) (3,2,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 114 o r a t l e a s t a " R " i n P h y s i c s 10R o r 1 1 0 . Math 111 i s a p r e or c o r e q u i s i t e . A c o n t i n u a t i o n of P h y s i c s 1 1 4 ; m a t e r i a l s i m i l a r t o t h a t o f 111 but a t a more a d v a n c e d l e v e l . P h y s i c s 200 Heat, K i n e t i c (F) (3,0,1) T h e o r y and Optics P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 111 o r 115 and Math 1 1 1 . Math 200 and 230 A weekly t h r e e - h o u r l a b i n electron dynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y electroni cs. P h y s i c s 220 Mechanics I (F) and (3,0,1) P r e r e q u s i t e : P h y s i c s 110 o r 108 o r 1 1 4 , Math 1 1 1 . Math 230 i s a p r e or c o r e q u i s i t e . Newtonian mechanics of p a r t i c l e s . Topics include k i n e m a t i c s , viscous and t u r b u l e n t d r a g , r o c k e t p r o p u l s i o n , c o n s e r v a t i o n l a w s , and c e n t r i f u g a l and C o r i o l i s f o r c e s . 53 Political Studies Instructional Faculty c o u r s e w i l l t a k e two o r more p o l i t i c a l c u l t u r e s and e x a m i n e t h e f o r m a l and i n f o r m a l p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s and p r o c e s s e s i n e a c h . A v a r i e t y of s t a t e s / c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d e a c h s e m e s t e r t o u s e as " c a s e " s t u d i e s ; e . g . U . S . and L a t i n A m e r i c a ; W e s t e r n E u r o p e and t h e S o v i e t U n i o n , New S t a t e s , O l d Problems. LAVALLE, E . M . , B.Comm., L L . B . ( U B C ) , M . A . (Duke) MIER, P . , B . A . ( S F U ) , M . A . (Toronto) PERSKY, S . , R . A . , M . A . (UBC) University Tranfer Credit A l l P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o are t r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU, UBC and U . V i c . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f the c a l e n d a r . P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 100 An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o P o l i t i c a l Thought - P l a t o t o Hobbes (F.S) (3,0,1) The p u r p o s e o f t h e c o u r s p i s t o introduce students to the t r a d i t i o n of W e s t e r n p o l i t i c a l i n q u i r y from the A n c i e n t Greeks t o t h e emergence o f t h e N a t i o n S t a t e . Elements w i t h i n t h i s t r a d i t i o n w i l l be a p p r o a c h e d f r o m an h i s t o r i c a l and p h i l o s o p h i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis w i l l be p l a c e d upon t h e c r i t i c a l r e a d i n g of o r i g i n a l t e x t s and b a c k g r o u n d m a t e r i a l w i l l be p r e s e n t e d i n l e c t u r e s and a d d i t i o n a l r e a d i n g . Major t o p i c s i n c l u d e a n c i e n t and m e d i e v a l p o l i t i c a l t h o u g h t , and t h e r i s e o f the n a t i o n a l s t a t e . P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 101 Contemporary Ideologies (F.S) (3,0,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development, o f c o n t e m p o r a r y i d e o l o g i e s w i t h an e x a m i n a t i o n o f the ideas expressed in the p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s a c r i t i c a l a n a l y s i s of Liberalism, Conservatism, Fascism, S o c i a l Democracy and Marxi sm-Leni n i s m . P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 102 C o m p a r a t i v e Government (F.S) (3,0,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e l e m e n t s government and p o l i t i c s i n a comparative p e r s p e c t i v e . This 54 of P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 104 C a n a d i a n Government ( F , S ) (3,0,1) A study of the p r o c e s s e s , i d e o l o g i e s and g o v e r n m e n t s t r u c t u r e s w h i c h make up t h e Canadian p o l i t i c a l r e a l i t y . This c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e r o l e of the prime m i n i s t e r ' s o f f i c e , the bureaucracy, p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s , f e d e r a l - p r o v i n c i a l r e l a t i o n s and Canadian f o r e i g n p o l i c y . P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 201 International Relations (F) (3,0,1) A study of a s p e c t s of g l o b a l c o n f l i c t and w o r l d p o l i t i c s . The course provides students with the b a c k g r o u n d n e c e s s a r y f o r an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of s o u r c e s of power, t e c h n i q u e s of w i e l d i n g i n f l u e n c e and t h e f o r m u l a t i o n o f f o r e i g n p o l i c y . The c o u r s e w i l l e x a m i n e the o r i g i n s of the Cold War, I m p e r i a l i s m , l o c a l and g l o b a l w a r s , d e t e n t e , and p r o b l e m s o f m i l i t a r i z a t i o n and d i s a r m a m e n t . P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 202 Government and P o l i t i c s o f Columbia (F) (3,0,1) British T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s , d y n a m i c s , and s o c i o - e c o n o m i c p r o c e s s e s of p r o v i n c i a l , r e g i o n a l , and m u n i c i p a l governments i n C a n a d a , w i t h p a r t i c u l a r e m p h a s i s on B . C . S p e c i f i c a l l y , t h i s course is intended to f a m i l i a r i z e students w i t h the a c t i v i t i e s of p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s and s t a t e i n s t i t u t i o n s i n B . C . , e s p e c i a l l y s i n c e t h e end o f W o r l d War I I . It i s d e s i g n e d t o develop students' s k i l l s in c r i t i c a l l y analyzing the B.C. p o l i t i c a l process from s e v e r a l methodological perspectives the d i s c i p l i n e of p o l i t i c a l studi es. within P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 203 International Organizations (S) (3,0,1) S i n c e t h e emergence of t h e C o n c e r t of Europe i n 1 8 1 5 , i n t e r n a t i o n a l o r g a n i z a t i o n s have p l a y e d an increasingly important role in world p o l i t i c s . This course e x a m i n e s t h e h i s t o r y and d e v e l o p m e n t o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l and r e g i o n a l g o v e r n m e n t a l and non-governmental organizations which act in the i n t e r n a t i o n a l a r e n a . S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e U n i t e d N a t i o n s , t h e North A t l a n t i c Treaty O r g a n i z a t i o n , t h e Warsaw P a c t , t h e European Economic Community, the CMEA, and OPEC. P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 207 S e l e c t e d Issues i n Contemporary S o c i a l and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y (S) (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e w i l l e x a m i n e some o f the major c o n t r i b u t i o n s to s o c i a l and p o l i t i c a l t h o u g h t b e g i n n i n g w i t h the r i s e of the W e l f a r e S t a t e to the current problems a s s o c i a t e d w i t h t h e s t r u c t u r e and o r g a n i z a t i o n of l a t e c a p i t a l i s m . Topics w i l l i n c l u d e a d i s c u s s i o n of the r o l e of the s t a t e , the Frankfurt School, Neo-Marxism, C u l t u r a l Theory, the f a t e of L i b e r a l Democracy, C i v i l Society vs the S t a t e , N e o - C o n s e r v a t i s m , M i l i t a r i s m , and t h e q u e s t i o n o f P o w e r , and how p a r t i c u l a r t h e o r i s t s have r e s p o n d e d t o t h e s e d e v e l o p m e n t s . For e x a m p l e , Keynes, Arendt, Gramsci, Althusser, Poulantzas, Bahro, Foucault, Habermas, O f f e , F r i e d m a n , M a r c u s e , and W i l l i a m s . Psychology Instructional Faculty A L B E R T , J . G . , B . S . (New Y o r k ) , M . S c , Ph.D. (McGill) AVERY, P . , B . A . ( Y o r k ) , N . E d . (Toronto) ECCLES, E . , R . N . ( S t . P a u l s ) , B . A . , M . A . (UBC) HAWRYLKO, R . , B . A . ( H u n t e r ) , M . A . (SFU) MACNEILL, M . , B . A . ( A l t a . ) , M . A . (Manitoba), Ph.D. (Calgary) MOE, S . , B . A . , M . A . ( M e x i c o ) PAREIS, N . , B . S c . ( R u t g e r s ) , P h . D . (Texas) University Transfer Credit A l l P s y c h o l o g y c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c . F o r more d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e calendar. P s y c h o l o g y 100 Introduction to (F.S) (3,0,1) Psychology A course designed to introduce the beginning psychology student to some o f t h e m a j o r c o n c e p t s and a p p r o a c h e s n e c e s s a r y t o an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of human b e h a v i o u r from a p s y c h o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e . Topics covered i n c l u d e l e a r n i n g , development, s e x u a l i t y , p e r s o n a l i t y t h e o r y , and o t h e r selected issues. P s y c h o l o g y 101 Theories of Behaviour (F.S) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: Psychology P s y c h o l o g y 200 S o c i a l Psychology Prerequisite: (F.S) Psychology (3,0,1) of the a g i n g p r o c e s s t h r o u g h such means as c o m m u n i t y p r o j e c t s . 100 To be o f f e r e d A s t u d y o f t h e d y n a m i c s and e f f e c t s o f s o c i a l i n f l u e n c e s on i n d i v i d u a l human b e h a v i o u r . The course e n t a i l s a look at such t o p i c s as a t t i t u d e s and a t t i t u d e - c h a n g e s , group p r o c e s s e s , leadership, prejudice, impression formation, conformity, a l t r u i s m and i n t e r p e r s o n a l attracti on. P s y c h o l o g y 201 Group D y n a m i c s ( F , S ) Prerequisite: (3,0,1) Psychology 100 A study of the b e h a v i o u r of p e o p l e in small groups. This course p r o v i d e s an i n t e l l e c t u a l and e x p e r i e n t i a l approach to small g r o u p t h e o r y and a l l o w s t h e student to p r a c t i c e c o n s t r u c t i v e interpersonal s k i l l s in a s u p p o r t i v e , s m a l l group s e t t i n g . P s y c h o l o g y 204 Developmental Psychology (F) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the c h i l d ' s development from i n f a n c y to a d o l e s c e n c e , i n c l u d i n g the development of social behaviour, personality, l a n g u a g e and c o g n i t i v e p r o c e s s e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o do r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s and observati ons. 100 A c o u r s e f o r t h o s e s t u d e n t s who d e s i r e a complete survey of t h e b a s i c a r e a s o f P s y c h o l o g y (when combined w i t h P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 0 ) , b e f o r e p r o c e e d i n g t o an i n - d e p t h s t u d y o f p a r t i c u l a r a r e a s . The 101 c o u r s e c o v e r s s u c h t o p i c s as s t a t i s t i c s , experimental design, psychological assessment, physiological psychology, altered s t a t e s of c o n s c i o u s n e s s , b e h a v i o u r d i s o r d e r s , the t h e r a p e u t i c p r o c e s s , and o t h e r s e l e c t e d issues. P s y c h o l o g y 205 The P s y c h o l o g y o f (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Prerequisite: Psychology P s y c h o l o g y 206 Adolescent Psychology Prerequisite: 100 A course d e a l i n g with the p s y c h o l o g i c a l development of t h e i n d i v i d u a l from e a r l y adulthood t o d e a t h , w i t h e m p h a s i s on i n t e l l e c t u a l and p e r s o n a l i t y c h a n g e s , and t h e s o c i a l c o n t e x t o f a g i n g . As w e l l as b e i n g e x p o s e d t o basic research in the a r e a , s t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o d e v e l o p an e m p a t h i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g (S) Psychology (3,0,1) 100 This course w i l l examine the r e s e a r c h f i n d i n g s and t h e o r i e s p e r t a i n i n g t o t h e d e v e l o p m e n t and behaviour of a d o l e s c e n t s . Topics covered w i l l include b i o l o g i c a l and s e x u a l m a t u r a t i o n , personality, intelligence, m o t i v a t i o n and s o c i a l i s s u e s s u c h as d e l i n q u e n c y and f a m i l y relationships. To be o f f e r e d Spring 1986. P s y c h o l o g y 220 Theory of P e r s o n a l i t y Prerequisite: (S) Psychology (3,0,1) 100 A study of the v a r i o u s t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y from p s y c h o a n a l y t i c theory to learning theory. I n c l u d e d w i l l be t h e i d e a s o f F r e u d , R o g e r s , Maslow and o t h e r s . C o n c e p t s t o he c o n s i d e r e d w i l l i n c l u d e the development of p e r s o n a l i t y , and t h e s t r u c t u r e and d y n a m i c s o f p e r s o n a l i t y . The course w i l l include consideration o f t h e o r e t i c a l p r o b l e m s , and s t u d e n t s w i l l become f a m i l i a r w i t h empirical research in these areas. P s y c h o l o g y 222 Abnormal P s y c h o l o g y Prerequisite: Aging S p r i n g 1987. (F,S) Psychology (3,0,1) 100 A s t u d y o f t h e v a r i o u s m o d e l s and perspectives for viewing patterns and t r e a t m e n t o f a b n o r m a l b e h a v i o u r . I n c l u d e d w i l l be an e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e r e s e a r c h as t o how t h e m e d i c a l m o d e l , b e h a v i o u r i s t i c school, humanistic s c h o o l and i n t e r p e r s o n a l s c h o o l v i e w n o r m a l and a b n o r m a l behaviour. This course w i l l also f o c u s on t h e h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary approaches to treatment. Sociology Instructional Faculty BRAIN, A . R . L . , B . A . ( H o n s . ) ( E s s e x ) , M . A . , P h . D . (UBC) GAYLE, N . , B . A . ( Y o r k ) , M.A. ( W e s t e r n ) , P h . D . (UBC) GROVES, P . H e f f r o n , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , P h . D . (UBC) S P E I E R , M . , B . A . (New Y o r k ) , Ph.D. (Berkeley) General M.A., Information A l l courses in S o c i o l o g y are geared to help the student comprehend p e r s o n a l and g l o h a l e v e n t s i n a r e l e v a n t and m e a n i n g f u l way. S o c i o l o g y should thus help the student in h i s / h e r e n d e a v o u r t o cope w i t h o u r i n c r e a s i n g l y complex s o c i e t y . A m a j o r i n S o c i o l o g y l e a d s t o work in the f o l l o w i n g areas: s o c i a l work, t e a c h i n g , probation work, criminology, industrial Sociology, c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , m e d i a , government r e s e a r c h and r e l a t e d a r e a s . Students r e g i s t e r i n g for Sociology courses should note t h a t there are no p r e r e q u s i t e s f o r any o f t h e c o u r s e s and t h a t c o u r s e s c a n be t a k e n i n any o r d e r o r c o m b i n a t i o n , accordinq to student i n t e r e s t . Those who i n t e n d t o m a j o r s h o u l d c o m p l e t e S o c i o l o g y 100 and 1 0 1 . University Transfer Credit A l l S o c i o l o g y c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o t r a n s f e r t o ' S F U , UBC and U . V i c . A l l 200 l e v e l c o u r s e s w i l l p r o v i d e t h e Simon F r a s e r t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t w i t h a s s i g n e d c r e d i t toward s e c o n d - y e a r c o u r s e s . The UBC t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t w i l l be p r o v i d e d w i t h unassigned c r e d i t towards a m a j o r . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r Guide at t h e back of t h e calendar. S o c i o l o g y 100 Social Structures (F,S) (3,0,1) The c o u r s e s y s t e m a t i c a l l y c o v e r s m a j o r t o p i c s and i s s u e s o f c o n c e r n t o anyone who w i s h e s t o b e g i n t o u n d e r s t a n d and come t o t e r m s w i t h , t h e modern w o r l d i n a p e r s o n a l l y and s o c i o l o g i c a l l y r e l e v a n t w a y . The b a s i c theme o f t h e c o u r s e i s 56 that, we a r e , t o a g r e a t e r e x t e n t than g e n e r a l l y i m a g i n e d , produced, s t r u c t u r e d and run by t h e " s o c i a l machine". This " s o c i a l machine" c o m p r i s e s i n s t i t u t i o n s s u c h as t h e f a m i l y , r e l i g i o n , i n e q u a l i t y , mass m e d i a , e d u c a t i o n as w e l l as r u l e s , customs, l a w s , e t c . This course l o o k s a t how we a r e i n f l u e n c e d by t h i s " m a c h i n e " and i n t u r n how we react to that i n f l u e n c e . B o t h S o c i o l o g y 100 and 101 a r e required for students intending to m a j o r i n S o c i o l o g y a t SFU o r UBC. S o c i o l o g y 101 Concepts of Theories (F,S) (3,0,1) of Society With c u r r e n t s o c i a l c o n d i t i o n s in mind, t h i s course analyzes the g e n e r a l development of s o c i o l o g i c a l thought i n the 19th and 2 0 t h c e n t u r i e s . We w i l l l o o k at t h r e e m a j o r a p p r o a c h e s t o understanding society (functionalism, c o n f l i c t theory and s y m b o l i c i n t e r a c t i o n i s m ) and employ t h e s e a p p r o a c h e s t o a n a l y z e events of c u r r e n t i n t e r e s t . B o t h S o c i o l o g y 100 and 101 a r e required for students intending to m a j o r i n S o c i o l o g y a t SFU o r UBC. S o c i o l o g y 200 Canadian S o c i e t y (F) (3,0,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f C a n a d i a n s o c i e t y and c u l t u r e , i n c l u d i n g an a n a l y s i s o f t h e m a j o r C a n a d i a n i n s t i t u t i o n s s t u d i e d on a national b a s i s , with special e m p h a s i s on t h e d y n a m i c s o f c h a n g e in a m u l t i c u l t u r a l , complex society. S o c i o l o g y 201 B r i t i s h Columbia (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Society A continued s o c i o l o g y approach to t h e d y n a m i c s of C a n a d i a n s o c i e t y w i t h s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s on B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a . C l o s e a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o s o c i a l movements and e c o n o m i c , h i s t o r i c a l and c u l t u r a l d e v e l o p m e n t s w h i c h have s h a p e d B r i t i s h Columbia from a f r o n t i e r i n t o a modern i n d u s t r i a l s o c i e t y . S o c i o l o g y 210 Current Social Issues (F) (3,0,1) A s t u d y o f s o c i a l c o n c e r n s and c u l t u r a l p r o b l e m s common t o c u r r e n t c o n d i t i o n s in the 20th c e n t u r y i n o u r s o c i e t y and i n global perspectives. C l a s s i c a l s o c i o l o g i c a l c o n c e p t s w i l l be u s e d t o a n a l y z e m e d i a c o v e r a g e and p o p u l a r p e r c e p t i o n o f i s s u e s and problems. Current issues are p l a c e d i n the c o n t e x t of the s t u d e n t ' s d a i l y w o r l d , as i t i s happening n o w - - t h i s should develop the s t u d e n t ' s s o c i o l o g i c a l i m a g i n a t i o n . T h i s c o u r s e c a n be t a k e n by i t s e l f , o r as a complement t o C o n t e m p o r a r y T h i r d World I s s u e s . S o c i o l o g y 211 Sociology of the (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Third World A study of t h e major t h e o r i e s of under d e v e l o p m e n t , e m p i r i c a l s t u d i e s of under d e v e l o p m e n t , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l r e s p o n s e s t o u n d e r d e v e l o p m e n t , and t h e i n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i p of s o c i a l i n s t i t u t i o n s i n and b e t w e e n t h e " d e v e l o p e d " and " u n d e r d e v e l o p e d " s o c i e t i e s . This course w i l l p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h an opportunity to better understand t h e s o c i a l , e c o n o m i c and p o l i t i c a l c a u s e s and e f f e c t s o f u n d e r d e v e l o p m e n t . B o t h s o c i o l o g i c a l and " n o n - s o c i o l o g i c a l " l i t e r a t u r e on t h e m e a n i n g and e f f e c t s o f " u n d e r d e v e l o p m e n t " w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d . T h i s c o u r s e may be t a k e n by i t s e l f o r as a c o m p l e m e n t t o S o c i o l o g y 210, Current S o c i a l I s s u e s . Sociology Sociology 222 of the A r t s (F) (3,0,1) A m u s i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s o c i o l o g i c a l study of c r e a t i v e endeavours of w e s t e r n c i v i l i z a t i o n t h r o u g h p a i n t i n g , m u s i c and sculpture to cinema. Lectures are i l l u s t r a t e d w i t h b o t h p i c t u r e s and m u s i c . The c o u r s e w i l l r e l a t e t h e v a r i o u s a r t forms t o the s o c i a l c o n t e x t i n w h i c h t h e y e x i s t ; hence i t w i l l d e v e l o p an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s between i d e a s ( e x p r e s s e d as A r t ) , s o c i a l i n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l b e h a v i o u r . Spanish This COUTSP i s p a r t i c u l a r l y recommended as a complement t o S o c i o l o g y 223 o r 1 0 1 . S o c i o l o g y 223 M e d i a and S o c i e t y (S) (3,0,1) An i n t e n s i v e and f a s c i n a t i n g s t u d y o f t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between a s o c i e t y ' s c o m m u n i c a t i o n s y s t e m s as media and i t s t e c h n o l o g i c a l , e c o n o m i c and p o l i t i c a l b a s e , i t s ideology, i t s behaviour patterns and i t s c u l t u r a l l i f e . T h i s w i l l encompass c u r r e n t , f o r m s o f t e l e v i s i o n , r a d i o , magazines, a l l f o r m s o f a d v e r t i s e m e n t , news p r o d u c t i o n and t h e m o v i e s . T h i s c o u r s e i s p a r t i c u l a r l y recommended as a complement t o S o c i o l o g y 222 or 1 0 0 . Instructional Faculty FURSTENWALD, C , B . A . M.B.A. (Washington) Instructional GACINA, (Mexico), Associate Jeanette University Transfer t r a n s f e r and p o i n t o f e n t r y . In o r d e r t o a v o i d any misunderstandings, such students are i n v i t e d to d i s c u s s these problems w i t h t h e Language Coordinator prior to enrollment. S p a n i s h 100 F i r s t Year S p a n i s h (F) Credit A l l Spanish c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c . SFU S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o p r o c e e d t o SFU and t o p u r s u e f u r t h e r c o u r s e s i n S p a n i s h are reminded of t h e present equivalency standards. E l e c t i v e c r e d i t w i l l be g i v e n a t SFU f o r a l l C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e S p a n i s h c o u r s e s . Exemption from and p l a c e m e n t i n h i g h e r c o u r s e s a r e d e t e r m i n e d by t h e r e s u l t s o f a placement t e s t or other assessment p r o c e d u r e . As a r e s u l t o f t h e p l a c e m e n t t e s t , a r e a c r e d i t may be g r a n t e d which would count toward a m a j o r i n S p a n i s h . C o u r s e s w h i c h do n o t q u a l i f y t o w a r d a m a j o r w i l l be awarded e l e c t i v e c r e d i t o n l y . UBC At UBC, p r e s e n t e q u i v a l e n t s t a n d a r d s e q u a t e S p a n i s h 100 and 101 w i t h S p a n i s h 1 0 0 ; S p a n i s h 200 and 201 w i t h S p a n i s h 2 0 0 . The s t u d e n t who p l a n s t o m a j o r i n S p a n i s h may e n t e r U B C ' s S p a n i s h when s/he c o m p l e t e s t h e C a p i l a n o courses. Note: A l l courses in Spanish i n c l u d e a t o t a l of f i v e and one h a l f hours of i n s t r u c t i o n per w e e k , made up o f t h r e e h o u r s o f l e c t u r e s ; one and o n e - h a l f h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y p r a c t i c e ; and one hour of c o n v e r s a t i o n a l p r a c t i c e with a native speaker. N a t i v e s p e a k e r s o f S p a n i s h who wish to take f i r s t or s e c o n d - y e a r c o u r s e s i n t h e s e l a n g u a g e s must c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Language Coordinator f i r s t . University r u l e s governing such s t u d e n t s d i f f e r w i t h i n d e p a r t m e n t s , but t h e Language C o o r d i n a t o r has correspondence d e a l i n g with matters relevant to c r e d i t Prerequisite: (3,2.5,1) None This i s a beginners' course which o f f e r s a comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n to the Spanish l a n g u a g e . E m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on grammar and t h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e students' speaking, understanding and w r i t i n g s k i l l s . S p a n i s h 101 F i r s t Year S p a n i s h (S) (3,2.5,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : S p a n i s h 100 o r p e r m i s s i o n from i n s t r u c t o r . A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work o f S p a n i s h 1 0 0 , t h i s c o u r s e s h o u l d be t a k e n , wherever p o s s i b l e , i n the term f o l l o w i n g Spanish 100. Recommended a l s o f o r t h o s e who a r e c o n s i d e r i n g t a k i n g S p a n i s h 200 a t a l a t e r d a t e and need r e v i e w w o r k . S p a n i s h 200 Seco n d Y e a r S p a n i s h ( F ) (3,2,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : Spanish grade 12, or S p a n i s h 100/101 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f instructor. A r e v i e w o f S p a n i s h grammar w i t h s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s on p r o b l e m a t i c a r e a s n o r m a l l y e n c o u n t e r e d by s t u d e n t s o f t h e l a n g u a g e . The r e a d i n g , w r i t i n g and o r a l f l u e n c y o f t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be i m p r o v e d through t r a n s l a t i o n s , compositions and a h i g h d e g r e e o f c o n v e r s a t i o n . A l s o , t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be introduced to Hispanic L i t e r a t u r e . C l a s s e s w i l l be c o n d u c t e d i n t h e Spanish language o n l y . S p a n i s h 201 Second Year S p a n i s h (S) (3,2,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : S p a n i s h 200 o r p e r m i s s i o n from the i n s t r u c t o r . A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work o f S p a n i s h 2 0 0 . T h i s c o u r s e s h o u l d be t a k e n , wherever p o s s i b l e , i n the term f o l l o w i n g Spanish 200. 57 Theatre Arts Instructional Faculty MOORE, D . , B . F . A . ( U . V i c ) MURDOCH, w . , B . F . A . ( U . V i c . ) , M . F . A . (UBC) General Information The T h e a t r e P r o g r a m r u n s a s e r i e s o f a c t i n g c o u r s e s i n t h e F a l l and S p r i n g terms through t h e C o l l e g e ' s A c a d e m i c D i v i s i o n . These a r e a v a i l a b l e t o b o t h f u l l t i m e and p a r t t i m e s t u d e n t s who w i s h t h e opportunity to continue t h e i r i n t e r e s t i n T h e a t r e at a p o s t s e c o n d a r y l e v e l . The a i m o f t h e program i s to p r o v i d e a p r o f e s s i o n a l approach to a c t i n g t h r o u g h i n - c l a s s i n s t r u c t i o n and p e r f o r m a n c e e x p e r i e n c e , b o t h on campus and on t o u r a t s u c h p e r f o r m a n c e venues as t h e P r e s e n t a t i o n House S t u d i o T h e a t r e . S t u d e n t s may e n r o l l i n any c o u r s e a t any t i m e , but t h e s e c o n d y e a r c o u r s e s r e q u i r e an a u d i t i o n s u c c e s s f u l l y performed f o r the i n s t r u c t o r i f T h e a t r e 100 o r 101 have n o t p r e v i o u s l y been t a k e n . T h i s program prepares students who a r e p r o f e s s i o n a l l y i n c l i n e d for entrance to professional theatre schools while providing s t u d e n t s w i t h more c a s u a l i n t e r e s t w i t h t r a n s f e r t o o t h e r c o l l e g e and u n i v e r s i t y Theatre Departments of a more s p e c i a l i z e d n a t u r e . A l s o , f o r t h o s e who s i m p l y w i s h t o pursue t h e a t r e f o r the sheer joy of i t , these courses w i l l provide an e x c e l l e n t b a c k g r o u n d i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e d i s c i p l i n e and g r o u p s h a r i n g t h a t any c o o p e r a t i v e c r e a t i v e venture p r o v i d e s . D a y t i m e and e v e n i n g s e c t i o n s o f most c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d t o a l l o w b o t h f u l l - t i m e and p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s t o t a k e advantage of t h e Theatre Program. University Transfer Theatre courses transfer credit a t S F U , UBC and consult Tranfer instructor. 58 Credit a t C a p i l a n o have or e l e c t i v e c r e d i t U.Vic. Please G u i d e and T h e a t r e 100 A c t i n g I (F) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: None d i s c o v e r y of the costumes, s e t , a c t i n g and w r i t i n g s t y l e s w i l l be emphasi z e d . Not o f f e r e d A workshop c o u r s e i n the a r t of t h e a c t o r , f o c u s i n g on v o i c e , movement, and s c e n e work t o d e v e l o p the s t u d e n t ' s awareness of t h e a c t o r ' s r e s o u r c e s and t h e i r own s t r e n g t h s and w e a k n e s s e s as a p e r f o r m e r . In a d d i t i o n t o r e a d i n g s and a w r i t t e n a n a l y s i s o f a professional production, the s t u d e n t w i l l r e h e a r s e and p e r f o r m a monologue and a s h o r t s c e n e , a p p l y i n g a p p r o a c h e s and t e c h n i q u e s taught in c l a s s to the f i n a l p r e s e n t a t i o n of t h e s e s c e n e s f o r an i n v i t e d a u d i e n c e . V i d e o and a u d i o t a p i n g s o f s t u d e n t work w i l l be used t o augment i n d i v i d u a l comment and c o a c h i n g p r o v i d e d by the i n s t r u c t o r . 1985/86. T h e a t r e 121 Introduction to Theatre H i s t o r y (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Prerequisite: II None A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f T h e a t r e 1 2 0 , 121 u t i l i z e s s i m i l a r techniques to d i s c o v e r major periods from the 17th to e a r l y 20th c e n t u r y . Not o f f e r e d in 1985/86. T h e a t r e 200 S c r i p t and S t a g e (F) (3,2,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : T h e a t r e 100 o r 101 o r a u d i t i o n by a p p o i n t m e n t w i t h the i n s t r u c t o r . T h e a t r e 101 A c t i n g II ( S ) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: None A c o n t i n u a t i o n of T h e a t r e 1 0 0 , e x p l o r i n g performance i m p r o v i s a t i o n and n o n - s c r i p t e d t h e a t r e . A workshop c o u r s e f o c u s i n g on i m p r o v i s a t i o n as an e s s e n t i a l t o o l i n d e v e l o p i n g the a c t o r ' s i m a g i n a t i v e r e s o u r c e s and p r o v i d i n g the confidence necessary t o any f o r m o f " t h i n k i n g on o n e ' s f e e t . " I m p r o v i s a t i o n w i l l be t a u g h t as a p e r f o r m a n c e s k i l l i n i t s own r i g h t t h r o u g h t h e use o f t h e a t r e games s u c h as one s e e s a t T h e a t r e S p o r t s , but i t w i l l a l s o be e x p l o r e d as a means t o d e v e l o p and a m p l i f y s c r i p t e d w o r k s . T h e a t r e 120 Introduction to Theatre History (F) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: in I None A p r a c t i c a l approach to the study o f T h e a t r e H i s t o r y . In t h e f i r s t term, s e v e r a l p e r i o d s from 5th century B.C. ( C l a s s i c a l Theatre) t h r o u g h t o t h e 17th c e n t u r y w i l l be c o v e r e d u s i n g s e m i n a r s , research presentation, play r e a d i n g s and some l e c t u r e s t o d i s c o v e r each e r a . A p r a c t i c a l T h i s c o u r s e f o c u s e s on s c r i p t e d m a t e r i a l and t h e means t h a t b o t h t h e a c t o r and t h e t e c h n i c i a n u s e to b r i n g about a f u l l r e n d e r i n g of t h e work c h o s e n . A p a r t i c u l a r p e r f o r m a n c e p r o b l e m w i l l be g i v e n p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n as t h e s t u d e n t s r e h e a r s e and p e r f o r m a show p r e s e n t e d i n t h e on-camp.us S t u d i o . The T h e a t r e Lab s e c t i o n o f the course w i l l introduce students t o d e s i g n , p r o m o t i o n , and production o r g a n i z a t i o n , which w i l l t h e n be g i v e n i m m e d i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n i n t h e m o u n t i n g and m a r k e t i n g o f t h e p e r f o r m a n c e . The A c t i n g s e c t i o n of the course w i l l g i v e p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e a c t i n g s k i l l s r e q u i r e d by t h e p a r t i c u l a r p r o j e c t c h o s e n , as t h e s t u d e n t s w i l l Be t a k e n t h r o u g h a p r o f e s s i o n a l l y conducted rehearsal p e r i o d c u l m i n a t i n g i n a s h o r t run to a paying public audience. T h e a t r e 201 R e h e a r s a l and P e r f o r m a n c e (S) ( 3 , 2 , 1 ) P r e r e q u i s i t e : T h e a t r e 200 o r a u d i t i o n by a p p o i n t m e n t w i t h t h e instructor. This course takes the lessons l e a r n e d i n T h e a t r e 200 and a p p l i e s them t o a p r o f e s s i o n a l l y mounted Women's Studies p e r f o r m a n c e out i n t h e community w h i c h i s l i k e w i s e mounted and m a r k e t e d on t h i s l a r g e r s c a l e . The c h o i c e o f m a t e r i a l w i l l be b a s e d on t h e s t u d e n t s ' a b i l i t i e s and n e e d s as p e r c e i v e d by t h e T h e a t r e 200 e x p e r i e n c e . Development o f a warmup r o u t i n e w i l l a s s i s t s t u d e n t s as t h e y r e h e a r s e and produce t h e show. P r e p a r i n g f o r the p r o d u c t i o n s i s a major u n d e r t a k i n g and s t u d e n t s can e x p e c t t o be engaged i n r e h e a r s a l o u t s i d e of s c h e d u l e d c l a s s t i m e s . Women's S t u d i e s 192 Women and T h e a t r e (F o r S) (3,0,1) An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e on women i n t h e a t r e ' b o t h as c h a r a c t e r s and as p a r t i c i p a n t s . An h i s t o r i c a l approach w i l l survey the development of the female c h a r a c t e r and t h e e m e r g e n c e o f women i n t h e p r o f e s s i o n a l t h e a t r e w o r l d from e a r l y t h e a t r e through t o t h e 20th c e n t u r y . B a s i c a c t i n g s k i l l s w i l l he a p p l i e d t o • m o n o l o g u e s and s c e n e s t u d i e s w h i c h e x p l o r e f e m a l e u n i q u e n e s s and t h e development of the e v o l v i n g s t a g e f e m a l e . A l l d r a m a t i z a t i o n w i l l be done i n a s t u d i o a t m o s p h e r e . T h e r e w i l l be no p u b l i c p e r f o r m a n c e . Transferable to SFU. Not o f f e r e d in 19R5/R6. Instructional Faculty Women's S t u d i e s o f f e r i n g s a r e t a u g h t by f u l l y q u a l i f i e d i n s t r u c t o r s with experience in the f i e l d r e q u i r e d by e a c h c o u r s e . These f a c u l t y a r e s e c o n d e d f r o m r e l e v a n t d i s c i p l i n e s t o Women's Studi e s . Transfer S F U : S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o p u r s u e f u r t h e r c o u r s e s i n Women's S t u d i e s a r e a d v i s e d t h a t SFU has i n s t i t u t e d a minor program i n Women's S t u d i e s . T r a n s f e r c r e d i t has been r e c e i v e d f o r Women's S t u d i e s 1 0 4 , 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 9 2 , and i s b e i n g s o u g h t f o r 1 9 3 . F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n on t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y r e f e r to the T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f Calendar. the One o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r c o u r s e s w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e S p r i n g 19R5. P l e a s e c o n s u l t the timetable. Women's S t u d i e s 110 Women and P s y c h o l o g y (F) (3,0,1) A p s y c h o l o g i c a l examination of sex-role definitions, their o r i g i n s , development i n c h i l d h o o d and m a i n t e n a n c e i n a d u l t l i f e . The c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e d i f f e r e n c e s in l i f e patterns between men and women and t h e e f f e c t t h e s e have on p e r s o n a l i t y d e v e l o p m e n t and s e l f - c o n c e p t . It. wi 11 i n c l u d e a c r i t i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n o f m a l e and f e m a l e c o n s c i o u s n e s s and t h e e x t e n t t o w h i c h t h e s e a f f e c t and d e t e r m i n e p o t e n t i a l f o r human g r o w t h and f r e e d o m . R e f e r e n c e w i l l bp made t o major p s y c h o l o g i c a l s c h o o l s of thought i n terms of sexual b i a s . N o n - s e x i s t a l t e r n a t i v e s to present p s y c h i a t r i c p r a c t i c e s w i l l be explored. Transferable t o SFU and UVic. • Women's S t u d i e s 120 Women and t h e P a s t : An H i s t o r i c a l Survey (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) A s u r v e y o f t h e l i v e s o f women from the A n c i e n t World t o 20th c e n t u r y N o r t h A m e r i c a . An u n c o v e r i n g o f women's p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n and c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e making of h i s t o r y . P r i v a t e l i v e s a s w e l l as p u b l i c and p o l i t i c a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be s t u d i e d . The c o u r s e w i l l e x a m i n e reasons behind the extent to which women h a v e been " h i d d e n f r o m history." Transferable t o S F U , UBC and Women's S t u d i e s 122 Women i n A n t h r o p o l o g y (S) UVic. (3,0,1) The a n t h r o p o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e a p p l i e d t o women i n d i f f e r e n t c u l t u r e s of the w o r l d : t h e i r r o l e in economic, p o l i t i c a l , r e l i g i o u s , k i n s h i p , and e x p r e s s i v e s y s t e m s . E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h e work o f women a n t h r o p o l o g i s t s and t h e e f f e c t o f t h e o r y on u n d e r s t a n d i n g women. What i s t h e woman's e x p e r i e n c e i n c u l t u r e s and a r e a s s u c h as t h e E s k i m o s , Amazon j u n g l e , Israeli k i b b u t z , Greece, Afghanistan, I n d i a , M e x i c o and A f r i c a . T r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU and U V i c a s e i t h e r A n t h r o p o l o g y o r Women's S t u d i e s c r e d i t s , and t o UBC a s Anthropology c r e d i t . Women's S t u d i e s 104 Contemporary E n g l i s h - C a n a d i a n Women W r i t e r s ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) A d i s c u s s i o n - o r i e n t e d course i n t e n d e d t o b r o a d e n and i n t e n s i f y t h e s t u d e n t ' s a w a r e n e s s o f and a p p r e c i a t i o n of the l i t e r a t u r e i n E n g l i s h b e i n g p r o d u c e d by C a n a d i a n women w r i t e r s t o d a y , w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e c u r r e n t , l o c a l , West C o a s t l i t e r a r y s c e n e ; t o e x a m i n e and d i s c u s s t h e p o r t r a i t s o f women and o f women's c i r c u m s t a n c e s r e v e a l e d in these w r i t i n g s ; in addition to s t u d e n t s ' r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e l i t e r a t u r e , t h e r e w i l l be c l a s s v i s i t s f o r r e a d i n g s and d i s c u s s i o n by s e v e r a l p r o m i n e n t West C o a s t C a n a d i a n women w r i t e r s . Transferable t o S F U , UBC and UVic. 59 Career/Vocational Programs , Capilano College offers a variety o f employment r e l a t e d p r o g r a m s . A d m i s s i o n i s l i m i t e d and a p p l i c a n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d on t h e c r i t e r i a e s t a b l i s h e d for each p r o g r a m a r e a . In g e n e r a l , Grade 12 s t a n d i n g i s r e q u i r e d f o r two y e a r Diploma Programs a l t h o u g h o t h e r s may be a d m i t t e d on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r e x p e r i e n c e and a b i l i t i e s . The p r o g r a m s o f f e r e d a r e u n d e r c o n s t a n t r e v i e w t o make c e r t a i n that students are taught the l a t e s t t e c h n i q u e s and s k i l l s . A d v i s o r y c o m m i t t e e s composed o f e m p l o y e r s r e v i e w and recommend content of a l l programs. Student C o u r s e and Work Load F u l l - t i m e p r o g r a m s a r e d e s i g n e d so that successful completion i s a f u l l - t i m e t a s k . Students are a d v i s e d not t o u n d e r t a k e o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s that require large time commitments, i n c l u d i n g employment, while undertaking f u l l - t i m e studi e s . Employment O p p o r t u n i t i e s Graduate for the A l t h o u g h employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e g r a d u a t e s have t o d a t e been g o o d , t h e C o l l e g e i s i n no p o s i t i o n to guarantee jobs f o r i t s graduates. Exemption Standing S t u d e n t s may be e x e m p t e d f r o m c e r t a i n c o u r s e s upon t h e s u c c e s s f u l d e m o n s t r a t i o n of a c q u i r e d s k i l l s and k n o w l e d g e . Such e x e m p t i o n s t a n d i n g s w i l l be n o t e d on t h e P e r m a n e n t S t u d i e s Record. Students granted such exemptions w i l l have t h e i r t o t a l c o u r s e l o a d r e d u c e d by t h e number o f exempted c r e d i t h o u r s t o t h e maximum o f two c o u r s e s or s i x c r e d i t hours per academic y e a r w i t h o u t e f f e c t upon t h e s t a t u s o f t h e C e r t i f i c a t e or Diploma i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r p r o g r a m . Such e x e m p t e d h o u r s a r e not n e c e s s a r i l y t r a n s f e r a b l e t o other i n s t i t u t i o n s . 60 E x e m p t i o n i n e x c e s s o f two c o u r s e s , o r s i x c r e d i t h o u r s , may he awarded a s t u d e n t o n l y upon t h e recommendation of t h e a p p r o p r i a t e program c o o r d i n a t o r and t h e D e a n . T r a n s f e r To and From O t h e r Institutions T h e r e i s a g r e e m e n t among a l l public B.C. Colleges to accept e a c h o t h p r ' s c r e d i t s upon t r a n s f e r , i f applicable to a program g i v e n at t h e a d m i t t i n g c o l l e g e , and g i v e n s u i t a b l e equivalency. Capilano College reserves the r i q h t to review i n d i v i d u a l course c r e d i t s . Transfer c r e d i t s are granted to s t u d e n t s on a d m i s s i o n f o r a c c e p t a b l e work done a t o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n s : the t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s r e d u c e t h e t o t a l number o f c r e d i t s which are r e q u i r e d at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e f o r the c e r t i f i c a t e or diploma. Students wishing t r a n s f e r c r e d i t should present s u i t a b l e documentation to the R e g i s t r a r ' s o f f i c e f o r a d j u d i c a t i o n by t h e a p p r o p r i a t e f a c u l t y . A l l approved t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s a r e n o t e d on t h e s t u d e n t ' s Permanent S t u d e n t R e c o r d . F u l l i n f o r m a t i o n on t r a n s f e r of s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s i s a v a i l a b l e from the Admissions A d v i s o r , C o u n s e l l o r s and i n t h p Division. Admission Dates E n r o l l m e n t i n some P r o g r a m s may be c u r t a i l e d due t o s p a c e and equipment l i m i t a t i o n s . C o n s e q u e n t l y , t h o s e s t u d e n t s who contemplate entrance are encouraged to apply e a r l y . A p p l i c a n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o have an i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e Program Coordinator prior to admission. APPLICATIONS MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE MARCH 1 o f e a c h y e a r i n order to guarantee c o n s i d e r a t i o n f o r t h e n e x t Academic Year (September). A p p l i c a t i o n s received a f t e r t h a t d a t e w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d i f spaces are a v a i l a b l e . U n s u c c e s s f u l a p p l i c a n t s who w i s h t o be c o n s i d e r e d f o r t h e n e x t y e a r must r e - a p p l y . Canadian Studies Specialty S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o c o n c e n t r a t e t h e i r s t u d i e s on C a n a d i a n c o n t e n t c o u r s e s can a p p l y f o r a Canadian S t u d i e s S p e c i a l t y t o he a p p l i e d t o t h e i r d i p l o m a . See d e t a i l s on page 22. Legal Secretary Medical O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t Word P r o c e s s i n g 4. Vocational Pre-employment Programs Page 126 D r a f t i ng L a n d s c a p e H o r t i c u l t u r e Page 125 Waiter/Waitress Certificate S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p i c a t i o n s T e c h n o l o g y P r o g r a m (SCAT) Programs - Part-time 1. The C o l l e g e o f f e r s a t w o - y e a r program l e a d i n g t o a Diploma i n S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p l i c a t i o n s w h i c h i s aimed at p r o d u c i n g graduates employable in a t e c h n i c a l e n v i r o n m e n t where t h e i r a c a d e m i c and p r o g r a m m i n g s k i l l s w i l l e n a b l e them t o s o l v e p r o b l e m s o f a s c i e n t i f i c n a t u r e . F o r more i n f o r m a t i o n s e e page 3 2 . Art Page 70 Craft Instructor Training 2. Business Management....Page 75 A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management S m a l l B u s i n e s s Management • Data P r o c e s s i n g 3 . O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . . P a g e 107 Legal A s s i s t a n t Option Word P r o c e s s i n g 4 . R e c r e a t i o n P r o g r a m s . . . . P a g e 118 Fitness Leadership Wilderness Leadership PROGRAMS OF STUDIES Diploma Programs Part-time 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. - Full-time Art Commercial Crafts Studio Pagp Page Page 70 67 fi3 B u s i n e s s Programs Page 75 A c c o u n t i n g / F i n a n c i a l Management A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management Computer Systems Management M a r k e t i n g Management R e t a i l Management Business Administration Early Childhood Education Page 88 Legal A s s i s t a n t Page 109 Media Resources Program Page 92 Music - Transfer Page 98 - Commercial Page 97 Music Therapy Page 99 Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Management Page 118 C e r t i f i c a t e Programs and P a r t - t i m e 1. and - Full-time Art Foundations of Visual Communi c a t i on Page 62 S t u d i o Art I n s t i t u t e Program Health Related Page 91 Long Term C a r e A i d e Homemaker 3 . O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . . P a g e 107 Business Office Training 2. 67 Art Programs Instructional Faculty COGSWELL, R . , N . D . D . (Hammersmith) R . C . A . , Studio Arts DEGGAN, P . D i p l o m a ( W o r t h i n g C o . England), Foundations, Crafts EASTCOTT, W . , S r . C e r t . ( V . S . A . ) R . C . A . , Studio Arts FORSTER, F . , A l b e r t a C o l l e g e o f A r t , C o m m e r c i a l Art. HOLLAND, K . , D i p l . ( J o h a n n e s b u r g School of A r t ) , F o u n d a t i o n s JUNGIC, J . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC), A r t History/Studio Arts KINGAN, T . , N . D . D . ( B l a c k p o o l ) , A . T . D . ( M a n e ) , R . C . A . , Teach. C e r t . (Manchester, B.C. Teach. C e r t . , Studio Arts KINGSMILL, R . , R . A . , ( U . of Manitoba), Crafts LLEWELLYN, M . , B . A . ( M a n c h e s t e r ) , Commercial A r t LONG, . 1 . , B . P . A . A r t C e n t r e ( L o s A n g e l e s ) , Commercial Art MACLAGAN, D . , A . O . C . A , I.D.C, F . C . A . , Commercial Art./Foundations MCLAREN, D . , C e r t . ( S h e r i d a n College), R.H.Sc. (Guelph), Crafts MARSHALL, D . , C e r t . ( B . C . ) , S t u d i o Arts MEES, M . , C e r t . H a n d c r a f t H o u s e , Crafts MOLNAR, F . , D i p l . ( P e n n s y l v a n i a ) , Commercial A r t / F o u n d a t i o n s / S t u d i o NAUMANN, R . , C e r t . ( V . S . A . ) , C r e r i . (Ins. Allende), Crafts NEWTON-MASON, J . , D i p l . ( W o r t h i n g C o l . , E n g l a n d ) , Commercial Art/Foundations RICHMOND, L . , M . A r t . E d . (W. W a s h . S t a t e ) , Teach. C e r t . (London), Crafts RIMMER, J . , C o m m e r c i a l Art. ROSENBERG, A . , R . A . , M . A . ( U . o f T . ) , Art H i s t o r y - Visual L i t e r a c y / S t u d i o Art SALAZAR, R . , (San J o s e S t a t e ) , Commercial Art YASINSKI, D., Commercial Art ZIMMERMAN, A . , A r t C e n t r e ( L o s A n g e l e s ) , Commercial Art A d m i s s i o n and Procedures 1 . C o m m e r c i a l A r t , S t u d i o A r t and C r a f t s a p p l i c a n t s should r e f e r to s p e c i a l requirements noted i n those s e c t i o n s . 2 . For t h e purposes of a d m i s s i o n to art courses a f u l l - t i m e student means a p e r s o n o f any age who t a k e s a f u l l c a r e e r program (which may i n c l u d e some A r t c o u r s e s and some A c a d e m i c c o u r s e s , o r e x c l u s i v e l y Art Option courses) w h i c h , upon c o m p l e t i o n i n one o r two y e a r s o f s t u d y , e n t i t l e s t h e student to e i t h e r a College C e r t i f i c a t e or the A s s o c i a t e of A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a , o r e n t i t l e s t h e s t u d e n t t o seek t r a n s f e r c r e d i t to other post-secondary learning i n s t i t u t i o n s which recognize C C A . P . standards for admission to t h e i r programs. 3 . A s t u d e n t i s not c o n s i d e r e d as " r e g i s t e r e d " i n t h e A r t Program u n t i l h i s / h e r R e g i s t r a t i o n Form and a v a l i d c h e q u e f o r t h e f u l l amount o f t u i t i o n f e e s , and Student fees are d e p o s i t e d , r e g i s t e r e d and ACKNOWLEDGED WITH AND BY THE PROGRAM COORDINATOR and College Registrar's Offices. 4. Students wishing to repeat a course: Any s t u d e n t who has t a k e n an A r t c o u r s e a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e and who has p a s s e d t h a t c o u r s e may r e t a k e i t only a f t e r a l l a v a i l a b l e spaces have been f i l l e d by t h o s e s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o e n r o l l i n t h e c o u r s e f o r t h e f i r s t t i m e . STUDENTS MAY NOT REPEAT A COURSE MORE THAN ONCE WITHOUT AN APPROVAL IN WRITING FROM THE COORDINATOR. Advance R e g i s t r a t i o n Programs I. General Fall - Art Term 1985 Description Three d i s t i n c t programs o f f e r a wide v a r i e t y of S t u d i o A r t , C o m m e r c i a l A r t and C r a f t s c o u r s e s . 62 Registration STUDENTS ENTERING FIRST YEAR OF DIPLOMA PROGRAMS: STUDIO ARTS AND CRAFTS: C o n t a c t C o l l e g e ( L o c a l 390) b e f o r e May fi t o a r r a n g e f o r i n t e r v i e w . Bring p o r t f o l i o i f a v a i l a b l e . Full and p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s . STUDIO ART L a t e a p p l i c a n t s can c o n t a c t t h e c o l l e g e t o J u n e 15 t o a r r a n g e f o r an i n t e r v i e w f r o m J u n e 17 t o J u n e 21 i f s p a c e i s a v a i l a b l e . P l e a s e phone l o c a l 3 9 0 . COMMERCIAL ART/FOUNDATIONS: P o r t f o l i o s u b m i s s i o n A p r i l 29 t o May 3 . No l a t e s u b m i s s i o n s accepted. F u l l - t i m e students only. II. S p r i n g Term 1986 S t u d e n t s must c o n t a c t t h e c o o r d i n a t o r of the d e s i r e d Program for permission to enter. Signature of c o o r d i n a t o r o r i n s t r u c t o r required to r e g i s t e r . Prerequisite P r e r e q u i s i t e s may be w a i v e d i n w r i t i n g by e i t h e r t h e P r o g r a m Coordinator or the i n s t r u c t o r c o n c e r n e d when i t i s f e l t t h a t a student possesses the a b i l i t y to c o p e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f any given c o u r s e . History of Art Courses S t u d e n t s i n t h e A r t P r o g r a m may wish to consider the f o l l o w i n g c o u r s e s o f f e r e d by t h e A c a d e m i c D i v i s i o n : Fine Arts 100, Fine Arts 1 0 1 . (May be t a k e n i n s t e a d o f F i n e A r t s 104 and 105 f o r c r e d i t i n t h e Art Program.) Transfer Credit The t r a n s f e r g u i d e i n t h e c a l e n d a r s h o u l d be r e f e r r e d t o r e g a r d i n g t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y of s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s . The s t u d e n t s h o u l d understand t h a t advanced s t a n d i n g i n any i n s t i t u t i o n i s u s u a l l y b a s e d on i n t e r v i e w and p o r t f o l i o s u b m i s s i o n , as w e l l as c r e d i t s held. STUDIO ART PROGRAM F u l l - t i m e students w i l l gain a w i d e v a r i e t y nf b a s i c s k i l l s and i n s i q h t s in t h i s i n t e n s i v e t w o - y p a r program of s t u d i e s . It w i l l p r o v i d e them w i t h a f i r m , broad f o u n d a t i o n f o r f u r t h e r study i n V i s u a l A r t s o r i n any o f t h e f o l l o w i n g r e l a t e d f i e l d s : The C r a f t s , Design ( I n d u s t r i a l , Interiors, etc.), Film, Illustration (Scientific, B o t a n i c a l , Commercial, e t c . ) , C u r a t o r i a l and A r t E d u c a t i o n . T h e s e s t u d i e s may he c o n t i n u e d a t t h e E m i l y C a r r C o l l e g e o f A r t and D e s i g n , or other a p p r o p r i a t e i n s t i t u t i o n s . The p r o g r a m a l s o prepares students for entry i n t o a B a c h e l o r of F i n e A r t s Program at a University. The S t u d i o A r t P r o g r a m p r o v i d e s studio experiences in P a i n t i n g , Printmaking, S c u l p t u r e , Drawing, D e s i g n and A r t H i s t o r y . A s c h e d u l e o f q u e s t s p e a k e r s and f i e l d t r i p s ensures regular contact with other t h a n r e s i d e n t i n s t r u c t o r s and f u r t h e r expands t h e s t u d e n t ' s k n o w l e d g e and a w a r e n e s s . T h r o u g h e x p o s u r e t o as b r o a d a r a n g e of c o n c e p t s , m a t e r i a l s , t e c h n i q u e s and p r o c e s s e s as p o s s i b l e , s t u d e n t s are a s s i s t e d to d e v e l o p p e r s o n a l d i r e c t i o n s and c r e a t i v e m a t u r i t y . They w i l l l e a r n how t o c o n d u c t t h e i r own a r t i s t i c education according to t h e i r individual p r i o r i t i e s , a b i l i t i e s and a m b i t i o n s . E m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on p r e p a r i n g students to f u n c t i o n e f f e c t i v e l y w i t h i n the context of c u r r e n t t h o u g h t and p r a c t i c e . P a r t - t i m e students are accepted i n t o t h e p r o g r a m whenever p o s s i b l e , so t h a t members o f t h e community may p a r t i c i p a t e f o r o t h e r than p r o f e s s i o n a l r e a s o n s . Associate in Arts and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a (L) , Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Studio Art Lab Credit Hours or (S) Studio Hours 66 _6 39 _Q_ 72 39 Curriculum FIRST TERM Art 1 5 0 - 1 Drawing I A r t 1 6 7 - 1 3-D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e I Art 171-1 2-D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g I A r t 1R2-1 2-D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g I Art 185-1 Design Concepts I FA 1 0 4 - 2 Introduction to Visual Literacy CMNS 150 B a s i c Communications SECOND TERM A r t 1 5 1 - 1 D r a w i n g II A r t 1 7 2 - 1 2-D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g II A r t 1 7 4 - 1 3 - D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e II A r t 1 8 3 - 1 2-D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g II A r t 1 8 9 - 1 D e s i g n C o n c e p t s II FA 1 0 5 - 2 Introduction to Visual Literacy 3 3 3 3 3 3 _3 21 II 3 3 3 (L) (S) (S) 9 3 3 3 3 3 _3 3 (S) 3 (L) 3 (S) 3(S) 18 12 2-D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g III 3-D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e III Drawing III 3 3 3 3 3 (S) (L) 2-D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g I I I Modern A r t ( 1 9 t h C e n t u r y ) 3 3 3 (S) 15 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 (S) 3 3 (L) (S) 18 _9 72 39 THIRD TERM Art Art Art 250-1 257-1 262-1 Art 282-1 FA 2 1 0 - 2 FOURTH TERM Art 255-1 Art 263-1 Art 265-1 Art 283-1 FA 2 1 1 - 2 CMNS 153 2-D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g IV D r a w i n g IV 3 - D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e IV 2 - D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g IV Modern A r t ( 2 0 t h C e n t u r y ) C o m m u n i c a t i o n and t h e A r t s ADVANCED OPTION COURSES For students w i t h p r e v i o u s following courses: e x p e r i e n c e the program o f f e r s the FALL TERM Portfolio Requirements P r o s p e c t i v e f u l l - t i m e students are n o r m a l l y a d m i t t e d on t h e b a s i s o f an i n t e r v i e w and p o r t f o l i o p r e s e n t a t i o n . The n a t u r e and s c o p e of work p r e s e n t e d i s f o r t h e c a n d i d a t e t o d e c i d e , but i t s h o u l d p r o v i d e as a c c u r a t e a p i c t u r e o f h i s o r h e r p a s t and c u r r e n t Art 300 Art Institute - S c u l p t u r e ft P r i n t m a k i n g . . . 12 c r e d i t s Art Institute - S c u l p t u r e ft P r i n t m a k i n g . . . 12 c r e d i t s SPRING TERM Art 301 NOTE: I t i s hoped t h a t S t u d i o A r t s t u d e n t s w i l l e l e c t t o t a k e some c o u r s e s b e i n g o f f e r e d by M e d i a R e s o u r c e s on s u c h s u b j e c t s as p h o t o g r a p h y , f i l m m a k i n g and c o m p u t e r g r a p h i c s , p r e f e r a b l y one c o u r s e p e r s e m e s t e r . These a r e f u l l c r e d i t c o u r s e s and w i l l be o f f e r e d i n the e v e n i n g s . 63 a r t i s t i c a c t i v i t i e s as p o s s i b l e . S k e t c h b o o k s , r e s e a r c h m a t e r i a l and p r e l i m i n a r y s t u d i e s s h o u l d be i n c l u d e d wherever p o s s i b l e , i n a d d i t i o n to completed work. S l i d e s , p h o t o g r a p h s o r any o t h e r s u p p o r t i n g e v i d e n c e may f o r m p a r t of the p n r t f o l i o . Where a p p r o p r i a t e and w i t h t h e C o o r d i n a t o r ' s p e r m i s s i o n , the p o r t f o l i o r e q u i r e m e n t may be wai v e d . Those w i s h i n g t o e n t e r c o u r s e s f o r w h i c h t h e y do n o t have t h e p r e r e q u i s i t e s s h o u l d be p r e p a r e d t o p r e s e n t a p o r t f o l i o so t h a t f a c u l t y may a s s e s s t h e a p p l i c a n t ' s l e v e l of c o m p e t e n c e . F i n e A r t s 104 Introduction to (F) (3,0,1) No M a t e r i a l s and is Supplies A l t h o u q h t h e S t u d i o A r t Department c a n s u p p l y some o f t h e m a t e r i a l s required f o r the c o u r s e s , the s t u d e n t can e x p e c t a f i n a n c i a l o u t l a y f o r some b a s i c s u p p l i e s , as i n d i c a t e d in the course o u t l i n e s . Transferability A l l S t u d i o A r t c o u r s e s c a r r y some University transferability. Students should r e f e r to the T r a n s f e r G u i d e at t h e back o f t h e Calendar. Literacy prerequisite T h i s c o u r s e e x a m i n e s some of t h e g e n e r a l o r p a r t i c u l a r themes apparent i n Western Art h i s t o r i c a l works, landscapes, p o r t r a i t s , c l a s s i c i s m , medievalism - w i t h t h e aim o f h e l p i n g s t u d e n t s t o u n d e r s t a n d and work i n c u r r e n t styles. F i n e A r t s 105 Introduction to (S) (3,0,1) No Some p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s may be a d m i t t e d t o a c o u r s e when s p a c e avai l a b l e . Visual Visual Literacy prerequisite T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e , among other t o p i c s : local a r c h i t e c t u r e , recent B.C. a r t , c e r t a i n aspects of l o c a l c u l t u r e ( e . g . Northwest Coast Indian A r t , O r i e n t a l Art). As i n F i n e A r t s 1 0 4 , t h e e m p h a s i s w i l l he upon d e v e l o p i n g v i s u a l 1i teracy. A r t 150 Drawing I (F) (3,0,1) An i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f t h e c o n c e p t u a l , t e c h n i c a l and p e r c e p t u a l a s p e c t s of the d r a w i n g process through a wide v a r i e t y of m e t h o d s , m a t e r i a l s and s t i m u l i . Experiences i n c u r r e n t approaches and c o n c e r n s , i n c l u d i n g r e p r e s e n t a t i o n a l , i n t e r p r e t i v e and experimental drawings in assorted m e d i a . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on d e v e l o p i n g the s t u d e n t ' s c o n f i d e n c e , knowledge, graphic s e n s i t i v i t y and c o n t r o l o f m e d i a . S p e c i f i c s to t h i s course w i l l be: study of g r a p h i c elements ( l i n e , tone e t c . ) , media i n v e s t i g a t i o n , perspective, structural analysis (of n a t u r a l f o r m ) , l i f e s t u d y . A r t 151 D r a w i n g II (S) Prerequisite: (3,0,1) Art 150 A c o n t i n u a t i o n of A r t 1 5 0 , w i t h the i n c l u s i o n of the f o l l o w i n g s p e c i f i c s : c o m p o s i t i o n and d e s i g n exploration, colour, collage, 64 large scale drawing, project. photo-realist A r t 167 Three-Dimensional Studies: S c u l p t u r e (F) (3,3,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o 3 - d i m e n s i o n a l work as a means o f e x p r e s s i o n , c o m m u n i c a t i o n and d i s c o v e r y . Some basic sculptural techniques w i l l be e x p l o r e d , t h e s e w i l l i n c l u d e : a s s e m b l a g e , wood c o n s t r u c t i o n , m o d e l l i n g , mould m a k i n g , c a s t i n g . S c u l p t u r a l c o n t e n t and s u b j e c t m a t t e r w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s own w o r k . An e x a m i n a t i o n o f h i s t o r i c a l s c u l p t u r e d e v e l o p m e n t s w i l l be a f e a t u r e of t h e c l a s s . However, t h e e m p h a s i s w i l l be upon d e v e l o p i n g an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c o n t e m p o r a r y sculptural concerns. A r t 171 Two-Dimensional I (F) (3,0,1) Studies: Painting Through a c o m b i n a t i o n of a s s i g n e d studio work, personal research p r o j e c t s and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o r e c e n t and c u r r e n t t r e n d s i n t h e V i s u a l A r t s s t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f how b o t h a b s t r a c t and c o n c r e t e c o n c e r n s may be e x p r e s s e d i n t e r m s o f i m a g e r y and t h r o u g h a v a r i e t y o f m e t h o d s and m a t e r i a l s . A c r y l i c s w i l l be t h e p r e f e r r e d medium but s t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o i n v e s t i g a t e t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and p o s s i b i l i t i e s of o t h e r media a c c o r d i n g t o t h e i r i n d i v i d u a l n e e d s . Guest s p e a k e r s , f i e l d t r i p s and s l i d e - l e c t u r e s w i l l be a f e a t u r e o f t h e c o u r s e and b o t h i n d i v i d u a l and g r o u p c r i t i q u e s w i l l be c o n d u c t e d a t regular i n t e r v a l s . A r t 172 Two-Dimensional II ( S ) (3,0,1) Studies: Prerequisite: 171 Art Painting A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f A r t 171 w i t h added e m p h a s i s on d e v e l o p i n g p e r s o n a l a r e a s o f i n t e r e s t and research in a d d i t i o n a l to designated p a i n t i n g problems which w i l l require students to express t h e i r ideas i n m u l t i p l e or m i x e d - m e d i a t e c h n i q u e s o f a more a m b i t i o u s n a t u r e . T h e r e w i l l be opportunities for students to relate their painting a c t i v i t i e s t o o t h e r areas nf s t u d y w i t h i n t h e Program and t o become more responsible for determining their own p r i o r i t i e s and g o a l s . T h e r e w i l l be f u r t h e r e x p o s u r e t o c o n t e m p o r a r y p h i l o s o p h i e s and a c t i v i t i e s in the V i s u a l A r t s . Art 174 Three-Dimensional S t u d i e s : Sculpture (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 ) Prerequisite: Art 167 A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f A r t 1 6 7 , but. w i t h t h e i n c l u s i o n of t h e f o l l o w i n g m a t e r i a l s and t e c h n i q u e s : m e t a l c a s t i n g , wood c a r v i n g and j o i n t i n g , s t e e l welding. A r t 182 Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s : Printmaking I ( F ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) A foundation course for those with l i t t l e o r no e x p e r i e n c e . An i n t r o d u c t i o n to the basic techniques of hardground, s o f t g r o u n d , d r y p o i n t and acquatint. Discussions regarding the image-making p o t e n t i a l of p r i n t m a k i n g and t h e c r e a t i v e processes in general w i l l be o n g o i n g . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between p r i n t m a k i n g and p a i n t i n g w i t h t h e student, p r o d u c i n g a number o f p i e c e s d e m o n s t r a t i n g t h e i r t e c h n i c a l c o m p e t e n c y and c r e a t i v e p o t e n t i a l . Most work w i l l be e x e c u t e d i n b l a c k and w h i t e . Art 183 Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s : Printmaking II (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f A r t 182 w i t h e m p h a s i s on p r i n t i n g p r o c e d u r e s b o t h i n b l a c k and w h i t e and c o l o u r . The s t u d e n t w i l l a l s o be i n t r o d u c e d t o mono and r e l i e f p r i n t i n g methods ( i n c l u d i n g l i n o / w o o d b l o c k s and e t c h e d p l a t e s ) and e d i t i o n i n g p r o c e d u r e s . D i s c u s s i o n o f h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary approaches t o i m a g e - m a k i n g w i l l be o n g o i n g . F i n e A r t s 211 Modern A r t ( 2 0 t h (S) (3,0,1) No Art 185 Design Concepts I (F) (3,0,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c e l e m e n t s o f b o t h two and t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l d e s i g n and t h e i r use a c c o r d i n g t o f o r m a l and expressive needs. Using a v a r i e t y o f m a t e r i a l s and p r o c e s s e s , students w i l l t r a n s l a t e ideas into t a n g i b l e form through the m a n i p u l a t i o n of c o l o u r , t o n e , shape, l i n e , t e x t u r e , volume, rhythm, p r o p o r t i o n , e t c . Sources o f i m a g e r y and m e t n o d s o f extending the f o r m - v o c a b u l a r y w i l l be i n v e s t i g a t e d and s t a n d a r d s o f craftsmanship developed. prerequisite This course begins w i t h P i c a s s o and C u b i s m and s t u d i e s t h e i m p a c t o f r e v o l u t i o n a r y movements o f a r t s u c h as F u t u r i s m , D a d a , C o n s t r u c t i v i s m and S u r r e a l i s m . A m e r i c a ' s c o n t r i b u t i o n t o modern a r t : A b s t r a c t E x p r e s s i o n i s m , Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual, Process and E a r t h A r t i s s t u d i e d as w e l l as new d i r e c t i o n s i n t h e a r t o f the E i g h t i e s . A r t 250 Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s : III (F) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: A r t 189 Design Concepts Prerequisite: II (S) Art 185 (3,0,1) E s s e n t i a l l y a c o n t i n u a t i o n of D e s i g n C o n c e p t s I, b u t w i t h a d d e d e m p h a s i s on t h e s t u d e n t s ' a b i l i t y t o e f f e c t i v e l y communicate i d e a s and i n t e n t i o n s t h r o u g h t h e i r work and t o c r e a t e o r i g i n a l d e s i g n s according to set c r i t e r i a . Students w i l l f i n d o p p o r t u n i t i e s to r e l a t e t h e i r experiences in d e s i g n t o o t h e r and more s p e c i a l i z e d a r e a s of s t u d y i n t h e P r o g r a m a n d , by t h e end o f t h e c o u r s e , w i l l be a b l e t o r e s p o n d t o p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g s i t u a t i o n s i n an original, creative fashion. F i n e A r t s 210 Modern A r t ( 1 9 t h (F) (3,0,1) No prerequisite A study of the b e g i n n i n g s of modern a r t i n t h e work o f D a v i d , D e l a c r o i x , Turner, Goya, Monet, Van G o g h , G a u g i n and C e z a n n e and movements s u c h as N e o - c l a s s i c i s m , Romanticism, Realism, I m p r e s s i o n i s m and P o s t - I m p r e s s i o n i sm. Art Painting 172 In a d d i t i o n t o a s s i g n e d p a i n t i n g p r o b l e m s , s t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o d e f i n e t h e i r own a r e a s o f r e s e a r c h and v i s u a l a r t i c u l a t i o n as t h e y embark on a t h e m a t i c a l l y l i n k e d s e r i e s of w o r k s . As much f r e e d o m as p o s s i b l e w i l l be g i v e n w i t h r e g a r d t o subject matter, content, m a t e r i a l s , methods, s c a l e , e t c . and s t u d e n t s w i l l he e n c o u r a g e d t o r e - d e f i n e the p a i n t i n g process i n t e r m s o f t h e i r own n e e d s and p r i o r i t i e s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on r e l a t i n g work i n t h i s course to other areas of the Program, e s p e c i a l l y w i t h respect t o P r i n t m a k i n g and t o c u r r e n t trends in the Visual A r t s . Art Century) Century) 255 Two-Dimensional IV ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Studies: Prerequisite: 250 Art Painting A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f A r t 250 b u t w i t h an i n c r e a s e d need f o r s t u d e n t s t o d e f i n e t h e i r own a r e a s o f i n t e r e s t and t o e x t e n d t h e i r t h i n k i n g i n an innovative, self-challenging f a s h i o n . As i n A r t 2 5 0 , g u e s t speakers, f i e l d - t r i p s , s l i d e l e c t u r e s e t c . w i l l be a f e a t u r e o f t h e c o u r s e . T h e r e w i l l be a c o n t i n u i n g s t r e s s on r e l a t i n g work i n t h i s course to contemporary a c t i v i t i e s i n t h e V i s u a l A r t s and 65 t o o t h e r areas of the P r o g r a m . E x p e r i m e n t s w i t h i m a g e s , methods and m a t e r i a l s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d , w i t h a view to the development of p e r s o n a l modes o f e x p r e s s i o n . A r t 257 Three-Dimensional Studies: S c u l p t u r e and D e s i g n ( F ) (3,3,1) Prerequisite: Art 174 F u r t h e r s t u d y o f h i s t o r i c a l and c u r r e n t s c u l p t u r e c o n c e r n s as w e l l as t h e s t u d y o f t h e c r a f t and d e s i g n f i e l d s . The f i r s t w o r k s h o p p r o j e c t w i l l he a r e v i e w o f t h e a v a i l a b l e techniques through the p r o c e s s o f p r o d u c i n g set. f o r m s , using s p e c i f i c m a t e r i a l s . T h r o u q h o u t t h e r e m a i n d e r of t h e c o u r s e t h e e m p h a s i s w i l l be on t h e d e v e l o p m e n t of p e r s o n a l modes o f e x p r e s s i o n through thp s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e o f m e d i a and s u b j e c t m a t t e r . Each s t u d e n t w i l l he e x p e c t e d t o work on two p r o j e c t s from a s u p p l i e d l i s t of suggested themes. A r t 262 Drawing III (F) Prerequisite: (3,0,1) A r t 151 C o n t i n u e d s t u d y o f d r a w i n g as a means o f d i s c o v e r y , e x p r e s s i o n and communication. Conceptual, p e r c e p t u a l and t e c h n i c a l a s p e c t s o f d r a w i n g w i l l be e x a m i n e d . S p e c i f i c s to t h i s course w i l l i n c l u d e : advanced g r a p h i c elements, unconventional media, o b j e c t i v e / s u b j e c t i ve r e s e a r c h . A r t 263 D r a w i n g IV (S) Prerequisite: (3,0,1) Art 262 F u r t h e r s t u d y of d r a w i n q w i t h an e m p h a s i s on t h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f p e r s o n a l modes o f e x p r e s s i o n . The work of t h e t h r e e p r e v i o u s c o u r s e s w i l l be r e v i e w e d , w i t h t h e a d d i t i o n of p e r c e p t u a l e x p l o r a t i o n , and p o r t f o l i o presentati on. 66 A r t 265 Three-Dimensional Studies: S c u l p t u r e (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 ) Prerequsite: Art 257 Advanced p r o b l e m s i n 3 - d i m e n s i o n a l a r t . S t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o p u r s u e m e d i a and themes o f t h e i r c h o i c e and t o d e v e l o p i n d i v i d u a l s t y l e s . Bronze c a s t i n g w i l l be o f f e r e d as a m a i n component of t h i s c o u r s e . A r t 282 Two-Dimensional P r i n t m a k i n g III Studies: (F) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : A r t 183 o r Instructor's permission A comprehensive study of i n t a g l i o and r e l i e f p r i n t i n g m e t h o d s , t h i s course i s p r i m a r i l y designed for the advanced p r i n t m a k i n g s t u d e n t . O t h e r a r e a s t h a t comp u n d e r consideration w i l l include c o l l o g r a p h s , u n i n k e d e m b o s s i n g and the p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of c o l o u r t h e o r y . D i s c u s s i o n of current d i r e c t i o n s in printmaking and t h e i r r e l a t i o n s h i p t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e w i l l be o n g o i n g . A r t 283 Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s : P r i n t m a k i n g IV ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) P r e r e q u i s i t e : A r t 282 o r Instructor's permission Desiqnpd f o r the advanced p r i n t m a k i n g s t u d e n t , the main c o n c e r n w i l l be w i t h c o m b i n e d c o l o u r p r i n t i n g t e c h n i q u e s based upon t h e i n d i v i d u a l ' s n e e d . A f o l i o o f work w i l l be p r o d u c e d t o document t h i s r e s e a r c h . T e c h n i c a l aspects that surface w i l l include p h o t o g r a p h i c p o s s i b i l i t i e s and dimensional p r i n t s . A r t 300 Art Institute - Sculpture P r i n t m a k i n g (F) ( 1 2 , 0 , 1 ) and D e s i g n e d t o meet t h e needs o f students w i t h s e v e r a l years of e x p e r i e n c e i n s c u l p t u r e or p r i n t m a k i n g or who have l e f t c o l l e g e , a r t school or u n i v e r s i t y and may no l o n g e r have a c c e s s t o s p e c i a l i z e d e q u i p m e n t and f a c i l i t i e s , the Art I n s t i t u t e w i l l emphasize access to wel1-equipped s t u d i o s as w e l l as l e c t u r e s , s e m i n a r s and t u t o r i a l s w i t h i n s t r u c t o r s and i n v i t e d p r o f e s s i o n a l a r t i s t s . The f o r m a t w i l l be one day o f l e c t u r e and t h r e e o r more d a y s o f w o r k i n g t i m e per week. A r t 301 Art I n s t i t u t e P r i n t m a k i n g (S) Sculpture (12,0,1) A continuation of A r t 300. and CRAFTS PROGRAM University Open t o b o t h f u l l and p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e c o r e c o n t e n t of t h i s program c o n s i s t s of Weaving, F a b r i c P r i n t i n g and C e r a m i c s and i s s u p p o r t e d by c o u r s e s i n D r a w i n q and D e s i g n . A l l c o u r s e s marked w i t h an a s t e r i s k ( i . e . * A r t 158) a r e Students are t r a i n e d to develop s k i l l and u n d e r s t a n d i n g i n t h e b r o a d e s t p o s s i b l e c o n t e x t so t h a t g r a d u a t e s may c h o o s e t o work i n d e p e n d e n t l y as a r t i s t / c r a f t s m e n o r as d e s i g n e r s who b r i n g t h e a r t i s a n ' s s p e c i a l k n o w l e d g e and s e n s i t i v i t y i n t o modern i n d u s t r i a l producti on. Associate Transfer in Arts Credit and S c i e n c e t r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU and UBC and c a r r y 1.5 t r a n s f e r u n i t s t o the BFA S t u d i o P r o g r a m a t UBC. D i p l oma Major Program Requirements . . . . General Education Requirements Crafts Credit Hours Lab/ Studio Hours 60 _6 66 30 _0 30 Curriculi F I R S T TERM Those who g r a d u a t e may a l s o s e e k employment as i n s t r u c t o r s i n a v a r i e t y of community a r t p r o g r a m s o r i n i n s t i t u t i o n s where a r t and c r a f t c o u r s e s a r e used as t h e r a p y . S t u d i o and G a l l e r y v i s i t s a r e an i m p o r t a n t l e a r n i n g segment o f t h e p r o g r a m . Guest l e c t u r e r s from a l l c r a f t d i s c i p l i n e s are brought i n to e n r i c h the c o u r s e . Market r e s e a r c h and m a r k e t i n g t e c h n i q u e s f o r the c r a f t s p e r s o n are a v i t a l p a r t of the proqram through l e c t u r e s and s e m i n a r s . Art Art Art Art Art Art 154 158 160 163 168 190 I n t r o d u c t o r y Drawing Design I Fabric Printing I Pottery I Weaving I S p i n n i n g and D y e i n g I 3 3 3 3 3 _3_ 3 _3_ 18 12 3 3 3 3 _ i 3 3 3 — 15 9 3 3 3 3 _3 3 15 3 3 SECOND TERM Art Art Art Art Art 161 153 165 169 178 F a b r i c P r i n t i n g II I n t r o d u c t o r y Drawing P o t t e r y II W e a v i n g II D e s i g n II II THIRD TERM Portfolio R e q u i r e m e n t s Prospective f u l l - t i m e students are a d m i t t e d on t h e b a s i s o f an i n t e r v i e w . A p o r t f o l i o which c o n t a i n s as a c c u r a t e l y a s p o s s i b l e an o v e r v i e w o f t h e s t u d e n t s ' work i s r e q u i r e d . With the Coordinator's permission, the p o r t f o l i o r e q u i r e m e n t may be w a i v e d . P a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s may be admitted without the n e c e s s i t y f o r a portfolio. M a t e r i a l s and FA 104 A r t 267 A r t 273 A r t 284 *CMNS 150 Introduction to Visual Weaving III P o t t e r y III F a b r i c P r i n t i n g III B a s i c Communications Literacy — FOURTH TERM FA 105 A r t 268 A r t 274 A r t 285 *CMNS 153 A r t 230 I n t r o d u c t i o n to V i s u a l L i t e r a c y W e a v i n g IV P o t t e r y IV F a b r i c P r i n t i n g IV C o m m u n i c a t i o n and t h e A r t s Craft Career Training II .... 3 3 3 3 3 _ i _3_ 18 6 3 Supplies Some o f t h e m a t e r i a l s needed f o r t h e c o u r s e a r e s u p p l i e d by t h e C r a f t D e p a r t m e n t . The s t u d e n t c a n e x p e c t an a d d i t i o n a l o u t l a y , w h i c h amount may v a r y a c c o r d i n g t o t h e needs o f t h e c o u r s e . • S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o s u b s t i t u t e E n g l i s h c o u r s e s f o r C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 1 5 0 / 1 5 3 may do s o w i t h t h e p r o g r a m r e p r e s e n t a t i v e ' s a p p r o v a l . OPTION COURSES Art 187 Art 287 Crafts Instructors Training for Community ft I n s t i t u t i o n a l Needs I Crafts Instructors Training for Community ft I n s t i t u t i o n a l Needs II 3 .... 3 67 A r t 153 Introductory (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Drawing Prerpquisite: Art II 154 Further e x p l o r a t i o n of drawing media and t e c h n i q u e s w i t h an e m p h a s i s on a more i n d i v i d u a l and i n t e r p r e t i v e approach, developinq themes f o r d r a w i n q s aimed at i l l u s t r a t i o n and r e p r o d u c t i o n . S t u d y of d r a w i n g s t y l e s and modes of g r a p h i c e x p r e s s i o n , i n t e r p r e t i v e s t y l i z a t i o n and d i s t o r t i o n . D r a w i n g w i t h pen and i n k ; w a s h e s , i n k and b r u s h , f e l t m a r k e r s , m i x e d m e d i a . S t u d y of m a s s , l i g h t and d a r k , p l a n e , d e p t h and s p a c e , and t h e i r graphic representation through various drawing techni ques. A r t 154 Introductory Drawing I (F) (3,0,1) This course o f f e r s the s t u d e n t s of b o t h t h e f a b r i c and c e r a m i c a r t s the o p p o r t u n i t y to develop those d r a w i n g s k i l l s t h a t w i l l be u s e f u l i n the p r a c t i c e of t h o s e c r a f t s . The s t u d y o f p r i m a r y d r a w i n g m e d i a and b a s i c t e c h n i q u e s , i n c l u d i n g p e n c i l , pen and i n k , b r u s h and i n k , m a r k i n g p e n s , c o n t e and p a s t e l . S t u d y of p e r s p e c t i v e d r a w i n g from d i r e c t o b s e r v a t i o n . S t u d y of r e p r e s e n t a t i o n a l r e n d e r i n g t e c h n i q u e s of o b j e c t s , s t r u c t u r e s , s u r f a c e s and t e x t u r e s . Learning to v i s u a l i z e in graphic terms, symbolizing, s t y l i z i n g in t e r m s o f l i n e and l i n e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . D e v e l o p i n g power of o b s e r v a t i o n and g r a p h i c s e n s i t i v i t y . * A r t 158 Design I (F) Tapestry weaving. Introduction the h i s t o r y of w e a v i n g . A r t 160 Fabric Printing A r t 169 Weaving II I (F) (3,3,1) Exploring traditional printing m e t h o d s i n c l u d i n g wax r e s i s t w i t h b r u s h , t j a n t i n g and b l o c k . T i e - d y e t e c h n i q u e s w i l l a l s o be e x p l o r e d u s i n g n a t u r a l and f i b r e - r e a c t i V P d y e s . Design t e c h n i q u e s f o r each medium w i l l be s t u d i e d and t h e r e w i l l be an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r y o f dyed f a b r i c s . A r t 161 Fabric Printing Prerequisite: II (S) Art 160 Exploring paste r e s i s t techniques w i t h s t e n c i l s and s i l k s c r e e n p r i n t i n g m e t h o d s . A p p l i q u e and q u i l t i n g t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be u s e d f o r s u r f a c e d e c o r a t i o n and d e s i g n methods f o r e a c h method w i l l be e x p l a i n e d . T h e r e w i l l be an i n t r o d u c t i o n to the h i s t o r y of printed fabrics. * A r t 163 P o t t e r y I (F) (S) to (3,3,1) B a s i c w o r k i n g s k i l l s i n loom p r o c e d u r e s a r e d e v e l o p e d . The f o u r h a r n e s s l o o m , a n a l y s i s and d r a f t i n g o f w e a v e s , g a u z e and l i n o weaves. Designing of garments. S t u d y o f t e x t u r e and c o l o u r . * A r t 178 D e s i g n II (S) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: Art 158 (3,0,1) (3,3,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c p r o c e s s e s of p o t t e r y , i n c l u d i n q p i n c h , dugo u t , c o i l and s l a b , e l e m e n t a r y w h e e l w o r k , g l a z e t h e o r y and a p p l i c a t i o n , k i l n l o a d i n g and f i ri ng. F u r t h e r study of d e s i g n p r i n c i ples, pictorial organization, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f v i s u a l f o r m and m e d i a . E x t e n s i v e s t u d y o f f o r m and c o l o u r c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s as a means o f e x p r e s s i o n and c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f m o o d s , a t t i t u d e s and a s s o c i a t i o n s d e r i v e d from n o n v i s u a l e x p e r i e n c e s . Study of form s y m b o l i s m and c o n t e m p o r a r y s o c i e t y . Introduction to t h r e e d i m e n s i o n a l s p a c e and f o r m . Experiments with various m a t e r i a l s and e x p l o r a t i o n s o f t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f d e s i g n as a p p l i e d t o c r a f t s , f i n e and a p p l i e d a r t s . A r t 187 Crafts Instructors Training Community and I n s t i t u t i o n a l I (F) (3,0,1) for Needs F u r t h e r study of wheelwork w i t h p r o g r e s s i v e l y more a d v a n c e d s h a p e s and d e s i g n s . An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o g l a z e t h e o r y and t h e h i s t o r y o f c e r a m i c s around the w o r l d . D u r i n g t h e f i r s t o f t h i s two semester c o u r s e , students w i t h a s t r o n g C r a f t b a c k g r o u n d w i l l be t r a i n e d i n a d a p t a t i o n and i n s t r u c t i o n a l s k i l l s . They w i l l i m p r o v e and e x t e n d p r e s e n t c r a f t s k i l l s in order to teach people in r e c r e a t i o n and c o m m u n i t y s i t u a t i o n s or t h o s e i n i n s t i t u t i o n s with various functional l i m i t a t i o n s . This course i s a p r e - r e q u i s i t e for Art 287. A r t 168 Weaving I A r t 190 Spinning * A r t 165 P o t t e r y II (S) Prerequisite: (3,3,1) Art 163 (3,0,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c o n c e p t s and p r i n c i p l e s o f v i s u a l a r t f u n d a m e n t a l s w i t h a n a l y t i c a l and c r e a t i v e study of b a s i c elements of p i c t o r i a l o r g a n i z a t i o n . Process and n a t u r e of v i s u a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , form c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s are i n v e s t i g a t e d with reference to f i n e a r t s , c r a f t s and a p p l i e d a r t s . Exercises in creating meaningful graphic communications on s e t and f r e e l y c h o s e n t o p i c s w i l l be e m p l o y e d . M e d i a w i l l 68 include p e n c i l , paint, ink, c o l l a g e m a t e r i a l s and m i x e d m e d i a . (F) (3,3,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e f u n d a m e n t a l s of w o r k i n g w i t h f i b e r s . Study o f w e a v i n g t o o l s and p r i m i t i v e l o o m s . The p r o c e s s o f f e l t i n g . and D y e i n g (F) (3,3,1) A s t u d y o f s p i n n i n g e q u i p m e n t and n a t u r a l f i b e r s . Development of s p i n n i n g s k i l l s . Study of n a t u r e d y e s and c h e m i c a l d y e s as w e l l as t h e use o f c o l o u r and t e x t u r e textile production. Art in (F) Prerequisite: 230 Craft * A r t 273 P o t t e r y III Career Training (S) (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o be a s u r v e y . It w i l l d e v e l o p p r o f e s s i o n a l i s m and good management i n t h e c r a f t s p e r s o n . A r e a s c o v e r e d a r e A d v e r t i s i n g and Promotion, Marketing, P o r t f o l i o D e s i g n , P h o t o g r a p h y , and t e a c h i n g W o r k s h o p s . T h e r e w i l l he a s h o r t o v e r v i e w o f t h e h i s t o r y of c r a f t s . (F) Prerequisite: (3,0,1) Art 169 Advanced loom t e c h n i q u e s : d o u b l e w e a v e . Moorman t e c h n i q u e , p a i n t e d warp, strip-weaves, Ikat. E x p l o r a t i o n s of t e c h n i q u e s w i t h i n c r e a s i n g e m p h a s i s on c r a f t s m a n s h i p and d e s i g n i n o r d e r to create effective wallhangings. S t u d y o f c o n t e m p o r a r y work i n B . C . and a b r o a d . A r t 26B W e a v i n g IV (S) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: A r t 267 Study of the e v o l u t i o n of non-loom processes. Creating f i b e r s t r u c t u r e s w i t h a v a r i e t y of techniques: c o i l i n g , crochet, p l a i t i n g , b a s k e t r y and S p r a n g . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on t h r e e dimensional design concepts. F i e l d t r i p s t o weaver s t u d i o s , a r t g a l l e r i e s and p o t e n t i a l work situations. A r t 270 Fabric for Interiors (F) (3,0,1) A comprehensive study of t h e f o u r h a r n e s s and e i g h t h a r n e s s l o o m s . B a s i c rug t e c h n i q u e s , l i n e n w e a v e s , c l o t h f u n c t i o n , and p e r f o r m a n c e w i l l he e x p l o r e d . Coordinated desiqn for i n t e r i o r with t e x t i l e samples. P o r t f o l i o . Art 165 F u r t h e r e x p l o r a t i o n of p o t t e r y t e c h n i q u e s , p a r t i c u l a r l y wheelwork and g l a z e m a t e r i a l s ; s t u d y o f c o n t e m p o r a r y s t y l e s and c r e a t i v e ceramics. F i e l d t r i p s to ceramic s t u d i o s and a r t g a l l e r i e s . * Art 274 Pottery IV (S) Prerequisite: A r t 267 Weaving III (3,3,1) (3,3,1) Art 273 I n c r e a s i n g e m p h a s i s on c r a f t s m a n s h i p and d e s i g n . An e x p l o r a t i o n o f more c o m p l e x f o r m s , m a i n l y made on t h e w h e e l ; development of o r i g i n a l g l a z e s . A r t 284 Fabric Printing III (F) (3,0,1) Repeat y a r d a g e s c r e e n p r i n t i n g t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be s t u d i e d , u s i n g p a p e r , w a x , l a c q u e r and l i g h t s e n s i t i v e s t e n c i l s . B l u e and brown p r i n t i n g m e t h o d s w i l l be s t u d i e d a l o n g w i t h m a r b l i n g , mono p r i n t i n g and r e l i e f f a b r i c e f f e c t s s u c h as t r a p u n t o and q u i l t i n g . A r t 285 Fabric Printing IV (S) (3,0,1) D i r e c t p a i n t - o n e f f e c t s w i l l be studied, including fabric painting and a i r b r u s h i n g u s i n g f i b e r - r e a c t i v e dyes, french a l c o h o l and d i s p e r s e d y e s . Three-dimensional f a b r i c c o n s t r u c t i o n w i l l be e x p l o r e d . A r t 287 Crafts Instructors Training Community and I n s t i t u t i o n a l II ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Prerequisite: Art for Needs 187 F u r t h e r t r a i n i n g i n a d a p t a t i o n and instructional s k i l l s for experienced c r a f t s p e o p l e . L e a r n i n g t o s e t up and a d m i n i s t e r a c r a f t p r o g r a m . S t u d e n t s w i l l do practicums in h o s p i t a l s , senior c i t i z e n c e n t r e s , s c h o o l s , and community centres. A r t 367 A r t 368 A r t 373 A r t 374 A r t 384 III A r t 385 IV O p t i o n Weaving III O p t i o n W e a v i n g IV Option Pottery III O p t i o n P o t t e r y IV Option F a b r i c P r i n t i n g Option Fabric Printing Second y e a r f u l l - t i m e C r a f t s t u d e n t s c a n c h o o s e two o f t h e three studio options i n which to c o m p l e t e m a j o r p r o j e c t s . In t h e t h i r d Studio course they w i l l c o m p l e t e s a m p l e s and work as d e s i g n a t e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r . CRAFT PROGRAM OPTION COURSES For students w i t h a c r a f t background the C r a f t Program o f f e r s the f o l l o w i n g p a r t - t i m e c e r t i f i c a t e program: FALL TERM A r t 187 C r a f t s I n s t r u c t o r s T r a i n i n g f o r Community and I n s t i t u t i o n a l Needs I 3 credits SPRING TERM A r t 287 C r a f t s I n s t r u c t o r s T r a i n i n g f o r Community and I n s t i t u t i o n a l Needs II 3 credits COMMERCIAL ART PROGRAM Open t o f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s o n l y . T h i s i s a two y e a r D i p l o m a p r o q r a m to provide t r a i n i n g f o r those wishing to enter i n t o the a d v e r t i s i n g i n d u s t r y as a g r a p h i c desiqner, advertising i l l u s t r a t o r , or any of t h e r e l a t e d v i s u a l communication a r t s . Students are t r a i n e d in d e s i g n , v i s u a l imagery, m°dia c h o i c e , t y p o g r a p h y , a d v e r t i s i n g l a y o u t , and c o n c e p t u a l t h i n k i n g . In s h o r t , t h p s t u d e n t becomes a p r o b l e m s o l v e r . T h i s i s a commercial a r t i s t ' s f u n c t i o n , t h e r e s o l u t i o n of p r o b l e m s t h a t a f f e c t t h e way p e o p l e t h i n k , p l a y , w o r k , t r a v e l , spend t h e i r money, o r chanqe t h e i r h a b i t s . I n s t r u c t o r s a r e p r o f e s s i o n a l s who t a k e t i m e away f r o m t h e i r own c a r e e r s to t e a c h , t h u s t h e program r e l a t e s t o t h e c u r r e n t demands o f b u s i n e s s and i n d u s t r y . R e a l and s i m u l a t e d problems are taken from i n i t i a l t o f i n i s h e d a r t and r e p r o d u c t i o n . Frequently quests f r o m a l l l e v e l s of t h e p r o f e s s i o n a r e b r o u g h t i n t o e v a l u a t e studpnt. projects. Admission Requirements T h i s program r e q u i r e s a h i g h l e v e l o f m a t u r i t y and i n t e g r i t y . S t u d e n t s w i t h a y e a r or more o f l i f e experience f o l l o w i n g high s c h o o l a r e u s u a l l y morp k n o w l e d g e a b l e and m a t u r e i n t h e i r c h o i c e of d i r e c t i o n and b e t t e r p r e p a r e d . However, h i g h l y motivated high school students w i t h o u t t h i s y e a r or more of e x p e r i e n c e can s u c c e e d h e r e ; and we e n c o u r a g e t h o s e s t u d e n t s t o apply. A d m i s s i o n i s based on a p o r t f o l i o o f p a s t work and e x p e r i e n c e i n related f i e l d s , general a b i l i t y and a p p l i c a n t ' s i n t e r e s t s . A p p l i c a t i o n s and p o r t f o l i o s s h o u l d be s u b m i t t e d f r o m A p r i l 29 t o May 3 o f t h p d e s i r e d e n t r a n c e y e a r . No l a t e submissions accepted. P o r t f o l i o s a r e r e v i e w e d by an A d m i s s i o n s C o r m n t t e e and a r e a s s e s s e d on t h e b a s i s o f d r a w i n g , d e s i g n , c o l o u r , c r e a t i v i t y , media v a r i e t y , and p r e s e n t a t i o n . 70 A p p l i c a n t s whose p o r t f o l i o s meet t h e s t a n d a r d s of t h e P r o g r a m a r e c a l l e d for i n t e r v i e w s with the C o o r d i n a t o r w i t h i n f o u r weeks o f s u b m i s s i o n . F i n a l d e c i s i o n s on t h e m a k e - u p of t h e new c l a s s i s made by t h e C o o r d i n a t o r and f a c u l t y by Junp 3 . Portfolio p r o d u c e d , d r a w n , d e s i g n e d , or p h o t o g r a p h e d by t h e a r t i s t ) representing current a b i l i t i e s . I m a g i n a t i v e and e x p e r i m e n t a l d r a w i n g s i n any medium ( w a t e r c o l o u r , gouche, o i l s , e t c . ) are welcome a d d i t i o n s t o t h e p o r t f o l i o . S a m p l e s must be f l a t m o u n t e d , not r o l l e d , f r a m e d , o r glassed. Requirements T h e r e s h o u l d be a minimum o f 12 s a m p l e s o f o r i g i n a l work (work Associate in Arts and S c i e n c e We cannot, a c c e p t p o r t f o l i o s larger than 25" x 3 7 " . C o l o u r s l i d e s or p r i n t s o f any l a r g e r work may be Diploma Credit Hours Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Commercial FIRST Art °6 _2_ 69 Lab Hours 3 7 JL 37 Curriculum TERM A r t 162 A r t 175 A r t 177 A r t 180 A r t 192 A r t 195 *CMNS 150 L e t t e r i n g and T y p o g r a p h y Photography f o r the Graphic Graphic Design I Drawing f o r I l l u s t r a t i o n I Applied Design I P r o g r e s s i v e Drawing I B a s i c Communications 33 Arts SECOND TERM A r t 176 Photography f o r V i s u a l Communication A r t 179 G r a p h i c D e s i g n II A r t 181 D r a w i n g f o r I l l u s t r a t i o n II A r t 193 A p p l i e d D e s i g n II Art, 196 P r o g r e s s i v e D r a w i n g II A r t 197 Typography f o r A d v e r t i s i n g 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 _3 21 .. 3 3 3 3 3 _3_ 18 _ 9 • 3 2 — 5 ( THIRD TERM A r t 170 Studio Production I A r t 251 I l l u s t r a t i o n Media A r t 252 A p p l i e d Design III A r t 277 Environmental Design 1 A r t 295 Advertising Illustration 3 3 3 I FOURTH TERM A r t 253 A p p l i e d D e s i g n IV A r t 269 Experimental I l l u s t r a t i o n A r t 278 S t u d i o P r o d u c t i o n II A r t 279 E n v i r o n m e n t a l D e s i g n II A r t 298 A d v e r t i s i n g I l l u s t r a t i o n II 3 _3 15 3 3 3 3 _3 15 2 __3 11 2 3 _3 11 * S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o s u b s t i t u t e E n g l i s h c o u r s e s f o r C o m m u n c a t i o n s 150 may do so w i t h t h e C o m m u n i c a t i o n s C o o r d i n a t o r ' s a p p r o v a l . s e n t . However, photographs or s l i d e s do n o t r e p l a c e t h e r e q u i r e d minimum o f 12 s a m p l e s o f o r i g i n a l work. The a p p l i c a n t ' s name and "Commercial Art Program" should on t h e o u t s i d e o f t h e p o r t f o l i o large l e t t e r s . be in I f a p o r t f o l i o i s t o be r e t u r n e d , send e i t h e r stamps or c h e q u e t o c o v e r the c o s t of r e t u r n p o s t a g e . Do not send any p o r t f o l i o s by c r o s s - c o u n t r y bus s y s t e m as t h e y a r e not d e l i v e r e d t o C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . Parcel Post insured or a i r p a r c e l post i n s u r e d i s u s u a l l y t h e b e s t way t o have p o r t f o l i o s s e n t and r e t u r n e d . E v e r y p o s s i b l e c a r e i s t a k e n , but C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e cannot accept r e p o n s i b i 1 i t y f o r l o s s o r damage t o an a p p l i c a n t ' s w o r k . FOUNDATIONS OF VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS T h i s i s a one y e a r f u l l - t i m e p r o g r a m , and a l t h o u g h open t o b o t h f u l l and p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , p r i o r i t y must be g i v e n t o s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d i n the f u l l program. P a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s are accepted where s p a c e p e r m i t s . This program i s d e s i g n e d t o provide a foundation in drawing s k i l l s , figure studies, i l l u s t r a t i o n and p a i n t i n g , m e d i a and t e c h n i q u e s , d e s i g n p r i n c i p l e s and t h e h i s t o r y o f a r t and d e s i g n . It s t r e s s e s the n e c e s s i t y of developing consecutively the c r e a t i v e t h o u g h t p r o c e s s e s and s k i l l s necessary for visual communication. This art b a s i c program p r o v i d e s the d i r e c t i o n s prepare the student f o r f u r t h e r Major Program Requirements Foundations of Visual s t u d i e s i n any o f t h e many professionally-oriented art fields. Credit Hours Lab Hours *2 6 Communication C u r r i c u l u m F I R S T TERM A r t 158 A r t 152 A r t 154 A r t 155 A r t 166 FA 104 *CMNS 150 Design 1 L i f e Drawing I General Drawing I Mediums ft T e c h n i q u e s I Anatomy I The H i s t o r y o f A r t I R a s i c Communications 3 3 3 3 3 3 _3 21 SECOND TERM A r t 178 D e s i g n II A r t 184 L i f e D r a w i n g II A r t 164 G e n e r a l D r a w i n g II A r t 159 Mediums ft T e c h n i q u e s II A r t 188 Anatomy II FA 105 The H i s t o r y o f A r t II •CMNS 153 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s and t h e A r t s 3 — 3 3 _ 3 OPTION COURSES F o r s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n u p g r a d i n g d r a w i n g and d e s i g n s k i l l s t o a s s i s t i n the p r e p a r a t i o n of a p o r t f o l i o , the Foundations of V i s u a l Communication Program o f f e r s the f o l l o w i n g S a t u r d a y morning classes: Graphic Graphic Design P o r t f o l i o Studio Design P o r t f o l i o S t u d i o Requirements T h e r e s h o u l d be a minimum o f 12 s a m p l e s o f o r i g i n a l a r t work (work p r o d u c e d , d r a w n , o r d e s i g n e d by the a r t i s t ) representing current a b i l i t i e s . Drawings i n v a r i o u s m e d i u m s , and p a i n t i n g s , w i t h i n s i z e l i m i t s , and s l i d e c o p i e s o f o v e r - s i z e d work w i l l be a c c e p t e d . A v a r i e t y o f medium s e l e c t i o n i s a d v i s e d , i . e . b l a c k and w h i t e , p e n c i l , conte or c h a r c o a l d r a w i n g s . Works i n c o l o u r e d i n k s , w a t e r c o l o u r s , gouche, or o i l s c o u l d be i n c l u d e d t o p r o v i d e as w i d e a s p e c t r u m as p o s s i b l e . The a p p l i c a n t ' s name and F o u n d a t i o n Program s h o u l d p r i n t e d on t h e o u t s i d e o f portfolio. be the Admission requirements for the F o u n d a t i o n s of Communication P r o g r a m , w h i l e n o t as r i g i d a s those f o r Commercial A r t , are a l s o by p o r t f o l i o s u b m i s s i o n o n l y . P o r t f o l i o s a r e r e v i e w e d by an A d m i s s i o n s C o m m i t t e e and a r e a s s e s s e d on t h e b a s i s o f d r a w i n g , d e s i g n , c o l o u r , c r e a t i v i t y , media v a r i e t y , and p r e s e n t a t i o n . Samples must be f l a t - m o u n t e d , n o t r o l l e d , f r a m e d , or g l a s s e d . We c a n n o t a c c e p t p o r t f o l i o s l a r g e r t h a n 25" x 3 7 " . Photographs or s l i d e s do n o t r e p l a c e t h e r e q u i r e d minimum o f 12 p i e c e s o f o r i g i n a l work. 3 3 3 3 3 3 ..J. 21 A r f 056 A r t 057 to Portfolio I II 3 3 I f a p o r t f o l i o i s t o be r e t u r n e d , send e i t h e r s t a m p s o r c h e q u e t o cover the cost of return postage. Do n o t send any p o r t f o l i o s by c r o s s - c o u n t r y bus s y s t e m as t h e y a r e not d e l i v e r e d t o C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . P a r c e l Post i n s u r e d or a i r parcel post insured i s u s u a l l y t h e b e s t way t o have p o r t f o l i o s s e n t and r e t u r n e d . E v e r y p o s s i b l e c a r e i s t a k e n , but C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e cannot accept r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r l o s s o r damage t o an a p p l i c a n t ' s w o r k . Applications and p o r t f o l i o s must 77 bp s u b m i t t e d f r o m A p r i l 29 t o May 3 , 1 9 8 5 . NO LATE SUBMISSIONS WILL BE ACCEPTED. University Transfer Credit A l l t h o s e c o u r s e s marked w i t h an a s t e r i s k ( i . e . * A r t 1521 a r e t r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU and UBC and c a r r y 1 . 5 t r a n f e r u n i t s t o t h e BFA S t u d i o P r o q r a m at UBC. * A r t 152 L i f e Drawing I (F) (3,0,1) The s t u d y o f d r a w i n g f r o m t h e o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e human f i g u r e ; exercises in developing visual p e r c e p t i o n , memory and b a s i c d r a w i n g s k i l l s . Study of t h e p r o p o r t i o n s o f t h p human b o d y . S t r u c t u r e and a c t i o n d r a w i n g s w i t h p m p h a s i s on pmpathy and p e r c e p t i o n of g r a p h i c e l e m e n t s ; i n s t i n c t i v e and s t r u c t u r e d r a w i n g ; d e v e l o p i n g t h o u g h t - h a n d c o o r d i n a t i o n . Study of l i n e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s i n p e n c i l , pen, conte, charcoal techniques. Contour, cross-contour, gesture and v o l u m e d r a w i n g s f r o m d r a p e d and unriraped m o d e l s . * A r t 154 General Drawing I and A p p l i e d A r t ( S t u d i o A r t s , I l l u s t r a t i o n , e t c . ) . Study of p o s t e r p a i n t , w a t e r c o l o u r , gouche and wash t e c h n i q u e s . (F) (3,0,1) The s t u d y of p r i m a r y d r a w i n g m e d i a , t e c h n i q u e s and r e p r e s e n t a t i o n a l drawinq a p p r o a c h e s . D r a w i n g as e x p r e s s i o n o f o b s e r v a t i o n and p e r c e p t i o n o f v i s u a l a s p e c t s o f e n v i r o n m e n t and v i s u a l t h i n k i n g . Study of g r a p h i c means of r e p r e s e n t i n g o b j e c t s , s t r u c t u r e , p l a n e s , volumes, space, surface c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . Learning t o p e r c e i v e , i s o l a t e and s e l e c t v i s u a l elements for d e s c r i p t i v e r e n d e r i n g i n l e a d and c h a r c o a l p e n c i l s . D e v e l o p i n g t h e h a b i t of working d a i l y with a sketchbook, power of o b s e r v a t i o n , p e r c e p t i o n and g r a p h i c sensitivity. * A r t 158 Design I (F) (3,0,1) ( B a s i c D e s i g n 2 - D ) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c o n c e p t s and p r i n c i p l e s o f v i s u a l a r t s w i t h a n a l y t i c a l and c r e a t i v e study of b a s i c elements and p i c t o r i a l o r g a n i z a t i o n . P r o c e s s e s and n a t u r e o f v i s u a l c o m m u n c i a t i o n s , f o r m , e l e m e n t s and t h e i r c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s are investigated with reference to F i n e A r t , C r a f t s and A p p l i e d A r t s . E m p h a s i s on t w o - d i m e n s i o n a l c o m p o s i t i o n and g r a p h i c m e d i a , c o l l a g e and a s s e m b l a g e . A r t 159 Medium ft T e c h n i q u e s Prerequisite: I (F) (3,3,1) C o l o u r , t h e o r y and p r a c t i c e . I n t r o d u c t i o n to basic p a i n t i n q mediums, through t e c h n i c a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and use f o r F i n e 72 (S) (3,3,1) A r t 162 L e t t e r i n g ft T y p o g r a p h y (F) (3,0,1) The m a i n p u r p o s e o f t h i s c o u r s e i s to help the student to understand the s k e l e t a l - m u s c u l a r s t r u c t u r e , f u n c t i o n i n g o f t h e human b o d y , i t s b a s i c p r o p o r t i o n s and s t r u c t u r a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . T e a c h i n g w i l l be c o n c e n t r a t e d on d r a w i n g t h e s k e l e t a l and m u s c u l a r d e t a i l as w e l l as on d r a w i n g s t r u c t u r a l d i a g r a m s of t h e body i n v a r i o u s p o s i t i o n s , p o s e s , movements and actions. II (S) Art 154 A r t 170 Studio Production I (F) (3,0,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c s t u d i o techniques encountered in a graphic design s t u d i o . Students w i l l l e a r n t h e p r o p e r way . t o p r e s e n t a r t w o r k and w i l l be i n s t r u c t e d i n the r u l i n g of s t r a i g h t l i n e s using the T-square, drawing e l l i p s e s , cut masking f i l m , p r e p a r a t i o n of a r t w o r k , c o p y f i t t i n g and t y p e s p e c i f y i n g . (3,0,1) H i s t o r i c a l o r i g i n s of t h e a l p h a b e t , n u m e r a l s and l e t t e r s t y l e s . P r o p o r t i o n and s p a c i n g . Lettering indication in p e n c i l , b r u s h , c h a l k s and f e l t m a r k e r s . C o m p r e h e n s i v e and r e p r o d u c t i o n •1 e t t e r i ng. A r t 164 General Drawing * A r t 166 Anatomy I ( F ) 155 F u r t h e r s t u d y o f c o l o u r and p a i n t i n g mediums. I n k s , o i l s , a c r y l i c s and m i x e d m e d i a w i l l be explored to acquaint s t u d e n t s w i t h n a t u r e and p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r usage and a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e s e m e d i u m s . S t u d i e s which are s u i t a b l e f o r d e v e l o p m e n t as w o r k s i n s e v e r a l mediums w i l l be e x p l o r e d d u r i n g l o c a t i o n and s t u d i o t i m e . Prerequisite: A r t 155 Mediums ft T e c h n i q u e s Art II expression. S t y l i z a t i o n , d i s t o r t i o n , and c a r i c a t u r i z a t i o n are explored in r e l a t i o n to the s t u d y o f l i n e , m a s s , v a l u e and c o n t r a s t . V a r i o u s p e n , pen and i n k drawing techniques are e x p l o r e d . E m p h a s i s on s t u d e n t ' s initiative i n s e a r c h i n g , i n v e s t i g a t i n g and e x p l o r i n g a w i d e r a n g e of d r a w i n g t h e o r i e s , s c h o o l s and t e c h n i q u e s . A r t 175 Photography f o r (F) (3,0,1) the Graphic Arts B a s i c p h o t o g r a p h y w i t h e m p h a s i s on f u n d a m e n t a l camera and d a r k r o o m procedures to prepare students for A r t 1 7 6 . I n s t r u c t i o n i n 35mm camera o p e r a t i o n s as an a s s i s t i n g r a p h i c d e s i g n and i l l u s t r a t i o n . (3,0,1) F u r t h e r e x p l o r a t i o n of drawing m e d i a and t e c h n i q u e s w i t h e m p h a s i s on e x p r e s s i v e and i n t e r p r e t i v e a p p r o a c h e s . D e v e l o p i n g themes and d r a w i n g s aimed a t i l l u s t r a t i o n , f o r r e p r o d u c t i o n and i n d i v i d u a l A r t 176 Photography f o r V i s u a l Communications (S) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: Art 175 Instruction in basic advertising and p h o t o - i l l u s t r a t i o n , C r e a t i v e p r o c e d u r e s i n u s i n q a d v a n c e d R/W photography. E f f e c t i v e exposure and c o m p o s i t i o n a l s k i l l s i n c o l o u r f i lm. A r t 177 G r a p h i c Design I (F) (3,3,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o d e s i g n e l e m e n t s (shape, l i n e , v a l u e , t e x t u r e , c o l o u r ) to demonstrate the v e r s a t i l i t y and a p p l i c a t i o n of e a c h . E x e r c i s e s t o d e v e l o p a sound g r a s p o f d e s i g n p r i n c i p l e s and t o e n c o u r a g e e x p e r i m e n t and d i s c o v e r y as w e l l as how t h e s e e l e m e n t s work i n c o m b i n a t i o n . Media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , p a i n t , c o l l a g e m a t e r i a l s and m i x e d m e d i a . * A r t 178 D e s i g n II ( S ) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: Art 158 ( R a s i c Design 3-D) F u r t h e r study o f d e s i g n p r i n c i p l e s and i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e art. of t h i r d dimension. Basic three-dimensional c o n c e p t s , components and p r i n c i p l e s of t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l a r t s m a t e r i a l and t e c h n i q u e s . F u n c t i o n a l a s t h e t i c a s p e c t s of c o n t e m p o r a r y and t r a d i t i o n a l 3-D a r t . The e l e m e n t s o f 3-D f o r u m . A r t 179 Graphic Design II (S) Prerequisite: Art 177 (3,3,1) F u r t h e r study of d e s i g n principles, pictorial o r g a n i z a t i o n , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of v i s u a l f o r m . Combining design e l e m e n t s of t h e p r e v i o u s s e m e s t e r w i t h t h e new e l e m e n t s o f t y p o g r a p h y and p h o t o g r a p h y . Media w i l l i n c l u d e a wide v a r i e t y of m a t e r i a l s . An e x p e r i m e n t a l , i n v e n t i v e a p p r o a c h w i l l be stressed. A r t 180 Drawing f o r (F) (3,0,1) Illustration It i s e x p e c t e d t h a t the s t u d e n t w i l l enter t h i s course with basic d r a w i n g s k i l l s ( i . e . 1 5 4 , 164 G e n e r a l D r a w i n g I ft II o r equivalent). Its purpose i s to develop the s t u d e n t s ' awareness, the capacity to perceive objects c o r r e c t l y and t h e s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o draw w i t h q u a l i t y and c r e a t i v i t y . It i n t r o d u c e s t h e s t u d e n t s t o t h e many s k i l l s t h a t must be d e v e l o p e d i f t h e y a r e t o v i s u a l l y communicate c o n s c i o u s l y and e f f e c t i v e l y . B a s i c d r a w i n g and wash media w i l l be u s e d . A r t 181 Drawing f o r I l l u s t r a t i o n (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Prerequisite: Art II A r t 188 Anatomy II (S) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: Art 166 F u r t h e r s t u d y o f anatomy w i t h e m p h a s i s on a n i m a l anatomy c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f humans and a n i m a l s k e l e t a l and m u s c u l a r structure, functioning, p r o p o r t i o n s and m o v e m e n t s . R e f e r e n c e s t o t h e s t u d y of anatomy and i t s a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e F i n e and A p p l i e d A r t s a f t e r t h e 1 6 t h C e n t u r y w i l l be made t h o u g h o u t t h e w h o l e c l a s s . S t u d y w i l l be t h r o u g h d r a w i n g , f i e l d t r i p s and l e c t u r e s . 180 An e x t e n s i o n o f A r t 180 where t h e students play a greater role in the c h o i c e s of r e f e r e n c e m a t e r i a l s , mediums and t e c h n i q u e s u s e d . The s k i l l f u l and i m a g i n a t i v e u s e o f i l l u s t r a t i v e methods i s stressed using l i g h t i n g , negative shapes, depth, abstractions for e m p h a s i s , p e r s p e c t i v e and c o r r e c t p e r c e p t i o n ( i . e . t h e mind i n t e r p r e t i n g c o r r e c t l y what t h e e y e s e e s ) . Uses o f d r a w i n g and wash mediums w i l l be e x p a n d e d . As w e l l , t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o become f a m i l i a r w i t h c u r r e n t u s e s o f i l l u s t r a t i o n on a b r o a d level. * A r t 184 L i f e Drawing II Prerequisite: Art (S) (3,0,1) 15? F u r t h e r s t u d y of d r a w i n g f r o m t h e d i r e c t o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e human f i g u r e . Exercises in perceiving and g r a p h i c a l l y i n t e r p r e t i n g t h e elements of p l a n e , mass, rhythm and f o r m ; r e l a t i n g p e r c e p t u a l elements to drawing media. R e p o r t a g e o f v i s u a l e x p e r i e n c e and g r a p h i c i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of p e r s o n a l a t t i t u d e s . I n v e s t i g a t i o n o f more c o m p l e x d r a w i n g t e c h n i q u e s and m a t e r i a l s . Perceiving graphic e l e m e n t s i n l i f e f o r m and a c t i o n ; d r a w i n g f r o m memory and i m a g i n a t i v e r e f l e c t i o n upon v i s u a l experience. Student's individual experimentation with drawing m a t e r i a l s r e l a t e d t o e f f e c t s aimed at. A r t 192 A p p l i e d Design I (F) (3,3,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o v i s u a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n and t h e r o l e o f p r o f e s s i o n a l d e s i g n e r s . Design p r i n c i p l e s , layout techniques, l e a r n i n g t o o l s , methods, m a t e r i a l s and m e d i a . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on c o n c e p t r a t h e r t h a n on "comprehensive" f i n i s h . A r t 193 A p p l i e d Design II (S) Prerequisite: Art 177 and A r t (3,2,1) 192 A course in techniques r e l a t i n g to p r e s e n t a t i o n of i d e a s a t a p r o f e s s i o n a l l e v e l . Making rough l a y o u t s and t i g h t c o m p s . I d e a s evaluated against c r i t e r i a established. A r t 195 Progressive Drawing Prerequisite: Art I (F) (3,0,1) 1 5 2 / A r t 184 T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s expanded s k i l l s i n p e r c e p t i o n , v i s u a l i z a t i o n and c o n t i n u e d p r a c t i c e i n c o n t r o l of v a r i o u s media. This course gives the student the o p p o r t u n i t y to d e v e l o p s i m i l a r s t y l e s of the o l d m a s t e r s as w e l l as e x p e r i m e n t , w i t h h i s / h e r own d r a w i n g . 73 Art 196 Progressive Drawing Prerequisite: Art II (S) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: 16? This i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of Art 162. In a d d i t i o n , t h i s c o u r s e e x p a n d s upon t h e m a j o r r o l e t y p o g r a p h y has on a d v e r t i s i n g l a y o u t s and d e s i g n . C o n s t r u c t i o n of v a r i o u s s t y l e s of l e t t e r forms i n p e n c i l , f e l t m a r k e r , and b r u s h w i l l be s t u d i e d . A p p l i c a t i o n of typography in v a r i o u s a d v e r t i s i n g p i e c e s w i l l be investigated. A r t 251 Illustration Media (F) Prerequisite: Art (3,3,1) 164 and A r t 184 To i n t r o d u c e t h p s t u d e n t who has a c h i e v e d a competent degree of d r a w i n g s k i l l s t o t h e mediums necessary to i l l u s t r a t i v e t e c h n i q u e s . The c o u r s e d e v e l o p s t h r o u g h s t a g e s f r o m p e n c i l , pen and i n k , i n k and w a s h , w a t e r c o l o u r s and e e l v i n y l . The u s e o f t h e i l l u s t r a t o r ' s t o o l s and p r o c e s s e s s u c h as r e p e l l a n t s , a i r b r u s h , mixed m e d i a , e t c . , are reviewed. Art IV (S) Prerequisite: Art 252 (3,2,1) A d v e r t i s i n g a g e n c y o r i e n t e d . The i n t e r w e a v i n g of i l l u s t r a t i o n , p h o t o g r a p h y , g r a p h i c s and television into advertising, p a c k a g i n g and p o i n t o f p u r c h a s e . C o n s u l t a t i o n on s t u d e n t p o r t f o l i o . A r t 269 Experimental (S) (3,3,1) Illustration Prerequisite: A r t 251 Design Prerequisite: Art II 252 III (F) Prerequisite: Art 179 and A r t 193 The a p p l i c a i t o n o f d e s i g n and rendering s k i l l s to the development of s o l u t i o n s to p r i n t a d v e r t i s i n g . Explores companies, products, services, corporate i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and t h e i r For t h e d u r a t i o n of t h i s s e c t i o n t h e s t u d e n t w i l l work on t h e d e s i g n o f t h e i n t e r i o r o f a shop p l u s m e t h o d s o f p r e s e n t a t i o n . The psychology of colour in m e r c h a n d i s i n g w i l l be c o v e r e d as w e l l as t h e u s e o f i n d o o r s i g n i n g and i n s i g n i a f o r shop identification. Designer-client r e l a t i o n s h i p s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h methods of p r e s e n t a t i o n . A r t 295 Advertising Illustration (F) (3,3,1) Prerequisite: Art I 164 and A r t A comprehensive study of contemporary i l l u s t r a t i o n t e c h n i q u e s and m a t e r i a l s f r o m o r i g i n a l concept to f i n a l presentation. A r t 277 Environmental (F) (3,3,1) Design A r t 298 Advertising Illustration (S) (3,3,1) Prerequisite: Art I 164 and A r t 179 This s e c t i o n i s intended to give i n s i g h t i n t o the procedures i n v o l v e d i n the design of s m a l l commercial r e t a i l s t r u c t u r e s such as b o u t i q u e s and s e r v i c e s h o p s i n s h o p p i n g c e n t r e s and m a l l s . Model-buiIding techniques are s t u d i e d as w e l l as t h e u s e o f c o l o u r i n m e r c h a n d i s i n g and d i s p l a y . During t h i s s e c t i o n the e m p h a s i s i s on e x t e r i o r d e s i g n . Prerequisite: (3,2,1) I 277 Taking the techniques o u t l i n e d i n 251 i n t o f i n i s h e d i l l u s t r a t i o n s f o r - b o o k s , magazines, murals, e t c . A f u r t h e r expansion of t h e uses of mediums t o i n c l u d e m i x e d m e d i a and oils. A r t 278 Studio Production A p p l i e d Design 74 A r t 253 A p p l i e d Design Advertising Art A r t 279 Environmental (S) (3,3,1) 196 The s t u d e n t ' s p e r s o n a l s t y l e o f r e a l i s t i c l i f e drawing i s pursued t o a much f i n e r d e g r e e . S t r u c t u r e d t u t o r i a l s i n t h e use of v a r i o u s mediums as w e l l as a h i g h d e g r e e of s t u d e n t / i n s t r u c t o r c r i t i c i s m of work i n p r o g r e s s a r e e m p h a s i z e d . E x p e r i m e n t a t i o n o f s t y l e and mediums a r e e n c o u r a g e d . A r t 197 Typography f o r (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) r e l a t i o n s h i p to print a d v e r t i s i n g l a y o u t s and t i g h t comps p r e p a r e d for class c r i t i q u e s . Art Prerequisite: (S) (3,0,1) 170 A p p l i c a t i o n of l e a r n e d t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be used i n t h e d r a w i n g and r e p r o d u c t i o n o f l o g o s and r e l a t e d work. Stimulated assignments such as b r o c h u r e s , r e p o r t s and p a c k a g i n g w i l l be d o n e , and p r o p e r p r i n t i n g s p e c i f y i n g w i l l be s h o w n . II 295 Further e x p l o r a t i o n of i l l u s t r a t i o n techniques using a v a r i e t y o f mediums and t e c h n i q u e s w i t h t h e e m p h a s i s on a c t u a l s t u d i o working methods. FOUNDATIONS OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION OPTION COURSES Art 056 Graphic Design (F) (3,0,1) II Art 184 Art Portfolio Studio Portfolio Studio I 057 Graphic Design (S) (3,0,1) II A Saturday morning p a r t - t i m e design c o u r s e . For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and c o u r s e o u t l i n e c o n t a c t the Commercial Art Department at 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 3 9 0 . Business Management Programs Instructional ADAIR, Faculty R. REST, E . , B . S c . , M . S c , Program Coorrli nator CAMPBELL, R . , Department Coordinator CARTER, A . W . , B . S c , C*G C e r t . CHEN, P . , B . A p p . S c . , M . B . A . CLARK, H . , B . H . E . , T . T . Dipl. CDBBETT, A . , D i p l . T . , M.B.A., R I A COB LEY*, J . , B . A . , M . A . DION, A . , P o l y . D i p l . of S u p r s . DOUGHERTY, B . , B . C o m m . , C A . DUNLOP, S . , B . S c FANE , . G . , D i p l . T e c h . , B . S c , M.B.A., R.I.A. FARRELL, G . H . , M . R . A . , R . I . A . , F.S.M.A.C. GRUEN, F . , B . M g t . E n g . , M . A . S c . HALL, E . , B . A . ( H o n s ) , A . T . C . HARRIS, F . , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D . INGLIS, W., B . A . , D i p l . M k t g . JESSIMAN, J . L . , B . A . , L L . B . , LL.M., L L . D . , Department Chai r p e r s o n KERSHAW, P . , F . C . I . K I L I A N , C , B . A . , M.A. KUBICEK, R . , B . A . , M . A . LAWRIE, J . K . , CA. LITTLE, K., R.E.A. LOBLAW, J . D . , B . A . , C o n v e n o r LONGWORTH, R . , R . S c , M . E d . , Convenor MCKIE, C , B.Comm., M . P . A . , P . T . C , Convenor MATKOWSKI, J . MATTHEWS, K . , B . S c , M . L . S . MICHAELS, L . , B . S c , B . E d . , M . E d . MILNER, L . D i p l . T , C . G . A . , Convenor MOAK, K . W . , B . A . , M . P . A . MORRIS, F . , B . A . , L L . B . , L L . M . MOSELEY, B . , B . A . , M . B . A . , Department C o o r d i n a t o r NICHOLS, R . C , B . C o m m . , R . I . A . NORRIS, R . , C A . OBERNDDRF, A . G . , B . S . , M . I . M . O'CONNOR, R . , B u s . A d m i n . PODOLAK, P , C e r t . RENNIE, R . , B . S . , M . S . , P h . D . RIOPEL, R . , B . A . , M.A. SAUER, D . , B . A . SAYRE, J . , B . S . , B . A . , M . A . SHIELS, D., B . S c . ( H o n s . ) S P I C E R , L . , B.Comm. TAYLOR, M . , B . S c TOWSON, K . V . , B . S c , M . S c . TREW, M . , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D . V I C K , A . H . , B.Comm. WELCH, J . , B.Comm. WILSON, J . , B.Comm, C A . WINDER, S . , B . S c . WITTMAN, M . , R . A . , M . A . YACKNESS, H . B . , B . C o m m . , CA. Support M.B.A., Staff Marjorie Dehard, D i v i s i o n a l Assi stant Sharon M i l e t i c , R e c e p t i o n i s t General Information The o b j e c t i v e o f t h e p r o g r a m s o f f e r e d w i t h i n the Business Management D e p a r t m e n t i s t o prepare students for careers i n the v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of the b u s i n e s s e n t e r p r i s e . The c o u r s e s o f f e r e d attempt to s a t i s f y a v a r i e t y of needs: description follows. The P r o g r a m s of the programs Offered Programs i n t h e B u s i n e s s are of t h r e e k i n d s : School A . Two Y e a r F u l l - T i m e D i p l o m a Programs (see d e t a i l s b e g i n n i n g t h i s page) B. A c c e l e r a t e d B u s i n e s s Diploma Programs (see d e t a i l s b e g i n n i n g page 7 7 ) . C Part-Time Evening C e r t i f i c a t e Program (see d e t a i l s b e g i n n i n g page 7 9 ) . 1 . High school graduates p l a n n i n g a c a r e e r i n b u s i n e s s or i n d u s t r y who d e s i r e a c o m p r e h e n s i v e b u s i n e s s e d u c a t i o n ; (2 y e a r s full -time). A d m i s s i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r each of t h e p r o g r a m s v a r y and w i l l be found i n the c a l e n d a r d e s c r i p t i o n r e l a t i n g to the s p e c i f i c program. F u l l d e s c r i p t i o n of course o f f e r i n g s i n t h e Department b e g i n s a t page 80. 2 . P e r s o n s w i t h a minimum o f 7 years business experience in i n d u s t r y , government, the m i l i t a r y o r p r i v a t e b u s i n e s s v e n t u r e s who d e s i r e a c o n c i s e , formal business e d u c a t i o n ; ( 1 0 months f u l l - t i m e ) . STUDENTS WITH UNSATISFACTORY GRADES IN ANY TERM MAY BE ASKED TO WITHDRAW FROM THE PROGRAM. 3 . P e r s o n s p r e s e n t l y employed i n b u s i n e s s who r e q u i r e a d d i t i o n a l formal b u s i n e s s e d u c a t i o n or u p g r a d i n g ; ( P a r t - t i m e , day o r eveni n g ) . 4. Persons wanting to take courses that c a r r y c r e d i t towards nonC a p i l a n o C o l l e g e c e r t i f i c a t e and d i p l o m a p r o g r a m s ; ( P a r t - t i m e , day or e v e n i n g ) . 5. Persons i n t e r e s t e d in f u r t h e r i n g t h e i r knowledge i n a p a r t i c u l a r area of b u s i n e s s ; ( P a r t - t i m e , day o r e v e n i n g , o r co-sponsored events.) These c o u r s e s p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h a comprehensive education in b a s i c m a n a g e r i a l s k i l l s i n one o f f i v e s p e c i a l i z e d p r o g r a m a r e a s and have been d e s i g n e d b o t h t o l a y a p r a c t i c a l f o u n d a t i o n f o r t h o s e who w i s h t o e n t e r new c a r e e r s i n b u s i n e s s and t o expand p r e s e n t c a r e e r s , e i t h e r as i n d e p e n d e n t e n t r e p r e n e u r s o r as p r o s p e c t i v e employee-managers. A d e t a i l e d A . TWO YEAR F U L L - T I M E PROGRAMS DIPLOMA There a r e FIVE f u l l - t i m e programs i n t h e Deparment l e a d i n g t o an A s s o c i a t e o f A r t s and S c i e n c e Diploma a f t e r s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n of t h e program r e q u i r e m e n t s , u s u a l l y i n two y e a r s o f s t u d y . C o u r s e s a r e t a u g h t by instructors with p r a c t i c a l , u p - t o - d a t e k n o w l e d g e ; many f a c u l t y have f u l l o r p a r t - t i m e p o s i t i o n s i n business i n t h e i r areas of s p e c i a l t y . C l a s s s i z e s are not large although t h e i r intensive n a t u r e r e q u i r e s a minimum o f 24 h o u r s w e e k l y i n c l a s s and 30 h o u r s w e e k l y i n o u t s i d e s t u d y and preparation. Interested persons should apply f o r a d m i s s i o n t o any o f t h e p r o g r a m s by A p r i l 1 s t . E n t r y i s b a s e d on b u s i n e s s e x p e r i e n c e , grades at h i g h school g r a d u a t i o n , m a t u r i t y , i n t e r e s t , and a p t i t u d e . N o r m a l l y , g r a d e 12 g r a d u a t i o n w i t h a minimum o f C+ i n E n g l i s h 12 and 75 C i n A l g e b r a 11 i s r e q u i r e d , a l t h o u g h a d m i s s i o n may be g r a n t e d t o m a t u r e s t u d e n t s who c a n p r o v i d e e v i d e n c e of p r o b a b l e s u c c e s s i n the program. Personal i n t e r v i e w i s required for admission. ALL NEW STUDENTS w i l l he r e q u i r e d t o s u c c e s s f u l l y p a s s an E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c Test p r i o r to being a d m i t t e d t o f u l l - t i m e programs i n t h e Department. D e t a i l s of t h e t e s t , w h i c h s h o u l d he c o m p l e t e d before the F a l l Term, are a v a i l a b l e from t h e Department o f f i c e . S t u d e n t s o b t a i n i n g an u n s a t i s f a c t o r y g r a d e on t h e t e s t , may be a d m i t t e d t o t h e i r p r o g r a m c o n d i t i o n a l upon c o m p l e t i o n of t h e Department E n q l i s h r e q u i r e m e n t s w i t h i n the f i r s t term of t h e i r program. Those s t u d e n t s who have c r e d i t ENG 1 0 0 , CMNS 1 5 0 , s e c o n d y e a r u n i v e r s i t y E n g l i s h , o r an u n d e r g r a d u a t e d e g r e e w i l l he exempt f r o m s i t t i n g f o r t h e English Diagnostic t e s t . The p r o g r a m s , s e t out b e l o w , i n September e a c h y e a r . for begin 1 . A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management 2 . F i n a n c i a l Management 3 . M a r k e t i n q Management 4 . Computer Systems Management 5 . R e t a i l Management. The f i r s t t h r e e p r o g r a m s have a common f i r s t y e a r c o u r s e p a c k a g e and a s e c o n d y e a r made up o f r e q u i r e d core courses (or e l e c t i v e s ) desiqned to provide the student with s p e c i a l i z e d s k i l l s a s s o c i a t e d w i t h the p a r t i c u l a r c a r e e r f i e l d c h o s e n . At t h e end o f t h e f i r s t y e a r , a change o f p r o g r a m c h o i c e amongst A d m i n i s t r a t i v e , F i n a n c i a l , and M a r k e t i n g Management can be made f r e e l y w i t h no l o s s o f c r e d i t . H o w e v e r , s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n t h e f i r s t y e a r o f Computer S y s t e m s o r R e t a i l Management n o r m a l l y go i n t o t h e s e c o n d y e a r of t h a t program. Double Diploma: After receiving a D i p l o m a i n one o f t h e R u s i n e s s Management p r o q r a m s at t h e C o l l e g e , a g r a d u a t e may e a r n a second diploma i n another program o f t h e D e p a r t m e n t upon s u c c e s s f u l 76 c o m p l e t i o n of a l l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h a t s e c o n d p r o g r a m . In t h e c a s e of t h e A d m i n i s t r a t i v e , F i n a n c i a l , and M a r k e t i n g P r o g r a m s , t h i s may be done i n t h e c o u r s e of one f u l l a c a d e m i c y e a r or i t s e q u i v a l e n t . Each program l e a d i n g t o a Double D i p l o m a must, be a p p r o v e d by t h e Department. C h a i r p e r s o n . 1. Administrative Program This proqram p r o v i d e s a s o l i d c o r e of k n n w l e d q e and s k i l l s w h i c h c a n be a p p l i e d t o a wirlp v a r i e t y o f administrative positions in b u s i n e s s , i n d u s t r y , and g o v e r n m e n t . In a d d i t i o n , t h e p r o g r a m i s o f v a l u e t o t h o s e whose g o a l i t i s t o become i n v o l v e d i n t h e o p e r a t i o n o f s m a l l or self-owned businesses. P a s t g r a d u a t e s have f o u n d employment i n b u s i n e s s , i n d u s t r y , and g o v e r n m e n t . S t u d e n t s i n t h i s program s h o u l d expect t o f i n d employment i n s u c h d i v e r s e a r e a s as p l a n n i n g , b a n k i n g , f i n a n c e , production, r e t a i l i n g , real e s t a t e , m a r k e t i n g , p e r s o n n e l , and industrial relations. FIRST YEAR - F a l l RSMG 15R M a r k e t i n g I BSMG 170 Q u a n t i t a t i v e M e t h o d s I RSMG 175 O r g a n i z a t i o n a l Rehaviour BSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management BSMG 17R A c c o u n t i n g I RSMG IRQ Introduction to C ompu ters SECOND YEAR RSMG 222 BSMG 240 BSMG 253 BSMG 267 ECON 201 R . M . 161 II Fall Uses of B u s i n e s s Microcomputers C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I Labour R e l a t i o n s Business Finance Micro Economics Management P r e s e n t a t i o n Skills SECOND YEAR - S p r i n g BSMG 193 * R e t a i l Management BSMG 241 BSMG 263 BSMG 270 BSMG 291 Business P o l i c y * F e a s i b i l i t y Analysis Small B u s i n e s s Management C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II * A d v . Data P r o c e s s i n g * Personnel Management A c c o u n t i n g ALL COURSES a r e t h r e e c r e d i t s except, t h o s e marked * w h i c h a r e one and a h a l f c r e d i t s o n l y . A l l p r o g r a m s t o t a l 72 c r e d i t s . Management FIRST YEAR - S p r i n g RSMG 159 M a r k e t i n g II RSMG 171 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods RSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g II RSMG 192 R u s i n e s s S y s t e m s CMNS 152 R e p o r t W r i t i n g ECON 200 M a c r o E c o n o m i c s BSMG 200 BSMG 207 BSMG 210 2. Financial Management Program S k i l l s a t management o f f i n a n c i a l r e s o u r c e s and t h e p r o v i s i o n o f management i n f o r m a t i o n f o r sound f i n a n c i a l p l a n n i n g and c o n t r o l a r e at the c o r e of the p r o g r a m . Courses a l l o w i n g f o r t r a n s f e r to C . G . A . and R . I . A . c e r t i f i c a t i o n are p a r t of the b a s i c p r o g r a m . Career o p p o r t u n i t i e s in f i n a n c i a l p l a n n i n g , b u d g e t p r e p a r a t i o n , and f i n a n c i a l c o n t r o l a r e open t o g r a d u a t e s o f t h i s c o u r s e , and c a n be f o u n d i n t h e p u b l i c and p r i v a t e sectors in investment, banking, r e a l e s t a t e , and r e l a t e d i n d u s t r i e s . Entry to middle management p o s i t i o n s i n f i n a n c i a l accounting, cost accounting, i n t e r n a l a u d i t , and b u d g e t p r e p a r a t i o n a r e n o t uncommon. F I R S T YEAR - F a l l BSMG 158 M a r k e t i n g I BSMG 170 Q u a n t i t a t i v e M e t h o d s I BSMG 175 O r g a n i z a t i o n a l Behaviour BSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management ACCT 178 A c c o u n t i n g I BSMG 1R0 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o B u s i n e s s Co m pu ters F I R S T YEAR - S p r i n g BSMG 159 M a r k e t i n g II BSMG 171 Q u a n t i t a t i v e M e t h o d s ACCT 179 A c c o u n t i n g II BSMG 192 B u s i n e s s S y s t e m s CMNS 152 R e p o r t W r i t i n g ECON 200 Macro E c o n o m i c s II SECOND YEAR - F a l l BSMG 222 Uses o f B u s i n e s s Mi c r o c o m p u t e r s BSMG 240 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I ACCT 255 F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g I ACCT 260 F i n a n c e I ACCT 264 C o s t A c c o u n t i n g I ACCT 284 T a x a t i o n I SECOND YEAR - S p r i n g BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II ACCT 252 A c c o u n t i n g A p p l i c a t i o n s ACCT 256 F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g II ACCT 261 F i n a n c e II ACCT 274 C o s t A c c o u n t i n g II ACCT 285 T a x a t i o n II ECON 201 M i c r o E c o n o m i c s ( o p t i o n ) 3. M a r k e t i n g Management Program As an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f b u s i n e s s , m a r k e t i n g management i s c o n c e r n e d with setting goals, establishing p o l i c i e s and p r o g r a m s , and implementing business action for the business f i r m . G r a d u a t e s have l e a r n e d t o t r a n s l a t e consumer w a n t s and needs i n t o p r o d u c t s and s e r v i c e s , t o c u l t i v a t e m a r k e t s and t o p r o g r a m d i s t r i b u t i o n a c t i v i t i e s to reach s u c h m a r k e t s . In t h e p a s t , t h e y have become e m p l o y e d i n p r o d u c t ma n a g em en t, p u r c h a s i n g , merchandising, advertising, public r e l a t i o n s , and m a r k e t i n g r e s e a r c h . F I R S T YEAR - F a l l RSMG 158 M a r k e t i n g I RSMG 170 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I RSMG 175 O r g a n i z a t i o n a l Rehaviour RSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I RSMG 180 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computers FIRST YEAR - S p r i n g RSMG 159 M a r k e t i n g II RSMG 171 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods RSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g II BSMG 1Q2 B u s i n e s s S y s t e m s CMNS 152 R e p o r t W r i t i n g ECON 200 Macro E c o n o m i c s II SECOND YEAR - F a l l BSMG 2 3 0 S a l e s m a n s h i p RSMG 240 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I BSMG 267 B u s i n e s s F i n a n c e BSMG 271 M e r c h a n d i s i n g ' BSMG 273 A d v e r t i s i n g I RSMG 275 M a r k e t i n g R e s e a r c h BSMG 277 I n t e r n a t i o n a l M a r k e t i n g SECOND YEAR - S p r i n g BSMG 222 Uses o f B u s i n e s s Microcomputers BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II BSMG 276 M a r k e t i n g P r a c t i c u m BSMG 278 S a l e s Management BSMG 279 A d v e r t i s i n g II (Cap A d s ) 4 . Computer Program Systems 5. Management Industry today r e q u i r e s a person t r a i n e d i n systems a n a l y s i s , programming, the a p p l i c a t i o n of c o m p u t e r s , and a c l e a r u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f management o b j e c t i v e s . T h i s p r o g r a m has p r o v e n t h a t i t c a n s a t i s f y t h e c u r r e n t need f o r computer p e r s o n n e l . Management Program Courses are designed t o prepare s t u d e n t s f o r many f a c e t s o f r e t a i l i n g and t o p r o v i d e them w i t h opportunities for concentrated exposure to c r e a t i v e a s p e c t s of the r e t a i l industry. Applicants s h o u l d have some p r i o r r e t a i l related experience. C a r e e r s of p r e v i o u s g r a d u a t e s of t h e p r o g r a m have l e d them t o p o s i t i o n s as s t o r e m a n a g e r s , s a l e s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s , p r o m o t e r s , and s a l e s m a n a g e r s . Many s t a r t as management t r a i n e e s . With the comprehensive t r a i n i n g p r o v i d e d , r e c e n t g r a d u a t e s have been a b l e t o s e c u r e p o s i t i o n s as systems a n a l y s t s , o p e r a t i o n s managers, a n a l y s t programmers, s a l e s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s , and technical consultants. F I R S T YEAR - F a l l CMPT 156 Q u a n t i t a t i v e M e t h o d s I BSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management RSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I CMPT 1.82 Systems A n a l y s i s I CMPT 181 BASIC P r o g r a m m i n g I CMPT 195 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Mi c r o c o m p u t e r s F I R S T YEAR - S p r i n g CMPT 157 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods BSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g II CMPT 189 COBOL P r o g r a m m i n g I CMPT 188 Systems A n a l y s i s I CMPT 196 * B u s i n e s s Computer A p p l i c a t i ons CMNS 152 R e p o r t W r i t i n g Retail II SECOND YEAR - F a l l RSMG 160 M a r k e t i n g RSMG 175 O r g a n i z a t i o n a l Behaviour CMPT 205 COBOL P r o g r a m m i n g II CMPT 293 S y s t e m s D e s i g n CMPT 295 * BASIC P r o g r a m m i n g II CMPT 298 Data Base FCON 200 Macro E c o n o m i c s F I R S T YEAR - F a l l R . M . 158 B a s i c s o f C o l o u r and Desi gn R . M . 161 Management P r e s e n t a t i o n Skills R . M . 174 S o c i a l S u r v e y R . M . 176 P r o d u c t i o n Management BSMG 160 B a s i c M a r k e t i n g BSMG 164 R e t a i l M a t h e m a t i c s F I R S T YEAR - S p r i n g R . M . 151 T e x t i l e M e r c h a n d i s i n g R . M . 153 C r e a t i v e A d v e r t i s i n g P r o d u c t i on R . M . 156 S a l e s P r o m o t i o n R . M . 164 C o - o p I n d u s t r y Experience R . M . 178 R e t a i l B u s i n e s s Methods BSMG 169 A c c o u n t i n g F u n d a m e n t a l s CMNS 152 R e p o r t W r i t i n g SECOND YEAR - F a l l R . M . 264 Interiors R . M . 272 I n d e p e n d e n t Store Management BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p BSMG 271 Merchandi s i n g BSMG 273 A d v e r t i s i n g SECOND YEAR - S p r i n g RSMG 193 * R e t a i l M e r c h a n d i s i n g RSMG 206 COBOL P r o g r a m m i n g III BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p CMPT 263 * A d v a n c e d Data P r o c e s s i ng BSMG 267 B u s i n e s s F i n a n c e CMPT 289 S y s t e m s I m p l e m e n t a t i o n CMPT 299 Management I n f o r m a t i o n Systems SECOND YEAR - S p r i n g R . M . 257 V i s u a l P r e s e n t a t i o n R . M . 259 P r i n c i p l e s o f B u y i n g R . M . 265 C a r e e r R e a d i n e s s R . M . 273 I n d e p e n d e n t S t o r e Management II BSMG 175 O r g a n i z a t i o n a l Behaviour BSMG 222 Uses o f B u s i n e s s Mi c r o c o m p u t e r s T o t a l p r o g r a m i s 72 c r e d i t s . A l l courses are three c r e d i t s except t h o s e marked * w h i c h a r e one and a half c r e d i t s . B . ACCELERATED BUSINESS DIPLOMA PROGRAMS MANAGEMENT These 1 0 - m o n t h p r o g r a m s a r e designed to o f f e r business t r a i n i n g f o r mature s t u d e n t s . The 77 s t u d e n t i s p r o v i d e d w i t h an opportunity to gain a c l e a r u n d e r s t a n d i n g of b u s i n e s s p r i n c i p l e s and t o r e f i n e and add to the p r a c t i c a l on-the-job e x p e r i e n c e t h a t has been previously acquired. A unique f e a t u r e of t h e a c c e l e r a t e d diploma proqram i s t h e c r e d i t g i v e n f o r work e x p e r i e n c e . F o r a D i p l o m a , s t u d e n t s must, o b t a i n 60. c r e d i t s , o f w h i c h 6 advance c r e d i t s a r e a s s i g n e d f o r a minimum work e x p e r i e n c e o f s e v e n y e a r s . The r e m a i n i n g 54 c r e d i t s a r e earned from s a t i s f a c t o r y completion of r e q u l a r Rusiness Management c o u r s e s . A d m i t t e d s t u d e n t s w i l l have a minimum o f s e v e n y e a r s b u s i n e s s experience in industry, government, e d u c a t i o n , p r i v a t e b u s i n e s s o r t h e m i l i t a r y . In a d d i t i o n , acceptance to thp p r o g r a m i s based upon t h e n a t u r e o f t h e a p p l i c a n t ' s work experience, maturity, aptitude, and a b i l i t y t o e f f e c t i v e l y manage the concentrated s t u d i e s inherent i n t h e program c h o s e n . S i n c e e n r o l l m e n t i s l i m i t e d , it. i s recommended t h a t i n t e r e s t e d students arrange with the D e p a r t m e n t f o r an i n t e r v i e w by April 1st. C u r r e n t p r o g r a m s a r e unripr r e v i e w , but a t p r e s e n t a r e a v a i l a b l e i n four arpas of s t u d y : Administration, Financp, M a r k e t i n g , and ComputPr S y s t e m s . I n t e r e s t e d students are encouraged to inquire concerning the current of f e r i nqs. Each d i p l o m a program i s covered three semesters: in FIRST SEMESTER i s an e i g h t - w e e k p r e p a r a t o r y p e r i o d d u r i n g J u l y and A u g u s t . L e c t u r p s w i l l t o t a l 36 h o u r s w p e k l y and a r e h e l d between R : 0 0 am and 5 : 0 0 pm. The c o u r s e s a r e c r o s s - d i s c i p l i n a r y and c o n s i s t mainly of i n t r o d u c t o r y t o p i c s . The SECOND SEMESTER, b e g i n n i n g i n S e p t e m b e r , and THIRD SEMESTER, beginninq i n J a n u a r y , each c o n s i s t o f f i f t e e n weeks o f i n s t r u c t i o n , t o t a l l i n g 21 h o u r s w e e k l y i n class. 78 In o r d e r t o a l l o w f o r some f l e x i b i l i t y i n meeting p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l needs and t o a l l o w f o r diverse working backgrounds, i t i s p o s s i b l e , w i t h the approval of the Coordinator, to s u b s t i t u t e c e r t a i n c o u r s e s i n t h e S e c o n d and T h i r d Semester w i t h o t h e r c o u r s e s o f f e r e d in the Department. The p r o g r a m s , s e t out. b e l o w , i n J u l y each y p a r . 6. A c c e l e r a t e d Program begin Administration F I R S T SEMESTER - Summer Term RSMG 166 R u s i n e s s M a t h e m a t i c s RSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management RSMG 1R4 A c c o u n t i n g I ( 4 . 5 credits) RSMG 1R0 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o R u s i n e s s Computers SECOND SEMESTER - F a l l Term RSMG 160 M a r k e t i n g RSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g II RSMG 240 C a n a d i a n R u s i n e s s Law I RSMG 253 L a b o u r R e l a t i o n s RSMG 267 B u s i n e s s F i n a n c e ECON 201 M i c r o E c o n o m i c s R . M . 161 Management P r e s e n t a t i o n Skills THIRD SEMESTER - S p r i n g Term RSMG 1 9 3 * R e t a i l M e r c h a n d i s i n g BSMG 200 R u s i n e s s P o l i c y RSMG 210 S m a l l B u s i n e s s Management BSMG 222 Uses o f B u s i n e s s Microcomputers BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II BSMG 263 * A d v a n c e d D a t a P r o c e s s i ng BSMG 270 * P e r s o n n e l BSMG 291 * M a n a g e r i a l ' A c c o u n t i n g 7. Accelerated Finance Program F I R S T SEMESTER - Summer Term BSMG 166 B u s i n e s s M a t h e m a t i c s BSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management BSMG 184 A c c o u n t i n g I ( 4 . 5 credits) BSMG 180 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o B u s i n e s s Computers SECOND SEMESTER - F a l l Term BSMG 160 M a r k e t i n g I ACCT 179 A c c o u n t i n g II BSMG 240 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I ACCT 255 F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g ACCT 260 F i n a n c e I ACCT 264 ACCT 284 C o s t and M a n a g e r i a l Accounting I Taxation I THIRD SEMESTER - S p r i n g Term BSMG 210 Small B u s i n e s s Management BSMG 222 Uses o f B u s i n e s s Microcomputers BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I I ACCT 256 F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g II ACCT 261 F i n a n c e II ACCT 274 C o s t and M a n a g e r i a l A c c o u n t i n g II ACCT 285 Taxation II 8. A c c e l e r a t e d Computer Program F I R S T SEMESTER - Summer Term CMPT 152 * Programming S t r u c t u r e CMPT 156 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I CMPT 180 Introduction to Computers CMPT 182 Systems A n a l y s i s BSMG 187 Introduction to Business SECOND SEMESTER - F a l l Term BSMG 160 Marketing BSMG 178 Accounting I CMPT 181 BASIC P r o g r a m m i n g I CMPT 189 COBOL P r o g r a m m i n g I CMPT 222 Uses o f M i c r o c o m p u t e r s CMPT 293 Systems Design CMPT 298 Data Base Management THIRD SEMESTER - Spring Term II BSMG 179 Accounting CMPT 205 BSMG 230 CMPT 263 COBOL P r o g r a m m i n g I I Salesmanship * Advanced Data P r o c e s s i ng Business Finance Systems Implementation Management I n f o r m a t i o n Systems BSMG 267 CMPT 289 CMPT 299 9. Accelerated Marketing Program F I R S T SEMESTER - Summer Term BSMG 166 Business Mathematics BSMG 177 Introduction to Business BSMG 184 Accounting I (4.5 credits) BSMG 180 Introduction Computers to Business SECOND SEMESTER - F a l l Term BSMG 160 Marketing BSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g II BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 240 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I BSMG 267 Business Finance BSMG 271 Merchandising BSMG 273 Advertising I BSMG 277 International Marketing THIRD SEMESTER - S p r i n g Term BSMG 210 S m a l l B u s i n e s s Management BSMG 222 Uses of B u s i n e s s Microcomputers BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II RSMG 276 M a r k e t i n g P r a c t i c u m BSMG 278 S a l e s Management BSMG 279 A d v e r t i s i n g II (Cap A d s ) C. PART-TIME EVENING CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS The c o u r s e s i n t h e s e p r o g r a m s , b e g i n n i n g i n September and J a n u a r y each y e a r , w i l l provide the student with basic managerial s k i l l s t h a t are of p r a c t i c a l v a l u e i n a w i d e v a r i e t y o f employment p o s i t i o n s . C l a s s e s are conducted by Department f a c u l t y e i t h e r one o r two e v e n i n g s e a c h week d u r i n g t h e t e r m , and t h o s e e n r o l l e d i n t h e p r o g r a m s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e s at t h e i r c h o s e n p a c e . A number o f c r e d i t c o u r s e s from both the f u l l t i m e D i p l o m a Programs and t h e p a r t - t i m e C e r t i f i c a t e Programs are o f f e r e d d u r i n g the evenings of both r e g u l a r C o l l e g e t e r m s . 10. Business Administration Certificate A C e r t i f i c a t e in Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n w i l l be awarded a f t e r s u c c e s s f u l completion of f o u r of the f o l l o w i n g c o u r s e s : BSMG 160 BSMG 163 BSMG 167 BSMG 177 CMPT 222 M a r k e t i n g Management Supervisory Skills Canadian F i n a n c i a l Management Canadian Business Management Uses'of Microcomputers 11. Advanced Business Administration Certificate A s e c o n d or a d v a n c e d c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded f o l l o w i n g s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n of f o u r f u r t h e r c o u r s e s , s e l e c t e d from amongst t h o s e l i s t e d b e l o w . ACCT 178 CMPT 180 BSMG 210 Accounting I Introduction to Computers Small Business Management BSMG 240 BSMG 253 ELECTIVE Canadian Business Labour R e l a t i o n s Any o t h e r r e g u l a r year course D. R I A , CGA, and CA COURSES Law I second TRANSFER The D e p a r t m e n t o f f e r s a number o f courses which c a r r y c r e d i t towards non-Capilano College c e r t i f i c a t e and d i p l o m a p r o g r a m s . Some p r o v i d e t r a n s f e r c r e d i t to other college and u n i v e r s i t y p r o g r a m s , and one should r e f e r to t h i s C o l l e g e ' s U n i v e r s i t y T r a n s f e r Guide f o r d e t a i l s . In a d d i t i o n , t h o s e p r o f e s s i o n a l bodies c u r r e n t l y r e c o g n i z i n g courses taken at Capilano College are: I n s t i t u t e of C h a r t e r e d A c c o u n t a n t s (CA.) C e r t i f i e d General Accountants Association (C.G.A.) S o c i e t y o f Management A c c o u n t a n t s (R.I.A.) C u r r e n t l y , the f o l l o w i n g Capilano courses are t r a n s f e r a b l e to RIA/CGA p r o g r a m s , but s t u d e n t s a r e cautioned to v e r i f y - w i t h the s p e c i f i c p r o f e s s i o n a l body concerned or w i t h the B u s i n e s s Management D e p a r t m e n t c o n c e r n i n g credit requirements. CMNS 150/152 Business Writing BSMG 240/241 B u s i n e s s Law ECON 200/201 Economics BSMG 180 or CMPT 180 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computers BSMG 192 BSMG 175 BSMG 170 BSMG 171 B u s i n e s s Systems Organizational Behaviour Mathematics Statistics BSMG 178/179 ACCT 255/256 ACCT 260/261 ACCT 264/274 and II ACCT 2 8 4 / 2 8 5 A c c o u n t i n g I and II Financial Accounting F i n a n c e I and II Cost A c c o u n t i n g I Taxation Business Management Courses C o m p u t e r Management 152 Programming S t r u c t u r e (SU) (1.5,0,.5) Introduction to standard programming s t r u c t u r e , s t a n d a r d t e c h n i q u e s and p r o g r a m m i n g a i d s i n r e l a t i o n to business a p p l i c a t i o n s . M a r k e t i n g I. I t i s i n t e n d e d t o add more d e p t h t o t h e b a s i c m a r k e t i n g k n o w l e d g e and e x p a n d on t h e o v e r a l l use of t h e m a r k e t i n g concept in t o d a y ' s competitive e n v i r o n m e n t . F i e l d t r i p s and student p r o j e c t s w i l l form part of the content of t h i s c o u r s e . Computer Management 156 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I ( F ) B u s i n e s s Management 1 6 0 Marketing (F,S) (3,0,1) (3,0,1) This c o u r s e , d e s i g n e d f o r computer management s t u d e n t s , d e v e l o p s a s t r o n g m a t h e m a t i c a l f o u n d a t i o n on which to b u i l d quantitative a n a l y t i c a l s k i l l s and t o s t u d y i n p a r t i c u l a r , b a s i c mathematics of finance concepts i n c l u d i n g r e t a i l o p e r a t i o n s , s i m p l e and compound i n t e r e s t , a n n u i t i e s and d i s c o u n t e d cash flow. Computer Management 157 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods II (S) (3,0,1) This course f a m i l i a r i z e s the c o m p u t e r management s t u d e n t w i t h a v a r i e t y of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l m e t h o d s . It i n t r o d u c e s t h e s t u d e n t t o the concepts of b u s i n e s s d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g i n t h e f a c e of c e r t a i n t y and u n c e r t a i n t y , encouraging the student to w r i t e computer s o f t w a r e . B u s i n e s s Management 158 Marketing I (F,S) (3,0,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e C a n a d i a n m a r k e t i n g e n v i r o n m e n t and marketing i n s t i t u t i o n s . A detailed study to enable the student to understand the r e a l i s t i c , p r a c t i c a l w o r k i n g s and f u n c t i o n s of product p l a n n i n g , promotion, market r e s e a r c h , s e l e c t i o n of trade channels, merchandising, a d v e r t i s i n g and s a l e s m a n s h i p w i t h e m p h a s i s on b o t h c o n s u m e r and i n d u s t r i a l goods and s e r v i c e s . P r e r e g u i s i t e : BSMG 158 o r by p e r m i s s i o n of t h e instructor. 80 B u s i n e s s Management 163 Supervisory S k i l l s (F,S) (3,0,1) S t u d y o f human e l e m e n t s i n o r g a n i z a t i o n s , w i t h e m p h a s i s on group b e h a v i o u r . Concepts i n p e r s u a s i o n , g u i d a n c e and u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e i n d i v i d u a l w i t h i n the group. A p p l i c a t i o n s of human r e l a t i o n s management, i . e . l e a d e r s h i p , power, authority, g r o u p d y n a m i c s , f o r m a l and informal organization,, c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , c o n f l i c t and t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n of c h a n g e . B u s i n e s s Management 164 R e t a i l Mathematics (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) This course provides a p r a c t i c a l knowledge of the m a t h e m a t i c a l methods u t i l i z e d i n r e t a i l o p e r a t i o n s . Students w i l l ripvelop the a b i l i t y to e f f i c i e n t l y s o l v e v a r i o u s t y p e s of problems r e l e v a n t to r e t a i l i n g . B u s i n e s s Management 159 M a r k e t i n g II ( F , S ) (3,0,1) This course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n F a m i l i a r i z a t i o n with a l l the basic C a n a d i a n m a r k e t i n g c o n c e p t s and t h e i r roles w i t h i n the t o t a l C a n a d i a n economy and t h e i n d i v i d u a l f i r m . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on c o n s u m e r p r o d u c t m a r k e t i n g , a l t h o u g h some i n d u s t r i a l marketing c o n c e p t s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . S t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o a c t i v e l y p a r t i c i p a t e i n g r o u p and c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s on m a r k e t i n g p r o b l e m s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s related to product p l a n n i n g , r e s e a r c h , p l a n n i n g , p r o m o t i o n and d i s t r i b u t i o n systems. M e r c h a n d i s i n g , a d v e r t i s i n g and s a l e s m a n s h i p w i l l a l s o be i n c l u d e d in the overview of the marketing p r i n c i p l e s and t h e i r p r a c t i c a l approach. of B u s i n e s s Management 166 B u s i n e s s M a t h e m a t i c s (SU) (3,0,1) This course i s designed t o a s s i s t students in developing the basic s k i l l s and c o n c e p t s o f q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s r e l a t i n g to b u s i n e s s and p e r s o n a l f i n a n c e . A r e v i e w s e c t i o n on p r o b l e m a n a l y s i s and a l g e b r a i s i n c l u d e d . B u s i n e s s Management 167 F i n a n c i a l Management ( F , S ) (3,0,1) A practical introduction to u n d e r s t a n d i n g how t o f i n a n c e a b u s i n e s s . The p r i m a r y s u b j e c t s undertaken are sources of f i n a n c i n g and d e a l i n g w i t h l e n d e r s . Other c l o s e l y r e l a t e d t o p i c s i n c l u d e : a s s e t management, f i n a n c i a l a n a l y s i s , investment d e c i s i o n s , and f i n a n c i a l and p r o f i t p l a n n i n g . Students t a k i n g t h i s c o u r s e do n o t r e q u i r e an accounting background. B u s i n e s s Management 169 Accounting Fundamentals (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) T h i s c o u r s e d i s c u s s e s t h e ways i n which accounting systems are d e v e l o p e d and a p p l i e d t o retailing b u s i n e s s e s . In a d d i t i o n , t h e t e c h n i q u e s used t o a p p l y accounting information to management d e c i s i o n s a r e thoroughly covered. B u s i n e s s Management 1 7 0 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I (F) (3,0,1) This course w i l l provide the basic q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y t i c a l t o o l s used t o a i d d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g i n modern o r g a n i z a t i o n s . In p a r t i c u l a r , t h e m a t h e m a t i c s o f f i n a n c e w i l l be covered emphasizing the time value o f money. B u s i n e s s Management 171 Q u a n t i t a t i v e M e t h o d s II (S) (3,0,1) This course covers the quantitative analytical tools as a i d s i n d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g , s t r e s s i n g common s t a t i s t i c a l methods u s e d i n t h e f a c e o f used certainty anri budgeting, forecasting, profit p l a n n i n g and r e s p o n s i b i l i t y accounting. Accounting for manufacturing operations. uncertainty. B u s i n e s s Management 175 Organizational Behaviour (F.S) (3,0,1) The f o c u s o f t h i s c o u r s e i s on human b e h a v i o u r w i t h i n o r g a n i z a t i o n s . Students w i l l actively participate in r o l e - p l a y i n g and o t h e r s i m u l a t e d a c t i v i t i e s dealing with o r g a n i z a t i o n a l and p e r s o n a l factors that influence d i f f e r e n t t y p e s o f work b e h a v i o u r , s p e c i f i c t o p i c s s u c h as m o t i v a t i o n , l e a d e r s h i p , change w i t h i n o r g a n i z a t i o n s , and f o r m a l and i n f o r m a l o r g a n i z a t i o n s w i l l he explored. B u s i n e s s Management 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management (F,S) (3,0,1) This course d i r e c t l y addresses the need t o a c h i e v e h i g h productivity t h r o u g h good management. The e s s e n t i a l s o f management, p l a n n i n g , o r g a n i z i n g , l e a d i n g , and c o n t r o l l i n g are presented i n a s y s t e m a t i c and t h o r o u g h w a y . B u s i n e s s Management 17R Accounting I (F,S) (3,0,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c a c c o u n t i n g p r i n c i p l e s and procedures i n c l u d i n g the r e c o r d i n g o f t r a n s a c t i o n s , and a d j u s t m e n t s i n b a s i c a c c o u n t i n g r e c o r d s . The student w i l l prepare f i n a n c i a l statements for the proprietorship and w i l l s t u d y , i n d e t a i l , t h e a c c o u n t i n g and r e p o r t i n g o f c a s h , accounts r e c e i v a b l e , merchandise i n v e n t o r y and l o n g - l i v e d a s s e t s . Transferable t o SFU, UBC and UVic. B u s i n e s s Management 179 A c c o u n t i n g II ( F , S ) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 17R w i t h l e a s t a C- g r a d e . at A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f BSMG 1 7 8 . A n a l y s i s of funds f l o w s , both cash and w o r k i n g c a p i t a l . Management uses of a c c o u n t i n g ; cash T r a n s f e r a b l e t o S F U , U V i c and URC. N o t e : when b o t h BSMG 178 and 179 are completed they r e c e i v e c r e d i t s a t S F U , UBC, and U V i c . B u s i n e s s Management 180 Introduction to Business (F.S) (3,0,1) Computers Provides a general o r i e n t a t i o n to t h e c o m p u t e r — w h a t i t i s , how i t f u n c t i o n s , and what i t c a n and c a n n o t d o . P r o v i d e s an u n d e r s t a n d i n g and h a n d s - o n e x p e r i e n c e i n u t i l i z i n g a word p r o c e s s i n g program (Applewriter H e ) , i n s i g h t i n t o programming i n s t r u c t i o n s f o r the computer i n BASIC p r o g r a m m i n g l a n g u a g e , and l o o k s i n t o the m u l t i t u d e of uses f o r c o m p u t e r s t o d a y and t h e foreseeable future. Computer Management 181 "BASIC" Programing I (F,S) (3,0,1) A r e a s of study i n c l u d e : program f l o w c h a r t s , program o r g a n i z a t i o n , table handling techniques, f i l e maintenance, disk f i l e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , a c c e s s m e t h o d s , and programming e f f i c i e n t l y . Computer Management 182 Systems A n a l y s i s I ( S U . F ) (3,0,1) Provides a b a s i c understanding of system concepts i n c l u d i n g the l i f e c y c l e and t h e c o n c e p t o f a b u s i n e s s as an i n f o r m a t i o n s y s t e m . Introduces the s k i l l s t h a t are the w o r k i n g t o o l s of systems a n a l y s i s i n c l u d i n g form d e s i g n , c o d i n g , c h a r t i n g , f l o w c h a r t i n g and w r i t t e n verbal communication. Provides d e t a i l e d understanding of the f o u r l i f e c y c l e phases ( S t u d y , D e s i g n , Development and O p e r a t i o n ) through t h e i r application in a detailed c o n t i n u o u s c a s e s t u d y . P r o v i d e s an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e l o g i c a l approach to s o l v i n g a problem. B u s i n e s s Management 184 Accounting I (F,S) (4.5,0,1.5) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c a c c o u n t i n g p r i n c i p l e s and procedures i n c l u d i n g the recording o f t r a n s a c t i o n s , and a d j u s t m e n t s i n b a s i c a c c o u n t i n g r e c o r d s . The student w i l l prepare f i n a n c i a l statements for the proprietorship and w i l l s t u d y , i n d e t a i l , t h e a c c o u n t i n g and r e p o r t i n g o f c a s h , accounts r e c e i v a b l e , merchandise i n v e n t o r y and l o n g - l i v e d a s s e t s . Transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. B u s i n e s s Management 187 Introduction to Business (SU) (3,0,1) In t h i s c o u r s e t h e f i v e key t a s k s i n m a n a g i n g an e n t e r p r i s e , i.e. P l a n n i n g , A c q u i s i t i o n of Resources, Organization, A c t i v a t i o n and C o n t r o l , a r e e x p l a i n e d . In a d d i t i o n , t h e key o r g a n i z a t i o n a l f u n c t i o n s of M a r k e t i n g , P r o d u c t i o n , F i n a n c e and P e r s o n n e l a r e c o v e r e d . The c o u r s e i s e s s e n t i a l l y an o v e r v i e w o f t h e t h e o r e t i c a l framework of t h e t a s k of management. C o m p u t e r Management 188 S y s t e m s A n a l y s i s II ( S ) Prerequisite: i n CMPT 1 8 2 . At least (3,0,1) a "C" grade This course a p p l i e s the various t e c h n i q u e s l e a r n e d i n CMPT 182 t o general business problems, providing the p r a c t i c a l experience necessary for the successful implementation of a b u s i n e s s system. C o m p u t e r Management 189 COBOL P r o g r a m m i n g I ( F ) (3,0,1) Provides the student with a p r a c t i c a l t r a i n i n g in the o r g a n i z a t i o n and w r i t i n g o f computer programs. Topics i n c l u d e : program s t r u c t u r e , flowcharting, t e x t e d i t o r , i n t r o d u c t i o n t o COBOL l a n g u a g e , p r o g r a m i n s t r u c t i o n , and compi1ati on. 81 B u s i n e s s Management 192 B u s i n e s s Systems (S) (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the t o o l s f o r i n t e r p r e t i n g the systems of a b u s i n e s s f i r m and t h e b u s i n e s s f i r m as s y s t e m s o f i n t e r - r e l a t e d components. B u s i n e s s Management 193 Retail Merchandising (F.S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 . 5 ) This course provides students with t h e n e c e s s a r y p r a c t i c a l and t h e o r e t i c a l s k i l l s to apply r e t a i l knowledge w i t h i n t h e r e t a i l o r g a n i z a t i o n or i n working w i t h the industry. C o m p u t e r Management 195 Introduction to Microcomputers (F,S) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: Full-time Systems s t u d e n t . Computer Provides a d e t a i l e d orientation t o t h e c o m p u t e r : what i t i s , and how i t f u n c t i o n s . P r o v i d e s an u n d e r s t a n d i n g and h a n d s - o n e x p e r i e n c e u t i l i z i n g word processing, spreadsheet, f o r e c a s t i n g , and g r a p h i c s p r o g r a m s , and a d a t a communications package. C o m p u t e r Management 196 B u s i n e s s Computer A p p l i c a t i o n s (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 1 ) A survey course reviewing the major computer subsystems of accounting/finance, administrat i o n , manufacturing, marketing. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o l o g i c a l l y d e s i q n t h e most common t y p e s of o n l i n e b u s i n e s s c o m p u t e r applications. B u s i n e s s Management 200 B u s i n e s s P o l i c y (S) (3,0,1) The f o u r t h t p r m s t u d e n t g a i n s a basic understanding of the c o n c e p t s , p u r p o s e s , and p r o c e d u r e s o f b u s i n e s s p o l i c y , and an i n t e g r a t e d view of t h e s t r a t e g i c management o f b u s i n e s s e n t e r p r i s e . 82 Computer Management 205 COBOL P r o g r a m m i n g II ( F , S ) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMPT 189 w i t h at l e a s t a " C " g r a d e o r by p e r m i s s i s o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . ^ T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f CMPT 1 8 9 , s t r e n g t h e n i n g t h e k n o w l e d g e o f COBOL. A r e a s o f s t u d y include table handling techniques, master f i l e updates, f i l e m a i n t e n a n c e , program i n s t r u c t i o n s related to disk f i l e handling t e c h n i q u e s and p r o g r a m m i n g f o r efficient execution. C o m p u t e r Management 206 COBOL P r o g r a m m i n g III (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMPT 189 and CMPT 205 w i t h at l e a s t a " C " g r a d e o r by p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f CMPT 189 and 2 0 5 . I t b a s i c a l l y c o n s i s t s of p r e p a r i n g complex p r o g r a m s u t i l i z i n g t h e COBOL 1anguage. B u s i n e s s Management 207 Feasibility Analysis (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 . 5 ) This course i s designed to provide the student with a f u n c t i o n a l u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e c o n c e p t s and procedures of f e a s i b i l i t y a n a l y s i s , and t o d e v e l o p and u s e t h e s e c o n c e p t u a l and m e t h o d o l o g i c a l s k i l l s i n t h e d e v e l o p m e n t and use o f s t a t i s t i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n t o make i n f o r m e d b u s i n e s s d e c i s i o n s . B u s i n e s s Management 210 S m a l l B u s i n e s s Mangement (S) (3,0,1) S t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the unique n a t u r e of the small business w i t h i n the C a n a d i a n c o n t e x t . An i n t e g r a t i v e a p p r o a c h t o b o t h t h e s h o r t and longer term managerial a c t i v i t i e s is stressed, with e x p l i c i t e m p h a s i s on t h e p r o c e s s o f a n a l y s i s , s t r a t e g y , and p l a n n i n g r e q u i r e d i n the small business envi ronment. B u s i n e s s Management 2 2 2 Use o f B u s i n e s s M i c r o c o m p u t e r s (F,S) (3,0,1) P r o v i d e s an u n d e r s t a n d i n g and hands-on experience w i t h forecasting/graphics, data-base m a n a g em en t, and p r o j e c t s c h e d u l i n g and j o b c o s t i n g p r o g r a m s . The microcompuer m a r k e t , s o f t w a r e , h a r d w a r e , and v e n d o r s e l e c t i o n c r i t e r i a w i l l a l s o be d i s c u s s e d . B u s i n e s s Management 2 3 0 Salesmanship (F,S) (3,0,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o p r o f e s s i o n a l s e l l i n g . Communication i n c l u d i n g effective l i s t e n i n g , probing, p r o b l e m f i n d i n g and s o l v i n g and c r e a t i v i t y w i l l be c o v e r e d . S p e c i f i c techniques of professional s e l l i n g including p r o s p e c t i n g , q u a l i f y i n g and c o n t r a c t i n g p r o s p e c t s . The c o u r s e w i l l also cover in depth the o r g a n i z a t i o n and management o f sales a c t i v i t i e s . B u s i n e s s Management 240 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I (F,S) (3,0,1) E x a m i n e s t h e e f f e c t upon b u s i n e s s r e l a t i o n s h i p s of l e g a l p r i n c i p l e s f r o m b o t h common and s t a t u t e l a w . An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n l a w w h i c h f o c u s e s on t h e s o u r c e o f r u l e s and p r i n c i p l e s o f c o m m e r c i a l law, the f u n c t i o n i n g of the C a n a d i a n l e g a l s y s t e m and i t s c o m p o n e n t s , and i n v o l v i n g a d e t a i l e d e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e Law o f C o n t r a c t , i n c l u d i n g the S a l e of Goods, N e g o t i a b l e Instruments, Employment L a w , and Consumer Protection l e g i s l a t i o n . Available for transfer credit. B u s i n e s s Management 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I I (F,S) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 240 o r an i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n Commercial o r C o n t r a c t Law, o r by p e r m i s s i o n of the i n s t r u c t o r . A second course i n law which e x a m i n e s t h e e f f e c t upon b u s i n e s s r e l a t i o n s h i p s of l e g a l p r i n c i p l e s f r o m b o t h c a s e anri s t a t u t e l a w . P r i n c i p a l focus i n t h i s course i s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f common l a w anri l e g i s l a t i o n to commercial t r a n s a c t i o n s apart from b a s i c contract, including Corporations, T o r t s , Agency, P a r t n e r s h i p , Bankruptcy, Creditors Rights, L a b o u r , I n s u r a n c e , B a i l m e n t anri Real P r o p e r t y . A v a i l a b l e f o r transfer credit. Accounting 252 Accounting A p p l i c a t i o n s (S) .(3,0,1) A c c o u n t i n g 256 Financial Accounting (S) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 255 w i t h a mi nimum C - g r a d e . Open o n l y students. This course i s a l o g i c a l sequel to ACCT 255 i n t h a t i t s t u d i e s current, developments in f i n a n c i a l a c c o u n t i n g and t h e i r e f f e c t s on f i n a n c i a l statement p r e s e n t a t i o n . The c o u r s e e n c o m p a s s e s t h e s t u r i y of F i n a n c i a l Accounting at a l e v e l beyond ACCT 2 5 5 . T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f CMPT 1 8 0 . A r e a s o f s t u d y i n c l u d e t h e m e a s u r e m e n t s and c o s t s o f r e s o u r c e s , the c r i t e r i a f o r e s t a b l i s h i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , the c r i t e r i a for evaluating resources, t h e r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e on t h e West C o a s t , i n s t a l l i n g a c o m p u t e r s y s t e m and m a n a g i n g t h e c o m p u t e r system. Transferable Prerequisite: to SFU. to full-time second year ACCT 178 The s t u d e n t w i l l c o m p l e t e accounting projects using special j o u r n a l s y s t e m s , o n e - w r i t e systems anri a m i c r o c o m p u t e r b a s e d accounting system. Students w i l l be e x p e c t e r i t o u n d e r s t a n d t h e p r a c t i c a l c o n s t r a i n t s and t h e i n t e r n a l c o n t r o l r e q u i r e m e n t s of an a c c o u n t i n g s y s t e m i n s m a l l t o medium b u s i n e s s e s . S y s t e m s concerneri w i t h r e v e n u e , payments anri i n v e n t o r y w i l l be s t u d i e d . B u s i n e s s Management 253 Management R e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n Labour R e l a t i o n s ( F , S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) A study of management's r e s p o n s i b i l i t y anri r o l e i n present-riay labour r e l a t i o n s . Topics i n c l u d e h i s t o r y of u n i o n i s m , contemporary u n i o n i s m , B . C . Labour Code anri c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. Accounting 255 F i n a n c i a l Accounting I (F) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 17B/179 w i t h a minimum C - g r a d e . This course s t u d i e s the t h e o r i e s underlying f i n a n c i a l statement p r e s e n t a t i o n s , anri i s a l o g i c a l c o n t i n u a t i o n anri r e i n f o r c e m e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l c o v e r e d i n ACCT 178 anri 1 7 9 . The c o u r s e e n c o m p a s s e s t h e sturiy of F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g at the i n t e r m e d i a t e l e v e l . Transferable Computer Management 263 A d v a n c e d Data P r o c e s s i n g (F.S) (1.5,0,.5) II to SFU. A c c o u n t i n g 264 C o s t and M a n a g e r i a l A c c o u n t i n g (F) (3,0,1) Accounting 260 Finance I (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 1 7 8 / 1 7 9 w i t h minimum C - g r a d e . a The f i n a n c i a l m a n a g e r ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s are studied i n riepth i n F i n a n c e I and t h e s u b s e q u e n t c o u r s e , ACCT 2 6 1 . T h i s c o u r s e c o n c e n t r a t e s on t h e d e t a i l s o f f i n a n c i a l p l a n n i n g and t h e management o f c u r r e n t a s s e t s and l i a b i l i t i e s . Other areas of study are f i n a n c i a l a n a l y s i s , time value of money, w o r k i n g c a p i t a l p o l i c y , anri t h e t a x e n v i r o n m e n t . Throughout the course contemporary f i n a n c i a l issues are d i s c u s s e d . This course i s designed for s t u d e n t s r e q u i r i n g CGA anri RIA transfer creriit. A c c o u n t i n g 261 F i n a n c e II (S) I (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 260 w i t h a minimum C - g r a d e . A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f ACCT 2 6 0 . The student s t u d i e s longer term s o u r c e s o f f i n a n c i n g and investment. Major f i n a n c i a l p o l i c y d e c i s i o n s anri i n t e r n a t i o n a l f i n a n c e ° s a r e a l s o s t u d i e d . In addition, relevant current C a n a d i a n anri i n t e r n a t i o n a l t o p i c s are riiscusseri. P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 178/179 w i t h a mi nimum C - g r a d e . D e c i s i o n - m a k i n g and p l a n n i n g i n organizations using accounting t o o l s . The n a t u r e o f a c c o u n t i n g c o n t r o l s . Common c o n t r o l m e t h o d s . M e a s u r e s o f management p e r f o r m a n c e . The r o l e o f t h e management c o s t a c c o u n t a n t . B u s i n e s s Management 267 Finance (F,S) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: BSMG 1 7 8 / 1 7 9 A p r a c t i c a l look at f i n a n c i a l m a n a g em en t, t h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o v e r o b t a i n i n g f i n a n c i n g , m a n a g e m e n t of a s s e t s , investment d e c i s i o n s , f i n a n c i a l p l a n n i n g , anri f i n a n c i a l a n a l y s i s . In a d d i t i o n , contemporary f i n a n c i a l issues w i l l be d i s c u s s e d t h r o u g h o u t t h e course. This i s for business s t u d e n t s who a r e n o t m a j o r i n g i n f i n a n c i a l m a n a g em en t. B u s i n e s s Management 270 P e r s o n n e l Management (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) This course w i l l explore management s k i l l s d e v e l o p m e n t i n t h e p e r s o n n e l f i e l d . Heavy e m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on p r o v i d i n g the student w i t h p r a c t i c a l t o o l s and e x p e r i e n c e s i n s u c h i n t e r v i e w i n g a r e a s as 83 r e c r u i t m e n t , s e l e c t i o n , placpmpnt o f p e r s o n n e l , j o b H e s c r i p t i o n s and a n a l y s i s , t r a i n i n g and p e r f o r m a n c e a p p r a i s a l , wage and s a l a r y a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , u n i o n management relations, Ptc. B u s i n e s s Management 275 Marketing Research ( F , S ) B u s i n e s s Management 271 Merchandising (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: RSMC 158ft159 This course w i l l acquaint t h e s t u d e n t , w i t h an o v e r v i e w o f b o t h r e t a i l i n g and m e r c h a n d i s i n g operations in today's competitive m a r k e t . D i s c u s s i o n w i l l COVPC t h p types of r P t a i l i n g pstablishmpnts, a n a l y s i s of a t r a d i n q a r e a , s i t p l o c a t i o n , s t o r e l a y o u t and d e s i g n , w i t h an e m p h a s i s on c h a n g i n g l i f e s t y l e s and c o n s u m e r demand p a t t e r n s . In a d d i t i o n , s t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p o s e d t o a w i r i p r a n g e o f m e r c h a n d i s i n g t e c h n i q u p s and s t r a t e g i e s c o v e r i n g many c o r p o r a t i o n s and c o m m o d i t i e s . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d p t h e USP o f qupst. l e c t u r e r s and f i e l d t r i p s t o emphasize t h e p r a c t i c a l aspects of the s u b j e c t . B u s i n e s s Management 2 7 3 A d v e r t i s i n g I (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d as an introductory course in thp basics of m a r k e t i n g r e s e a r c h . It w i l l i n d i c a t e t h e methods o f m a k i n g t h p most e f f e c t i v e u s e o f m a r k e t i n g r e s e a r c h . T h r o u g h SOPIP p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n s of a research project the student w i l l Iparn the elements of rpsearch d e s i g n , basic methods o f c o l l e c t i n g d a t a , a n a l y s i s and r e p o r t i n g . The Student w i l l q a i n a knowledge i n t h p p r o c e d u r e s and a p p l i c a t i o n s o f C a n a d i a n and A m e r i c a n r p s p a r c h . B u s i n e s s Management 2 7 6 M a r k e t i n g Management ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) - Directed Studies Prerequisite: To e x a m i n e t h e C a n a d i a n and American a d v e r t i s i n g i n d u s t r y from b o t h m i c r o and macro p p r s p e c t i v e s . To e n a b l e t h e s t u d e n t t o g r a s p t h e b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l and p r a c t i c a l a p p r o a c h e s t o a d v e r t i s i n g . To p r o v i d e an i n s i g h t i n t o t h e various aspects of a d v e r t i s i n g h i s t o r y , c r e a t i v i t y , communication s y s t e m s , m e d i a c h o i c e and o t h e r f u n c t i o n s . T h i s i s not. a c o u r s e on d e s i g n i n g , c r e a t i n g and p r e p a r i n g s p e c i f i c typps of a d v e r t i s i n g , but i s meant t o s e r v e as an o v e r v i e w o f what a d v e r t i s i n g i s and how i t relates to other marketing c o n c e p t s and o p e r a t i o n s . A c c o u n t i n g 274 C o s t and M a n a g e r i a l A c c o u n t i n g (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) manufacturing operations, planning and c o s t c o n t r o l s y s t e m s , performance e v a l u a t i o n methods, s t r a t e g i c d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g mpthods. II P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 2^4 w i t h a mi nimum C - g r a d e . A more i n - d e p t h s t u d y o f s u b j e c t s c o v e r e d i n B u s i n e s s Management 264. Cost d e t e r m i n a t i o n f o r BSMG 158/159 T h i s c o u r s p i n t r o d u c e s t h e student, t o t h e a p p r o a c h e s and p r o b l e m s o f t h e m a r k e t i n g management d e c i s i o n - m a k i n q under t h e i n f l u e n c e of c o n t r o l l a b l e and u n c o n t r o l l a b l e c o n d i t i o n s . M a r k e t i n g s t r a t e g y and p l a n n i n g , buyer bphaviour, product S t r a t e g y anri i n t e g r a t e d p r o g r a m s w i l l be s t u d i e d . The s t u d p n t w i l l hp r e q u i r e d t o spend a p p r o x . 12 h o u r s p e r wppk f o r 10 weeks working with a f i r m during t h i s coursp. B u s i n e s s Management 277 International Marketing (F) (3,0,1) A study of t h e mechanics of international trade, forpign exchange r a t e s , t a r i f f s , e t c . P r o d u c t - d i s t r i h u t i o n - p r o m o t i on mixes f o r pxport markets of C a n a d i a n i n d u s t r y w i t h e m p h a s i s on P a c i f i c R i m and U . S . A . m a r k e t i n f l u e n c e s . Adapting domestic marketing techniques to foreign condi t i o n s . B u s i n e s s Management 2 7 8 S a l e s Management ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Prerequisite: BSMG 230 The s c o p e o f t h i s c o u r s e i n c l u d e s a l l of the a c t i v i t i e s which the p e r s o n i n c h a r g e o f an o u t s i d e sales force i s l i k e l y to e n c o u n t e r . More s p e c i f i c a l l y i t covers sales o r g a n i z a t i o n , o p e r a t i o n s , p l a n n i n g , a n a l y s i s and e v a l u a t i o n , and s a l e s m a n s h i p techniques. B u s i n e s s Management 2 7 9 A d v e r t i s i n g II (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) As a f o l l o w - u p t o A d v e r t i s i n g I, t h i s course w i l l o f f e r the s t u d e n t s an o p p o r t u n i t y t o c r e a t e and p r e s e n t a f u l l a d v e r t i s i n g c a m p a i g n f o r an o p e r a t i n g c o m p a n y . A team a p p r o a c h w i l l be u s e d t o c r e a t e an a d v e r t i s i n g a g e n c y e n v i r o n m e n t w i t h s u c h a r e a s as r e s e a r c h , c r e a t i v e m e d i a , and account s u p e r v i s i o n being s t u d i e d and p o r t r a y e d . W h i l e n o t a prerequisite, Advertising I is recommended t o f u l l y u n d e r s t a n d t h e c o u r s e c o n t e n t and p r o g r a m . A c c o u n t i n g 284 Taxation I (F) (3,0,1) This course i s the f i r s t part of a t w o - p a r t c o u r s e and i s c o n c e r n e d with the computation of income, for tax purposes, from t h e four b a s i c income s o u r c e s — E m p l o y m e n t , B u s i n e s s , I n v e s t m e n t s and C a p i t a l Gai ns . A c c o u n t i n g 285 T a x a t i o n II ( S ) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 284 w i t h a mi nimum C - g r a d e . This course c o n t i n u e s from t h e p r e r e q u i s i t e c o u r s e . Taxable i n c o m e i s computed and t h e f e d e r a l and p r o v i n c i a l i n c o m e t a x e s a r e c a l c u l a t e d . Corporate surplus d i s t r i b u t i o n s , t r u s t s and p a r t n e r s h i p s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l income and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n a r e a l s o exami n e d . Computer Management 289 Systems I m p l e m e n t a t i o n (S) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMPT 2Q3 w i t h least a C- grade. file at A f o l l o w - u p c o u r s e t o CMPT 293 using the l o g i c a l design created i n t h e s y s t e m s d e s i g n c l a s s as a model f o r i m p l e m e n t a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l u s e a 4GL t o i m p l e m e n t an o n l i n e a p p l i c a t i o n on t h e HP3000 mi n i c o m p u t e r . B u s i n e s s Management 291 Management A c c o u n t i n g ( F ) f i l e m a i n t e n a n c e and reorgani z a t i o n . (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 178 ft 179 w i t h a minimum C - g r a d e . The c o u r s e w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h p s t u d e n t t o t h p s p e c i a l i z e d a r e a of Management A c c o u n t i n g . It, w i l l p r o v i d e an o v e r v i e w t o c o n t r o l s e f f e c t e d i n t e r n a l l y hy management, u s i n g s u c h t o o l s as b u d g e t s , c o s t i n g and a n a l y s i s . P l a n n i n g f o r an o r g a n i z a t i o n w i l l be e x a m i n p d f r o m b o t h t h e c a p i t a l and opprational persppctives. Computer Management 293 S y s t e m s D e s i g n (F) (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMPT 18? w i t h l e a s t a "C" g r a d e . at T h i s c o u r s e i s an p x t p n s i o n of CMPT 18? f u r t h e r i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y to a n a l y z e the managerial r e q u i r e m p n t s of i n f o r m a t i o n s y s t e m s . It p r o v i d e s a p r a c t i c a l experience in the l o g i c a l design of o n - l i n e s y s t e m s f o r b u s i n e s s a p p l i c a t i o n s . Topics i n c l u d e s t r u c t u r e d s y s t e m s a n a l y s i s and d e s i g n , d a t a d i c t i o n a r y , and structured charts. Computer Management 295 BASIC Programming II (F.S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , .5) P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMPT 181 w i t h l e a s t a "C" g r a d e . Computer Management 298 D a t a S y s t e m s Management (F) (3,0,1) RM 156 Sales Promotion T h i s c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s on d a t a s t r u c t u r e s and d a t a management t e c h n i q u e s w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of d a t a b a s e methodology. Topics w i l l include data structure types, i n d e x - s e q u e n t i a l a c c e s s methods and s u c h d a t a base t o p i c s as elements of a d a t a b a s e , f u n c t i o n s o f a d a t a base a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , data i n t e g r i t y , data s e c u r i t y , d a t a d i c t i o n a r i e s , and Query f a c i l i t i e s . Design c o n s i d e r a t i o n s w i l l a l s o he d i s c u s s e d and l a b s w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on c r e a t i n g a c c e s s i n g (both p r o g r a m a t i c a l l y and Q u e r y ) and r e s t r u c t u r i n g d a t a bases. Computer Management 299 Management I n f o r m a t i o n S y s t e m s (S) (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s on t h e use o f an o v e r a l l m a n a g e r i a l s y s t e m s a p p r o a c h when w o r k i n g i n t h e management i n f o r m a t i o n a r e a - - t h e e v a l u a t i n g o f management needs f o r i n f o r m a t i o n and t h e i n t e g r a t i o n o f t h o s e needs i n t o t h e management system. , RETAIL MANAGEMENT COURSES RM 151 Textiles Merchandising (S) (3,0,1) I An i n t r o d u c t o r y s t u d y o f t e x t i l e f a b r i c s and t h e t e x t i l e industry A s u r v e y o f t h p d e v e l o p m e n t and use o f f a s h i o n f a b r i c s i n c l u d i n g f i b r e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s , p r o d u c t i o n and t e s t i n g methods. at. T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n of CMPT 1 8 1 , s t r e n g t h e n i n g t h e knowledge o f B A S I C . A r e a s o f s t u d y include disc f i l e organizations, screen f o r m a t t i n g , access methods, RM 153 Creative Advertising (S) (3,0,1) developing production s k i l l s . C o p y w r i t i n g , l a y o u t , d e s i g n and i l l u s t r a t i v e t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be taught. Production An e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on t h e p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of a d v e r t i s i n g p r i n c i p l e s through (S) (3,0,1) An o v e r v i e w on p r o m o t i o n f r o m a study of p e r s o n a l s e l f - p r o m o t i o n t o t h e l a r g e r w o r l d of promoting r e t a i l i n g . The e m p h a s i s i n c l a s s w i l l be on d e v e l o p i n g c o n f i d e n c e and p x p e r t i s e on p r o m o t i n g p r o d u c t s and i d e a s f o r i n d u s t r y w h i c h w i l l i n c l u d e a s p e c t s and b a s i c s of a d v e r t i s i n g , m e d i a , w r i t i n g s k i l l s and t r a d e show producti on. RM 158 B a s i c s o f C o l o u r ft D e s i g n R e t a i l e r s (F) (3,0,1) for An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c o n c e p t s o f c o l o u r and d e s i g n . A p p l i c a t i o n o f the p r i n c i p l e s of g r a p h i c c o m p o s i t i o n , b a s i c f o r m and s h a p e , c o l o u r t h e o r y and v i s u a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , i m p a c t on f a s h i o n - r e l a t e d themes and subjects through i n s t r u c t i o n , f i e l d t r i p s , i n d i v i d u a l d e s i g n and analysi s . RM 161 Management P r e s e n t a t i o n (F,S) (3,0,1) Skills B u s i n e s s s k i l l s w i l l be d e v e l o p e d i n t r a i n i n g f o r management and supervisory positions. Public speaking, report w r i t i n g , chairing m e e t i n g s and management c o m m u n i c a t i o n s k i l l s w i l l be developed. RM 164 Co-op Industry (SU) (3,0,1) Experience A l l students w i l l receive a s s i s t a n c e from the department i n o b t a i n i n g summer employment i n a r e t a i l or r e t a i 1 - r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s . T h r e e c r e d i t s w i l l be a c q u i r e d , p r o v i d i n g the student r e c e i v e s a s a t i s f a c t o r y r a t i n g from the employer. 85 RM 174 Social Survey (F) (3,0,1) An h i s t o r i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n n f c l o t h i n q , a r c h i t e c t u r e and i n t e r i o r ripsiqn as r e l a t e d t o contemporary w o r l d . P r o d u c t i o n Management (F) (3,0,1) The s t u d e n t w i l l a c q u i r e a b a s i c w o r k i n g knowledqe of c l o t h i n g manufacturinq p l a n t s , covering organization, factory planning, c o s t i n g anri c o s t c o n t r o l , q u a l i t y c o n t r o l and g e n e r a l p l a n t efficiency. RM 257 Presentation (S) RM 265 Career Readiness Economics (3,0,1) P r a c t i c a l t e c h n i q u e s and t h e o r y o f v i s u a l l y presenting merchandise: window d i s p l a y s , i n t e r i o r d i s p l a y s , m a n n p q u i n s and m e r c h a n d i s i n g of f i x t u r e s . (S) (3,0,1) The o b j e c t i v e o f t h i s c o u r s e i s t o provide the student w i t h p r a c t i c a l s k i l l s for s u c c e s s f u l job s e a r c h . The s t u d p n t s w i l l r e s e a r c h s e v e r a l p r o f e s s i o n a l s in the r e t a i l i n d u s t r y , and w i l l spend a b r i e f period with a professional (during w o r k ) . F o c u s w i l l be on resume writing, interview s k i l l d e v p l o p m p n t , and o t h e r c a r e e r related s k i l l s . RM 272 Independent S t o r e (F) (3,0,1) Methods R e t a i l b u s i n e s s methods i n C a n a d a , w i t h a s p p c i a l f o c u s on t h e C a n a d i a n e n v i r o n m e n t and t h p rpcpnt r a p i d changps i n the r p t a i l i ndustry. Visual Communications Management I This course i s a p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e M e r c h a n d i s i n g c o u r s e s . The i n s t r u c t o r w i l l p r o v i d e t h e b a s i c management s t r u c t u r e of the R e t a i l M e r c h a n d i s i n g "Cap C o r n e r " s t o r e a c t i v i t i e s w e e k l y . The s t u d e n t s w i l l a c t as s t o r e managers i n : c o n t r o l , s t a f f t r a i n i n g , buying and d i s p l a y and p r o m o t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be e n t i r e l y responsible for operating the s t o r e and a l l t h o s e a c t i v i t i e s and manangprial r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s i n operating a successful small retail store. RM 259 P r i n c i p l e s of Buying (SI (3,0,1) A study of the p r i n c i p l e s of b u y i n g and s e l l i n g n f r e t a i l goods, study of m e r c h a n d i s i n g f u n c t i o n s s u c h as i n v e n t o r y c o n t r o l , working with s u p p l i e r s , d e v e l o p i n g a s s o r t m e n t s , and b u y p r rpsponsi hi 1 i t i P S . RM 264 Interiors (F) (3,0,1) Fashion I n t e r i o r s teachps the f u n d a m e n t a l s nf i n t e r i o r d e s i g n as they r e l a t e to m e r c h a n d i s i n g . Students design a store using the f l o o r p l a n , r e n d e r i n g s , c h o i c e of f a b r i c , s e l e c t i o n o f c o l o u r s and 86 Courses See l i s t i n g s u n d e r C o m m u n i c a t i o n s in the Career Section f o l l o w i n g . the RM 17fi RM 178 Retail Business (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) t e x t u r e t o showcase m e r c h a n d i s e . A l l i n t e r i o r d e s i g n components are d i s c u s s e d as an e x t e n s i o n o f t h e retail world. RM 273 Independent S t o r e (S) (3,0,1) Management A continuation RM 2 7 2 . of II Courses See l i s t i n g s u n d e r E c o n o m i c s t h e Academic S e c t i o n of the calendar. in Communications Department Instructional Faculty COBLEY, J . , R . A . ( B r i q h a m Y o u n g , M.A. (UBC) KILIAN, C , R.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) KUBICEK, R . , B . A . ( S i r G e o r g e W i l l i a m s ) , M . A . (SFU) REID, B . , R.A. ( A l b e r t a ) WITTMAN, M . , R . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , M . A . (UBC) General. The C o m m u n i c a t i o n s D e p a r t m e n t of C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e has t h e b r o a d o b j e c t i v e of p r o v i d i n g s t u d e n t s i n C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l Programs w i t h competence i n t h e use of t h e E n g l i s h l a n g u a g e and i n m e d i a communi c a t i o n s . Basic technical w r i t i n g , research p a p e r s , spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n s , business r e p o r t s , press reports and b r i e f s a r e some o f t h e t o p i c s studied in a communications course. (F.S) (3,0,1) D e v e l o p m e n t of w r i t i n g and speaking s k i l l s , with material largely related to s p e c i f i c career goals. Extensive practice in i m p r o v i n g E n g l i s h b a s i c s , numerous w r i t i n g a s s i g n m e n t s , and at l e a s t one s p o k e n p r e s e n t a t i o n . P r e r e g u i s i t e : CMNS 150 o r E n g l i sh s k i 11s . Arts proven The u s e o f l a n g u a g e i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h g r a p h i c and o t h e r a r t s . Attention to job-search strategies s u i t a b l e f o r a r t i s t s and c r a f t s p e r s o n s . Writing assignments i n c l u d e an a r t i c l p on some a s p e c t of a r t which the student w i l l submit f o r p u b l i c a t i o n . A spoken presentation is required. Communications Communications (S) (3,0,1) 154 in Recreation W r i t i n g and s p e e c h r e l a t e d t o O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Management: r e p o r t s , memorandums, p r e s s r e l e a s e s , a r t i c l e s and b r i e f s . Spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d . C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 155 Communications i n E a r l y E d u c a t i o n (S) (3,0,1) Childhood proven The b a s i c s o f b u s i n e s s w r i t i n g : r e s u m e s , memorandums, b u s i n e s s l e t t e r s and r e p o r t s . Development of s u i t a b l e s t y l e s f o r d i f f e r e n t b u s i n e s s p u r p o s e s . At l e a s t one spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n . 152 (F.S) 153 and t h e E f f e c t i v e v e r b a l and n o n - v e r b a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n , and t h e w r i t i n g o f l e t t e r s , r e p o r t s and b r i e f s . Spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e r e g u i r e d . C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 151 Business Communications (F.S) (3,0,1) Communications Report W r i t i n g Communications Communications (S) (3,0,1) C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 156 Communications f o r the Media R e s o u r c e s S t u d e n t (S) (1.5,0,.5) A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f CMNS 150 w i t h e m p h a s i s on i n t e r v i e w i n g techniques in applied s i t u a t i o n s . The c o u r s e a l s o d e a l s w i t h p u b l i c s p e a k i n g and g r o u p l e a d e r s h i p techniques. (3,0,1) P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMNS 150 o r Engl i sh s k i l l s . proven C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 170 P u b l i c Speaking (F.S) Researching, p r e s e n t i n g d i f f e r e n t k i n d s of speeches. A t t e n t i o n to voice training, non-verbal c o m m u n i c a t i o n , and p u b l i c s p e a k i n g in various contexts. C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 175 B a s i c Legal Communications (F) (1.5,0,.5) P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMNS 150 o r English s k i l l s . Information C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150 B a s i c Communications R e s e a r c h i n g , o r g a n i z i n g and presenting information for b u s i n e s s and t e c h n i c a l reports. A t t e n t i o n t o g r a p h i c s , s t y l e and r e p o r t f o r m a t . Spoken presentations using audiovisual a i d s are r e q u i r e d . organizing (3,0,1) and Intended p r i m a r i l y f o r students i n Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s . Extensive practice in perfecting E n g l i s h b a s i c s ; numerous w r i t i n g a s s i g n m e n t s w i t h e m p h a s i s on organization. C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 176 Advanced Legal Communications (S) (1.5,0,.5) Prerequisite: c o m p l e t i o n of Successful CMNS 1 7 5 . The b a s i c s o f b u s i n e s s w r i t i n g : memorandums, r e p o r t s and b u s i n e s s l e t t e r s . Attention to the s t y l e s and f o r m a t s o f w r i t i n g i n l a w f i rms. C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 190 Magazine A r t i c l e W r i t i n g (F.S) (3,0,1) R e s e a r c h i n g and w r i t i n g a r t i c l e s f o r p u b l i c a t i o n i n news m e d i a and m a g a z i n e s , e s p e c i a l l y " t r a d e " and special-interest periodicals. A n a l y s i s of magazine r e a d e r s h i p , t e c h n i g u e s o f r e s e a r c h and i n t e r v i e w i n g , the c u r r e n t market f o r a r t i c l e s and d e v e l o p m e n t o f an e f f e c t i v e prose s t y l e . Students w i l l write three a r t i c l e s in s u i t a b l e f o r m a t , and s u b m i t them for pubication in e s t a b l i s h e d p e r i odi cal s . Health and Human Services Programs The p o s i t i o n s o b t a i n e d by g r a d u a t e s demand a h i g h d e g r e e o f m a t u r i t y and i n t e r p e r s o n a l skill in a d d i t i o n to the a b i l i t y to p l a n and i m p l e m e n t p r o g r a m a c t i v i t i e s f o r young c h i l d r e n . 1. Early Childhood Education P r o g r a m - 10 m o n t h s , f u l l - t i m e ?.. Long Term T a r e A i d e P r o g r a m 15 weeks f u l 1 - t i m p The f o l l o w i n g p r o g r a m s w i l l pending f u n d s : 1. ?. 3. he run Long Term C a r e A i d e U p g r a d i n g 1? w e e k s , p a r t - t i m e R e g i s t e r e d Nurses Refresher P r o g r a m - 15 w e e k s , f u l l - t i m e Homemaker P r o q r a m - 15 weeks full-time 4 . Homemaker P r o q r a m - p a r t . - t i m e 5 . L o n g Term C a r e A i d e U p g r a d i n g 1 ? weeks p a r t - t i m e 6. Early Childhood Education "Under T h r e e s " Program part-time 7. Early Childhood Education S p e c i a l Needs p r o g r a m part-time EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Instructional ANNE, R., Dipl. Faculty E.C.E. (Ryerson), Art Therapy ( T o r o n t o ) RROWN, J . , R . S c . H . E c . (Man.), P.O. (Vancouver General 1 CLARK, , ] . , R . N . ( R e g i n a l General H o s p i t a l ) , Teaching D i p l . (Sask.) RAWSTHORNE, M . , R . H . E . , M . E d . (URC), R.D. RENNIE, L . J . , R . S c , D i p l . E . C . E . ( R r i q h a m Young) WORMAN, E . , R . A . , D i p l . C h i l d Study ( T o r o n t o ) , C o o r d i n a t o r E a r l y Childhood Education is a f u l l t i m e 10 month p r o g r a m b e g i n n i n g in the m i d d l e of A u q u s t . R a s e d on t h e C o m p e t e n c i e s i n E a r l y C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n d e v e l o p e d by t h e M i n i s t r y of E d u c a t i o n , March 1179, t h e proqram q u a l i f i e s the s t u d e n t t o work w i t h p r e s c h o o l age c h i l d r e n i n a v a r i e t y of s e t t i n g s . On c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e 500 h o u r s o f work e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e d by t h e P r o v i n c i a l C h i l d Care F a c i l i t i e s L i c e n s i n q Board, the graduate is e l i g i b l e to receive the Preschool Supervisor C e r t i f i c a t e which q u a l i f i e s him o r her t o be i n c h a r q e o f a N u r s e r y S c h o o l o r Day Care Centre f o r 3 - 5 year o l d children. 88 - - A d d i t i o n a l courses are r e q u i r e d f o r S u p e r v i s o r s of younger c h i l d r e n or c h i l d r e n w i t h s p e c i a l n e e d s . Evening programs i n both o f t h e s e a r e a s have been p l a n n e d and are a w a i t i n g f u n d i n g . The f o u n d a t i o n o f t h e E . C . E . program l i e s in t h e i n - d e p t h study of development from b i r t h t o a d u l t h o o d . The h i s t o r y and c u r r e n t p h i l o s o p h i e s of E a r l y C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n a r e e x a m i n e d . An i n t e r r e l a t e d s e r i e s of c o u r s e s f o c u s on t h e c a r e and g u i d a n c e o f t h e young c h i l d , program p l a n n i n g , and c u r r i c u l u m c o n t e n t . O t h e r a r e a s o f s t u d y i n c l u d e h e a l t h and n u t r i t i o n , parent-teacher r e l a t i o n s h i p s and c o m m u n i t y r e s o u r c e s . The f i r s t week o f t h e p r o g r a m c o n s i s t s of an i n t e n s i v e course in interpersonal skills. T h e o r y and p r a c t i c e a r e c l o s e l y r e l a t e d throughout the program as s t u d e n t s spend weekly p e r i o d s i n a v a r i e t y of s e t t i n g s under t h e guidance of q u a l i f i e d s u p e r v i s o r s . Two f o u r week b l o c k p r a c t i c u m s a r e also included. C o u r s e s a r e p r e s e n t e d i n a manner which promotes a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n through l a b s , practical demonstrations, reports, g r o u p p r o j e c t s , r o l e p l a y , and d i s c u s s i o n s . Students are encouraged t o e x p l o r e t h e i r v a l u e s , b e l i e f s , f e e l i n g s , and self concepts. C o n t i n u a t i o n i n the program i s d e p e n d e n t on t h e d e m o n s t r a t i o n an a d e q u a t e l e v e l o f i n t e r p e r s o n a l , a c a d e m i c , and teachinq/guiding s k i l l s . of C e r t i f i c a t i o n requires the graduate to hold a v a l i d F i r s t A i d C e r t i f i c a t e , but f i r s t a i d i s no l o n g e r a component o f t h e E . C . E . program. Therefore, s u c c e s s f u l a p p l i c a n t s are responsible for obtaining a F i r s t A i d C e r t i f i c a t e w h i c h s h o u l d be presented to the c o o r d i n a t o r of t h e p r o g r a m by t h e b e g i n n i n g o f S e p t e m b e r . The S . O . F . A . C e r t i f i c a t e from S t . J o h n ' s A m b u l a n c e i s r e c o m m e n d e d . These are r e a d i l y o b t a i n a b l e i n the community. Applications E n q u i r i e s t o t h e d e p a r t m e n t may be made a t any t i m e . I n f o r m a t i o n meetings for p o t e n t i a l a p p l i c a n t s are held e a r l y in the year ( u s u a l l y J a n u a r y and A p r i l ) . Following these meetings a p p l i c a n t s are r e q u i r e d to attend a group i n t e r v i e w w i t h the Program C o o r d i n a t o r and I n s t r u c t o r s . F u r t h e r i n t e r v i e w s may be h e l d i n e a r l y August, i f spaces are avai1 a b l e . C a n d i d a t e s s h o u l d be 19 y e a r s o f age o r o l d e r , w i t h S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l G r a d u a t i o n . A y e a r o r more of l i f e experience f o l l o w i n g high school u s u a l l y c o n t r i b u t e s to the d e v e l o p m e n t , o f t h e m a t u r i t y and personal c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s which are necessary for success in the p r o g r a m and i n w o r k i n g w i t h y o u n g c h i l d r e n and t h e i r f a m i l i e s . S u c c e s s f u l a p p l i c a n t s w i l l show e v i d e n c e of development of i n t e r p e r s o n a l and l i f e s k i l l s , e m o t i o n a l h e a l t h , and a commitment t o y o u n g c h i l d r e n and t h e i r f a m i l i e s . R e l a t e d p a s t work e x p e r i e n c e and e d u c a t i o n w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d . A d e q u a t e w r i t i n g and academic s k i l l s are e s s e n t i a l . A p p l i c a n t s are required to present a m e d i c a l r e p o r t on a f o r m s u p p l i e d by t h e C o l l e g e , p l u s e v i d e n c e of the absence of a c t i v e t u b e r c u l o s i s . In a d d i t i o n , i t i s s t r o n g l y recomended t h a t a l l f e m a l e a p p l i c a n t s have a H I T i t r e to determine the s t a t u s of immunity t o R u b e l l a . For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e P r o g r a m C o o r d i n a t o r . To r e c e i v e n o t i c e o f an i n f o r m a t i o n meeting, c o n t a c t the Reception o f f i c e ' a t 986-1911, local 391. Early Childhood Education C e r t i f i c a t e E d u c a t i o n 172 G u i d i n g Young C h i l d r e n (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) Program Credit Hours FIRST TERM CMNS 150 E d u c a t i o n 155 E d u c a t i o n 170 E d u c a t i o n 171 E d u c a t i o n 172 E d u c a t i o n 173 E d u c a t i o n 174 E d u c a t i o n 175 E d u c a t i o n 176 B a s i c Communications Human G r o w t h and D e v e l o p m e n t Interpersonal S k i l l s Introduction to E.C.E G u i d i n g Young C h i l d r e n I C u r r i c u l u m Development I Health O b s e r v i n g and R e c o r d i n g Applied Theory-Practicum I SECOND TERM E d u c a t i o n 254 E d u c a t i o n 270 E d u c a t i o n 271 E d u c a t i o n 272 E d u c a t i o n 273 E d u c a t i o n 274 E d u c a t i o n 275 E d u c a t i o n 276 E d u c a t i o n 277 Theoretical Perspectives I n t r o d u c t i o n to Working w i t h F a m i l i e s . . Introduction to Centre Organization . . . . G u i d i n g Young C h i l d r e n II C u r r i c u l u m D e v e l o p m e n t II Nutrition Human G r o w t h ft D e v e l o p m e n t II A p p l i e d T h e o r y - P r a c t i c u m II A p p l i e d T h e o r y - P r a c t i c u m III THIRD TERM E d u c a t i o n 278 Applied Theory-Practicum E d u c a t i o n 155 Human G r o w t h and D e v e l o p m e n t (F) (3,0,1) I The f i r s t h a l f o f a t w o - p a r t sequence. Course m a t e r i a l spans the p e r i o d from c o n c e p t i o n through t h e p r e s c h o o l y e a r s and e x a m i n e s p h y s i c a l and p e r c e p t u a l d e v e l o p m e n t , c o g n i t i o n and l a n g u a g e , s o c i a l and e m o t i o n a l d e v e l o p m e n t . An i n t r o d u c t o r y study of t h e o r i e s , p r i n c i p l e s of d e v e l o p m e n t , and c h i l d s t u d y techniques i s included. E d u c a t i o n 170 Interpersonal Skills (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) An i n t e n s i v e w e e k - l o n q c o u r s e i n w h i c h s t u d e n t s g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of b a s i c c o m m u n i c a t i o n p r i n c i p l e s and t e c h n i q u e s . P r a c t i c e in the a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e s e s k i l l s i s i n c l u d e d . Students gain increased IV I 3 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 _3 18 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Lab Hours I This course develops a t h e o r e t i c a l framework of g u i d a n c e p r i n c i p l e s and t e c h n i q u e s and e x a m i n e s t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n . It a l s o d i s c u s s e s t h e s i g n i f i c a n c e of r o u t i n e s i n the day c a r e c e n t r e p r o g r a m , and d e s c r i b e s p r o c e d u r e s and t e a c h e r guidance in these s i t u a t i o n s . 4 _6_ 10 4 _3_ 18 6 _6 16 3 3 6 6 s e l f knowledge, develop l i s t e n i n g s k i l l s , and p r a c t i c e s e n d i n g "I m e s s a g e s " and g i v i n g f e e d b a c k t o g r o u p m e m b e r s . An o n g o i n g assignment i s designed to help students monitor t h e i r personal communication s k i l l s in p r a c t i c u m , i n c l a s s and b e y o n d . E d u c a t i o n 171 Introduction to Early Childhood E d u c a t i o n (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) An i n t e n s i v e w e e k - l o n g c o u r s e which introduces the student to many a s p e c t s o f p r o g r a m s f o r t h e y o u n g c h i l d and t h e r o l e o f t h e preschool t e a c h e r . Course content includes d i s c u s s i o n of Philosophy and G o a l s , S c h e d u l i n g , A r r a n g i n g play spaces, the important r o l e of p l a y , and k n o w i n g c h i l d r e n as i n d i v i d u a l s . Basic play a c t i v i t i e s a r e examined w i t h r e s p e c t to l e a r n i n g v a l u e s , equipment, p r e p a r a t i o n , and t e a c h e r g u i d a n c e . E d u c a t i o n 173 C u r r i c u l u m Develoment (F) ( 1 . 5 , 4 , . 5 ) I The f i r s t o f a two p a r t s e q u e n c e in which c u r r i c u l u m areas are e x p l o r e d w i t h m a j o r f o c u s on c r e a t i v e a r t s and l a n g u a g e a r t s . A f o u n d a t i o n of t h e o r e t i c a l k n o w l e d g e i s augmented w i t h p r a c t i c a l e x p e r i e n c e , p l a n n i n g , and p r e s e n t i n g a c t i v i t i e s . The c o u r s e i s c l o s e l y c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h the c o n c u r r e n t p r a c t i c u m c o u r s e so t h a t s t u d e n t s have p a r t i c u l a r c h i l d r e n i n mind as t h e y p l a n g o a l s , age a p p r o p r i a t e a c t i v i t i e s and m a t e r i a l s , and t e a c h i n g strategies. Building a curriculum resource f i l e i s a s i g n i f i c a n t component o f t h i s c o u r s e . E d u c a t i o n 174 H e a l t h (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o f a m i l i a r z e s t u d e n t s w i t h some o f t h e common c h i l d h o o d i l l n e s s e s . P a r t i c u l a r e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on t h e management o f t h e y o u n g c h i l d w i t h a h e a l t h problem in a p r e s c h o o l s e t t i n g . The c o u r s e a l s o includes preventive health m e a s u r e s , and t h e symptoms o f common c h i l d h o o d i l l n e s s e s and communicable d i s e a s e s . E d u c a t i o n 175 O b s e r v i n g and R e c o r d i n g (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) A course which develops s k i l l i n o b j e c t i v e l y o b s e r v i n g and r e c o r d i n g the b e h a v i o u r of young c h i l d r e n . Weekly s u p e r v i s e d o b s e r v a t i o n s form the major p a r t of the c o u r s e . D i f f e r e n t kinds of o b s e r v a t i o n a l techniques are e x p l o r e d . The u s e s of t e a c h e r o b s e r v a t i o n s are examined. E d u c a t i o n 176 Applied Theory-Practicum (Fj (3,6,1) I The f i r s t o f f o u r p r a c t i c u m c o u r s e s . In t h i s c o u r s e t h e s t u d e n t spends two m o r n i n g s p e r week i n a p r a c t i c u m c e n t r e , a r r a n g e d by t h e C o l l e g e , w o r k i n g under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of a q u a l i f i e d s u p e r v i s o r . An i n s t r u c t o r a l s o observes the student working i n the c e n t r e . Assignments are i n t e g r a t e d w i t h t h e c o u r s e work i n Education 173. Students p l a n , i m p l e m e n t , and e v a l u a t e a c t i v i t i e s i n c r e a t i v e and l a n g u a g e a r t s . C l a s s r o o m d i s c u s s s i o n once a week h e l p s t h e student, i n t e g r a t e t h e o r y and p r a c t i c e . E d u c a t i o n 254 Theoretical Perspectives (S) (3,0,1) An o v e r v i e w o f m a j o r e d u c a t i o n a l theorists within a historical p e r s p e c t i v e , major contemporary i s s u e s i n E . C . E . , and modern approaches to preschool education in various c o u n t r i e s , i n c l u d i n g Canada, U.S., I s r a e l , England, J a p a n , and t h e S o v i e t U n i o n . E d u c a t i o n 270 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Working F a m i l i e s (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) with 1 This course i s rlesiqned to develop a b e g i n n i n q u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the s i g n i f i c a n c e and c o m p l e x i t y o f an e f f e c t i v e r e l a t i o n s h i p between t h e p r e s c h o o l t e a c h e r and t h e c h i l d ' s f a m i l y . The s t u d e n t i s helper! t o i d e n t i f y needs, f e e l i n g s , v a l u e s , and e x p e c t a t i o n s o f p a r e n t s , t o p l a n f o r t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n o f new f a m i l i e s to the c e n t r e , to c l a r i f y r o l e s o f f a m i l y and s t a f f , t o f u r t h e r develop communication s k i l l s , to examine s i m i l a r i t i e s and d i f f e r e n c e s i n c u s t o m s and v a l u e s i n v a r i o u s e t h n i c and r e l i g i o u s q r o u p s , to r e c o g n i z e p e r s o n a l v a l u e s , and t o i d e n t i f y the essence of a p r o f e s s i o n a l relationship with parents. E d u c a t i o n 271 Introduction to Centre O r g a n i z a t i o n (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) An i n t r o d u c t o r y l o o k a t some o f the a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects of o p e r a t i n g a c e n t r e f o r young c h i l d r e n . T h i s c o u r s e assumes a k n o w l e d g e o f c u r r i c u l u m and d a i l y p r o g r a m p l a n n i n g , and i d e n t i f i e s necessary functions r e l a t i n g i n d i r e c t l y to c h i l d r e n , e g . handling finances, h i r i n g s t a f f , l e a d e r s h i p and management, c l e a n i n g and m a i n t e n a n c e , p o l i c i e s and p r o c e d u r e s , e t c . The Provincial legislation regulating c h i l d care i s examined. Steps t o o p e n i n g a c e n t r e w i l l a l s o be di scussed. E d u c a t i o n 272 G u i d i n g Young C h i l d r e n (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) II T h i s i s a f o l l o w up t o E d u c a t i o n 172 and w i l l e x t e n d t h e s t u d e n t ' s r e p e r t o i r e of g u i d a n c e / t e a c h i n g t e c h n i q u e s . The f o c u s i s on r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e needs o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l c h i l d and on f o s t e r i n g p r o s o c i a l b e h a v i o u r and a p o s i t i v e s e l f c o n c e p t . The s t u d e n t w i l l develop s k i l l in w r i t i n g b e h a v i o u r a l g o a l s , and p l a n n i n g for t h e i r achievement. Planning e f f e c t i v e l y f o r t h e new c h i l d i n t h e group i s a l s o i n c l u d e d . E d u c a t i o n 273 C u r r i c u l u m Development (S) (1.5,4,.5) II A c o n t i n u a t i o n of E d u c a t i o n 1 7 3 , the major c u r r i c u l u m a r e a s f o c u s s e d on a r e t h e s c i e n c e s , m a t h , and m u s i c . The c o u r s e i s c l o s e l y coordinated with Education 2 7 7 , and s t u d e n t s w i l l c o n t i n u e t o plan a c t i v i t i e s for presentation i n t h e p r a c t i c u m c e n t r e . The i n t e g r a t i o n of a c t i v i t i e s from various c u r r i c u l u m areas i n t o u n i t s or theme p r e s e n t a t i o n s i s a major p a r t of t h i s c o u r s e . Education Nutrition 274 (S) (1.5,0,.5) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c n u t r i e n t s and t h e i r r o l e i n human p h y s i o l o g y , and t h e s p e c i a l requirements of the p r e s c h o o l c h i l d f o r o p t i m u m h e a l t h . The second p a r t of t h e course d e a l s w i t h t h e p l a n n i n g and p r e p a r a t i o n o f f o o d s and s n a c k s f o r t h e p r e s c h o o l c h i l d , f o o d s t o r a g e , and food s a f e t y . E d u c a t i o n 275 Human G r o w t h and D e v e l o p m e n t (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) II A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f E d u c a t i o n 155 f o l l o w i n g the preschooler through the middle years of c h i l d h o o d , a d o l e s c e n c e , and i n t o a d u l t h o o d . E d u c a t i o n 276 Applied Theory-Practicum (S) (3,6,1) II This i s a f u l l time block p r a c t i c u m o f f o u r weeks d u r a t i o n . The s t u d e n t w o r k s u n d e r t h e guidance of a q u a l i f i e d p r e s c h o o l t e a c h e r i n a c e n t r e s e l e c t e d by t h e C o l l e g e . An i n s t r u c t o r a l s o observes the student at work. C l a s s r o o m d i s c u s s i o n o n c e a week i s f o c u s e d on i n t e g r a t i n g t h e o r y and p r a c t i c e . A s s i g n m e n t s a r e designed to extend the developing s k i l l s o f a c t i v i t y p l a n n i n g and t e a c h i n g / g u i d i n g young c h i l d r e n . E d u c a t i o n 277 Applied Theory-Practicum (S) (3,6,1) III Like Education 176, t h i s course runs c o n c u r r e n t l y throughout the t e r m , p r o v i d i n g an o n g o i n g p r a c t i c a l experience in implementing curriculum a c t i v i t i e s ( f r o m E d u c a t i o n 2 7 3 ) . The s t u d e n t s p e n d s two m o r n i n g s p e r week i n a c e n t r e , s u p e r v i s e d as i n p r e v i o u s p r a c t i c u m c o u r s e s . Weekly c l a s s e s a g a i n p r o v i d e t h e l i n k between t h e o r y c o u r s e s and t h e p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of the t h e o r y . Students continue to develop teaching s k i l l s . E d u c a t i o n 278 > Applied Theory-Practicum (SU) ( 3 , 6 , 1 ) IV T h i s i s thp f i n a l c o u r s e of the E . C . E . program, taken a f t e r c o m p l p t i o n of a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s i n t h e p r o g r a m . The s t u d e n t c o n s o l i d a t e s and e x t e n d s t h e s k i l l s d e v e l o p e d e a r l i e r . It i s a f u l l day h l o c k p r a c t i c u m of f o u r weeks d u r a t i o n . Weekly c l a s s e s again l i n k theory to i t s p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n . S u p e r v i s i o n i s as before. LONG TERM CARE Instructional Faculty ADLER, T . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , M . S . W , (UBC) DAY, I., R.N. TURLAND, M . , R . N . RAWSTHORNE, M . , R . H . E . ( U R C ) , R . D . , M.Ed. 2 . Long Term C a r e A i d e P r a c t i c e : LTCA 004 A p p l i c a t i o n o f k n o w l e d g e and s k i l l s in supervised laboratory and c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g s . the p r o v i n c i a l s t a n d a r d s . G r a d u a t e s r e c e i v e t h e same p r o v i n c i a l l y r e c o g n i z e d LTCA C e r t i f i c a t e as i s g i v e n upon s u c c e s s f u l completion of the f u l l - t i m e program. Course The c o u r s e w i l l run two d a y s a week f o r 12 w e e k s . One s i x - h o u r day w i l l be s p e n t a t t h e C o l l e g e H e a l t h L a b i n c l a s s r o o m and l a b o r a t o r y a c t i v i t i e s . The s e c o n d day w i l l be a 7 1/2 h o u r d a y - s h i f t i n a c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g under the s u p e r v i s i o n of t h e C o l l e g e N u r s i n g Instructor in cooperation with the Nurse-in-Charge. Content E f f e c t i v e communication with the l o n g t e r m c a r e c l i e n t and members of the h e a l t h care team. E t h i c a l and p r o f e s s i o n a l s t a n d a r d s of b e h a v i o u r . G r o w t h and d e v e l o p m e n t of t h e l o n g term care c l i e n t . Need f o r N u t r i t i o n Need f o r S e x u a l i t y Need f o r S e n s o r y S t i m u l a t i o n Need f o r S e c u r i t y / S e l f - E s t e e m Need f o r P r o t e c t i o n and S a f e t y Nepri f o r Rest, and A c t i v i t y Need f o r E l i m i n a t i o n Need f o r Oxygen Graduates w i l l receive a p r o v i n c i a l l y r e c o g n i z e d Long Term Care Aide C e r t i f i c a t e . Admission Requirements LONG TERM CARE AIDE PROGRAM T h i s 15 week f u l l - t i m e p r o g r a m q u a l i f i e s t h e s t u d e n t t o work w i t h long term care c l i e n t s in a v a r i e t y of s e t t i n g s : 1 . Group homes f o r p h y s i c a l l y handicapped a d u l t s 2. Personal care r e s i d e n c e s 3. Intermediate care residences 4. Extended c a r e f a c i l i t i e s The p r o p o r t i o n of e l d e r l y i n t h e population is ever-growing; s e r v i c e s to the handicapped are i n c r e a s i n q . Consequently, there is a s t e a d y demand f o r q u a l i f i e d men and women t o work f u l l - t i m e o r part-time in t h i s f i e l d . Training 1 . D e s i r e t o work w i t h p e o p l e r e q u i r i n g long term c a r e . 2 . Good p h y s i c a l and m e n t a l h e a l t h (a m e d i c a l c e r t i f i c a t e and c h e s t x - r a y are n e c e s s a r y ) . 3 . Grade 10 E n g l i s h o r e q u i v a l e n t . ( A p p l i c a n t s may be r e q u i r e d t o complete a reading comprehension test.) 4 . Minimum aqe 1 9 . A p p l i c a n t s who a p p l y b e f o r e M a r c h w i l l be i n v i t e d t o an i n f o r m a t i o n m e e t i n g at w h i c h i n t e r v i e w s w i l l hp a r r a n q e d . A p p l i c a t i o n s r e c e i v e d a f t e r t h a t d a t e w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d i f space p e r m i t s . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e may be available. includes: 1 . Long Term C a r e A i d e T h e o r y : LTCA 003 a) C o m m u n i c a t i o n s and human r e l a t i ons b) I n d i v i d u a l and f a m i l y g r o w t h and d e v e l o p m e n t c ) Employee r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s d ) I n d e p e n d e n c e and c a r e i n a c t i v i t i e s of d a i l y l i v i n g F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and a p p l i c a t i o n forms, please c a l l 986-1911, local 391. LONG TERM CARE UPGRADING PROGRAM LTCA 005 T h i s 12 w e e k , p a r t - t i m e p r o g r a m i s i n t e n d e d to upgrade the s k i l l s of p r e s e n t l y e m p l o y e d LTC A i d e s t o A maximum of 20 s t u d e n t s w i l l be a c c e p t e d . Half the group w i l l a t t e n d C o l l e g e on Mondays and have c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e on T u e s d a y s ; t h e o t h e r h a l f w i l l a t t e n d C o l l e g e on T h u r s d a y s and have c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e on F r i d a y s . Entrance Requirements 1 . Thp e q u i v a l e n t o f a t l e a s t s i x months f u l l - t i m e work e x p e r i e n c e in intermediate/extended care. 2. A w r i t t e n r e f e r e n c e from the nursing supervisor. 3 . The a b i l i t y t o s p e a k , r e a d and w r i t e E n g l i s h at a grade 8 l e v e l . ( A p p l i c a n t s may be r e q u i r e d t o complete a reading comprehension test.) Course content i s i d e n t i c a l to t h a t o f t h e f u l l - t i m e LTCA P r o g r a m . F o r c o u r s e commencement d a t e , a p p l i c a t i o n s and r e f e r e n c e forms, please c a l l 986-1911, local 391. Media Resources Programs Instructional AZAROFF, Israel) P., Faculty R.A. (Heb. Associate in Arts Information F I L M , PHOTOGRAPHY, VIDEO, AUDIO and COMPUTERS a r e v i t a l components of t h e media mix used i n a l l l e v e l s o f e d u c a t i o n a l and i n s t r u c t i o n a l communication. The M e d i a R e s o u r c e s P r o g r a m i s a t w o - y e a r program t r a i n i n g students f o r new and d e v e l o p i n g a p p l i c a t i o n s o f e d u c a t i o n a l media t e c h n o l o g i e s . In a r e a s o f e d u c a t i o n , s o c i a l a n i m a t i o n , and community m e d i a , t h e r e i s an i n c r e a s i n g r e a d i n e s s t o use new techniques to f o s t e r l e a r n i n g , g r o w t h , and s o c i a l i n t e r a c t i o n . C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e ' s Media Resources P r o g r a m p r e p a r e s s t u d e n t s f o r work and l e a d e r s h i p i n t h i s g r o w i n g media r e s o u r c e s f i e l d . The c o r e o f t h e p r o g r a m i s p r o d u c t i o n t r a i n i n g . Students are t a u g h t s t a n d a r d s of e x c e l l e n c e and e f f e c t i v e n e s s i n a l l f o r m s nf educational production work. Basic t e c h n i c a l s k i l l s are taught in a l l m e d i a a r e a s , and a l a r g e numher o f f i n i s h e d p r o j e c t s a r e dnne hy s t u d e n t s d u r i n g t h e i r t r a i n i n q . In t h i s way s t u d e n t s a r e p r e p a r e d f o r a w i d e r a n g e o f p r a c t i c a l work p o s s i b i l i t i e s , r a t h e r than simply a proficiency in theory. The p r o g r a m i n v o l v e s more t h a n t e c h n i c a l s k i l l s . Courses a l s o d e v e l o p k n o w l e d g e and s k i l l s i n communication, l e a r n i n g theory. 92 Dipl( Credit Hours II., RIZZOCCHI, j . V . , B . A . (Michigan), Teaching C e r t . ( S e c . ) (Michigan) B L A I N E , K . , A . A . S . , Media S p e c . Cert. (Capilano) BLITSTEIN, G . , A . S . P . , Brooks Insti tute COOK, R . D . , R . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , A . A . S . , Media S p e c . C e r t . ( C a p i l a n o ) , M.A. (Iowa) KELLINGTON, T . P . , A . A . S . , Media Spec. C e r t . (Capilano) MORLEY, A . , R . A . , O . E d . (London U . ) , A . A . S . , Media S p e c . C e r t . (Capilano) REID, R., B.A. ( A l t a . ) THOMPSON, P . , B . A . (Stanford), M . E d . , Teaching C e r t . (Minnesota) General and S c i e n c e Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRST TERM CMNS 150 B a s i c Communications f o r t h e Media Student M e d i a 152 G r a p h i c s f o r t h e M e d i a S p e c i a l i s t M e d i a 1R1 B a s i c A u d i o P r o d u c t i o n n M e d i a 1R3 R a s i c P h o t o g r a p h i c P r o d u c t i o n M e d i a 1R9 R e s e a r c h M e t h o d s M e d i a 190 I n s t r u c t i o n a l D e s i g n M e d i a 191 M e d i a S e l e c t i o n and U t i l i z a t i o n M e d i a 195 A p p l i c a t i o n s o f Phnt.oqraphy 66 JL 72 Studio Lab Hours 60 0 60 Resources 3 3 3 3 1.5 3 1.5 _3 21 6 6 3 15~ SECOND TERM Media Media Media Media Media Media Media 153 171 172 173 1R2 184 185 Film Animation in Education Small Format T e l e v i s i o n Video Technology I E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s : Audio Advanced A u d i o P r o d u c t i o n I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computer G r a p h i c s Advanced P h o t o g r a p h i c P r o d u c t i o n 3 3 1.5 3 3 3 _3 19.5 3 _6 18 THIRD TERM Media Media Media Media Media Media Media 253 260 271 272 295 ?96 297 Filmmaking Production Techniques Slide/Tape Production E d u c a t i o n a l T e l e v i s i o n Systems V i d e o T e c h n o l o g y II Visual Concepts in Filmmaking E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s : S l i d e / T a p e E d u c a t i o n a l M e d i a A p p l i c a t i o n s : TV . 3 3 3 1-5 3 3 3 19.5 15 FOURTH TERM CMNS 156 M e d i a 263 M e d i a 303 M e d i a 304 M e d i a 307 C a r e e r P r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e Media Resources Student 3 Production Resources 1.5 Media S p e c i a l i s t i n E d u c a t i o n R T r a i n i n g . . . 1.5 E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s : Computers . . 3 Computer S y s t e m s f o r M e d i a T e c h n o l o g i s t . . . . __3_ TOTAL PART-TIME COURSES M e d i a 055 R a s i c T e l e v i s i o n S t u d i o O p e r a t i o n M e d i a 065 Media S t u d i e s Meri i a 072 B a s i c P h o t o g r a p h y - Open L a b Medi a 074 Basic Filmmaking Media 082 C o m m e r c i a l M i c r o c o m p u t e r G r a p h i c s M e d i a 084 A d v a n c e d Computer G r a p h i c s and V i d e o t e x Generation M e d i a 0Q0 I n d e p e n d e n t P r o d u c t i o n and P o r t f o l i o Presentation 12 12 72 60 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 Page 1.5 1.5 i n s t r u c t i o n a l d e s i g n , the uses of media i n e d u c a t i o n , maintenance and p u r c h a s i n g of e q u i p m e n t , and resources d i s t r i b u t i o n . The p r o g r a m ' s i n s t r u c t i o n a l d e s i g n reflects its practical goals. Workshop m e t h o d s , h a n d s - o n t r a i n i n g and f i e l d t r i p s a r e used throughout the program. The c o l l e g e ' s t r a i n i n g f a c i l i t i e s are equipped w i t h a broad v a r i e t y of s t a n d a r d a u d i o v i s u a l e q u i p m e n t . This ensures that students are r e a d y t o do h i g h e s t q u a l i t y work w i t h t h e t y p e s of e q u i p m e n t p r e s e n t l y used i n e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t r u c t i o n , t r a i n i n g , and community f a c i l i t i e s . In 14 y e a r s of o p e r a t i o n , a p p r o x i m a t e l y 80% o f t h e M e d i a R e s o u r c e s g r a d u a t e s have become e m p l o y e d w i t h i n s i x months o f g r a d u a t i o n . Our g r a d u a t e s a r e c u r r e n t l y w o r k i n g in a v a r i e t y of s e t t i n g s as Media C o o r d i n a t o r s and A/V d i r e c t o r s f o r a v a r i e t y o f educational i n s t i t u t i o n s , private c o m p a n i e s , and o t h e r o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; p r o d u c t i o n and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n s t a f f ; news and f i l m e d i t o r s ; and f r e e l a n c e p r o d u c e r s . An 18-member A d v i s o r y C o m m i t t e e p r o v i d e s i n f o r m a t i o n on r e c e n t developments in m e d i a - r e l a t e d f i e l d s and o f f e r s a d v i c e on t o p i c s r a n g i n g from c u r r i c u l u m changes t o j o b placement of g r a d u a t e s . Admission Procedures The Media R e s o u r c e s P r o g r a m c o n s i s t s of f o u r terms of s t u d y . New s t u d e n t s a r e a d m i t t e d e a c h y e a r i n September i n a c l a s s o f P e r s o n s o v e r 18 y e a r s of age or with secondary school g r a d u a t i o n are e l i g i b l e for admission to the c o l l e g e and t h i s p r o g r a m . A p p l i c a t i o n forms are a v a i l a b l e f r o m t h e d e p a r t m e n t , and a r p accepted beginning in January. A p p l i c a n t s w i l l be c o n t a c t e d f o r an i n t e r v i e w i n t h e J a n u a r y - M a y period and, i f t h e r e are p l a c e s a v a i l a b l e , in Auqust. Interviews are conducted u n t i l the c l a s s i s f i l l e d . A d m i s s i o n i s based on general a b i l i t y , i n t e r e s t in media, noteworthy e x p e r i e n c e , p r e v i o u s w o r k , e d u c a t i o n , and commitment t o - t h e Media R e s o u r c e s Program. r e l a t e d to audio components. A p p l i c a t i o n s of audio t e c h n o l o g y , e q u i p m e n t m a i n t e n a n c e , and c r i t i c a l a n a l y s i s of product s p e c i f i c a t i o n s are given s p e c i a l emphasi s . PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS M e d i a 181 Basic Audio M e d i a 152 G r a p h i c s f o r t h e Media (F) (3,0,1) Specialist An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e m e t h o d s , m a t e r i a l s and e q u i p m e n t r e l a t e d t o m i x e d media p r o d u c t i o n ; s p e c i a l c o n s i d e r a t i o n g i v e n t o l a y o u t and fundamental d e s i g n . M e d i a 153 F i l m Animation (S) (3,6,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o f i l m a n i m a t i o n using Super-8 f i l m : Basic motion p i c t u r e t e c h n i q u e , d r a w i n g on f i l m , cutout, a n i m a t i o n , t a h l e t o p animation, studio l i g h t i n g , t i t l i n g , the t h e o r y of c e i l a n i m a t i o n , and t h e use of s o u n d . M e d i a 171 S m a l l Format (S) (3,3,1) Production (F) (3,6,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c p r o d u c t i o n t e c h n i q u e s ; components include interviewing, s c r i p t i n g , d u b b i n g , e d i t i n g , m i x i n g , and p a c k a g i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o c o v e r thp o p e r a t i o n of m i c r o p h o n e s , t a p e r e c o r d e r s and dub/mix f a c i l i t i e s . M e d i a 182 Advanced Audio (S) (3,0,1) Production The a p p l i c a t i o n of p r o d u c t i o n t e c h n i q u e s i n a v a r i e t y of situations, including sophisticated mixing, documentaries, location recording, r a d i o p l a y s , f i l m and v i d e o s o u n d t r a c k s , and m u s i c r e c o r d i n g , o f t e n u s i n g t h e d e p a r t m e n t ' s sound production studio. Television Camera w o r k , l i g h t i n g , a u d i o , e d i t i n g and t e l e v i s i o n g r a p h i c s using 1/2" portable video e q u i p m e n t . The d e v e l o p m e n t o f a shooting script is also emphasi z e d . M e d i a 172 Video Technology (S) (1.5,0,.5) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o v i d e o s y s t e m s , i n c l u d i n g a h i s t o r y of v i d e o t e c h n o l o g y , components o f a c o m p l e t e v i d e o s y s t e m , and a c o m p a r i s o n of d i f f e r e n t f o r m a t s . M e d i a 173 E d u c a t i o n a l Media A u d i o (S) (3,0,1) Applications: An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e f u n d a m e n t a l p r i n c i p l e s of sound g e n e r a t i o n and r e p r o d u c t i o n , and t o t h e t e r m i n o l o g y , h a r d w a r e , and s y s t e m s M e d i a 183 T h e o r y and A p p l i c a t i o n s o f Photographic Production (F) (3,6,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n to the p h o t o g r a p h i c base r e l a t i v e t o audiovisual production, including t h e camera and i t s c o n t r o l s , darkroom t e c h n i q u e s , p h o t o s e n s i t i v e m a t e r i a l s and t h e i r c o n t r o l , and v i s u a l reproduction. M e d i a 184 Computer G r a p h i c s (S) (3,3,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p r o d u c t i o n of microcomputer g r a p h i c s . Content i n c l u d e s o p e r a t i o n of m i c r o c o m p u t e r , BASIC p r o g r a m m i n g , use o f g r a p h i c s t a b l e t , c o m m e r c i a l s o f t w a r e and a p p l i c a t i o n s , and elementary animation. Graphic design theory is applied throughout the c o u r s e . Media 185 Advanced Photography (S) (3,6,1) Thp a p p l i c a t i o n o f p h o t o g r a p h i c t e c h n i q u e s , w i t h p m p h a s i s on c o m b i n i n g shot, s e q u e n c e s t o t e l l a s t o r y , as w e l l as e d i t i n g , l a y o u t , p r p s p n t a t i o n , and b a s i c studio operation. M e d i a 189 R e s e a r c h Methods (F) (1.5,0,.5) Methods f o r p l a n n i n g , o r g a n i z a t i o n , and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f r e s e a r c h f o r e d u c a t i o n a l media p r o d u c t i o n s . Sources considered w i l l i n c l u d e p r i n t , n o n - p r i n t , and people. Media 190 Instructional Design (F) (3,3,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e f u n d a m e n t a l s of i n s t r u c t i o n a l d e s i g n as a p p l i e d i n t h e p r o d u c t i o n o f e d u c a t i o n a l mpdia packagps. Topics w i l l i n c l u d e systems t h e o r y , o b j e c t i v e s , audience a n a l y s i s , e v a l u a t i o n , curriculum, learning a c t i v i t i e s , and r e s o u r c e s . l e n s e s , c o m p o s i t i o n , camera moves), l i g h t i n g (basic exposure, triangle l i g h t i n g , lighting for mood, c o l o u r t e m p e r a t u r e , s p e c i a l p r o b l e m s ) , e d i t i n g (montage and c o n t i n u i t y ) , t i t l i n g , a u d i o , and scripting. M e d i a 260 Slide/Tape Production (F) (3,3,1.5) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p r o d u c t i o n of i n s t r u c t i o n a l s l i d e / t a p e p r o g r a m s . I n c l u d e s o p e r a t i o n of s l i d e / t a p e equipment, production o f t r a n s p a r e n c i e s and sound t r a c k , d e s i g n c o n s i d e r a t i o n s , and t h e i n t e g r a t i o n o f sound and v i s u a l s . Utilization Thp c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f m e d i a t e c h n i c a l s y s t e m s and t h e i r o p e r a t i o n ; e v a l u a t i o n of v a r i o u s r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e i n t h e Lower M a i n l a n d ; d e s i g n and/or m o d i f i c a t i o n of s y s t e m s f o r m e d i a p r o d u c t i o n and d e l i v e r y ; and i n t e r f a c e of d i f f e r e n t t y p e s of systems. An i n t r o d u c t i o n r o t h e o p e r a t i o n , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s , and a p p l i c a t i o n s of the range of e d u c a t i o n a l m e d i a . Media 195 Special Applications: (F) (3,0,1) Photography An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e a r e a s o f darkroom m a i n t e n a n c e , photographic chemistry, p r i n t f i n i s h i n g , small and medium f o r m a t c o p y c a m e r a , and r e l e v a n t c o p y i n g m a t e r i a l s used i n a v a r i e t y of media a p p l i c a t i o n s . M e d i a 271 Educational Television (F) (3,6,1) Mpdia 253 F i l m Making P r o d u c t i o n (F) (3,6,1) Techniques An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o f i l m production p r a c t i c e . Topics i n c l u d e camerawork ( o p e r a t i o n , 94 Systems T h i s c o u r s e assumes b a c k g r o u n d i n basic portable video tape e q u i p m e n t and o p e r a t i o n s c o v e r e d i n Mpdia 171 and i s d e s i g n e d t o dpvelop the s t u d e n t s ' a b i l i t y to e f f e c t i v e l y use m u l t i - c a m e r a studio setups for the production o f e d u c a t i o n a l p r o g r a m s . These programs a r e of a q u a l i t y s u i t a b l e f o r c a b l e c a s t or b r o a d c a s t on t h e KNOWledgp N e t w o r k . Media 272 Video Technology (F) in Filmmaking A companion c o u r s e t o Media 2 5 3 , t h i s course w i l l t r a i n the student i n f i lm t h e o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o f i l m p l a n n i n g and f i l m p r o d u c t i o n . Topics covered w i l l include f i l m vocabulary, selected h i s t o r i c a l concepts, t r a d i t i o n a l c o n t i n u i t y theory, the t h e o r y of montage, f i l m a e s t h e t i c s , t h e r o l e o f sound i n f i l m , and f i l m p l a n n i n g . M e d i a 296 E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s : S l i d e / T a p e (F) (3,0,1) C o n s i d e r a t i o n of the d e s i g n , u t i l i z a t i o n , and e v a l u a t i o n o f slide/tape productions for educational purposes. M e d i a 263 Technical Applications (S) ( 1 . 5 , 6 , . 5 ) Media 191 M e d i a S e l e c t i o n and (F) (1.5,0,.5) M e d i a 295 V i s u a l Concepts (F) (3,0,1) (1.5,0,.5) A c o n t i n u a t i o n of v i d e o systems w i t h an e m p h a s i s on c o l o u r , t h e p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of t e s t e q u i p m e n t , s y s t e m s d e s i g n , and a look i n t o the f u t u r e of v i d e o technology. Media 297 E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s : M u l t i - C a m e r a TV P r o d u c t i o n (F) (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e assumes t h e b a c k g r o u n d in basic portable videotape e q u i p m e n t and o p e r a t i o n s c o v e r e d i n M e d i a 171 and i s d e s i g n e d t o develop the s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o p l a n , s c r i p t , p r o d u c e , and e v a l u a t e s i n g l e and m u l t i - c a m e r a educational t e l e v i s i o n productions. M e d i a 303 The M e d i a S p e c i a l i s t i n E d u c a t i o n and T r a i n i n g ( S ) (1.5,6,.5) A course concerned w i t h the uses of media f o r m o t i v a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n , emotive l e a r n i n g , and s e l f - a w a r e n e s s . A f i e l d practicum course e x p l o r i n g t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of the media s p e c i a l i s t to education in g e n e r a l and t h e r o l e o f t h e m e d i a g e n e r a l i s t i n e d u c a t i o n a l and i n s t r u c t i o n a l communication. M e d i a 304 E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s : Computers (S) (3,0,1) M e d i a 055 Basic Television Studio ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 ) (Open) A t h e o r e t i c a l and h a n d s - o n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e use o f computers i n e d u c a t i o n . Includes p r o d u c i n g and e v a l u a t i n g computer-assisted instruction p a c k a g e s and c o m p u t e r - a s s i s t e d video i n s t r u c t i o n . An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o v i d e o and t e l e v i s i o n techniques for studio p r o d u c t i o n . Students w i l l d e s i g n , s h o o t and e d i t s e v e r a l s h o r t , s u b j e c t s using the C o l l e g e ' s t e l e v i s i o n s t u d i o (Dynamics L a b ) . A p r a c t i c a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e i n advanced photography. S i m i l a r t o Media 1 8 5 , t h i s c o u r s e i s not f o r students enrolled f u l l - t i m e in the Media Resources P r o g r a m . M e d i a 064 F i l m Usage M e d i a 074 B a s i c F i l m M a k i n g - Open L a b (S) (3,0,1) M e d i a 307 Computer S y s t e m s f o r t h e M e d i a T e c h n o l o g i s t (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c o m p u t e r systems w i t h which the e d u c a t i o n a l m e d i a t e c h n o l o g i s t w i l l come i n t o c o n t a c t ; in p a r t i c u l a r , computera s s i s t e d s l i d e / t a p e programming systems. (S) Operation (1.5,0,.5) (Open) A c o u r s e i n f i l m m a k i n g f o r amateur f i l m m a k e r s . The c l a s s w i l l c o v e r f i l m a e s t h e t i c s and t e c h n i q u e s f o r b e g i n n e r s . T o p i c s i n c l u d e camera w o r k , e d i t i n g , t i t l i n g , use o f s o u n d , and c h o i c e o f e q u i p m e n t . S t u d e n t s t o u s e t h e i r own equipment, and s u p p l i e s . C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150 B a s i c Communications f o r the Media Resources Student (F) (3,0,1) M e d i a 065 Media S t u d i e s An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o i n t e r v i e w i n g w i t h s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s on t h e v i d e o and a u d i o q u e s t i o n i n g t e c h n i q u e s and r e s e a r c h m e t h o d s . R e l a t e d w r i t i n g assignments are g i v e n . An i n t r o d u c t o r y a n a l y s i s and h i s t o r i c a l o v e r v i e w of m e d i a , e s p e c i a l l y f i l m , combining aesthetic concepts, production t e c h n i q u e s , and t h e o r e t i c a l foundations. C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 156 Career P r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e Media Resources Student (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) M e d i a 071 B a s i c Photography (S) (3,0,1) A thorough look at v a r i o u s s t r a t e g i e s of " j o b s e a r c h " i n c l u d i n g the l e t t e r of a p p l i c a t i o n , r e s u m e , and j o b interview. An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n c l u d i n g b o t h p r a c t i c a l and t h e o r e t i c a l a s p e c t s o f 35mm p h o t o g r a p h y . T o p i c s i n c l u d e : t h e camera and i t s c o n t r o l s , darkroom t e c h n i q u e s , visual reproduction, photosensitive materials, filtraton, and c o m p o s i t i o n . OPTION COURSES E a c h t e r m t h e department, w i l l o f f e r a l i m i t e d number o f c o u r s e s t h a t a r e open t o c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s and community members not e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e i n t h e Media Resources P r o g r a m . These c o u r s e s c a r r y c o l l e g e c r e d i t and may be a p p l i e d towards a C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e D i p l o m a . Check t h e t i m e t a b l e t o see w h i c h ones w i l l be o f f e r e d i n a given term. (F) M e d i a 072 B a s i c Photography (Open) (3,0,1) (Open) - Open L a b (F,S) (3,3,1) A p r a c t i c a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e i n beginning photography. S i m i l a r to M e d i a 1 8 3 , t h i s c o u r s e i s not f o r students e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e in the Media Resources P r o g r a m . M e d i a 073 Advanced Photography (Open) (F,S) (3,3,1) A p r a c t i c a l and t h e o r e t i c a l c o u r s e i n c i n e m a t o g r a p h y s i m i l a r t o Media 2 5 3 , but more l i m i t e d i n s c o p e and depth of c o v e r a g e . This course w i l l provide access to production f a c i l i t i e s rather than s t r u c t u r e d l a b o r a t o r y i n s t r u c t i o n . Not f o r students e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e i n the Media R e s o u r c e s P r o g r a m . M e d i a 075 B a s i c F i l m Making (S) (Open) (3,3,1) A p r a c t i c a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e i n f i l m m a k i n g , s i m i l a r to Media 2 5 3 . T h i s c o u r s e i s not f o r s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e i n the Media Resources program. M e d i a 082 Commercial Microcomputer ( F ) ( 3 , 3 , 1 ) (Open) Graphics No p r e r e q u i s i t e , but a b a c k g r o u n d i n g r a p h i c s or computer p r o g r a m m i n g i s d e s i r a b l e . An i n t r o d u c t i o n to the p r o d u c t i o n of microcomputer g r a p h i c s . Content i n c l u d e s o p e r a t i o n of m i c r o c o m p u t e r and g r a p h i c s t a b l e t , computer g r a p h i c d e s i g n , c o m m e r c i a l s o f t w a r e , and applications. M e d i a 083 V i d e o t e x Page (F.S) (3,3,0) Generation (Open) No p r e r e q u i s i t e , but a b a c k g r o u n d i n g r a p h i c s i s d e s i r a b l e . An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e d e s i g n and p r o d u c t i o n of g r a p h i c pages f o r v i d e o t e x systems ( e . g . Telidon). Content i n c l u d e s v i d e o t e x t e c h n o l o g y , computer g r a p h i c 95 d e s i g n , page c r e a t i o n on an I n f o r m a t i o n P r o v i d e r S y s t e m , and a p p l i c a t i o n s i n b u s i n e s s and industry. M e d i a 084 A d v a n c e d Computer G r a p h i c s ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) (Open) T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n t i n u e t h e work o f Med.ia 0 8 ? . T o p i c s i n c l u d e advanced p r o d u c t i o n systems ( i n c l u d i n g v i d e o t e x page g e n e r a t i o n ) , 30 g r a p h i c p r o d u c t i o n , c o m p l e x a n i m a t i o n , and video technology. Media 090 I n d e p e n d e n t P r o d u c t i o n and P o r t f o l i o ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) (Open) A s u r v i v a l guide to t h e world of f r e e l a n c i n g , w i t h an e m p h a s i s on t h e v a r i o u s f i e l d s of a u d i o v i s u a l p r o d u c t i o n . Topics i n c l u d e : p o r t f o l i o preparation, developing c l i e n t e l e , budgeting, legal c o n c e r n s , and d e v e l o p i n g new opportunities. M e d i a 306 Medianalysis (S) (1.5,0,.5) (Open) P r e r e q u i s i t e : One and a h a l f y e a r s o f m e d i a p r o d u c t i o n and f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h media t e r m i n o l o g y An i n t r o d u c t o r y c r i t i c a l a n a l y s i s o f mass and a l t e r n a t i v e m e d i a r a d i o , TV, n e w s p a p e r s , m a g a z i n e s , r e c o r d s and o t h e r s o f t w a r e - f r o m a number o f d i f f e r e n t perspectives, including production techniques, social impact, i n f l u e n c e s on t h e m e d i a , h i s t o r i c a l and t e c h n o l o g i c a l development, e v o l u t i o n of media s o p h i s t i c a t i o n and p o t e n t i a l f u t u r e r o l e of media i n s o c i e t y . 96 Music Faculty Music Therapy P r a c t i c u m Placements ARDIEL, F. ARMSTRONG, K . , A . R . C . M . ( R o y a l C o l l e g e of M u s i c , London) BEATTY, B . , B . S c . ( P h y s . T h e r . ) , C P . A . Teacher's C e r t . (McGill) BOHNA, N . , P i p i . ( C a p i l a n o ) , B . M u s . (UBC) BOSWELL, S . BRANTER, 0 . , B . M u s . , M . M u s . (Indiana) BROWN, 0 . BURKE, K . , B . A . ( A n t i o c h ) , MTA O i p l , M.T. ( C a p i l a n o ) , Music Therapy C o o r d i n a t o r CERNAUSKAS, K . , D i p l . (Salzburg), B.Mus. (Toronto) C L A R K , 0 . , B . M u s . (UBC) DOYLE, R. DUNAWAY, R . , R . A . (W. W a s h i n g t o n ) FALLS, L., A . R . C . T . (Toronto), B . M u s . , M . M u s . (URC) FEINGOLD, S . , R . A . ( H o n s . ) , (SFU) GRAYSON, J . , M . A . (SFU) GUNN, S . GIIRR, R. HARLOW, A . H A Z L I T T , T. KING, S . , B.Mus- (UBC), Commercial Music C o o r d i n a t o r KOBYLANSKY, K . , D i p l . (Ryerson), D i p l . (Tchaiknwsky Conservatory, K i e v ) , B . M u s . , M.Mus. (URC), External Coordinator KUKURUDZA, I. MCINTYRE, A . , R . M u s . MCMASTER, N . , R . A . ( U R C ) , D i p l . Music Therapy (Norrihoff * Robbins), M.T.A. MEEK, D . , B . M u s . (UBC) MILL, D., B . A . (UBC), M.A. (Antioch) MOFFITT, E . , B . M u s . ( M c G i l l ) , D i p l . Music Therapy ( C a p i l a n o ) , M.T.A. MOORE, K . , B . M u s . (UBC) OSADCHY, E . , D i p l . (Tchaikovsky Conservatory, Kiev) REVELEY, M . , R . M u s . (UBC) , SIMPSON, .1., B . M u s . , M . A . (UBC), U n i v e r s i t y Transfer Coordi nator SLEMON, P . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , B . S c , B.Mus. (UBC), M.M.A. ( M c G i l l ) STRIDE, F . , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , Dick Grove S c h o o l o f M u s i c WATERS, V . , D i p l . ( P h i l a d e l p h i a ) , (Julliard) WHITING, J . , L . T . C . L . / F . T . C . L . (Trinity) WOLD, A . , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , A . R . C . T . (Toronto) WORST. R. CHILDREN G.F. Strong R e h a b i l i t a t i o n Centre Handsworth Secondary School Irwin Park Elementary School Oakridge School UBC P r e s c h o o l f o r S p e c i a l K i d s Windsor Secondary School ADOLESCENTS The M a p l e s PSYCHIATRY Children's Hospital Riverview Hospital UBC H o s p i t a l D a y c a r e W e s t s i d e Community C a r e Team ADULTS Chown A d u l t D a y c a r e German C a n a d i a n R e s t Home Pearson H o s p i t a l S t . Vincents Hospital E.C.U. URC E x t e n d e d C a r e U n i t Valleyview Hospital Woodlands S c h o o l P A L L I A T I V E CARE L i o n ' s Gate H o s p i t a l Royal Columbian H o s p i t a l V . G . H . P a l l i a t i v e Care U n i t Instructional General found our program b e n e f i c i a l i n developing t h e i r a b i l i t i e s in jazz and p o p u l a r m u s i c As r e c o r d i n g e x p e r i e n c e has become an e s s e n t i a l p a r t o f t o d a y ' s m u s i c a l t r a i n i n g , the Commercial M u s i c P r o g r a m has now i n t e g r a t e d m u l t i - t r a c k recording i n t o the curriculum. Vocal, instrumental, and a r r a n g i n g / c o m p o s i t i o n s t u d e n t s a l l make e x t e n s i v e use o f o u r multi-track f a c i l i t i e s . Three computer l a b s a r e a v a i l a b l e to students for supplemental help in ear t r a i n i n g , s i g h t r e a d i n g , and o t h e r b a s i c m u s i c s k i l l s , w h i l e c o m p o s i t i o n and a r r a n g i n g s t u d e n t s have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o work w i t h b o t h t h e A I p h a - S y n t a u r i and S o u n d - C h a s e r m u s i c s y s t e m s . F u l l - t i m e Commercial Music students w i l l e n r o l l i n a l l of the basic core courses plus those s p e c i a l i t y courses necessary to f u l f i l l their option requirements. Any o t h e r a v a i l a b l e m u s i c c o u r s e s may be t a k e n f o r e l e c t i v e c r e d i t . Information Capilano College offers three programs: the Commercial Music Program, t h e Music Therapy Program and t h e B a c h e l o r o f M u s i c ( u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r ) Program. Most c o u r s e s a r e open t o p a r t - t i m e students. Commercial Music Program T h i s proqram o f f e r s a s p i r i n g j a z z / c o m m e r c i a l m u s i c i a n s and v o c a l i s t s an i n - d e p t h g r o u n d i n g i n t h e i r f i e l d . To e n s u r e a p r a c t i c a l e d u c a t i o n , the program o f f e r s a c h o i c e of s p e c i a l i z e d a r e a s of s t u d y . Two-year A s s o c i a t e i n A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a s a r e o f f e r e d with options in Instrumental P e r f o r m a n c e , Vocal P e r f o r m a n c e , A r r a n g i n g / C o m p o s i t i o n and G e n e r a l Music. Upon t h e d e m o n s t r a t i o n o f a s u f f i c i e n t piano l e v e l (Toronto C o n s e r v a t o r y G r a d e VII o r e q u i v a l e n t ) a s t u d e n t may be g i v e n a course exemption from t h e i r core curriculum. All students in instrumental p e r f o r m a n c e , v o c a l p e r f o r m a n c e and arranging/composition options w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o g i v e a g r a d u a t i o n r e c i t a l in the l a s t semester. Entering students are expected to have a w r i t i n g and p e r f o r m i n g knowledge of the rudiments of m u s i c . A l l a p p l i c a n t s must t a k e p a r t i n an i n t e r v i e w , a t h e o r y p l a c e m e n t t e s t , and a s h o r t a u d i t i o n . S t u d e n t s not r e a d y t o e n t e r t h e p r o g r a m w i l l be a d v i s e d as t o t h e a p p r o p r i a t e c o u r s e w o r k . Some C o m m e r c i a l M u s i c c o u r s e s carry t r a n s f e r c r e d i t towards various university degrees; C o m m e r c i a l M u s i c g r a d u a t e s have s u c c e s s f u l l y t r a n s f e r r e d to v a r i o u s C a n a d i a n and A m e r i c a n u n i v e r s i t i e s . Students with d e g r e e s i n t r a d i t i o n a l m u s i c have 97 Core Curriculum Credit Hours F I R S T TERM Music 1 H ENS M u s i c 184 PMI M u s i c 103 M u s i c 170 Music Class Piano 1st semester l e v e l Sight/Ear 100 l e v e l Comm. Harmony I . . History Jazz Major E l e c t i v e s . . 1,5 3 3 2 2 1.5 3 lfi SECOND TERM M u s i c 115 C l a s s P i a n o 1.5 ENS 2nd s e m e s t e r l e v e l 3 M u s i c 185 S i g h t / E a r 3 PMI 200 l e v e l ? M u s i c 104 Comm. Harmony II . 1.5 M u s i c 105 O r c h e s t r a t i o n I . . 1.5 Music Major E l e c t i v e s . . _ 3 15.5 THIRD Music ENS Music PMI Music Music Music TERM 214 C l a s s P i a n o 3rd semester l e v e l 284 S i q h t / E a r 300 l e v e l 203 Comm. Harmony I I I 171 H i s t o r y o f Pop . . . Major E l e c t i v e s . . FOURTH TERM M u s i c 215 C l a s s P i a n o ENS 4th semester l e v e l M u s i c 285 S i q h t / E a r PMI 400 l e v e l M u s i c 204 Comm. Harmony IV . M u s i c 260 Comm. R e l a t i o n s . . Music Major E l e c t i v e s . . Commercial Music Instrumental 1.5 3 3 2 1.5 1.5 _3 15.5 1.5 3 3 2 1.5 1.5 3 15.5 Options Performance F I R S T TERM M u s i c 194 R e p e r t o i r e I M u s i c 180 I m p r o v i s a t i o n Electives .. 3 1.5 .... II . 3 1.5 I SECOND TERM Music Music 195 181 R e p e r t o i r e II Improvisation THIRD TERM M u s i c 294 R e p e r t o i r e I I I ... M u s i c 280 I m p r o v i s a t i o n I I I 3 3 FOURTH TERM M u s i c 295 M u s i c 281 98 R e p e r t o i r e IV Improvisation Grad R e c i t a l .... IV . 3 3 Vocal Performance Electives Bachelor of Credit Hours FIRST TERM M u s i c 132 V o c a l Group 1 M u s i c 134 S o l o V o i c e Rep I . 1.5 1.5 V o c a l Group II . . . S o l o V o i c e Rep II 1.5 1.5 V o c a l Group I I I .. S o l o V o i c e Rep I I I 1.5 1.5 FOURTH TERM M u s i c 233 V o c a l Group IV . . . M u s i c 235 S o l o V o i c e Rep IV 1.5 1.5 SECOND Music Music TERM 133 135 THIRD TERM Music Music 23? 234 Arranging/Composition Electives SECOND TERM M u s i c 106 Harmony ft Composition M u s i c 172 A r r a n g i n g I THIRD Music Music Music I ... TERM 107 C o m p o s i t i o n II . . . 272 A r r a n g i n g II 205 O r c h e s t r a t i o n II . FOURTH TERM M u s i c 207 C o m p o s i t i o n I I I .. M u s i c 273 A r r a n g i n g I I I .... Grad R e c i t a l M u s i c 270 Song W r i t i n g Music Program This program i s designed f o r s t u d e n t s who d p s i r e t o c o n t i n u e t h e i r s t u d i e s toward a Bachelor o f M u s i c , or a B a c h e l o r of Music E d u c a t i o n degree at a u n i v e r s i t y . A l l courses i n t h i s program t r a n s f e r t o the Music Department o f UBC and t h e F a c u l t y o f M u s i c a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f V i c t o r i a , and some c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r t o Simon F r a s e r U n i v e r s i t y . In a d d i t i o n , Music 100/101, Music 120/121, M u s i c 2 0 0 / 2 0 1 , and M u s i c 220/221 t r a n s f e r i n t o the F a c u l t y of A r t s w i t h a m a j o r i n M u s i c . These courses also o f f e r students e n r o l l e d i n o t h e r C o l l e g e programs transferable elective credit. All a p p l i c a n t s for the Bachelor M u s i c p r o g r a m must do t h e following: 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 1.6 Sep r e g i s t r a t i o n p r o c e d u r e p r i n t e d a f t e r Music Transfpr Program. of 1. Comply w i t h g e n e r a l a d m i s s i o n requirements of C a p i l a n o Col l e g e . 2 . P a r t i c i p a t e i n an i n t e r v i e w . 3 . Write a theory placement examination. 4 . P l a y an a u d i t i o n on t h e i r m a j o r instrument. 5 . Take an E n g l i s h P l a c e m e n t T e s t . 6. Students are advised to take a h e a r i n g t e s t and s u b m i t t h e r e s u l t s to the department. Auditions w i l l involve the p r e s e n t a t i o n o f two c o n t r a s t i n g p r e p a r e d p i e c e s and a d e m o n s t r a t i o n of the s t u d e n t ' s i n s t r u m e n t a l t e c h n i q u e and sightreading a b i l i t y . R e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s may p r e r e g i s t e r d u r i n g t h e month o f A p r i l . New students demonstrating s u f f i c i e n t i n s t r u m e n t a l and/or t h e o r e t i c a l accomplishment i n t h e i r placement t e s t may p r e r e g i s t e r d u r i n g May and A u g u s t t o e n s u r e t h e i r e n r o l l m e n t . S t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r during in-person r e g i s t r a t i o n . A l l i n t e r v i e w s , a u d i t i o n s and p l a c e m e n t t e s t s w i l l be h e l d i n May and A u g u s t o f e a c h y e a r I n t e r e s t e d persons are asked t o phone t h e C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e M u s i c Department, 986-1911, ( l o c a l 454) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and appointments. Associate in Arts Major and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a Program Requirements FIRST TERM M u s i c 120 ENS 100 o r 110 PMI 100 l e v e l M u s i c 110 or M u s i c 210 M u s i c 114 M u s i c 100 SECOND TERM M u s i c 121 ENS 150 o r 160 PMI 200 l e v e l M u s i c 111 History I Class Strings Music Therapy Credit Hours 6 2 3 3 2 C l a s s Woodwinds Class Piano Theory I History II I-|— lb. b 5 THIRD TERM M u s i c 200 ENS 200 o r 210 M u s i c 110 Strings 3 C l a s s Woodwinds Class Piano T h e o r y II Theory III -1— lb. b l b 1 3 Strinqs * C l a s s Woodwinds H i s t o r y III f 3 2 Class Piano T h e o r y IV ) 1 3 3 Class Strinqs 3 or M u s i c 211 M u s i c 221 PMI 400 L e v e l M u s i c 215 1 3 Class J C l a s s Woodwinds H i s t o r y IV 3 2 Class Piano -hi 15.5 Program Music T h e r a p i s t s use t h e c r e a t i v e process inherent in musical participation to assist i n d i v i d u a l s and g r o u p s t o f u n c t i o n b e t t e r m e n t a l l y , p h y s i c a l l y and e m o t i o n a l l y . M u s i c t h e r a p i s t s work w i t h deep e m o t i o n s i n s p e c i a l t h e r a p e u t i c p r o g r a m s , run e x e r c i s e and d a n c e p r o g r a m s , l e a d c h o i r s o r i n s t r u m e n t a l e n s e m b l e s . Program g r a d u a t e s work on t r e a t m e n t teams in h o s p i t a l s , c l i n i c s , boarding homes, community s e r v i c e o r g a n i z a t i o n s and f o r s c h o o l boards. T h i s f i e l d i s new and e x p a n d i n g i n t o a l l areas of the h e a l t h f i e l d . The s a l a r y s c a l e i s equivalent to other therapy s p e c i a l t i e s . Graduates complete the f i r s t stage of the Canadian A s s o c i a t i o n f o r Music Therapy accreditation process. 2 Class 15.5 FOURTH TERM M u s i c 201 ENS ?50 o r 260 M u s i c 111 1 3 or M u s i c 210 M u s i c 220 PMI 300 L e v e l M u s i c 214 1 3 or M u s i c 211 M u s i c 115 M u s i c 101 Lab Hours } 1 The M u s i c T h e r a p y p r o g r a m i n c l u d e s a c a d e m i c and e x p e r i m e n t a l coursework. Students explore t h e i r v a l u e s , b e l i e f s , f e e l i n g s and s e l f - c o n c e p t s w h i l e they examine t h e many m e a n i n g s and c o m p o n e n t s of music from around the w o r l d . S t u d e n t s a r e t r a i n e d t o be h e a l t h field clinicians. M u s i c t h e r a p i s t s l e a r n t o be expressive m u s i c i a n s , dancers artists. and C o n t i n u a t i o n i n t h e p r o g r a m and g r a n t i n g o f t h e A r t s and S c i e n c e d i p l o m a w i l l be c o n t i n g e n t upon d e m o n s t r a t i o n o f an a d e q u a t e l e v e l o f p e r s o n a l , a c a d e m i c and c l i n i c a l s k i l l s as j o i n t l y e v a l u a t e d e a c h s e m e s t e r by t h e s t u d e n t , m u s i c t h e r a p y f a c u l t y and f i e l d supervi s o r s . A l l students entering Therapy must: Music Comply w i t h t h e g e n e r a l c o l l e g e entrance requirements. 2. P a r t i c i p a t e i n an i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e Music Therapy Coordinator. 3 . P l a y an a u d i t i o n on h i s / h e r c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n s t r u m e n t and d e m o n s t r a t e b o t h t e c h n i q u e and r e p e r t o i r e o f a Grade 7 T o r o n t o Conservatory level (or 1. 99 equivalent) together with musical s e n s i t i v i t y . Take a t h e o r y p l a c e m e n t t e s t and d e m o n s t r a t e a q r a s p o f t o n a l h a r m o n y . Those w i t h Grade 4 T o r o n t o C o n s e r v a t o r y Harmony or e q u i v a l e n t are exempted. Have s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d a course in introductory psychology. Have some e x p e r i e n c e w i t h ( o r exposure to) people with special needs. T h i s p r o g r a m r e q u i r e s an u n u s u a l l y high l e v e l of m a t u r i t y and i n t e g r i t y . S t u d e n t s w i t h a y e a r o r more o f l i f e experience f o l l o w i n g high s c h o o l a r e u s u a l l y more k n o w l e d g e a b l e and m a t u r e i n t h e i r c h o i c e of d i r e c t i o n . Interviews are held i n A p r i l and M a y . ENS 100 C h o i r I (F) (3,0,1) An e x p l o r a t i o n t h r o u g h f i v e c e n t u r i e s of c h o r a l music from t h e Renaissance to the present. Opportunities for singing without a c c o m p a n i m e n t (a c a p e l l a ) , w i t h p i a n o , w i t h rhythm s e c t i o n and/or c o m p l e t e symphony o r c h e s t r a . P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n w i l l be p a i d t o p i t c h , r h y t h m , d i c t i o n and b a l a n c e . P e r f o r m a n c e b e f o r e an a u d i e n c e w i l l be t h e c u l m i n a t i n g event of t h e s e m e s t e r . A s s o c i a t e i n A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a Credit Hours M a j o r Program Requirements General Education Requirements SEMESTER 1 M u s i c T h e r a p y 15D M u s i c T h e r a p y 150 PMI 100 L e v e l M u s i c 1R0 M u s i c T h e r a p y 100 M u s i c T h e r a p y 170 SEMESTER 2 M u s i c T h e r a p y 180 M u s i c T h e r a p y 151 M u s i c T h e r a p y 151 PMI ? 0 0 L e v e l M u s i c T h e r a p y 191 P s y c h o l o g y 222 SEMESTER 3 M u s i c T h e r a p y 250 PMI 300 L e v e l M u s i c T h p r a p y 290 M u s i c T h e r a p y 250 P s y c h o l o g y 201 E l e c t i ve SEMESTER 4 M u s i c T h e r a p y 261 PMI 400 L e v e l M u s i c T h e r a p y 291 M u s i c T h e r a p y 264 E l e c t i ve 60.5 12 72.5 The I n f l u e n c e o f M u s i c Music Therapy I P r i v a t e Music I n s t r u c t i o n Improvisation Practicum I I n t e r v e n t i o n i n C h i l d Development I n t e r p e r s o n a l S k i l l s f o r Music Therapy The I n f l u e n c e o f M u s i c M u s i c T h e r a p y II P r i v a t e Music I n s t r u c t i o n P r a c t i c u m II Abnormal P s y c h o l o q y 1-5 0 ENS 110 Orchestra I (F) (3,0,1) R e h e a r s a l and p e r f o r m a n c e o f concert r e p e r t o i r e . String players w i l l be a c c e p t e d w i t h o u t a u d i t i o n . Wind p l a y e r s must c o n t a c t t h e M u s i c D e p a r t m e n t a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e c l a s s e s commence t o a r r a n g e f o r an a u d i t i o n . P e r s o n s w i n n i n g a p o s i t i o n t h r o u g h a u d i t i o n w i l l be allowed to r e g i s t e r . _3 18.5 .... Music Therapy III P r i v a t e Music I n s t r u c t i o n P r a c t i c u m III M u s i c and t h e C r e a t i v e A r t s Group D y n a m i c s ••• Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e C o o r d i n a t o r M u s i c T h e r a p y IV P r i v a t e Music I n s t r u c t i o n P r a c t i c u m IV Clinical Orientation Chosen i n • c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e C o o r d i n a t o r 1.5 ENS 120 G u i t a r Ensemble I (3,0,1) Performance i n " A l l G u i t a r " ensemble f o r the development of s i g h t r e a d i n g and p h r a s i n g s k i l l s . _3— 18.5 6 1.5 3 18.5 3 2 6 3 _3_ 17 ENS 130 S t a g e Band ( F ) (3,0,1) P a r t i c i p a t i o n in the Capilano C o l l e g e l a r g e Jazz/Rock Ensemble f o r d e v e l o p m e n t o f p h r a s i n g and sight reading s k i l l s . ENS 150 C h o i r II (S) (3,0,1) A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f ENS 1 0 0 . ENS 160 Orchestra II (S) A continuation of ENS 170 G u i t a r Ensemble II A continuation 700 (F) (3,0,1) ENS 1 1 0 . (S) (3,0,1) o f ENS 1 2 0 . f a m i l i a r i z e d with figured Ear t r a i n i n g and f a c i l i t y recognition. ENS 180 S t a g e Band ( S ) (3,0,1) A continuation of ENS 1 3 0 . Transferable ENS 200 Choir III (F) A continuation ENS 210 Orchestra III (F) A continuation (3,0,1) o f ENS 1 1 0 . ENS 220 G u i t a r Ensemble III A continuation o f ENS 1 7 0 . ENS 230 S t a g e Band ( F ) (3,0,1) A continuation o f ENS 1 8 0 . ENS 250 C h o i r IV ( S ) (F) (3,0,1) A continuation o f ENS 2 0 0 . ENS 260 Orchestra IV ( S ) A continuation (3,0,1) n f ENS 2 1 0 . (1.5,0,.5) I (S) (1.5,0,.5) P r e r e q u i s i t e : C o m m e r c i a l Harmony I or p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . To be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h C o m m e r c i a l Harmony I I A course oriented to those interested in developing their a b i l i t i e s i n c o m p o s i n g and a r r a n g i n g . A study of the p r i n c i p l e s of part w r i t i n g . M u s i c 110 Class Strings t o UBC, S F U , U V i c . M u s i c 103 C o m m e r c i a l Harmony (F) (2,0,1) (3,0,1) M u s i c 107 Composition M u s i c 100 o r A study of t w o - v o i c e counterpoint i n b o t h modal and t o n a l s e t t i n g s . The s i n g l e m e l o d i c l i n e . Guidelines for w r i t i n g concurrent melodic l i n e s . Ex. in species c o u n t e r p o i n t . Canon I n t e r t a b l e counterpoint. Motive development. T w o - p a r t i n v e n t i o n . Harmonic c o n c e p t s s t u d i e d i n M u s i c 100 reviewed i n a two-part s e t t i n g . A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f e a r - t r a i n i n g and s i g h t s i n g i n g from Music 1 0 0 . Transferable (S) (3,0,1) of ENS 1 5 0 . Prerequisite: equi v a l e n t I Students w i l l undertake the study of score p r e p a r a t i o n , basic m u s i c a l t e r m s and a r t i c u l a t i o n s , and w r i t i n g f o r t h e r h y t h m s e c t i o n i nstruments. t o UBC, S F U , U V i c . M u s i c 101 Theory II ( S ) (3,0,1) M u s i c 105 Orchestration bass. in sight I P r e r e q u i s i t e : A w n r k i n q knowledge of m u s i c r u d i m e n t s ( s c a l e s , intervals, triads) (F) (3,2,1) A practical family. study of the v i o l i n Transferable t o UBC and U V i c . M u s i c 111 Class A p r a c t i c a l l o o k at m e l o d i c / harmonic r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n t o n a l m u s i c . Includes study of t h e overtone s e r i e s , i n t e r v a l s , Strings (S) A continuation (3,2,1) of Music 1 1 0 . Transferable t o UBC and U V i c . M u s i c 114 Piano Class (F) scales, modes, chord symbols, ENS 270 Guitar Ensemble IV ( S ) (3,0,1) A continuation n f ENS 2 2 0 . ENS 280 S t a g e Band ( S ) (3,0,1) A continuation o f ENS 2 3 0 . M u s i c 100 Theory I ( F ) d i a t o n i c t r i a d s , root motion, Roman numeral a n a l y s i s , p r i n c i p l e s of chord p r o q r e s s i o n , i n v e r s i o n s , v o i c e l e a d i n g , f u n c t i o n a l harmonic a n a l y s i s , m e l o d i c a n a l y s i s and chord s c a l e s . M u s i c 104 C o m m e r c i a l Harmony (S) (1.5,0,.5) Prerequisite: II C o m m e r c i a l Harmony I (3,0,1) A s t u d y o f m u s i c f r o m c . 1600 t o 1800 w i t h an e m p h a s i s on d i a t o n i c harmony up t o s i m p l e m o d u l a t i o n . R e l a t e d c o n c e p t s o f f o r m w i l l be e x p l o r e d . The s t u d e n t w i l l l e a r n c o n t r o l o f c h o r d p r o g r e s s i o n and v o i c e l e a d i n g . He/she w i l l be Continued e x p l o r a t i o n of chord p r o g r e s s i o n and m e l o d y , i n c l u d i n g : 7th c h o r d s , secondary dominants, chord p a t t e r n s , passing diminished c h o r d s , m i n o r key c h o r d p r o g r e s s i o n , subdominant minor i n major k e y s , chord s c a l e s . (1.5,2,.5) This course i s designed f o r s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o l e a r n b a s i c keyboard s k i l l s . R e a d i n g , i m p r o v i s a t i o n , t r a n s p o s i t i o n and harmonization are the s k i l l s d e v e l o p e d d u r i n g t h i s c o u r s e and the t h r e e subsequent l e v e l s . Theoretical concepts are applied a t t h e k e y b o a r d and i n c l u d e d i a t o n i c t r i a d s and s e v e n t h s o f the major k e y , a l l m a j o r , minor and modal t e t r a c h o r d s . A w e e k l y lab reviews m a t e r i a l covered i n c l a s s . S t u d e n t s p r a c t i c e on t h e department's pianos. Transferable t o UBC and U V i c . M u s i c 115 Piano Class (S) (1.5,2,.5) A c o n t i n u a t i o n of M u s i c 1 1 4 . In a d d i t i o n , keyboard sequences, a r p e q g i o s and m a j o r s c a l e s a r e i n t r o d u c e d a l o n q w i t h easy oriqinal repertoire. Transferable t o UBC and UVic. M u s i c 120 History I (F) (3,0,1) A study of m u s i c a l h i s t o r y the time of a n c i e n t Greece Dufay. Transferable M u s i c 121 H i s t o r y II to SFU, (S) (3,0,1) to UVic. V o c a l Group R e p e r t o i r e (F) (1.5,1,.5) (1.5,0,.5) M u s i c 171 H i s t o r y of Popular (F) (1.5,0,.5) Music A s u r v e y of p o p u l a r music of t h e 2 0 t h c e n t u r y . This course w i l l develop the a b i l i t y of v o c a l i s t s to f u n c t i o n as p a r t o f a s m a l l v o c a l e n s e m b l e i n j a z z and pop s t y l e s . C o u r s e content i n c l u d e s : group i n s t r u c t i o n in phrasing, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , b l e n d and t u n i n g ; s t y l e a n a l y s i s of v o c a l g r o u p s ; m e m o r i z a t i o n of v o c a l m a t e r i a l ; p e r f o r m a n c e i n v a r i o u s pop g r o u p s t y l e s w i t h and w i t h o u t r h y t h m accompaniment; r e c o r d i n g s t u d i o labs. M u s i c 133 V o c a l Group R e p e r t o i r e (S) (1.5,1,.5) II A c o n t i n u a t i o n n f V o c a l Group Repertoire I i n s t r u c t i o n . M u s i c 134 Solo Voice Repertoire (F) (1.5,1,.5) (F) A s u r v e y nf j a z z t h r o u g h s t y l e s and s t y l i s t s f r o m i t s r o n t s i n A f r i c a to the p r e s e n t . from S F U , UBC and Jazz I A course which develops the a b i l i t i e s needed f o r s u c c e s s f u l M u s i c 172 Arranging I styles (S) (1.5,2,.5) A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Music 180. This s e m e s t e r w i l l be d e v o t e d t o a n a l y s i s o f c h o r d p r o g r e s s i o n s and more a d v a n c e d c h o r d - s c a l e a n a l y s i s . At t h e end o f t h i s s e m e s t e r , s t u d e n t s s h o u l d have t h e b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l knowledge n e c e s s a r y t o a n a l y z e and l e a r n t o i m p r o v i s e on any " s t a n d a r d " j a z z tune. M u s i c 184 Sightsinging/Ear (F) (3,0,1) Training A u r a l and s i g h t t r a i n i n g c o n c e n t r a t i n g on m e l o d i c , r h y t h m i c d i c t a t i o n and s i g h t s i n g i n g . M u s i c 185 Sightsinging/Ear (S) (3,0,1) Training A continuation Music 184. of J a z z and C o m m e r c i a l Repertoire Instrumental P r e r e q u i s i t e : Adequate s i g h t r e a d i n g and t e c h n i c a l a b i l i t y (S) (1.5,0,0) P r e r e q u i s i t e : C o m m e r c i a l Harmony I, t o be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h C o m m e r c i a l Harmony II and Orchestration I. A study of f o u r - p a r t block harmonization arranging techniques. M u s i c 180 Improvisation M u s i c 181 Improvisation II A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Solo Voice Repertnire I i n s t r u c t i o n . M u s i c 170 History of M u s i c 132 702 M u s i c 135 Solo Voice Repertoire (S) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , . 5 ) UBC and U V i c A s t u d y of m u s i c h i s t o r y Dufay t o M o n t e v e r d i . Transferable from to s o l o vocal performance. Course content i n c l u d e s : s t y l e a n a l y s i s , mike t e c h n i q u e , development of stage presence, solo performance in various styles with accompaniment, memorization of a number o f s o n g s , s t u d i o r e c o r d i n g p r o j e c t s , v i d e o t a p e a n a l y s i s , and development of a "bonk" nf rhythm section arrangements. (F) (1.5,2,.5) By a u d i t i o n o n l y . A c o u r s e t o t e a c h the b a s i c s of i m p r o v i s a t i o n on c h o r d c h a n g e s . The f i r s t s e m e s t e r w i l l be d e v o t e d t o rhythmic c o n c e p t s , basic c h o r d - s c a l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and development of t e c h n i c a l e x e r c i s e s f o r b a s i c chord p r o g r e s s i o n s . chosen instrument M u s i c 194 Repertoire I (F) or with voice. (1.5,4,.5) For a l l i n s t r u m e n t s , r e q u i r e m e n t s i n c l u d e s i x hours of r e h e a r s a l a week p l u s a number o f p e r f o r m a n c e s . The s t y l e s t u d i e d i s o p e n , b u t a l l s t u d e n t s must m e m o r i z e a s e t number o f t u n e s , take part in recording sessions and accompany v o c a l i s t s . M u s i c 195 Repertoire II (S) (1.5,4,.5) A continuation of Repertoire M u s i c 200 Theory III (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: equi v a l e n t . M u s i c 101 o r I, A s t u r i y of t o n a l t h r e e - v o i c e c o u n t e r p o i n t . Rhythmic r e l a t i o n s h i p s and h a r m o n i c considerations. Imitation - real and t o n a l . The w r i t i n g o f a n s w e r s . Three-part i n v e n t i o n . Trio Sonata. F u g u e . Forms b a s e d on t h e C h o r a l e . Contrapuntal v a r i a t i o n forms. A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f e a r t r a i n i n g and s ig h t , s i n g i n g f r o m M u s i c 1 0 1 . Transferable t o UBC, SFU, Continued e x p l o r a t i o n of chord p r o g r e s s i o n and m e l o d y i n c l u d i n g : l i n e c l i c h p s , a n a l y s i s o f modern j a z z chord p r o g r e s s i o n , i n t e r n a l elaboration tonicization, deceptive t o n i c i z a t i o n , organpoint equal d i v i s i o n of the o c t a v e , p a r a l l e l h a r m o n y , modal j a z z c h o r d p r o g r e s s i o n , 7 0 ' s j a z z t h e o r y of modal a r e a s . UVic. M u s i c 205 Orchestration Music 2 0 i T h e o r y IV ( S ) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: M u s i c 200 to SFU, M u s i c 203 C o m m e r c i a l Harmony (F) (1.5,0,.5) Prerequisite: UBC and (F) (1.5,0,.5) Orchestration for brass, s a x o p h o n e s , w o o d w i n d s , v o i c e s and s t r i n g s . To be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h Music 272. A s t u d y of music from the l a t e 18th c e n t u r y t o e l e m e n t a r y c h r o m a t i c i s m of the e a r l y Romantic P e r i o d (up t o 1 8 5 0 ) . F o r m : a d e t a i l e d study of complete works i n s h o r t f o r m s . Harmony: c h r o m a t i c harmony e x e r c i s e s l e a d i n q up t o t h e c o m p o s i t i o n of s h o r t p i e c e s (minuet, l i e d , piano pieces) usinq s i m p l e homophonic t e x t u r e s . S i g h t r e c o n i t i o n : a c o n t i n u a t i o n of t h i r d term expanding to i n c l u d e open s c o r e w i t h t r a n s p o s i n g instruments; small orchestral s c o r e s . Ear T r a i n i n g : c o n t i n u a t i o n of harmonic d i c t a t i o n , i n c l u d i n g chromatic m a t e r i a l . Aural i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of formal p l a n s . Transferable II UVic. III M u s i c 206 Composition III (F) (1.5,0,.5) P r e r e q u i s i t e : Composition II, be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h C o m m e r c i a l Harmony II IV (S) P r e r e q u i s i t e : Composition III, he t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h C o m m e r c i a l Harmony IV M u s i c 210 C l a s s Woodwinds A practical fami l y . Transferable Class Harmony IV ( S ) {1.5,0,.51 Prerequisite: M u s i c 203 Transferable to UBC. M u s i c 215 Piano Class (S) (1.5,2,.5) Transferable (F) of of Workshop Workshop II. too M u s i c 217 Guitar/Bass Sight Reading IV ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) A continuation the woodwind of (F) Workshop Workshop III. (3,0,1) UVic. T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d as a complementary study both f o r Music and G e n e r a l A r t s s t u d e n t s . The music from C a v a l l i t o Mozart w i l l be e x a m i n e d e m p h a s i z i n g a u r a l r e c o g n i t i o n of t h e e v o l u t i o n of musical s t y l e . Transferable (S) of UBC. (3,2,1) t o UBC and A continuation to A continuation M u s i c 220 H i s t o r y III study Woodwinds Transferable F o r s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n M u s i c 115 o r have had p r e v i o u s k e y b o a r d e x p e r i e n c e . Students are i n t r o d u c e d t o common i d i o m a t i c a c c o m p a n i m e n t p a t t e r n s as w e l l as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor s c a l e s and c h o r d s . B a s i c k e y b o a r d t e c h n i q u e s are emphasized including relaxation, touch, r o t a t i o n , w e i g h t t r a n s f e r and t h e i r musical a p p l i c a t i o n in s i m p l e r e p e r t o i r e . The l a b hour i s u t i l i z e d to develop sight reading s k i l l s at the k e y b o a r d . M u s i c 216 Guitar/Bass Sight Reading III (F) (1.5,0,.5) of all M u s i c 211 M u s i c 204 Commercial of M u s i c 104 Continued e x p l o r a t i o n of chord p r o g r e s s i o n and m e l o d y i n c l u d i n g : a n a l y s i s of p o p u l a r chord p r o g r e s s i o n , modal h a r m o n y , m i x e d mode c h o r d p r o g r e s s i o n , augmented 6th c h o r d s , t o n i c i z a t i o n , chord scales/harmonic extensions, turn a r o u n d s , c o r r e c t i o n of standard progressions. (1.5,2,.5) A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f M u s i c 214 w i t h i n c r e a s e d c o m p l e x i t y of r e p e r t o i r e and t e c h n i q u e . (1.5,0,.5) Study i n c l u d e s : c o m p o s i t i o n p o p , r o c k and j a z z t u n e s i n harmonic s t y l e s . (F) to Study i n c l u d e s : the c o m p o s i t i o n j a z z and pop s t y l e m e l o d i e s on standard chord p r o g r e s s i o n s , a n a l y s i s o f j a z z and p o p u l a r tunes. M u s i c 207 Composition M u s i c 214 Piano Class to SFU, UBC and UVic. (3,2,1) Music 210. t o UBC and UVic. M u s i c 221 History IV (S) (3,0,1) A course designed as a 103 complementary sturly both f o r Music and G e n e r a l A r t s s t u d e n t s . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l examine music from B e e t h o v e n t o t h e p r e s e n t d a y . The e m p h a s i s w i l l be on a u r a l r e c o g n i t i o n of the e v o l u t i o n of m u s i c a l s t y l e and i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p to i t s h i s t o r i c a l context. Transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. M u s i c 270 Song W r i t i n g (S) III P r e r e q u i s i t e : C o m m e r c i a l Harmony o r p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r . Arranging A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f V o c a l Group R e p e r t o i r e 11 i n s t r u c t i o n w i t h more e m p h a s i s on i n d i v i d u a l c o n t r i b u t i o n and r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r r e h e a r s a l and s t u d i o r e c o r d i n g labs. II (F) (1.5,0,.5) P r e r e q u i s i t e : A r r a n g i n q I and O r c h e s t r a t i o n I, t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h Commercial Harmony I I I and O r c h e s t r a t i o n II. A c o n t i n u a t i o n and e x p a n s i o n o f the s e c t i o n w r i t i n g techniques begun i n A r r a n g i n g I, p l u s a s t u d y o f two and t h r e e - p a r t w r i t i n g . A continuation R e p e r t o i r e III M u s i c 273 A r r a n g i n g III of V o c a l Group instruction. M u s i c 234 Solo Voice Repertoire (F) (1.5,1,.5) A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Solo Voice R e p e r t o i r e II i n s t r u c t i o n p l u s m e m o r i z a t i o n o f a f i x e d number o f s o n g s , a c c u m u l a t i o n of a book o f rhythm accompaniment c h a r t s to a l l songs r e q u i r e d , s t u d i o r e c o r d i n g l a b s , vocal i m p r o v i s a t i o n . Course c o n t e n t i n c l u d e s : advanced chord v o i c i n g c o n c e p t s , background writing, linear writing techniques, arranging projects for v a r i o u s i n s t r u m e n t a l v o c a l and rhythm s e c t i o n c o m b i n a t i o n s , and studio recording labs. M u s i c 280 Improvisation M u s i c 235 A continuation R e p e r t o i r e III Music A c o u r s e i n v o l v i n g a s p e c t s of music i n d u s t r y i n c l u d i n g 704 (3,2,1) M u s i c 281 M u s i c 260 in (F) A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Music 181, S t u d e n t s must a u d i t i o n . IV of Solo Voice instruction. Commercial R e l a t i o n s (S) (1.5,0,.5) (3,0,1) Prerequisites: Arranging II, O r c h e s t r a t i o n I ft I I , t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h Commercial Harmony I V . III Solo Voice Repertoire (S) (1.5,1,.5) (S) Improvisation (S) (3,2,1) A continuation of Music 280. M u s i c 284 the Sightsinging/Ear (F) (3,0,1) Training A continuation Music 185. of Training A continuation of Music 284. I M u s i c 294 Repertoire III (F) (3,2,1) A continuation of Repertoire M u s i c 295 Repertoire IV (S) (3,2,1) A continuation of Repertoire II. III. M u s i c 360 M u s i c 233 IV Sightsinging/Ear (S) (3,0,1) (1.5,0,.5) Music 272 Prerequisite: Sightsinqing a b i l i t y , h i g h e r l e v e l of performance a b i l i t i e s . V o c a l Group R e p e r t o i r e (S) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , . 5 ) M u s i c 285 An i n v e s t i q a t i o n o f t h e t e c h n i q u e s and r o l e s o f l y r i c s and l y r i c w r i t i n g f o r p o p u l a r song s t y l e s . M u s i c 232 Vocal Group R e p e r t o i r e (F) (1.5,1,.5) copyright, c o n t r a c t s , performing r i g h t s o r g a n i z a t i o n s and t h e recording industry. Method S t u d i e s i n Music E d u c a t i o n : K o d a l y and O r f f M e t h o d o l o g y (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) This w i l l p r o v i d e a knowledge of K o d a l y and O r f f m e t h o d o l o g y and the s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o use t h e s e t e a c h i n g methods i n a c l a s s r o o m . T r a n s f e r a b i l i t y for Music E d u c a t i o n 400 UBC w i l l be sought. PMI (Various Numbers) (F) (S) (2,0,0) A course designed to permit the student to pursue i n - d e p t h study o f h i s / h e r own m u s i c s p e c i a l t y . The c o u r s e c o n s i s t s o f a s e r i e s o f one-hour l e s s o n s . PMI (Various Numbers) (F) (S) (1,0,0) This course c o n s i s t s of a s e r i e s o f h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s on t h e s t u d e n t ' s secondary i n s t r u m e n t . N o t e : To e n r o l l i n any PMI c o u r s e s s t u d e n t s must g e t p e r m i s s i o n f r o m the e x t e r n a l c o o r d i n a t o r of the Music Department. MUSIC THERAPY COURSES M u s i c T h e r a p y 150 The I n f l u e n c e o f M u s i c ( F ) (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e an i n t r o d u c t i o n to thp w o r l d ' s major musical c u l t u r e s , with c o n c e n t r a t i o n on t h e h p a l i n g and t h e r a p e u t i c a s p e c t s of t h e s e m u s i c s . S p p c i a l a t t e n t i o n w i l l be p a i d to the p s y c h o p h y s i c s of a u r a l p e r c e p t i o n and t o t h e a s s e s s m e n t o f t h e e v o c a t i v e powers o f m u s i c . E x t e n s i v e use w i l l be made of music recorded throughout the w o r l d a l o n g w i t h f i l m and v i d e o tape i l l u s t r a t i o n s of these approaches to m u s i c . M u s i c T h e r a p y 151 The I n f l u e n c e o f M u s i c ( S ) (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on a more d e t a i l e d a n a l y s i s and e x p l a n a t i o n of m a t e r i a l c o v e r e d i n M u s i c T h e r a p y 1 5 0 . Sound r e c o r d i n g s , f i l m , and v i d e o t a p e s w i l l provide colourful i l l u s t r a t i o n s of the s u b j e c t m a t t e r under s t u d y . M u s i c T h e r a p y 160 Music Therapy I (F) (3,0,0) This course w i l l introduce s t u d e n t s t o t h e c o n c e p t and e x p e r i e n c e o f m u s i c t h e r a p y and i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o movement, t h e r a p y , art t h e r a p y , psychodrama, and o t h e r t h e r a p i e s i n g e n e r a l . A b r i e f h i s t o r y of music therapy w i l l be s t u d i e d . R r a i n f u n c t i o n s and t h e c r e a t i v e p r o c e s s w i l l be e x p l o r e d a l o n g w i t h an e x p e r i e n t i a l study of the s p e c i f i c o p p o r t u n i t i e s music b r i n g s t o thp therapeutic environment. M u s i c T h e r a p y 161 M u s i c T h e r a p y II (S) (3,0,1) T h i s c o u r s e p r p s p n t s an o v e r v i e w of contemporary s t y l e s of music t h e r a p y used i n a v a r i e t y of s e t t i n g s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be encouraged to e x p l o r e t h e i r r e s o u r c e s and v a l u e s i n o r d e r t o d e v e l o p t h e i r own s t y l e . 705 M u s i c T h e r a p y 170 Music I n t e r v e n t i o n i n C h i l d Development (F) (3,0,1) M u s i c Therapy 250 Music Through t h e C r e a t i v e (F) (1.5,0,.5) This course w i l l survey therapeutic intervention in c h i l d d e v e l o p m e n t , s t r e s s i n g t h e r o l e of t h e e x p r e s s i v e a r t s as a t h e r a p e u t i c medium. C o n n e c t i o n s w i l l he s o u g h t between m u s i c and current studies in language, m o t o r , c o g n i t i v e and s o c i a l development. This course w i l l acquaint students w i t h c r e a t i v e a r t s w h i c h can be used t h e r a p e u t i c a l l y i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h m u s i c , w i t h an e m p h a s i s on movement f o r v a r i o u s age g r o u p s . The c o u r s e w i l l be e x p e r i e n t i a l . Discussions w i l l e x p l o r e p o s s i b l e g o a l s and e x t e n s i o n s of the a c t i v i t i e s presented in c l a s s . M u s i c T h e r a p y 180 Interpersonal S k i l l s f o r Music T h e r a p i s t s (F) (1.5,0,0) This course w i l l acquaint students w i t h s e v e r a l s k i l l areas which are r e l e v a n t to Music Therapy, p a r t i c u l a r l y c o m m u n i c a t i o n s k i l l s and o b s e r v a t i o n s k i l l s . Communication s k i l l s w i l l include behaviour d e s c r i p t i o n , perception checking, p a r a p h r a s i n g , and d e s c r i p t i o n o f f e e l i n g . Observation s k i l l s w i l l i n c l u d e group i n t e r a c t i o n , i n t e r v i e w i n g , and s m a l l g r o u p e x e r c i s e s . B o t h t h e o r y and p r a c t i c e w i l l be i n c l u d e d . M u s i c T h e r a p y 190 Practicum I (F) (6,0,2) This i s the f i r s t of a f o u r - p a r t p r a c t i c u m s e q u e n c e . The s t u d e n t w i l l a t t e n d one c l i n i c a l , s c h o o l o r community s e t t i n g and w i l l o b s e r v e c l i e n t s and s t a f f t h e r e , as w e l l as d e s i g n i n g , l e a d i n g and documenting music therapy sessions, in consultation with a s t a f f s u p e r v i s o r . Weekly s e m i n a r s a r e p r o v i d e d t o c l a r i f y and expand resources a v a i l a b l e out in the field. M u s i c T h e r a p y 191 P r a c t i c u m II ( S ) (6,0,2) The s t u d e n t p a r t i c i p a t e s as a s t u d e n t t h e r a p i s t i n one c e n t r e 80 h o u r s . Weekly s e m i n a r s t h r o u g h o u t the t e r m . Refer to Music Therapy 190. 706 M u s i c T h e r a p y 260 Music Therapy III (F) Arts (3,0,1) This course w i l l provide e x p e r i e n c e and a n a l y s i s o f m u s i c therapy techniques appropriate to a r a n g e o f c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g s . The a n a l y s i s w i l l develop the exposure to basic t h e r a p e u t i c models. S t u d e n t s w i l l be o b s e r v i n g t e c h n i q u e s u s e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r and by e a c h o t h e r i n t h e c l a s s s e t t i n g . This r o l l i c k i n g course c o v e r s 1001 s k i l l s needed by t h e p r o f e s s i o n a l music t h e r a p i s t . M u s i c T h e r a p y 264 Clinical Orientations (S) (3,0,1) This course w i l l provide the s t u d e n t s w i t h p r a c t i c a l s k i l l s and knowledge nf t h e p h y s i c a l a s p e c t s of t h e r a p y r e q u i r e d t o f u n c t i o n e f f e c t i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y of h o s p i t a l and c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g s . Course content w i l l i n c l u d e b a s i c k n o w l e d g e i n anatomy and physiology related to s p e c i f i c handicaps; acquaintance with basic t e r m s commonly i n use i n p s y c h i a t r i c and m e d i c a l f a c i l i t i e s ; and a r e v i e w o f d r u g s and t h e i r e f f e c t s . M u s i c T h e r a p y 290 Practicum III (F) (6,0,2) The s t u d e n t p a r t i c i p a t e s as a s t u d e n t t h e r a p i s t i n one c e n t r e 80 h o u r s . Weekly s e m i n a r s t h r o u g h o u t the term. Refer t o Music Therapy 190. M u s i c T h e r a p y 291 P r a c t i c u m IV ( S ) (6,0,2) The s t u d e n t , p a r t i c i p a t e s as a s t u d e n t t h e r a p i s t i n one c e n t r e 80 h o u r s . Weekly s e m i n a r s t h r o u g h o u t the t e r m . Refer to Music Therapy 190. M u s i c T h e r a p y 261 M u s i c T h e r a p y IV ( S ) (3,0,1) This course w i l l develop the o t h e r 1001 p r o f e s s i o n a l s k i l l s needed by t h e m u s i c t h e r a p i s t . It w i l l a l s o examine the p o s s i b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s of a music t h e r a p i s t , to organizations in e x i s t i n g t r e a t m e n t c e n t r e s and t o l o c a l resources in the community. S t u d e n t s l e a r n t o c r e a t e , f i l l and keep j o b s w h i l e t h e y i d e n t i f y t h e i r own m u s i c t h e r a p y s t y l e . Office Administration Division Instructional Faculty BAKER, L . , B . A . ( U B C ) , L L . B . (UBC), Teaching C e r t . (SFU), Coordinator Legal A s s i s t a n t Program BLANEY, D. BROWN, W . , I . D . ( U B C ) , Lab Supervisor BROWN, W . , R . A . BURY, N . , B . A . ( U B C ) , ACI CLARK, D . , Lab S u p e r v i s o r COCHRAN, V . , L L . B . (UBC) CRABS," M . , B . A . Law ( D u r h a m ) , Teaching C e r t . (UBC) DUMOULIN, A . , B . A . L L . B . (UBC) F A T R L I E , J . , B . A . , L L . B . (UBC) FREUND, S . JEST, L., I.D. (UBC), C o o r d i n a t o r , Word P r o c e s s i n g LITTLE, D., R.N. ( S t . P a u l ' s ) , P . H . N . (UBC) LUDGATE, A . , I . D . (UBC) MCCANDLESS, C , B . A . ( S F U ) , M . A . (UBC) MCPHEDRAN, L . , Lab S u p e r v i s o r PHILLIPS, D., C o - o r d i n a t o r , Legal S e c r e t a r y Program PIEKAAR, M . , B . A . ( S F U ) , Coordinator Medical O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t Proqram PLANT, L . , I . D . (UBC) SALUSBURY, P . SEWARD, M . , R . S . A . ( S t . F r a n c i s X a v i e r ) , M.Ed. (Mt. S t . Vincent) SMITH, B . , B . A . , P r o f . T e a c h i n q Cert. (UBC) SPICER, L . , B.Comm., P r o f . Teachinq C e r t . (UBC) STEWART, W . , B . A . ( H o n s . ) ( S F U ) , M.Ed ( U B C ) , BOT C o o r d i n a t o r T H I R K E L L , L . , Lab S u p e r v i s o r TILLEY, W., B . E d . (UBC), M.A. (SFU) VICKARS, K., B . E d . , L i c . A c c t . (UBC) WAUGH, G . , B . A . ( R e a d i n g ) , M . A . (UBC), Standard Teaching C r e d e n t i a l s (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist WHITE, A . , Lab S u p e r v i s o r General Information The O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n D i v i s i o n o f f e r s business t r a i n i n g through the f o l l o w i n g programs: Business O f f i c e Training Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s Option Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s Proqram Leqal S e c r e t a r y Proqram M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t Program Medical O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t Upgrading Proqram O f f i c e Technology Program S e c h e l t / S q u a m i sh Word P r o c e s s i n g C a r e e r C e r t i f i c a t e Program Word P r o c e s s i n g T r a i n e e C e r t i f i c a t e Program Why O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Capilano College? at Ouality Education: - small c l a s s e s - personalized instruction - professional instructors Program V a r i e t y : - clerk t y p i s t , bookkeeper, stenographer, medical o f f i c e assistant, legal secretary, word p r o c e s s i n g , l e g a l assi stant Flexibility: - day o r e v e n i n g - p a r t - t i m e or f u l l - t i m e - t a i l o r your courses to f i t y o u r needs Low C o s t : - our p r o f e s s i o n a l t r a i n i n g courses are c o m p e t i t i v e with o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n s on t h e Lower M a i n l a n d New T e c h n o l o g y : - word p r o c e s s o r s , e l e c t r o n i c t y p e w r i t e r s , computer t r a i n i n g The O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n d e p a r t m e n t c o o r d i n a t e s and d e l i v e r s seven d i f f e r e n t programs t o s t u d e n t s w i t h v a r y i n g l e v e l s of s k i l l s . These p r o g r a m s / c o u r s e s provide yo u w i t h a c o m p r e h e n s i v e education in preparation for employment i n b u s i n e s s . BUSINESS OFFICE TRAINING PROGRAM The B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g Program i s d e s i g n e d t o t r a i n s t u d e n t s i n b a s i c o f f i c e s k i l l s as w e l l as t o i n t r o d u c e them t o t h e modern t e c h n o l o g y and e q u i p m e n t used i n t o d a y ' s o f f i c e s . There are t h r e e o p t i o n s w i t h i n t h e program: c l e r k t y p i s t , s t e n o g r a p h e r and b o o k k e e p i n g . Training in the s p e c i a l i z e d c o u r s e s of t h e s e o p t i o n s b e g i n s i n the second semester of the p r o g r a m . The p r o g r a m i s two s e m e s t e r s l o n q and i n v o l v e s 30 h o u r s p e r week o f c l a s s and laboratory sessions. The BOT P r o g r a m may be t a k e n on a p a r t - t i m e b a s i s , space p e r m i t t i n g . P a r t - t i m e typing courses a v a i l a b l e day o r e v e n i n g , s e v e r a l i n t a k e s f r o m September t o May. S t u d e n t s must a t t a i n a minimum grade p o i n t average of 2.00 i n order to a t t a i n graduation s t a t u s . A p p l i c a n t s f o r t h i s program should contact the O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n D i v i s i o n for admission i n f o r m a t i o n . T h i s p r o g r a m has i n t a k e s i n S e p t e m b e r and J a n u a r y . Business Office Training Programs Credits F I R S T TERM COURSES BOT 100 B u s i n e s s E n g l i s h . . . 3 BOT 102 T y p i n g I 6 BOT 105 O f f i c e P r o c e d u r e s . . l.b BOT 110 M a c h i n e C a l c u l a t i o n s f o r Record Keeping . 3 BOT 115 E l e c t r o n i c D a t a Processing l.b 15 BOT 108 Bookkeeping I 1.5 16.5 SECOND TERM COURSES CLERK TYPIST OPTION BOT 101 B u s i n e s s E n g l i s h II BOT 103 T y p i n g II BOT 106 M a c h i n e Transcription BOT 107 R e c o r d s Management . BOT 111 O f f i c e P r o c e d u r e s II BOT 116 Co m pu ters i n t h e Office BOT 125 T y p i n g S k i l l ft Speed Development STENOGRAPHER OPTION In a d d i t i o n t o t h e a b o v e : BOT 113 B e g i n n i n g S h o r t h a n d BOOKKEEPER OPTION Business English II BOT 101 BOT 104 BOT 107 R e c o r d s Management . BOT 109 BOT 116 C o m p u t e r s i n t h e 3 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 l.b 1.5 13.5 4.5 18 3 1.5 1.5 6 1.5 BOT 125 T y p i n g S k i l l ft Speed 1.5 15 707 Business Office Training Business English I (F,S) (3,0,1) 100 The c o u r s e w i l l f a m i l i a r i z e students with business c o m m u n i c a t i o n s w i t h e m p h a s i s on s p e l l i n q , p u n c t u a t i o n and g r a m m a r . In a d d i t i o n , a component on c a r e e r d e v e l o p m e n t and c r e a t i v e j o b s e a r c h w i l l e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o use their training effectively. B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 101 B u s i n e s s E n g l i s h II (S.SU) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) A c o n t i n u a t i o n nf ROT inn. Business Office Training Typing I (F,S) ( 6 , 1 0 , 2 ) ' 102 Students w i l l learn the basic s k i l l s of t y p e w r i t i n g u s i n g c o r r e c t techniques to acquire s p e e d and a c c u r a c y . The c o u r s e i s also designed to i n s t r u c t the student in the c u r r e n t b u s i n e s s s t y l e s of p r e s e n t i n g t y p e w r i t t e n m a t e r i a l , and t h e c o r r e c t methods of a c h i e v i n g these s t y l e s . B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 103 T y p i n g II ( S . S U ) ( 3 , 1 0 , 1 ) An i n t e r m e d i a t e l e v e l c o u r s e f o r s t u d e n t s who can a l r e a d y t y p e 25 wpm. E m p h a s i s i s on f o r m a t t i n g s k i l l s and speed d e v e l o p m e n t . Business Office Training Typing f o r Bookkeepers (S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , . 5 ) Business Office Training Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n (S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) one m i n u t e t i m i n g . 106 Studpnts w i l l develop machine transcription s k i l l s . S p e c i f i c a l l y , they w i l l learn to operate e f f i c i e n t l y the L a n i e r Edisette t r a n s c r i b e r , review s y s t e m a t i c a l l y p o i n t s of g r a m m a r , p u n c t u a t i o n , s p e l l i n g , and t r a n s c r i p t i o n s t y l e , and transcribe mailable l e t t e r s . B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 107 R e c o r d s Management: An I n t r o d u c t i o n (S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) This course w i l l define records and r e c o r d s management and p r e s e n t , the student, w i t h the p r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s u s e d i n r e c o r d s c o n t r o l i n a modern o f f i c e . B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 108 Bookkeeping I (F,S) (1.5,0,1) The s t u d e n t w i l l a c q u i r e a s o l i d qrounding in thp d o u b l e - e n t r y system of b o o k k e e p i n g , w i t h e m p h a s i s p l a c e d on c o r r e c t a n a l y s i s , a c c u r a c y and t h o r o u g h n e s s , as w e l l as on a t t i t u d e s o f p r o f e s s i o n a l i s m and i n d e p e n d e n c e . In a d d i t i o n , t h e s t u d e n t w i l l become a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t e c h n i q u e s r e q u i r e d f o r use on a m i n i - c o m p u t e r . B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 109 B o o k k e e p i n g II ( S . S U ) ( 6 , 4 , 1 ) 105 T h i s i s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o p r o c e d u r e s common t o a b u s i n e s s o f f i c e . Students w i l l gain k n o w l e d g e i n h a n d l i n g i n c o m i n g and outgoing m a i l , operating a Telex, and c o r r e c t t e l e p h o n e and 708 techniques. 104 T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o expand and r e f i n e k e y b o a r d s k i l l s , t e c h n i q u e s , and a p p l i c a t i o n s acquired in beginning t y p i n g . Business Office Training O f f i c e Procedures (F.S) (1.5,0,.5) receptionist A continuation o f BOT B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 111 O f f i c e Procedures II (S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) This course w i l l give the student a p e r s p e c t i v e on t h e r o l e o f a secretary in a business o f f i c e , help the student understand i n f o r m a t i o n p r o c e s s i n g , and acquaint the student with t o d a y ' s business terminology. B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 113 Shorthand I (S.SU) ( 4 . 5 , 0 , 1 . 5 ) The c o u r s e w i l l t r a c e t h e d e v e l o p m e n t and s t r u c t u r e o f t h e F o r k n e r s y s t e m o f s h o r t h a n d , and develop the student's e x p e r t i s e in the w r i t i n g of t h i s system. B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 115 E l e c t r o n i c D a t a P r o c e s s i n g and t h e O f f i c e Worker ( F , S , S U ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 2 5 ) This course w i l l give students some f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h c o m p u t e r t e r m s and f u n c t i o n s and p r o v i d e a background f o r the " h a n d s - o n " data e n t r y p o r t i o n of the c o u r s e . Business Office Training Computers i n t h e O f f i c e (S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) 116 S t u d e n t s w i l l become f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e use of t h e p e r s o n a l computer for s p e c i a l i z e d o f f i c e procedures i n c l u d i n g d e s i g n i n g f o r m s and r e p o r t s , m a i n t a i n i n g d i a r i e s , and r e c o r d s of a p p o i n t m e n t s . 108. Business Office Training Machine C a l c u l a t i o n s f o r Keeping (F.S) (3,0,1) 110 Record This course w i l l provide the student with the s k i l l s to c o r r e c t l y compute and r e c o r d t h e necessary figures to accurately maintain basic business records. The s t u d e n t w i l l l e a r n how t o operate a ten-key e l e c t r o n i c c a l c u l a t o r w i t h a minimum l e v e l o f 100 key s t r o k e s p e r m i n u t e on a B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 120 Introduction to the Typewriter Keyboard ( F . S . S U ) This course w i l l teach the student the b a s i c s k i l l of t y p e w r i t i n g using correct techniques to a c q u i r e s p e e d and a c c u r a c y . B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 121 Typing S k i l l Development ( F , S , S U ) This course w i l l take the t y p i s t f r o m t h e p o i n t a t w h i c h he o r she The e v e n i n g c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d i n the f o l l o w i n g sequence, beginning i n t h e f a l l o f 1985. See c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s f o r d e t a i l s on t h e c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s . These c o u r s e s a r e marked w i t h a +. is currently performing to appreciably higher typing l e v e l s . B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 122 Introduction to Basic Formatting (F.S.SU) TERM I LGAS 150 Students w i l l continue to develop t h e i r s k i l l s in typewriting using correct techniques to develop h i g h e r speed and a c c u r a c y ; and a c q u i r e knowledge of b a s i c f o r m a t t.1 n g . LGAS 268 I n t r o d u c t i on t o Studies I C r i m i n a l Law LGAS 25R LGAS 17? or Procedures Legal W r i t i n g TERM II LGAS 151 B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 125 T y p i n g S k i l l and Speed D e v e l o p m e n t (S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 . . 5 ) LGAS ?53 LGAS 256 LGAS 2R0 This course i s designed to i n c r e a s e the students' present l e v e l o f t y p i n g speed and accuracy. SUMMER LGAS 170 TERM I I I LGAS 150 LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES OPTION This i s a part-time evening program desiqned p r i m a r i l y f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h at l e a s t two y e a r s l e g a l e x p e r i e n c e , who arp p r e s e n t l y w o r k i n g i n a law o f f i c e . Other i n t e r e s t e d students should contact the C o - o r d i n a t o r concerning admission to the program, or a p a r t i c u l a r c o u r s e . LGAS 180 LGAS 25? TERM IV LGAS 151 LGAS 1R1 LGAS 18? Legal I n t r o d u c t i o n to Legal Studies II Company Law F a m i l y Law C o m p u t e r s i n t h e Law Office Legal Research Introduction Studies I Contracts I Torts I to Legal I n t r o d u c t i o n to Legal Studies II Contracts II C r e d i t o r s Remedies or Admi n i s t r a t i ve Law Torts II The e m p h a s i s i n t h e L e g a l A s s i s t a n t O p t i o n P r o g r a m i s on p r o v i d i n g students with a thorough grasp of the t h e o r e t i c a l a s p e c t s o f t h e p r a c t i c e of l a w . LGAS ?71 LGAS 254 Legal A s s i s t a n t Outline LEGAL STUDIES ASSISTANT PROGRAM Studies SUMMER LGAS 170 Option Credit Hours Capilano College Certificate M a j o r P r o g r a mC o R Recommended u resqeusi r e m e n t s .... REQUIRED COURSES Two 100 l e v e l E n g l i s h c o u r s e s o r CMNS 150 and 151 LGAS 150 I n t r o t o Law I LGAS 151 I n t r o t o Law II LGAS 170 L e g a l R e s e a r c h LGAS 180 C o n t r a c t s I LGAS 1R1 C o n t r a c t s II 21I s 5 3 3 3 3 3 21 Legal Research The g r a d u a t e s of t h i s p r o g r a m have s t u d i e d l e g a l t h e o r y and p r o c e d u r e s and can a p p l y t h i s knowledge to a s s i s t l e g a l p r a c t i t i o n e r s . Legal A s s i s t a n t s w i l l he w o r k i n g i n a p r o f e s s i o n a l e n v i r o n m e n t , d i r e c t l y or i n d e p e n d e n t l y , under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n nf a B a r r i s t e r / S o l i c i t o r . S i n c e one of t h e f u n c t i o n s of a l e g a l a s s i s t a n t i s t o r e l i e v e t h e l a w y e r o f many r o u t i n e l e g a l and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , students prepare l e g a l documents i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e Supreme C o u r t R u l e s and v a r i o u s S t a t u t e s , c a r r y out i n v e s t i g a t i o n s and i n t e r v i e w w i t n e s s e s , handle legal c o r r e s p o n d e n c e and a c t i n a s u p p o r t i v e c a p a c i t y w i t h i n t h e law f i r m or l e g a l department. In complicated legal matters a legal a s s i s t a n t may work d i r e c t l y w i t h t h e l a w y e r , but i n many c a s e s independent judgement i s r e q u i r e d . Proqram r e q u i r e m e n t s : Students are expected to m a i n t a i n a "B" average t h r o u g h o u t the p r o g r a m . A "B" g r a d e i s u s a l l y 80% and up i n p r o c e d u r a l c o u r s e s and 70% i n t h e o r y c o u r s e s . In o r d e r t o r e c e i v e t h e A s s o c i a t e o f A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a , s t u d e n t s must c o m p l e t e a s i x - m o n t h work s t u d y practicum in relevant legal work. The s t u d e n t s s h o u l d b e g i n t h e i r p r a c t i c u m at t h e end o f t h e i r fourth term. E n t r y i n t o the program i s i n the F a l l term o n l y . For f u r t h e r admission information please c o n t a c t the O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Di v i s i on . Legal A s s i s t a n t Requi r e m e n t s Studies Program CREDIT HOURS Major Proqram Requirements Recommended C o u r s e s .. Major Courses Program Requirement 52.5 2_1 73.5 A l l c o u r s e s marked w i t h an a s t e r i s k a r e r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s . In a d d i t i o n , s t u d e n t s must t a k e CMNS 1 7 5 , 1 7 6 , 177 and 178 AND two E n g l i s h 100 l e v e l c o u r s e s . L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 150 +* I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e S t u d y o f Law (F) (3,0,1) I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o l e g a l c o n c e p t s and l e g a l r e a s o n i n g . It w i l l cover the h i s t o r i c a l development of l e g a l i n s t i t u t i o n s and t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f common law and e q u i t y , t h e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of s t a t u t e s , the d o c t r i n e of a n a l y s i s of the s y s t e m ; i t s s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses. Transferable to SFU. 709 L e g a l A s s i s t a n t . S t u d i e s 151 + I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e S t u d y o f Law II ( S ) (3,0,1) A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 150 and an i n t r o d u c t i o n to s p e c i a l areas of l a w . The a r e a s c o v e r e d w i l l include c o n s t i t u t i o n a l law, with an e m p h a s i s on t h e C h a r t e r of R i g h t s , and t h e l a w o f E v i d e n c e . A l t h o u g h some s t a t u t e s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d , e m p h a s i s w i l l be on c a s e l a w and c u r r e n t d e v e l o p m e n t s in the law. Transferable to SFU. L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 152 * L i t i g a t i o n Procedures I (F) (1.5,0,.5) I n t r o d u c t i o n to the court p r o c e d u r e s i n C o u n t y and Supreme C o u r t s of R . C . The c o u r s e w i l l cover procedures in p r e - t r i a l p r e p a r a t i o n , the p r e p a r a t i o n nf d o c u m e n t s , t h e use o f p r e c e d e n t s i n C o u n t y and Supreme C o u r t s . Legal A s s i s t a n t Rasic Corporate (F) (3,0,.5) S t u d i e s 153 * Procedures I An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e R . C . Company Act. and t h e v a r i o u s documents t h a t a l e g a l a s s i s t a n t must be f a m i l i a r w i t h i n order to i n c o r p o r a t e a company and a t t e n d t o r o u t i n e f i l i n g s and r e s o l u t i o n s . R e c o r d s o f f i c e r e q u i r e m e n t s , annual proceedings, preparing share c e r t i f i c a t e s and r e g i s t r a t i o n s w i l l a l s o he c o v e r e d . D i f f e r e n c e s between r e p o r t i n g and n o n - r e p o r t i n g c o m p a n i e s w i l l be s t u d i e d . S o c i e t i e s and c o o p e r a t i v e s may be i n c l u d e d i n the course i f there i s t i m e . L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 155 * C o n v e y a n c i n g and M o r t g a g i n g I (S) (3,0,1) No prerequisite T h i s c o u r s e c o v e r s h i s t o r y and e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e Land T i t l e s System i n R . C . , s e a r c h p r o c e d u r e s , i n t e r i m a q r p e m e n t s , Land T i t l e s A c t r e q u i r e m e n t s and p r o c e d u r e s , documents and f o r m s used i n 770 c o n v e y i n g t i t l e and r e g i s t e r i n g v a r i o u s c h a r g e s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on p r e p a r i n g a c c e p t a b l e documentation to t r a n s f e r t i t l e , p l a c e a m o r t g a g e , and t h e necessary related forms. L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 156 * I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e S t u d y o f Law II ( F , S ) (1.5,0,.5) T h i s c o u r s e i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of LGAS 150 and i s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e law of e v i d e n c e i n c l u d i n g relevance, materiality, a d m i s s i b i l i t y , opinion evidence, etc. L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 157 * W i l l s and P r o b a t e P r o c e d u r e s (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e W i l l s A c t , P r o b a t e Fees A c t and A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c t . Students w i l l p r e p a r e the n e c p s s a r y documents t o o b t a i n L e t t e r s P r o b a t e and L e t t e r s of A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o l e a r n how t o d e a l w i t h t h e various assets after Letters P r o h a t p o r A d m i n i s t r a t i o n have been o b t a i n e d . L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 159 * Accounting f o r the Legal A s s i s t a n t (F) (3,0,1) Provides the student with knowledge of b a s i c a c c o u n t i n g p r i n c i p l e s . T h r o u g h l e c t u r e s and p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g labs the student w i l l g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e a c c o u n t i n g c y c l e ; be a b l e t o analyze f i n a n c i a l statements, r e p o r t s and b u d g e t s . E m p h a s i s i s on t h p i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and a n a l y s i s o f a c c o u n t i n g d a t a , not t h e p r a c t i c e of kepping books. Legal Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 160 + Theory ( F , S ) (3,0,1) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e m a j o r t h e o r i e s of l a w , the nature of l e g a l o b l i g a t i o n and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between l a w and m o r a l i t y . Although i t i s a course in legal philosophy the p r i n c i p a l s t u d i e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n t h e c o n t e x t of such p r a c t i c a l i s s u e s as d e f e n d i n g t h e g u i l t y , o b e y i n g immoral l a w s , l e g i s l a t i n g m o r a l s , p e n a l r e f o r m , l a w and s o c i a l c h a n g e s , and t h e u s e and a b u s e o f l e g a l t e c h n i c a l i t i e s . The e m p h a s i s w i l l be on t h e r o l e t h e l e g a l system p l a y s i n our s o c i e t y . L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 161 L e g i s l a t i v e P r o c e s s (S) (3,0,.5) A n a l y s i s of the r e l a t i o n s h i p between l e g i s l a t i v e and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e t r i b u n a l s and t h e c o u r t s ; t h e n a t u r e and l i m i t s o f executive policy in statutory form, t r a n s l a t i o n of p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t o l e g i s l a t i o n and l e g a l problems i n implementing l e g i s l a t e d p o l i c y . The C o n s t i t u t i o n A c t and C h a r t e r w i l l a l s o be d i s c u s s e d as t h e b a s i s o f l e g i s l a t i v e power. L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 162 * L i t i g a t i o n Procedures II (S) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: LGAS 152 This course i s designed for legal assistant a s s i s t i n g in a l i t i g a t i o n p r a c t i c e . Supreme C o u r t R u l e s w i l l be s t u d i e d i n d e t a i l from the b e g i n n i n g of a p r o c e s s t o tri a l . L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 165 C o n v e y a n c i n g and M o r t g a g i n g (F) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: II LGAS 154 and 155 A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 154 and 155 w i t h a more i n t e n s i v e and i n - d e p t h a p p r o a c h t o Land T i t l e s d o c u m e n t s and d i f f i c u l t t i t l e c o n v e y a n c e s , s t a t e m e n t s o f a d j u s t m e n t , and r e c o n c i l i a t i o n . E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on c l i e n t a p p r o a c h , p r e p a r a t i o n of documents, f e e s t r u c t u r e , t r a n s f e r and m o r t g a g i n g o f e q u i t i e s , power o f a t t o r n e y , s u b r i g h t to purchase s t r a t a t i t l e s , t r a n s f e r s and d i s c h a r g e s . Legal Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 170 R e s e a r c h (SU) (3,0,1) Provides the Legal Assistant +* with ^ t h e t e c h n i q u e s anri m e t h o d o l o g y o f ' l e g a l r e s e a r c h and w i l l i n c l u d e f u n c t i o n s s u c h as r e a d i n g b r i e f s and l e g a l d o c u m e n t s ; u s i n g encyclopediae, annotated r e p o r t s , law r e v i e w s , c a s e c o m m e n t s ; l o c a t i n g d e c i s i o n s and p r e p a r i n g memoranda of l a w . Legal Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 172 + Writing (F.S) (3,0,1) C o u r s e work i n c l u d e s d r a f t i n g o f a g r e e m e n t s , s t a t e m e n t s of c l a i m and d e f e n c e s , l e t t e r s and memos, and a s t u d y o f t h e r u l e s o f s t a t u t o r y i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . Emphasis w i l l be p l a c e d on d e v e l o p i n g different writing s t y l e s , rather than o b t a i n i n g a d e t a i l e d knowledge of s p e c i f i c areas of law. Legal Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 173 * W r i t i n g I (F) (1.5,0,.5) C o u r s e work i n c l u d e s d r a f t i n g of a g r e e m e n t s , s t a t e m e n t s of c l a i m and d e f e n c e s , e t c . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on c r e a t i n g e f f e c t i v e w r i t t e n communication in v a r i o u s areas of l a w , a n a l y s i n g t h e " l e g a l e s e " and v e r b o s i t y i n l e g a l documents w i t h a v i e w t o i m p r o v e m e n t s , and examining the j u d i c i a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of words commonly found i n l e g a l documents. Legal Legal will be Legal Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 179 * I n t e r v i e w i n g (F) (3,0,1) give students a general understanding of the fundamental p r i n c i p l e s of c o n t r a c t law i n c l u d i n g o f f e r and a c c e p t a n c e , c e r t a i n t y of t e r m s , i n t e n t i o n t o c r e a t e l e g a l r e l a t i o n s and consideration. covered. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l g i v e an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e r o l e of t h e l e g a l a s s i s t a n t and o f t h e p r o c e s s of l e g a l i n t e r v i e w i n g . Students w i l l acquire s k i l l s in conducting v a r i o u s t y p e s o f i n t e r v i e w s and p r e p a r i n g minutes of e v i d e n c e . Legal A s s i s t a n t C o n t r a c t s I (F) L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 184 * C o n t r a c t s II ( S ) (1.5,0,1) T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 183 and w i l l c o v e r p r i v i t y , m i s t a k e , f r u s t r a t i o n , parole evidence, d u r e s s , r e m e d i e s and c o n t i n g e n t agreements. S t u d i e s 180 +* (3,0,1) C o v e r s m a j o r a s p e c t s o f t h e law o f c o n t r a c t s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be made aware o f how l a w i n g e n e r a l and t h e law o f c o n t r a c t s i n p a r t i c u l a r f i t s i n t o the o v e r a l l pattern of s o c i e t y , and i t s p u r s u i t s . To t h i s end s t u d e n t s w i l l d i s c u s s c r i t i c a l l y i n t h e c l a s s l a w , as w e l l as t h e p r i n c i p l e s of c o n t r a c t l a w . L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 181 * C o n t r a c t s II (S) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: LGAS 180 A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 1 8 0 . T o p i c s covered w i l l i n c l u d e s p e c i a l types o f c o n t r a c t s s u c h as a g e n c y , b a i l m e n t and i n s u r a n c e ; c r e d i t t r a n s a c t i o n s s u c h as c h a t t e l m o r t g a g e s , c o n d i t i o n a l s a l e s , and p a r t n e r s h i p and company l a w . Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s C r e d i t o r s ' Remedies (F) LGAS 173 T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work begun i n LGAS 173 and s t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o d r a f t , more complex d o c u m e n t a t i o n . Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s Legal O f f i c e Procedures (F) (3,0,1) 176 * I P r a c t i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n of l e g a l o f f i c e s . Instruction in timekeeping, f i l i n g and c o m m u n i c a t i o n s s y s t e m s , use o f d a t a p r o c e s s i n g equipment, i n t h e law o f f i c e , e t h i c a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s of l e g a l a s s i s t a n t s and l e g a l t e r m i n o l o g y T h i s i s t h e f i n a l segment o f c o n t r a c t law and w i l l i n c l u d e remoteness of damages, e x c l u s i o n c l a u s e s and s p e c i a l i z e d c o n t r a c t p r o b l e m s u n d e r t h e S a l e o f Goods A c t and t h e B i l l s o f E x c h a n g e A c t . L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 199 * Career Practicum (F.S.SU) ( 3 , 1 , 1 ) A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 174 * W r i t i n g II ( S ) (1.5,0,.5) Prerequisite: L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 185 * C o n t r a c t s III (S) (3,0,1) Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s T o r t s I (F) (1.5,0,.5) 182 +* (3,0,1) D i s c u s s i o n of the p r i n c i p l e s , p r a c t i c e and i n f o r m a t i o n g a t h e r i n g p r o c e d u r e s n e c e s s a r y t o r e a l i z e on j u d g m e n t s , i n c l u d i n g : Mareva I n j u n c t i o n , W r i t s of E x e c u t i o n , Garnishee Proceedings, Fraudulent C o n v e y a n c e s and P r e f e r e n c e s , and B u i l d e r ' s L i e n s . The c a s e method w i l l be used and s t u d e n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o he f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n used i n t h e above process. Legal A s s i s t a n t C o n t r a c t s I (S) S t u d i e s 183 * (1.5,0,.5) The o b j e c t i v e this of course is T h i s i s t h e work p o r t i o n o f t h e C a r e e r P r a c t i c u m and c o n s i s t s o f s i x months i n a l a w f i r m . S t u d e n t s w i l l be a s s i s t e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r i n f i n d i n g a p r a c t i c u m , but i t i s the s t u d e n t ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y to obtain a practicum p o s i t i o n . to 250 The o b j e c t i v e o f t h i s c o u r s e i s t o give students a general u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the fundamental p r i n c i p l e s o f t h e law o f t o r t s w i t h p a r t i c u l a r e m p h a s i s on n e g l i g e n c e i n c l u d i n g , d u t y of c a r e , standard of c a r e , c a u s a t i o n , remoteness of damages, assessment o f damages and d e f e n c e s t o negligence liability. L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 251 T o r t s II ( S ) (1.5,0,.5) This i s a - Torts I course i s including c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 250 and t h e e m p h a s i s on t h i s on i n t e n t i o n a l torts, assault, battery, false 777 imprisonment anrl t r e s p a s s Legal A s s i s t a n t Studies Torts (F.S) (3,0,1) to lanri. f i e l d may c h a l l e n g e prerequisite. the L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 268 +* C r i m i n a l Law ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) 2 5 2 +* Legal A s s i s t a n S t u d i e s 256 +* F a m i l y Law ( F , S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) An i n t r o d u c t o r y s t u d y o f " t o r t s " the p r o t e c t i o n of personal i n t e r e s t f r o m i n t e r f e r e n c e and t h e way i n w h i c h t h e c o u r t s meet t h i s need i n a c h a n g i n g s o c i e t y . P r i n c i p a l t o p i c s t o be s t u d i e d are: intentional torts, negligence, s t r i c t liability, d e f a m a t i o n and n u i s a n c e , c o n c e p t s of standard of c a r e , c a u s a l i t y , d u t y and r e m o t e n e s s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o p r e - r e a d c a s e s f o r d i s c u s s i o n in thp c l a s s . Law and t h e f a m i l y , m a r r i a g e and i t s d i s s o l u t i o n ; r i g h t s and d u t i e s o f s p o u s e s and p a r p n t s ; t h p l a w i n respect to c h i l d carp; custody; access, g u a r d i a n s h i p a d o p t i o n ; t h e r o l e of Family C o u r t , J u v e n i l e C o u r t and human r e s o u r c e a g e n c i e s w i l l be c o v e r p r i . The v a r i o u s l e g i s l a t i o n i n t h i s a r p a w i l l bp pxaminpd w i t h s p p c i a l e m p h a s i s on t h p D i v o r c e A c t and t h e F a m i l y Rplations Act. L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 253 +* Company Law ( F . S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 257 E s t a t e Law ( F , S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Prerequisite A c o n s i d e r a t i o n of advanced procppriings r e l a t i n g to e s t a t p s and p r o p p r t y i n t e r e s t s o f d e c e a s e d and i n c o m p e t e n t p e r s o n s i n c l u d i n g relafpd litigous matters. LGAS 153 The l a w r p l a t i n q t o c o r p o r a t i o n s and p a r t n p r s h i p s i n C a n a d a ; historical formation, structure and r e o r g a n i z a t i o n o f a c o r p o r a t i o n ; a u t h o r i t y and f i d u c i a r y o b l i g a t i o n of management; l e g a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s , r i g h t s and d u t i e s o f o f f i c e r s , d i r e c t o r s and s h a r p h o l d e r s . S t u d p n t s who have e x p e r i e n c p i n t h i s f i e l d may c h a l l e n g e t h e prerequi si t e . Legal A s s i s t a n t Further Studies (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) S t u d i e s 254 +* i n T o r t Law T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 252 and w i l l go i n t o more d e t a i l i n the study of n e g l i g e n c e l a w , i n c l u d i n g remoteness of damages, defences to npgligpnr.p, negligent m i s r e p r p s p n t a t i o n and r e c o v e r y o f pure economic l o s s . L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 255 Real P r o p e r t y ( F . S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Prerequisite: LGAS 155 A r e v i e w o f t h e common l a w r e l a t i n g t o r e a l p r o p e r t y , as m o d i f i e d by l e g i s l a t i o n w i l l be studied i n t h i s coursp using the casp a n a l y s i s mpthori. Students h a v i n g work e x p e r i e n c e i n t h i s 772 Transferable S u b s t a n t i a l elements of s e l e c t e d c r i m i n a l o f f e n c e s and c o n s i d e r a t i o n of the r u l e s of evidence. Particular subjects i n c l u d e t h e n a t u r e o f r e a l and c i r c u m s t a n t i a l e v i d e n c e , burden o f p r o o f , h e a r s a y , c o n f e s s i o n and a d m i s s i o n , competence, c o m p e l l a b i l i t y of w i t n e s s e s . This course w i l l receive 3 general e l e c t i v e c r e d i t s at SFU. Transferable to SFU. L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 270 L a b o u r Law ( F , S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Union-Management r e l a t i o n s ; t h e c o l l e c t i v e bargaining process; a r b i t r a t i o n and c o n c i l i a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s d e t a i l e d c o n s i d e r a t i o n of the B . C . L a b o u r Code and a s t u d y o f d e c i s i o n s of t h e B . C . Labour Relations Board. to SFU. L e g a l S t u d i e s 271 +* A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Law ( F , S ) Legal A s s i s t a n t Studies C r i m i n a l Procedures (F) 258 + (3,0,1) An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h p C r i m i n a l Code, t h e o r y of c r i m i n a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y ; l e g a l elements of a crime; criminal procedure; the l a w r e s p e c t i n g t h e use o f f o r c e , r u l e s of e v i d e n c e , c o n f e s s i o n ; i d e n t i f i c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s and s e n t e n c i n g . This course w i l l receive 3 general e l e c t i v e c r e d i t s at S F U . Transferable to SFU. L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 262 * L i t i g a t i o n Procedures III (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) Prerequisites: LGAS 152 and 162 This course i s designed f o r l e g a l assistants assisting in a l i t i g a t i o n p r a c t i c e . The c o u r s e w i l l c o v e r enforcement of j u d g e m e n t s , d i v o r c e and A p p e a l Court procedures. (3,0,1) The l a w r e l a t i n g t o a d m i n i s t r a t i v e t r i b u n a l s i n C a n a d a . The r u l e s o f n a t u r a l j u s t i c e w i l l be e x a m i n e d . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on p r o v i n c i a l a d m i n i s t r a t i v e t r i b u n a l s . The Workers' Compensation A c t , t h e G.A.I.N. Act, the Residential Tenancy A c t , t h e L a b o u r Code and t h e Unemployment I n s u r a n c e A c t w i l l be s t u d i e d . S t u d e n t s w i l l be required to pre-read cases f o r class discussion. LEGAL SECRETARY PROGRAM The e x a c t i n g f i e l d o f l a w o f f e r s excellent career opportunities for s t u d e n t s g r a d u a t i n g as l e g a l secretaries. This eight.-month v o c a t i o n a l program w i t h i n t a k e s i n September and J a n u a r y c o v e r s t h r e e m a i n c a t e g o r i e s of i n f o r m a t i o n : c o u r s e s which p r o v i d e a fundamental u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the l e g a l system i n R . C ; s h o r t h a n d and t y p i n g ; and legal o f f i c e procedures. P a r t - t i m e courses are a v a i l a b l e . For i n f o r m a t i o n r e g a r d i n g p r e r e q u i s i t e s and a d m i s s i o n procedures contact the O f f i c e Administration Division. LGST 100 Production 102 109 110 116 LGST 117 CMNS 150 A f t e r a r e v i e w of b a s i c f o r m a t t i n g s k i l l s , the student develops a p r o f e s s i o n a l and p r a c t i c a l approach to t y p i n g problems i n p r o d u c i n g m a i l a b l e copy of c o r r e s p o n d e n c e and o t h e r l e g a l m a t e r i a l s . M a n d a t o r y two h o u r l a h per week. L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 101 L e g a l E l e c t r o n i c T y p i n g II (S,SU) ( 1 . 5 , 2 , . 5 ) LGST 100 C o n t i n u a t i o n o f p r o d u c t i o n of legal materials including: memoranda o f l a w , l e g a l i n s t r u m e n t s , c o u r t d o c u m e n t s , and forms. C r e d i t.s L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 102 Beginning Shorthand (F,S) (3,2,1) 4.5 3 3 3 B e g i n n i n g study of F o r k n e r s h o r t h a n d s y s t e m w i t h e m p h a s i s on a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e o r y and d e v e l o p m e n t o f speed u t i l i z i n g high frequency vocabulary. S u c c e s s f u l s t u d e n t s s h o u l d be a b l e t o t a k e d i c t a t i o n a t 60 wpm a f t e r c o m p l e t i n q one t e r m . T h i s c o u r s e r e q u i r e s an a d d i t i o n a l two h o u r s of l a b t i m e per week. Typing 1 LGST LGST LGST LGST Secretary T r a i n i n g 100 E l e c t r o n i c Typing I (4.5,2,1.5) Prerequisite: C a p i l a n o C o l l e q e Program Completion C e r t i f i c a t e i s granted upon s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n o f 3 5 . 5 credits. FIRST TERM CREDITS Legal Legal (F,S) Beginning Shorthand Rasic L i t i g a t i o n .. Corporate Procedure I n t r o d u c t i o n to the Legal System 1.5 Legal O f f i c e Procedures 1.5 Communications _3 19.5 SECOND TERM CREDITS LGST 101 LGST 103 Production Typinq II S h o r t h a n d Speed 1. 5 1. 5 LGST 105 LGST 107 T y p i n q S k i l l and Speed Development Machi ne . LGST 114 Conveyancing A Mortgage Procedures W i l l s A Probate LGST 119 Directed LGST 122 Word P r e r e q u i s i t e : BOT 113 or a s h o r t h a n d s p e e d o f 60 wpm. 1.5 3 LGST 112 L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 103 S h o r t h a n d Speed D e v e l o p m e n t I (F.S.SU) (1.5,0,1) 3 1 ., 5 C o n t i n u a t i o n o f speed development, along with theory review, i n c r e a s e d v o c a b u l a r y , d i c t a t i o n of f a m i l i a r and u n f a m i l i a r m a t e r i a l a i m i n g a t 90% a c c u r a c y i n transcri pti on. Work 1 Information _3 16 L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 105 T y p i n q S k i l l and Speed D e v e l o p m e n t I (S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) R e m e d i a l d r i l l s , power d r i l l s , s h o r t and s u s t a i n e d t i m e d w r i t i n g s t o i n c r e a s e speed and a c c u r a c y i n typewriting. L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 107 Legal Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n (S,SU) ( 3 , 2 , 1 . 5 ) A f t e r a r e v i e w of b a s i c t r a n s c r i p t i o n s k i l l s , the student develops s k i l l s in t r a n s c r i b i n g legal materials including: correspondence, accounts, legal f o r m s , and d o c u m e n t s i n s p e c i a l i z e d areas of l a w . M a n d a t o r y two h o u r l a b p e r w e e k . Legal Basic Secretary Training L i t i g a t i o n I (F,S) 109 (3,0,1) Introduction to court procedures i n C o u n t y and Supreme C o u r t s o f B . C The c o u r s e w i l l c o v e r procedures in p r e - t r i a l p r e p a r a t i o n , the p r e p a r a t i o n of d o c u m e n t s , t h e use o f p r e c e d e n t s i n C o u n t y and Supreme C o u r t s . Legal S e c r e t a r y Basic Corporate (F.S) (3,0,1) T r a i n i n g 110 Procedures I An e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e B . C . Companies A c t and t h e v a r i o u s documents t h a t a l e g a l s e c r e t a r y must be f a m i l i a r w i t h i n o r d e r t o i n c o r p o r a t e a company and a t t e n d t o r o u t i n e f i l i n g s and r e s o l u t i o n s . Records, o f f i c e r e q u i r e m e n t s , annual p r o c e e d i n g s , p r e p a r i n g s h a r e c e r t i f i c a t e s and r e g i s t r a t i o n , e t c . , w i l l a l s o be covered. L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 112 B a s i c Conveyance & Mortgage Procedures (S.SU) ( 3 , 0 , 1 . 5 ) H i s t o r y and e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e l a n d r e g i s t r y s y s t e m i n B . C . Land T i t l e s Act r e q u i r e m e n t s , documents necessary for r e g i s t r a t i o n ; the n a t u r e and e f f e c t o f t r a n s f e r s and c h a r g e s ; s e a r c h p r o c e d u r e s w i l l be c o v e r e d . The c o u r s e c o v e r s i n t e r i m a g r e e m e n t s , Land T i t l e s A c t requirements, procedures, documents, forms i n v o l v e d i n c o n v e y i n g t i t l e and r e g i s t e r i n g v a r i o u s c h a r g e s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on p r e p a r i n g a c c e p t a b l e d o c u m e n t s , t r a n s f e r s , m o r t g a g e s , agreements 113 f o r s a l e anri n e c e s s a r y forms. related L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 114 W i l l s and P r o b a t e P r o c e d u r e s (S,SU) (1.5,(1,.5) An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e W i l l s A c t , and E s t a t e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c t . Students w i l l prepare the n e c e s s a r y documents t o o b t a i n L e t t e r s P r o b a t e and L e t t e r s o f A d m i n i s t r a t i o n i n t h e Supreme Court of R . C . L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 116 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e Legal System (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) This course i s designed to acquaint students w i t h the fundamentals of thp d a y - t o - d a y r u n n i n q of a law o f f i c e . 774 P a r t i c u l a r e m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f a l a w o f f i c e , t h e d i f f e r e n c e s between l a r g e and s m a l l o f f i c e s , and t h e o f f i c e procedures unique to the p r a c t i c e of law. Legal Legal (F.S) Secretary Training O f f i c e Procedures (1.5,0,.5) 117 A course to prepare l e g a l s e c r e t a r i a l students for p o s i t i o n s i n law o f f i c e s . I n s t r u c t i o n i n t i m e k e e p i n g and a c c o u n t i n g s y s t e m s , use of t r a n s c r i b e r s , l e g a l b r i e f s , use o f l a w l i b r a r y , l i b r a r y i n d e x i n g , use o f d a t a p r o c e s s i n g equipment i n t h e law office, ethical responsibilities, l e g a l t e r m i n o l o g y , f i l i n q , and other procedures p a r t i c u l a r to the professi on. L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 119 D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e (S.SU) ( 1 , 3 0 , 2 ) I n - t e r m work e x p e r i e n c e i n v o l v i n g t h r e e l e c t u r e h o u r s and a t l e a s t 30 h o u r s o f r e l a t e d o f f i c e experience in the l e g a l f i e l d . A l s o covered i s the resume, j o b a p p l i c a t i o n , c o v e r l e t t e r and i nterview. L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 122 Word I n f o r m a t i o n P r o c e s s i n g (S.SU) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) The s t u d e n t , as a non d a t a processing o f f i c e worker, w i l l l e a r n t o i d e n t i f y t h e components o f o f f i c e a u t o m a t i o n and t o i d e n t i f y the u t i l i z a t i o n of advanced w o r k s t a t i o n s i n t i m e c o n s u m i n g p r o d u c t i o n and administrative functions. MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PART-TIME EVENING PROGRAM (F.S) Medical O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t courses a r e h e l d a t n i g h t as p a r t o f a P a r t - T i m e program. For i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e s e c o u r s e s c o n t a c t t h e Office Administration department. MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM Graduates from t h i s e i g h t - m o n t h p r o g r a m r e c e i v e employment i n m e d i c a l o f f i c e s as w e l l as i n a d i v e r s e number of h o s p i t a l settings. A l l a p p l i c a n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o meet w i t h t h e Program C o o r d i n a t o r p r i o r to r e g i s t r a t i o n to a s s e s s whether or n o t t h e y have p e r s o n a l q u a l i t i e s and c l e r i c a l s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o be a s u c c e s s f u l M e d i c a l O f f i c e Assi stant. For a d d i t i o n a l admission i n f o r m a t i o n contact the O f f i c e Administration Division. Typing II (4.5.3,1.5) (F.S) Prerequisite: wpm. Typing speed o f 40 Medical Office Assistant 101 Typing S k i l l and Speed Development (F) Medical Office Assistant 102 Typing S k i l l and Speed Development (S) (F.S) S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n about c l i n i c a l procedures pertinent to the d o c t o r ' s o f f i c e and t h e h o s p i t a l s e t t i n g . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s g e n e r a l i n f o r m a t i o n about p h y s i c a l and m e n t a l h e a l t h ; m e d i c a t i o n s and health p r o d u c t s . Students w i l l a l s o l e a r n how t o use and m a i n t a i n medical o f f i c e equipment. Half the t i m e i s s p e n t on F i r s t A i d , and s t u d e n t s w i l l r e c e i v e an Emergency Safety Oriented F i r s t Aid C e r t i f i c a t e upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s phase of the c o u r s e . MOA 100 and 111 Medical machine t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Practice in t r a n s c r i b i n g forms, l e t t e r s and r e p o r t s f r o m L a n i e r d i c t a t i o n equipment. This course e n t a i l s a mandatory t h r e e l a b hours. Medical Office Assistant 105 Medical Office Procedures (S) (3,0,1) T h i s i s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o o f f i c e p r o c e d u r e s common t o g e n e r a l m e d i c a l o f f i c e s and h o s p i t a l s . Students w i l l gain e x p e r t i s e i n making a p p o i n t m e n t s ; k e e p i n g medical r e c o r d s ; keeping f i n a n c i a l records; h i l l i n g ; dealing with p a t i e n t s , e t c . Students w i l l a l s o become f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e p r o f e s s i o n a l e t h i c s of t h e para-medical. (3,0,1) Continuation of MOA 1 0 5 . (3,0,1) M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 108 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Health Care (F.S) (3,0,1) Continuation o f MOA 1 0 7 . Medical Office Assistant 109 Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y (F.S) (3,0,1) I A study of the s t r u c t u r e , f u n c t i o n and i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f t h e o r g a n i c systems of the body. Common m e d i c a l d i s o r d e r s , o p e r a t i v e p r o c e d u r e s and r e l a t e d FIRST TERM CMNS 150 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s MOA 100 T y p i n g II MOA 101 T y p i n g Speed D e v e l o p m e n t MOA 105 Medical O f f i c e Procedures I MOA 107 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o H e a l t h Care MOA 109 Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y I MOA 111 Medical Terminology I Credit Hours Lab Hours 3 4.5 1.5 3 3 I 4 3 _|_ — (1.5,0,.5) R e m e d i a l d r i l l s , power d r i l l s , s h o r t and s u s t a i n e d t i m e d w r i t i n g s t o i n c r e a s e s p e e d and a c c u r a c y i n typewriting. II Prerequisite: (F.S) Speed d e v e l o p m e n t and a c c u r a c y i n t y p e w r i t i n g w i t h e m p h a s i s on p r o d u c t i o n , composition of l e t t e r s and l e t t e r s t y l e s and e x t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e in t y p i n g various o f f i c e forms. I (3,3,1) Medical Office Assistant 106 Medical Office Procedures Medical Office Assistant 100 Medical Office Assistant 107 Introduction to Health Care Medical Office Assistant 103 Machine Transcription SECOND TERM MOA 102 T y p i n g Speed and S k i l l D e v e l o p m e n t MOA 103 Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n MOA 106 M e d i c a l O f f i c e P r o c e d u r e s II MOA 108 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o H e a l t h C a r e II MOA 110 Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y II MOA 112 M e d i c a l T e r m i n o l o g y II MOA 115 D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e (1.5,0,.5) Continuation o f MOA 1 0 1 . Individual course d e s c r i p t i o n s are l i s t e d 1.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 _ J — 17.5 — 3 below. 775 t e r m i n o l o g y w i l l he s t u d i e d i n conjunction with the systems. OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM (Squamish/Sechelt/Lynnmour) M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 110 Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y II (F,S) (3,0.1) Continuation MOA 1 0 9 . of t h e work begun in M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 111 Medical Terminology I (F.S) (3,0,1) S t u d e n t s must a t t a i n a minimum qrade p o i n t average o f 2 . 0 0 i n order to a t t a i n graduation s t a t u s . An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o G r e e k and L a t i n p r e f i x e s , s u f f i x e s , r o o t s , and c o m b i n i n g f o r m s common t o m e d i c a l terminology. M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 112 Medical Terminology II (F.S) (3.0,1) C o n t i n u a t i o n and r e i n f o r c e m e n t t e r m i n o l o g y i n MOA 1 1 1 . The O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y P r o g r a m has been d e s i g n e d t o e n s u r e t h a t graduates w i l l possess the b a s i c s k i l l s e s s e n t i a l f o r both the t r a d i t i o n a l and modern o f f i c e s . S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s , h o w e v e r , w i l l be p l a c e d on d e v e l o p i n g p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h e use of e l e c t r o n i c equi pment. E n t r y i n t o t h i s program i s i n t h e F a l l o n l y . A p p l i c a n t s should contact the O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n D i v i s i o n for admission i nf o r m a t i o n . the office O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 105 E l e c t r o n i c Bookkeeping (F.S) (2,6,.5) A hands-on course to develop p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h e use of t h e c o m p u t e r as an a i d t o c o m p l e t i n g bookkeeping t a s k s . O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 106 E l e c t r o n i c Communications (F.S) (3,6,1) A h a n d s - o n c o u r s e i n t h e use o f t h e word p r o c e s s o r f o r t h e p r e p a r a t i o n of f o r m s , documents, and c o r r e s p o n d e n c e . O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 100 Typing (F.S) ( 4 . 5 , 6 , 1 . 5 ) of The s t u d e n t w i l l l e a r n t h e t o u c h s y s t e m , s k i l l development, and formatting, M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 115 D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e ( S ) I n - t e r m work e x p e r i e n c e i n v o l v i n g l e c t u r e h o u r s and a t l e a s t 30 h o u r s of r e l a t e d o f f i c e e x p e r i e n c e in the f i e l d . Office Office T e c h n o l o g y 101 Records I (F.S) (1.5,0,.5) The d e v e l o p m e n t o f c l e r i c a l s k i l l s and i m p o r t a n c e o f m a i n t a i n i n g r e c o r d s a c c u r a t e l y and n e a t l y a r e s t r e s s e d throughout t h i s c o u r s e . Office Office T e c h n o l o g y 102 R e c o r d s II ( F . S ) (1,0,.25) A c o n t i n u a t i o n and e x p a n s i o n o f the s t u d i e s undertaken in O f f i c e Records I w i t h p a r t i c u l a r emphasis on f i l i n g , m a c h i n e t r a n s c r i p t i o n , p e t t y c a s h and p a y r o l l . O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 103 Bookkeeping B a s i c s (F.S) (2,0,.5) A manual s y s t e m w i l l be s t u d i e d t o the t r i a l balance l e v e l e n a b l i n g students to s u c c e s s f u l l y m a i n t a i n accounts for small b u s i n e s s e s . O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 104 Computer L i t e r a c y ( F . S ) Historical 776 t e r m i n o l o g y , h a r d w a r e and s o f t w a r e , a p p l i c a t i o n s and i m p a c t o f c o m p u t e r s on t h e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . background, (1,0,.25) O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 107 Computerized O f f i c e Communications (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) The s t u d e n t w i l l be p r o v i d e d w i t h an o v e r - v i e w o f t h e w o r l d o f c o m p u t e r s and an o p p o r t u n i t y t o become k n o w l e d g e a b l e a b o u t a r a n g e of e l e c t r o n i c p r o c e s s i n g functi ons. WORD PROCESSING PROGRAMS Word P r o c e s s i n g T r a i n e e C e r t i f i c a t e Program The Word P r o c e s s i n g T r a i n e e C e r t i f i c a t e Program i s a seven-week program d e s i g n e d t o p r o v i d e t h e s t u d e n t w i t h an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e c o n c e p t s and p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n s o f word p r o c e s s i n g and p r o v i d e s t h e student w i t h the a b i l i t y to o p e r a t e word p r o c e s s i n g e q u i p m e n t . Program Requirements REQUIRED COURSE WDPR 100 B a s i c O p e r a t o r T r a i n i n g Level WDPR 200 B a s i c O p e r a t o r T r a i n i n g Level Word P r o c e s s i n g 100 Basic Operator Training CREDITS . . . . 6.0 I .. II 3 . 3 Level Word P r o c e s s i n g C a r e e r Program The Word P r o c e s s i n g C a r e e r C e r t i f i c a t e Program i s a f o u r - m o n t h , f u l l - t i m e p r o g r a m . The s t u d e n t w i l l r e c e i v e t r a i n i n g on s c r e e n e d t e x t - e d i t o r s as w e l l as r e l a t e d e q u i p m e n t . Upon c o m p l e t i o n of t h i s program the s t u d e n t s w i l l be p r o v i d e d w i t h a o n e - w e e k work experience placement. O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 164 E l e c t r o n i c Typing (F,S) Prerequisite: wpm. Major (3,0,1) T y p i n g speed o f 50 E m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d upon d e v e l o p i n g a p r o f e s s i o n a l and p r a c t i c a l approach to t y p i n g problems w i t h a minimum o f s u p e r v i s i o n . S t u d e n t s are given timed production a s s i g n m e n t s and a c c e p t a b l e work standards arp s t r e s s e d . O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 181 Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n (F.S) (3,0,1) This course provides Program Requirements REQUIRED COURSES CMNS 175 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s OFTR 164 E l e c t r o n i c t y p i n q OFTR 181 M a c h i n e T r a n s c r i p t i o n OFTR 186 O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y OFTR 187 Word P r o c e s s i n g OFTR 25? I n t e r p e r s o n a l S k i l l s and O r g . the student Credit Hours Lab Hours l f i fi *« 3 » 5 3 *^ _ 5 Psychology T r a i n i n g 186 Technology ( F , S ) (3,0,1) Certificate II In L e v e l II t h e s t u d e n t w i l l become p r o f i c i e n t i n t h e use o f extended t e x t - e d i t i n g f u n c t i o n s w i t h advanced machine t r a n s c r i p t i o n s k i l l s . The main f o c u s i n on p r o d u c i n g m a t e r i a l f r e e of a l l p u n c t u a t i o n , s p e l l i n g and s y n t a x e r r o r s . A w i d e v a r i e t y of business communications are t r a n s c r i b e d ; s u c h as l i s t s and statistical information. A c o n s i d e r a b l e e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on proofreading s k i l l s . Office Office (3,4,1) Word P r o c e s s i n g O p e r a t o r T r a i n i n g i s a seven-week course desiqned t o provide the student w i t h a mastery o f b a s i c r e c o r d and p l a y b a c k o p e r a t i o n s on b o t h b l i n d and v i s u a l word p r o c e s s o r s . The s t u d e n t w i l l a l s o be i n t r o d u c e d t o word p r o c e s s i n g t e r m i n o l o g y and b a s i c word p r o c e s s i n g c o n c e p t s and theories. Word P r o c e s s i n g 200 Basic Operator T r a i n i n g (3,4,1) s u c h as r e p a g i n a t i o n ; h e a d e r s , and f o o t e r s ; r i g h t margin justification; f i l e duplication a n d , s p e c i a l forms a p p l i c a t i o n s . The s t u d e n t w i l l become f a m i l i a r w i t h s e v e r a l t y p e s of word p r o c e s s i n g e q u i p m e n t and w i l l i d e n t i f y word p r o c e s s i n g as one component i n t h e t o t a l i n f o r m a t i o n p r o c e s s i n g system understanding i t s i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p with other components. • This course w i l l acquaint students with o f f i c e procedures, organizing and p l a n n i n g work f l o w , communication t r a n s m i t t a l , records management and v a r i o u s c a r e e r paths i n the i n t e g r a t e d o f f i c e . O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 187 Word P r o c e s s i n g ( F , S ) (3,6,1) The t r a n s f o r m a t i o n o f i d e a s i n t o t y p e w r i t t e n or p r i n t e d form i s a major f u n c t i o n of a c o r r e s p o n d e n c e s e c r e t a r y . This course w i l l introduce the student to the t h e o r y and c o n c e p t s o f word p r o c e s s i n g and t o e x t e n d e d t e x t - e d i t i n g f u n c t i o n s on a v i s u a l d i s p l a y word p r o c e s s o r f o r t h e more e f f i c i e n t p r o d u c t i o n o f w r i t t e n , v e r b a l , or r e c o r d e d information. O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 252 I n t e r p e r s o n a l S k i l l s and Organizational Psychology (F.S) (3,0,1) This course i s designed to provide students with basic psychological c o n c e p t s and e x p e r i e n c e i n s e v e r a l s k i l l areas important in b u s i n e s s . It i n c l u d e s p r a c t i c e i n r e l a t i n g , a s s e r t i o n , f e e d b a c k and p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g s k i l l s . Other t o p i c s i n c l u d e : s m a l l group b e h a v i o u r , v e r b a l and n o n - v e r b a l communications', dynamics of personality; leadership styles; s u p e r v i s o r y d i f f i c u l t i e s and c o n f l i c t r e s o l u t i o n . An e x p e r i e n t i a l approach allows the student to p r a c t i c e c o n s t r u c t i v e interpersonal s k i l l s in a supportive s e t t i n g . 777 Outdoor Recreation Programs Instructional BASHAM, Faculty D.F, BOYDE, , 1 . E . , B . A . ( S F U ) , C A N S I , Canoe S p o r t , B . C . Instructor's Cert. BOYDE, P . , R . N . , CPR I n s t r u c t o r , Wilderness F i r s t Aid Instructor BOWERING, L . , R . E d . (UBC) RRAAKSMA, T . , W i l d e r n e s s Leadership Cert. (Capilano), Canoe S p o r t I n s t r u c t o r C e r t , . , CANSI CANNING, J . , R . S c . (UBC) CARTER, S . , B . S c . B i o l o g y * K i n e s i o l o g y (SFU), M.Ed. Adult E d u c a t i o n (UBC) CHESTER, N . , B . E d . , B . A . ( P . E . ) ( S a s k . ) , M . P . E . (UBC) CHRISTENSEN, A . , CPR I n s t r u c t o r , RLSS E x a m i n e r , W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t A i d I n s t r u c t o r , BCRCA I n s t r u c t o r , Wilderness Leadership Cert. Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Mgt. D i p l . (Capilano) COOK, A . , B . A . ( U R C ) , M . A . (Cambridge) CRAWFORD, S , R . H . E . ( U P C ) , M . S c , (U. of London, E n g . ) , C e r t i f i e d Dietitian EWENS, P . , R . E d . (UBC) W i l d e r n e s s Leadership D i p l . (Capilano), St. Johns F i r s t Aid C e r t . GRIFFITHS, R . , O . N . C . ( E n g l a n d ) , CANSI A s s o c . Mount G u i d e C e r t . HATCHARD, J . , D i p l . O u t d o o r R e c . Mqt., Wilderness Leadership Cert . ( C a p i l a n o ) , Canoe S p o r t ( R . C . ) I n s t r u c t o r C e r t . , CANSI HERBERTS, D . , E . M . A . , Industrial F i r s t Aid C e r t . HEWITT, M . , R . P . E . ( W a t e r l o o ) KOSKITALO, L . , B . S c . ( M a n i t o b a ) , P h . D . (UBC), A p p l i e d Landscape Horti culture MACINTOSH, R . , R . E d . , S e c o n d a r y Major P . E . N a t i o n a l Level Four Off Track O f f i c i a l C e r t . , N a t i o n a l T r a c k and F i e l d Coach Level 3 C e r t . SCARNELL, R. ( B . A . ) ( H o n s . ) Geography ( D u r h a m ) , M . A . G e o g . (UBC) SMITH, C , B . S . c . ( O r e g o n S t a t e ) , M . C . P . A . C e r t . Canadian A t h l e t i c T h e r a p i s t , C e r t . Canadian Physiotherapy Assn. STEVENS, D . , D i p l . O u t d o o r R e c Mgt., Wilderness Leadership C e r t . ( C a p i l a n o ) , Canoe S p o r t Instructors C e r t . , St. John's Ambulance I n s t r u c t o r s Cert. C A N S I , CSA Tour L e a d e r s C e r t . TAUNTON, C , R . S c . K i n e s i o l o g y , 118 M.Sc. Kinesiology (SFU) VAJDA-JANYK, A . , B . S c . K i n e s i o l o g y (SFU), M.Sc. R e c r e a t i o n (U. of Brussels) WEBSTER, W . , B . A . (Central Washington), M . S c (Oregon) WFLSH, R . , D i p l . i n L a n d s c a p i n g (BCIT) WESMAN, S . , C e r t . B a l l e t f o r C h i l d r e n , C e r t . Gymnastics f o r C h i l d r e n , Head C o a c h G y m n a s t i c s Teams, Workshops i n r e l a t e d f i e l d s a t UBC and IWCA WHITE, B . P . , B . A . , M . A . ( S F U ) , Coordi nator WRIGHT, R . , W i l d e r n e s s P h o t o g r a p h y YOUNG, G . , B . A . , M . A . General Information O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n i s p l a y i n g an i n c r e a s i n g l y important role in the s o c i a l and e c o n o m i c l i f e o f B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a . An i n c r e a s e i n a v a i l a b l e l e i s u r e t i m e and p u b l i c i n t e r e s t in the p r e s e r v a t i o n of n a t u r a l a r e a s have i n c r e a s e d t h e need f o r q u a l i f i e d , w e l l - t r a i n e d graduates capable of p l a n n i n g and d i r e c t i n g r e c r e a t i o n p r o g r a m s , f a c i l i t i e s and t e a c h i n g outdoor a c t i v i t y skills. The d e p a r t m e n t a l s o o f f e r s a ' f u l l - t i m e six-month Applied Landscape H o r t i c u l t u r e Program. A l l e n q u i r i e s s h o u l d be d i r e c t e d t o t h e Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Department, l o c a l 301. Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Diploma Program The C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Diploma Program p r o v i d e s t r a i n i n g f o r program p r a c t i t i o n e r s f o r a wide range of c a r e e r s i n a g e n c i e s s u c h as p r o v i n c i a l and f e d e r a l p a r k s , human s e r v i c e s a g e n c i e s , human r e s o u r c e s and c o r r e c t i o n a l o u t d o o r l e a d e r s h i p , commercial outdoor r e c r e a t i o n , environmental education, ski areas, municipal and r e g i o n a l r e c r e a t i o n . The v a r i e t y o f j o b o p p o r t u n i t i e s and c a r e f u l p r a c t i c u m p l a c e m e n t s has r e s u l t e d i n a v e r y good j o b placement record for graduates o v e r t h e past, e l e v e n y e a r s . The d e p a r t m e n t seeks to attract c o m m i t t e d a p p l i c a n t s w i t h an i n t e r e s t i n p e o p l e and t h e o u t - o f - d o o r s whose p r e v i o u s e d u c a t i o n and e x p e r i e n c e w o u l d e n a b l e them t o b e n e f i t f r o m t h e t r a i n i n g o f f e r e d . The d i p l o m a program p r o v i d e s c a r e e r e n t r y level t r a i n i n g for people b e g i n n i n g o r c h a n g i n g c a r e e r s , and a t t e m p t s to match s t u d e n t needs and t h e n e e d s o f t h e employment f i e l d i n a f l e x i b l e , s e n s i t i v e and pragmatic manner. P r a c t i c u m placements in the f i n a l semester a r e i n a wide range of a g e n c i e s , which r e f l e c t r e a l i s t i c j o b market o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Program f a c u l t y provide guidance to students i n regard t o t h e r e a l i t i e s of t h e i r own c o m p e t e n c e , employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s a v a i l a b l e , and c h o i c e s of a p p r o p r i a t e o p t i o n a l c o u r s e s . The d i p l o m a p r o g r a m i s r e g u l a r l y r e - e v a l u a t e d and u p d a t e d through i n p u t from i t s a d v i s o r y c o m m i t t e e , f a c u l t y and s t u d e n t s . Each s t u d e n t ' s p a r t i c u l a r program c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i l l be d e c i d e d i n consultation with the coordinator. Students are r e q u i r e d to t a k e W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t A i d as p a r t o f t h e i r s k i l l s d e v e l o p m e n t , and w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay an a d d i t i o n a l levy to cover p a r t i a l c o s t s of e q u i p m e n t , f i e l d t r i p s and s k i l l s d e v e l o p m e n t c o u r s e s . In f i e l d w o r k c o u r s e s , s t u d e n t a t t i t u d e and l e a d e r s h i p c a p a b i l i t i e s w i l l he taken i n t o account in the instructor's evaluation p r o f i l e . Access to other departmental programs i s a v a i l a b l e to q u a l i f i e d Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n d i p l o m a students. The i n s t r u c t i o n a l a p p r o a c h u s e d i n the department i n c l u d e s emphasis on f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e s , w h i c h a r e p l a c e d t h r o u g h o u t t h e p r o g r a m . The program s t a r t s w i t h a one-week backpacking experience in the coast mountains, which r e q u i r e s s t u d e n t s t o be b o t h f i t and w e l l prepared in regard to t h e i r p e r s o n a l outdoor equipment. There i s e x t e n s i v e c l a s s r o o m work i n t h e p r o g r a m and t h e c u r r i c u l u m i n c l u d e s v o l u n t e e r work i n t h e field. A p p l i c a n t s should note that the curriculum i s constantly being u p d a t e d and r e v i s e d and c u r r e n t b r o c h u r e or c a l e n d a r i n f o r m a t i o n may r e q u i r e a d d i t i o n s o r revisions. A p p l i c a n t s f o r the Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n D i p l o m a Proqram s h o u l d f a m i l i a r i z e themselves with the following admission requirements: 1 . A r r a n q e an i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e C o o r d i n a t o r of the program. ( I n t e r v i e w s are held throughout the academic y e a r . ) 2 . In o r d e r t o be c o n s i d e r e d f o r t h e p r o g r a m , a p p l i c a n t s must be a t l e a s t 19 y e a r s o f age a t t h e d a t e of e n t r y i n t o the program. 3. Applicants should Associate in Arts have good and S c i e n c e r e a d i n g and w r i t i n g s k i l l s must be p h y s i c a l l y f i t . Wilderness and 4. A f t e r the i n t e r v i e w the C o o r d i n a t o r of the Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Diploma Program w i l l request the f o l l o w i n g documentation: a . At l e a s t two l e t t e r s o f reference. b. High s c h o o l or p o s t - s e c o n d a r y education t r a n s c r i p t s c . A l e t t e r of a p p l i c a t i o n , i n c l u d i n g a resume o f p a s t experiences. N o t e : A d o c t o r ' s c e r t i f i c a t e of h e a l t h w i l l be r e q u i r e d of a l l accepted candidates p r i o r to admi s s i o n . Diploma Credit Hours Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements 3.5 SECOND SEMESTER CMNS 154 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s i n R e c r e a t i o n Rec 141 Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Programming Rec 151 The O u t d o o r E n v i r o n m e n t . Rec 153 L e i s u r e Issues Rec 157 S k i l l s Development Rec 163 Wilderness F i r s t Aid I Rec 164 Nordic S k i i n g I THIRD SEMESTER Rec 178 Human R e l a t i o n s i n R e c r e a t i o n Rec 190 Leisure Counselling Rec 240 Recreation Administration Rec 293 Human S e r v i c e s A p p l i c a t i o n s Rec 250 Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Ecology Rec 259 S k i l l s Development FOURTH SEMESTER Rec 255 Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n P r a c t i c u m 17 fi FIRST SEMESTER CMNS 150 B a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s Rec 140 R e c r e a t i o n D e l i v e r y Systems Rec 152 I n t r o d u c t i o n to Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Rec 160 P h y s i c a l F i t n e s s i n T h e o r y and P r a c t i c e Rec 161 Wildernesss Backpackinq I Rec 166 Environmental Education Lab Hours J>— 69.5 17 3 3 3 3 3 _6_ 21 _4 4 3 3 3 3 2 3 1.5 3 _3 19.5 3 3 3 2 3 _ 3 — 17 12 12 3 8 3 — 3 Leadership Program L e c t u r e s i n t h i s p r o g r a m a r e on one o r two e v e n i n g s p e r w e e k , w i t h f i e l d t r i p s on w e e k e n d s . Most c o u r s e s l a s t a p p r o x i m a t e l y one month. The W i l d e r n e s s L e a d e r s h i p P r o g r a m i s d e s i g n e d t o meet p h y s i c a l , s o c i a l and a e s t h e t i c n e e d s f o r personal development. This d e v e l o p m e n t w i l l be a c h i e v e d through involvement with low-impact, environmentally s e n s i t i v e outdoor a c t i v i t i e s . A s t r o n g commitment t o t h e s e o u t d o o r a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be e x p e c t e d . The program thus encourages the i n t e g r a t i o n o f l i f e s t y l e and recreational a c t i v i t i e s in a manner w h i c h p r o m o t e s e n v i r o n m e n t a l i n t e g r i t y and r e a l i s t i c human n e e d s . The p r o g r a m s e e k s t o e d u c a t e t h o s e who w i s h t o s e r v e as s k i l l e d l e a d e r s i n w i l d e r n e s s and semi-wilderness recreation. C a n o e i n g , m o u n t a i n t r a v e l , and n o r d i c s k i i n g are the major a c t i v i t i e s taught. Field experience i s given priority. Outdoor s a f e t y i s emphasized w i t h i n s t r u c t i o n i n management o f e m e r g e n c i e s , i n s a f e and r e s p o n s i b l e a c t i v i t y program d e v e l o p m e n t , and i n p r e v e n t a t i v e s a f e t y . A second major emphasis i s on t h e e n c o u r a g e m e n t of e t h i c a l behaviour in natural environments, w i t h t h e added r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r s t u d e n t s to pass t h e s e a t t i t u d e s on t o o t h e r w i l d e r n e s s u s e r s . The g o a l o f t h e W i l d e r n e s s L e a d e r s h i p Program i s t o p r o v i d e a means by w h i c h i n d i v i d u a l s r e a l i z e wilderness leadership roles with c o n f i d e n c e and a s e n s e o f r e s p o n s i b i l i t y and s a f e t y . T h r o u g h a c t i v i t y - o r i e n t e d courses that demand a h i g h l e v e l o f f i t n e s s , the program promotes the development of w e l l - t r a i n e d i n s t r u c t o r s who a r e w i l l i n g and c a p a b l e o f s h a r i n g i n f o r m a t i o n and o f d e m o n s t r a t i n g sound l e a d e r s h i p i n t h e o u t d o o r s . S k i l l s can o n l y be o b t a i n e d t h r o u g h p r a c t i c e ; t h e program t h e r e f o r e encourages the a c q u i s i t i o n of outdoor s k i l l s through p r a c t i c a l e x p e r i e n c e . Therp arp two of IPVPIS c p r t i f i c a t i on i n t h p W i l d e r n e s s L p a d e r s h i p P r o g r a m . L P V P I onp i s thp Capilano College S k i l l s A c q u i s i t i o n C p r t i f i c a t . p rlpsignpri t o provide thp student with a h a s i c l e v e l of a c t i v i t y s k i l l s . L e v e l two i s t h e C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Wilderness Leadership C e r t i f i c a t e d e s i g n e d to combine a c t i v i t y s k i l l s with leadership s k i l l s . S t u d e n t s must s u c c e s s f u l l y complete each course i n o r d e r t o continue in the program. Students must a l s o o b t a i n a " R " g r a d e or hpftpr in ordpr to progrpss to thp npxt c o u r s p . It i s n e c e s s a r y t h a t a c t i v i t y s k i l l s and l e a d e r s h i p q u a l i t i e s be h i g h i n o u t d o o r a c t i v i t i e s where l e a d e r s a r e responsible for people's l i v e s . A S t u d e n t r e c e i v i n g a " C " g r a d e may r e p e a t t h e c o u r s e o r show proficiency in that a c t i v i t y d u r i n q the f o l l o w i n g a p p r o p r i a t e semester before c o n t i n u i n g in the p r o g r a m . T h i s must be a r r a n g e d w i t h the consent of thp Program C o o r d i n a t o r and C o u r s e I n s t r u c t o r . S t u d e n t s must be a d u l t o f age and o l d e r ) . Wilderness Wilderness Nordic Skiing Option Fitness S K I L L S ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE R e c r e a t i o n 164 3 R e c r p a t i o n 163 3 R p c r p a t i o n 264 3 Total 9 WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE Rec 1 6 4 , 1 6 3 , ?64 as above 9 R p c r p a t i o n 165 1.5 R e c r e a t i o n 263 3 Total 13.5 Leadership Program Thp F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p P r o g r a m i s a program d e s i g n p d t o t r a i n F i t n p s s I n s t r u c t o r s , t e a c h p r s and o t h p r s f o r p r o f p s s i o n a l and v o l u n t e e r work i n p x e r c i s e managpmpnt and f i t n e s s p r o g r a m d e s i g n . I t i s meant f o r t h e i n d i v i d u a l whose a i m s have been o r w i l l be i n t h e p r o m o t i o n a n d / o r e x e c u t i o n o f " e x e r c i s e management" or " f i t n e s s " p r o g r a m s , at t h e community l e v e l w i t h r e c r e a t i o n c e n t r e s or p r i v a t e c o m p a n i e s . The c o u r s e f o r m a t p r o v i d e s t h e n e c e s s a r y t h e o r e t i c a l and p r a c t i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n r e q u i r e d by p r a c t i t i o n e r s in order to administer health-oriented fitness p r o g r a m s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n o f the t h e o r e t i c a l knowledge r e q u i r e d . A l l graduates w i l l q u a l i f y t o r e g i s t e r as a BC Fitness I n s t r u c t o r through the B.C.R.A. Thp p r o g r a m i s o f f e r e d e v e n i n g s and weekends o v e r f o u r c o l l e g e s e m e s t e r s and must be t a k e n i n (19 y e a r s Leadership Wilderness Canoeing Credit Hours Option S K I L L S ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE R e c r e a t i o n 162 3 R e c r e a t i o n 163 3 R e c r e a t i o n 26? 3 Total 9 FIRST SEMESTER ( O f f e r e d F a l l - S p r i n g ) Rec 180 F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p Theory 3 SECOND SEMESTER ( F a l l ) Rec 181 Endurance A c t i v i t i P S RPC 1«3 Strength Fitness 1 1 WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE Rec 1 6 2 , 1 6 3 , 262 as above Q R e c r e a t i o n 165 1.6 R e c r e a t i o n 263 3 Total 13.5 Rec 184 Fitness First Rec 185 Fitness for W i l d e r n e s s Mountain Travel Option S K I L L S ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE R e c r e a t i o n 168 3 R e c r e a t i o n 163 3 R e c r e a t i o n 268 3 Total 9 WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE Rec 1 6 8 , 1 6 3 , 26R as a b o v e 9 R e c r e a t i o n 165 1.5 R e c r e a t i o n 263 _3 Total 13.5 720 (Running) Aid Children Lab Hours 1 '. THIRD SEMESTER ( S p r i n g and Summer) Rec 18? E x e r c i s e Design Rec 186 A q u a t i c F i t n e s s P r o g r a m (Summer) Rec 187 Fitness for Seniors Rec 188 Nutrition Rec 189 P r e - X P o s t - N a t a l E x e r c i s e s (Summer) Rec 195 The F i t n e s s Manager Rec 196 Human R e l a t i o n s i n F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (3) (3) N o t e : S t u d e n t s w i l l c h o o s e s i x o f t h e above n i n e a c t i v i t y c o u r s e s o v e r t h e s e c o n d and t h i r d s e m e s t e r s . Each a c t i v i t y c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 1 0 - 1 5 h o u r s o f i n s t r u c t i o n and w i l l h e o f f e r e d on a w e e k l y b a s i s f o r s i x weeks o r as a weekend w o r k s h o p . FOURTH SEMESTER ( S p r i n g ) Rec ? 8 0 Advanced F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p Theory Rec 281 Fitness Leadership Practicum 3 3 sequential order. Applicants s h o u l d be i n good h e a l t h and be p h y s i c a l l y a c t i v e as most c o u r s e s involve physical activity. A p p l i c a n t s must be a d u l t ( 1 9 y e a r s and o l d e r ) . C l a s s s i z e w i l l be l i m i t e d . P a r t i c i p a n t s in the p r o g r a m w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y to receive the B.C. Sports A i d C e r t i f i c a t e while doing the program. Fitness R e c r e a t i o n 140 Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n D e l i v e r y Systems (S) (3,0,1) The c o u r s e w i l l d e a l w i t h t h e s t r u c t u r e o f d e l i v e r y s y s t e m s and the p h y s i c a l f a c i l i t i e s which operate to deal with these d e l i v e r y systems. Although the course w i l l include a general overview in these t o p i c s , there w i l l he an e m p h a s i s p l a c e d on o u t d o o r s y s t e m s and f a c i l i t i e s . Leadership Credit Hours CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE Major Requirements 15 S t u d e n t s may c h a l l e n q e c o u r s e s i n t h i s program or r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r c o u r s e s of a l i k e n a t u r e at o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n s or a g e n c i e s . These c o u r s e s w i l l be r e v i e w e d by t h e p r o g r a m ' s head i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e advance c r e d i t i s i s s u e d . R e c r e a t i o n 141 Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Program P l a n n i n g (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 ) This course w i l l explore the program p l a n n i n g f u n c t i o n i n outdoor r e c r e a t i o n . Topics w i l l i n c l u d e : the problems of p l a n n i n g programs i n e x i s t i n g d e l i v e r y s y s t e m s , s e e k i n g ways t o s o l v e t h e s e p r e s e n t p r o b l e m s , new philosophies to consider in program p l a n n i n g i n outdoor r e c r e a t i o n . A lab introducing computer a p p l i c a t i o n s i n Recreation i s included in t h i s course. R e c r e a t i o n 151 The O u t d o o r E n v i r o n m e n t (S) ( 3 , 2 , 1 ) A c o n c e n t r a t i o n on t h e b a s i c s o f w e a t h e r and c l i m a t e and how weather a f f e c t s outdoor r e c r e a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . M o u n t a i n w e a t h e r and p e r s o n a l f o r e c a s t i n g w i l l bp d e a l t w i t h i n d e t a i l . The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o f o c u s on t h e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of the environment from t o p o q r a p h i c maps and a e r i a l photographs, emphasizing r e c r p a t i o n map d e s i g n . R e c r e a t i o n 152 I n t r o d u c t i o n to Outdoor (F) Recreation (3,0,1) A b r i e f overview of the development of r e c r e a t i o n . Nature and s c o p e o f o u t d o o r r e c r e a t i o n i n r e l a t i o n t o modern l e i s u r e , n a t u r e o f s u p p l y and d e m a n d , demand a n a l y s i s as a p l a n n i n g t o o l , outdoor r e c r e a t i o n resources perception, psychological nature of outdoor r e c r e a t i o n , experience and b e h a v i o u r , o u t d o o r r e c r e a t i o n l e g i s l a t i o n , carrying capacities o f w i l d l a n d s , l a n d use c o n f l i c t , m u l t i p l e use p o l i c i e s , i n v e n t o r y techniques. R e c r e a t i o n 153 L e i s u r e Issues (S) (3,0,1) E v o l u t i o n of l e i s u r e b e h a v i o u r i n western s o c i e t y , the p r o t e s t a n t work e t h i c , u t i l i t a r i a n i s m , l i f e s t y l e - b a s e d v a r i a t i o n i n work and l e i s u r e , f a c t o r s i n l i f e s t y l e c h o i c e , t o u r i s m and l e i s u r e , c o n s u m e r i s m and o u t d o o r recreation, sociological p e r s p e c t i v e on p r e s e n t and f u t u r e trends. R e c r e a t i o n 157 S k i l l s Development (S) (1.5,3,.5) Bike t o u r i n g , winter camping, s n o w c r a f t , s m a l l b o a t s a f e t y , and a n c i l l a r y outdoor r e c r e a t i o n a l skills. R e c r e a t i o n 160 P h y s i c a l F i t n e s s i n Theory P r a c t i c e (F) (3,0,1) and An o v e r v i e w o f t h e c o n s t i t u e n t s o f p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s in which the f o l l o w i n g t o p i c s are dealt w i t h : What i s p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s ? What a r e i t s physiological determinants? How can p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s be a c h i e v e d and m a i n t a i n e d ? Weight c o n t r o l , p h y s i o l o g i c a l changes r e s u l t i n g f r o m t r a i n i n g and exercise, tests for physical f i t n e s s , designing fitness programs. Transferable to SFU. R e c r e a t i o n 161 Wilderness Backpacking (F) (3,0,1) I An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s k i l l s o f summer h i k i n g and camp c r a f t s i n w i l d e r n e s s a r e a s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on l e a d e r s h i p d e v e l o p m e n t i n o r g a n i z a t i o n , s a f e t y and g r o u p assessment. Topics w i l l i n c l u d e access to wilderness areas, equipment, n a v i g a t i o n , t r i p p l a n n i n g and o r g a n i z a t o n . C o n s i d e r a t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e problems of working w i t h groups, p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e r m s o f budget l i m i t a t i o n s and i m p r o v i s i n g equipment. R e c r e a t i o n 162 Wilderness Canoeing (F.SU) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) I An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s k i l l s , t e c h n i q u e s and k n o w l e d g e of b a s i c p a d d l i n g i n open c a n o e s . T h i s course includes i n s t r u c t i o n in proper h a n d l i n g of e q u i p m e n t ; p a d d l i n g s k i l l s i n grades of w a t e r tip t o and i n c l u d i n g g r a d e t w o , p r a c t i c e and r e s c u e , t r a c k i n g , l i n i n g , portaging, river reading, c a n o e c a m p i n g and t e a c h i n g . L e a d e r s h i p t e c h n i q u e s and c a n o e i n q s k i l l s w i l l be s t r e s s e d t h r o u g h o u t t h e c o u r s e . Upon c o m p l e t i o n o f Canoe I s t u d e n t s w i l l be g i v e n t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o t a k e t h e F l a t Water I n s t r u c t o r s exam f r o m BCRCA. R e c r e a t i o n 163 Wilderness F i r s t Aid (F,S) (3,0,1) This course i n c o r p o r a t e s the basic p r i n c i p l e s of F i r s t A i d w i t h t h e s p e c i a l i z e d needs o f t h e o u t d o o r l e a d e r . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s CPR B a s i c L i f e S u p p o r t S k i l l s and improvised s p l i n t i n g techniques, in a d d i t i o n to the content of a standard f i r s t aid course. Special a t t e n t i o n w i l l a l s o be g i v e n t o t h e t o p i c s of h y p o t h e r m i a and hyperthermia. S k i l l levels developed w i l l r e f l e c t Worker's Compensation Board I n d u s t r i a l F i r s t Aid s t a n d a r d s . R e c r e a t i o n 164 Wilderness Nordic S k i i n g (S) (3,0,1) I T h i s i s an i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e d e s i g n e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s an i n i t i a l exposure to w i n t e r e n v i r o n m e n t s on c r o s s - c o u n t r y s k i s . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s b o t h a l e c t u r e and a f i e l d t r i p s e r i e s w i t h e m p h a s i s on o u t d o o r activity. L e c t u r e t o p i c s a r e on e q u i p m e n t , waxing, c l o t h i n q , f i t n e s s , a v a l a n c h e a w a r e n e s s , n u t r i t i o n and safety. Skill levels will reflect CANSI and CSA m a t e r i a l c o n t e n t . R e c r e a t i o n 165 Introduction to Wilderness Leadership (F.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) This course w i l l address t o p i c s which r e l a t e to Wilderness Leadership in q e n e r a l , regardless of the a c t i v i t y . Topics covered i n c l u d e n a v i g a t i o n , woodsmanship, c l o t h i n g , e q u i p m e n t , menu planning, fitness, leadership s t y l e s , and l e g a l i s s u e s . R e c r e a t i o n 166 Environmental Education (F) (6,4,3) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c o n c e p t s o f environmental education, basic e c o l o g i c a l c o n c e p t s , and b a s i c geomorphology. B a s e l i n e i n t e r p r e t i v e s k i l l s a r e promoted w h i c h c a n be a p p l i e d t o s u c h f e a t u r e s of the B r i t i s h Columbia l a n d s c a p e as f l o r a and f a u n a , g e o l o g y , and g e o m o r p h o l o g y . S t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o l e a r n t o i n t e r p r e t l a n d s c a p e s and i d e n t i f y landscape components. R e c r e a t i o n 168 Mountain Travel I (F.SU) (3,0,1) B a s i c p r i n c i p l e s of equipment, s a f e t y , g l a c i e r t r a v e l , snow t r a v e l , and t o p r o p e c l i m b i n g a r e covered. Although the course i s p r i m a r i l y designed for the b e g i n n e r , i t i s f l e x i b l e enough t o c a t e r to people w i s h i n g to improve t h e i r s k i l l beyond t h e n o v i c e l e v e l . L e c t u r e s are i n the e v e n i n g and f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e s a r e on weekends. R e c r e a t i o n 178 Human R e l a t i o n s i n (F) (3,0,1) Recreation T o p i c s i n c l u d e Human R e l a t i o n s i n Management, Management S t y l e s , Time Ma n a g em en t, t h e L e a d e r s h i p R o l e , P e r s o n n e l Management and Citizen Involvement. R e c r e a t i o n 180 Fitness Leadership (F,S) (3,0,1) This course Theory i s designed to combine t e c h n i c a l and p r a c t i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n n e c e s s a r y t o run a f i t n e s s p r o g r a m . The a c c e n t w i l l be on p r a c t i a l a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e t e c h n i c a l knowledge a c q u i r e d . Transferable to c o n t a i n both t h e o r e t i c a l practi cal materi a l . SFU R e c r e a t i o n 181 Endurance A c t i v i t i e s (F) (1,0,.33) (Running) This course i s designed to provide fitness instructors with i n f o r m a t i o n p e r t a i n i n g to the o r g a n i z a t i o n and management o f r u n n i n g programs. Through t e c h n i c a l , p r a c t i c a l and discussion sessions, students s h o u l d g a i n t h e i n f o r m a t i o n and c o n f i d e n c e t o m o t i v a t e and c o u n s e l o t h e r s who a r e i n v o l v e d i n o r about t o begin a running program. R e c r e a t i o n 182 E x e r c i s e Design (S) R e c r e a t i o n 185 Fitness for Children (1,0,.33) (F) R e c r e a t i o n 18fi Aquatic Fitness (SU) (1,0,.33) Program This course i s designed to providp f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s and o t h e r s working in a q u a t i c s with the k n o w l e d g e and s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o d e v e l o p a v a r i e t y o f s a f e and e f f e c t i v e f i t n e s s programs i n the a q u a t i c s e t t i n g . The c o u r s e d e a l s w i t h e x e r c i s e programs b o t h i n t h e w a t e r and on t h e p o o l d e c k . \ R e c r e a t i o n 187 Fitness for Seniors A c o u r s e f o r or f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s who w i s h t o g a i n k n o w l e d g e and e x p e r i e n c e i n d e s i g n i n q and i m p l e m e n t i n g f i t n e s s programs f o r s e n i o r c i t i z e n s . The course w i l l c o n t a i n both t h e o r e t i c a l and practical materi al . R e c r e a t i o n 188 N u t r i t i o n (S) (1,0,.33) B a s i c k n o w l e d g e of n u t r i t i o n for f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s . Emphasis w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between n u t r i t i o n p r i n c i p l e s and physical activity. R e c r e a t i o n 189 Pre & P o s t - N a t a l (SU) (1,0,.33) (F) (1,0,.33) (1,0,.33) This course i s designed to provide f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s , t e a c h e r s and c o a c h e s w i t h t h e k n o w l e d g e and s k i l l s necessary to design safe and e f f e c t i v e s t r e n g t h t r a i n i n g p r o g r a m s . The f o c u s i s on s t r e n g t h t r a i n i n g programs f o r g e n e r a l f i t n e s s and f o r p r e p a r a t i o n f o r s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l acti v i t i e s . R e c r e a t i o n 184 Fitness F i r s t Aid (1,0,.33) This course i s designed to give the f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r the k n o w l e d g e and s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o a d m i n i s t e r a s a f e and m o t i v a t i n g f i t n e s s program f o r c h i l d r e n . E m p h a s i s w i l l be g i v e n t o practical skills acquisition. This course for f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s who w i s h t o i n c o r p o r a t e t h e use of music i n t o t h e i r f i t n e s s p r o g r a m s and l e a r n good p r o g r a m a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . T h i s w i l l be a c h i e v e d by p h y s i c a l involvement in a f i t n e s s c l a s s where m u s i c i s used and by p r e s e n t a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n i n t h e classroom. R e c r e a t i o n 183 Strength Fitness (F) and Exercises (1,0,.33) Information for f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s on p r e v e n t i o n , i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and t r e a t m e n t o f i n j u r i e s common t o extracurricular a c t i v i t i e s . The c o u r s e w i l l This course i s designed to give the f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r knowledge and s k i l l s i n c o n d u c t i n g e x e r c i s e p r o g r a m s f o r women i n b o t h t h e p r e - and p o s t - n a t a l c o n d i t i o n . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on t h e o r y . I t i s s t r o n g l y recommended t h a t s t u d e n t s have t a k e n R e c r e a t i o n 182 E x e r c i s e D e s i g n , p r i o r to t h i s course. R e c r e a t i o n 190 Leisure Counselling (F) (3,0,1) Training in l e i s u r e c o u n s e l l i n g f o r p r a c t i t i o n e r s i n the area of r e c r e a t i o n , classroom t e a c h i n g , s o c i a l and n e i g h b o u r h o o d services, s c h o o l c o u n s e l l i n g and r e t i r e m e n t and p r e - r e t i r e m e n t p l a n n i n g . The e m p h a s i s w i l l be upon t h e a p p l i c a t i o n of c o u n s e l l i n g s t r a t e g i e s i n t h e l e i s u r e and recreation f i e l d . R e c r e a t i o n 195 The F i t n e s s Manager (S) (1,0,.33) B a s i c p r i n c i p l e s of management a p p l i e d to f i t n e s s c e n t r e s . as R e c r e a t i o n 196 Human R e l a t i o n s i n F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p (S) (1,0,.33) B a s i c c o n c e p t s of human for f i t n e s s leaders. R e c r e a t i o n 240 Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n (F) (3,0,1) relations Administration Note: T h i s c o u r s e i s open to recreation p r a c t i t i o n e r s in the field. A study of g e n e r a l b u s i n e s s p r a c t i c e s i n the o p e r a t i o n of v a r i o u s outdoor recreation f a c i l i t i e s , s u c h as r e c o r d keeping, budgeting, accounting, p u r c h a s i n g , a d v e r t i s i n g and concession agreements, l i a b i l i t i e s , l a w s and s t a t u t e s g o v e r n i n g p a r k s and r e c r e a t i o n agenci e s . R e c r e a t i o n 250 Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n (FI (3,2,1) Ecology A study of b a s i c e c o l o g i c a l p r i n c i p l e s and t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n in environmental issues with r e s p e c t t o management and c o n s e r v a t i o n . Approaches to f o r e s t r e c r e a t i o n , and f i s h and w i l d l i f e management p r o b l e m s . R e c r e a t i o n 255 Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n (S) ( 1 2 , 0 , 3 ) Prerequisite: I (F) (1.5,3,5) To d e v e l o p s p e c i a l i z e d s k i l l s r e l a t e d to the s t u d e n t ' s employment g o a l s . S t u d e n t s w i l l upgrade s k i l l s i n w i l d e r n e s s photography, d i s p l a y d e s i g n , b r o c h u r e d e s i g n , l a y o u t and graphic a r t s . R e c r e a t i o n 262 Wilderness Canoeing (SU) (3,0,1) Prerequisite: I II R e c r e a t i o n 280 Advanced F i t n e s s (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) II Wilderness First Aid Wilderness A r e v i e w of the m a t e r i a l p r e s e n t e d in Wilderness F i r s t Aid I with e m p h a s i s on i n c r e a s e d p r o f i c i e n c y under c o n d i t i o n s of i s o l a t i o n , where m e d i c a l a s s i s t a n c e i s d i s t a n t and where t h e r e a r e e v a c u a t i o n p r o b l e m s . A heavy e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on p r a c t i c a l p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g whir.h r e l a t e s t o b o t h summer and w i n t e r o u t d o o r a c t i v i t i e s and s e t t i n g s . R e c r e a t i o n 264 Wilderness Nordic (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Canoeing Skiing P r e r e q u i s i t e : Wilderness S k i i n g I or e q u i v a l e n t Prerequisite: equi v a l e n t . II (SU) Leadership P r e r e q u i s i t e : R e c . 180 and s i x the 9 o n e - c r e d i t courses of A d e t a i l e d e x p l a n a t i o n of the p h y s i o l o g i c a l , p h y s i c a l and s o c i a l f a c t o r s involved in the p r e p a r a t i o n of persons i n t e r e s t e d i n the area of f i t n e s s l e a d e r s h i p . The h o w - t o - d o - i t a s p e c t o f b e i n g a f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r w i l l be emphasized. R e c r e a t i o n 281 Fitness Leadership (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) Practicum II P r e r e q u i s i t e : To be t a k e n concurrently with Rec. 280. Nordic This i s a 40-hour program designed to give p r a c t i c e in F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p s k i l l s . The p r a c t i c u m w i l l take place with a recognized a g e n c y and u n d e r s u p e r v i s i o n by t h e a g e n c y and t h e c o l l e g e . A p r a c t i c u m r e p o r t w i l l be r e q u i r e d f r o m t h e s t u d e n t and p r i v a t e d i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n w i t h t h e head i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e F i t n e s s Leadership Program. This course i s designed to f u r t h e r e x p e r i e n c e , a w a r e n e s s , knowledge and a c t i v i t y s k i l l s i n i t i a t e d i n Wilderness Nordic S k i i n g I. E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d upon t h e a c q u i s i t i o n of t e c h n i q u e s f o r t e a c h i n g the s k i l l s of c r o s s - c o u n t r y s k i i n g in a group s i t u a t i o n and s k i t o u r i n g techniques for multi-Hay t r i p s . This course w i l l a l s o deal with s a f e w i n t e r t r a v e l and w i n t e r survival. R e c r e a t i o n 268 Mountain Travel A r e v i e w and a d d i t i o n s t o t h e Canoeing I m a t e r i a l i n c l u d i n g : c a n o e c o n s t r u c t i o n and r e p a i r , c a n o e h i s t o r y and e v o l u t i o n o f t h e a b o r i g i n a l c a n o e s , t and em and s o l o m o v i n g w a t e r s k i l l s and c a n o e p o l i n g . The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o further develop paddling s k i l l s , personal experience, teaching a b i l i t y and l e a d e r s h i p t e c h n i q u e s . Where a p p l i c a b l e t h e s t a n d a r d s and i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l be f r o m BCRCA and the Canadian R e c r e a t i o n a l Canoeing Association. 724 Aid Practicum The p r a c t i c u m i s d e s i g n e d t o integrate classroom theory with working experience i n the f i e l d . Students w i l l arrange with the f a c u l t y S u p e r v i s o r t o spend t h r e e and one h a l f months i n an a c c e p t a b l e a g e n c y p l a c e m e n t and w i l l be r e s p o n s i b l e t o a s p e c i f i c agency s u p e r v i s o r . S t u d e n t s w i l l be p r o v i d e d w i t h terms of reference for the practicum e x p e r i e n c e . S t u d e n t work p e r f o r m a n c e and p o t e n t i a l w i l l be e v a l u a t e d by t h e f a c u l t y and a g e n c y s u p e r v i s o r , and s t u d e n t s w i l l make a m a j o r p r e s e n t a t i o n t o t h e d e p a r t m e n t at t h e c o n c l u s i o n of the p r a c t i c u m . R e c r e a t i o n 259 S k i l l s Development R e c r e a t i o n 263 Wilderness F i r s t (F,S) (3,0,1) I 280/281 i s t r a n s f e r a b l e to R e c r e a t i o n 293 Human S e r v i c e s A p p l i c a t i o n s (2,0,1) (3,0,1) Mountain Travel Rec. SFU or Rock c l i m b i n g t o a p p r o x i m a t e l y g r a d e 5 . 4 w i l l be c o v e r e d . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on p l a n n i n g and o r g a n i z i n g an e x t e n d e d b a c k p a c k i n g t r i p . S t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o be g i v e n i n s t r u c t i o n i n r o u t e f i n d i n g and n a v i g a t i o n . The c o u r s e c o n s i s t s o f e v e n i n g l e c t u r e , one w e e k e n d , p l u s a f i e l d t r i p , and an a d d i t i o n a l f e e w i l l be l e v i e d t o c o v e r f i e l d t r i p expenses. A s t u d y o f human s e r v i c e p o l i c i e s , statutory r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , social s e r v i c e s t r e n d s , outdoor recreation services for special p o p u l a t i o n s , human g r o w t h and development through r e c r e a t i o n , a p p r o p r i a t e l e a d e r s h i p , and programming a p p l i c a t i o n s . A p p l i e d Landscape Horticulture OBJECTIVE: The a i m o f t h i s p r o g r a m i s t o provide i n d i v i d u a l s with the basic s k i l l s and k n o w l e d g e p r e r e q u i s i t e to beginning a c a r e e r i n l a n d s c a p i n g or landscape r e l a t e d industries. GENERAL INFORMATION: The m a i n a r e a s o f s t u d y i n c l u d e : s o i l s , plant, n u t r i t i o n , p l a n t m a t e r i a l s , b a s i c s of landscape d e s i g n , grounds m a i n t e n a n c e , e q u i p m e n t m a i n t e n a n c e and operation, business p r a c t i c e s , l a n d s c a p e i n s t a l l a t i o n , and p e s t i c i d e d i s p e n s i n g and a p p l i c a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be given i n s t r u c t i o n to aid in s u c c e s s f u l l y completing the B.C. M i n i s t r y of E n v i r o n m e n t c e r t i f i c a t i o n examinations in p e s t i c i d e d i s p e n s i n g , and l a n d s c a p e and g r o u n d s a p p l i c a t i o n . ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: A p p l i c a n t s s h o u l d have a g e n u i n e i n t e r e s t and d e s i r e f o r a c a r e e r in the landscape i n s t a l l a t i o n / maintenance or r e t a i l garden c e n t r e b u s i n e s s and a l s o an i n t e r e s t in working outdoors. T h e r e i s a minimum e d u c a t i o n a l p r e r e q u i s i t e of grade 1 0 , w i t h g r a d e 12 p r e f e r r e d . S t u d e n t s n o t p r o f i c i e n t i n m a t h e m a t i c s may be r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a math u p g r a d i n g course. PROGRAM TIMES AND DATES: C l a s s e s run d a i l y f r o m 9 : 0 0 t o 4 : 0 0 , f i v e d a y s p e r w e e k . The p r o g r a m commences at t h e b e g i n n i n g o f S e p t e m b e r and c o n c l u d e s i n March. APPLICATIONS: Due t o t h e p o p u l a r n a t u r e o f t h e p r o g r a m and i t s l i m i t e d e n r o l l m e n t , a p p l i c a n t s are advised to n o t i f y C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Department p r e f e r a b l y by m i d - A u g u s t 1 9 8 5 . Under c e r t a i n c i r c u m s t a n c e s a d m i s s i o n can be o b t a i n e d up t o one month a f t e r t h e c o u r s e b e g i n s , space p e r m i t t i n g . ATTENDANCE: Due t o t h e i n t e n s e n a t u r e o f t h e program, regular attendance i s c r u c i a l . Students are expected to a t t e n d and p a r t i c i p a t e i n a l l c l a s s e s . S t u d e n t s w i t h poor a t t e n d a n c e may be r e q u e s t e d t o withdraw. FURTHER INFORMATION: Contact the Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Department. Vocational, Pre-Employment and Upgrading VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS Hospitality F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n about any nf t h e s e programs p l e a s e c a l l t h e C o o r d i n a t o r of M e c h a n i c a l / I n d u s t r i a l Programs. A l l of these programs a r e o f f e r e d s u b j e c t t o approved f u n d i n g . WAITER/WAITRESS An i n t e n s e 90 h o u r c o u r s e c o n d u c t e d o v e r a t h r e e week t i m e span i n W h i s t l e r . The c o u r s e d e a l s with proper a t t i t u d e , business p r a c t i c e s , and t e c h n i q u e s t o be a s u c c e s s f u l food s e r v i c e s worker i n a resort area. DRAFTING 160 Basic Drafting Prerequisite: equi v a l e n t Skills Grade 12 o r This course i s designed to develop basic d r a f t i n g s k i l l s required f o r A r c h i t e c t u r a l working drawings, g r a p h i c s , and d e s i g n p r e s e n t a t i o n . DRAFTING 161 A r c h i t e c t u r a l D e s i g n and C o n s t r u c t i o n Methods Prerequisite: D r a f t i n g 16D The s t u d y o f A r c h i t e c t u r a l d e s i g n and p r e s e n t a t i o n m e t h o d s , b u i l d i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n s y s t e m s , and t h e u s e o f b u i l d i n g and e l e c t r i c a l c o d e s and c i t y and m u n i c i p a l b y - l a w s . DRAFTING 162 Architectural Working Drawings Prerequisite: Drafting 160 and 161 The p r o d u c t i o n o f A r c h i t e c t u r a l w o r k i n q d r a w i n q s , u s i n g wood f r a m e , c o n c r e t e b l o c k , and heavy t i m b e r b u i l d i n g systems f o r r e s i d e n t i a l and c o m m e r c i a l projects. DRAFTING 163 Computer A i d e d Drafting Prerequisite: Draftings and 162 o r r e l a t e d work 1 6 0 , 161 experience Using t h e a r c h i t e c t u r a l program "technique", students are i n s t r u c t e d i n t h e use of t h i s computer a i d e d d r a f t i n g system t o p r o d u c e and c o o r d i n a t e a l l a s p e c t s of A r c h i t e c t u r a l Working D r a w i n g s . 726 Courses at Whistler BARTENDING A t h r e e week 90 hour c o u r s e f o r experienced h o s p i t a l i t y workers who w i s h t o be s u c c e s s f u l a t o p e r a t i n g a bar or working i n a l o u n g e i n a r e s o r t a r e a . The course w i l l deal with proper b u s i n e s s p r a c t i c e s , a t t i t u d e , and t e c h n i q u e , with hands-on experience in a b a r . RESTAURANT TECHNOLOGY A t h r e e week 90 h o u r c o u r s e desiqned to take a person w i t h experience i n the h o s p i t a l i t y , f o o d , and b e v e r a g e i n d u s t r y , and a s s i s t them t o become c o m p e t e n t s u p e r v i s o r y p e r s o n n e l . The c o u r s e w i l l h e l p t h e s t u d e n t t o become knowledgeable in personnel c o n t r o l , understand a l l f a c e t s of f o o d and b e v e r a g e c o n t r o l , and understand t h e economics of operatinq in a resort area. A portion of the course w i l l a l s o deal w i t h customer r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE WORKSHOPS In a d d i t i o n t o i t s s e r v i c e s as a r e s o u r c e c e n t r e ( s e e page 1 5 ) , t h e Achievement Resource Centre o f f e r s d a y t i m e and e v e n i n g w o r k s h o p s . F o r s p e c i f i c t i m e s and d a t e s , c o n t a c t t h e c e n t r e a t Lynnmour Campus, Squamish or S e c h e l t . Workshops a t Lynnmour A . R . C . P r o g r a m 010 L e a r n i n g and S t u d y S k i l l s (F.S.SU) (1.5,0,.5) A . R . C . P r o g r a m 011 Reading Workshops ( F . S . S U ) (0,0,2) Through a s e r i e s o f i n t e n s i v e reading workshops, students learn and p r a c t i c e e s s e n t i a l r e a d i n g t e c h n i q u e s . These w o r k s h o p s a r e d e s i g n e d t o i n c r e a s e r e a d i n g speed and c o m p r e h e n s i o n . A . R . C . P r o g r a m 012 V o c a b u l a r y Development ( F . S . S U ) (0,0,2) In t h e V o c a b u l a r y D e v e l o p m e n t Workshop s t u d e n t s w i l l a c q u i r e a methodology f o r s y s t e m a t i c a l l y d e v e l o p i n g an e f f e c t i v e v o c a b u l a r y . As w e l l , e f f o r t s w i l l be made t o p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h some o f t h e t e r m i n o l o g y appropriate to t h e i r f i e l d of study. A . R . C . P r o g r a m 013 S p e l l i n g Improvement ( F . S . S U ) (0,0,2) The S p e l l i n g Improvement w o r k s h o p series w i l l a s s i s t students i n a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses o f t h e i r s p e l l i n g a b i l i t y . T h e r e w i l l be some d i s c u s s i o n o f common e r r o r p a t t e r n s , mnemonic s t r a t e g i e s and traditional spelling rules. Students w i l l receive a high d e g r e e o f i n d i v i d u a l a t t e n t i o n and w i l l have a c c e s s t o a t a p e d s p e l l i n g program. A . R . C . P r o g r a m 014 Writing the College ( F . S . S U ) (0,0,2) Essay In t h i s w o r k s h o p s e r i e s , s t u d e n t s w i l l receive a brief introduction t o t h e a p p r o a c h , f o r m a t and method of t h e r e s e a r c h p a p e r . A l i b r a r y o r i e n t a t i o n , a n o t e - t a k i n g method and t o p i c d e v e l o p m e n t a r e i ncluded. Workshop Students w i l l develop basic s k i l l s i n r e a d i n g , s t u d y i n g , w r i t i n g and s p e l l i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f some g r o u p w o r k , hut w i l l emphasize i n d i v i d u a l i z e d programs b a s e d on s t u d e n t a s s e s s m e n t a t t h e beginning of the c o u r s e . A . R . C . P r o g r a m 015 Communication S k i l l s ( F . S . S U ) (0,0,2) The a i m o f t h i s w o r k s h o p w i l l be t o enhance d i s c u s s i o n s k i l l s through a t t e n t i o n t o such f a c t o r s as c o n c i s e e x p r e s s i o n , n o n - v e r b a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n and s e l f - i m a g e . A . R . C . P r o g r a m 016 How t o T h i n k Logically/Creatively (F.S.SU) (0.0.2) An a p p r o a c h t o l o g i c a l t h i n k i n g , c o n c e n t r a t i o n on c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g , p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g and g o a l achi evement. A . R . C . P r o g r a m 017 Memory T r a i n i n g (F.S.SU) (0.0,2) A . R . C . P r o g r a m 018 Time Management (F.S.SU) (0,0,2) A n a l y s i s of p r e s e n t t i m e u s e , f a m i l i a r i z a t i o n with o r g a n i z a t i o n a l t e c h n i q u e s and d e v e l o p m e n t of s t r a t e g i e s f o r s h o r t and l o n g t e r m g o a l s e t t i n g . A . R . C . P r o g r a m 019 Study S k i l l s (F.S.SU) (0,0,2) Time m a n a g e m e n t , n o t e t a k i n g , study t e c h n i q u e s , essay w r i t i n g , c o n c e n t r a t i o n b u i l d i n g , exam writing. COURSES In a d d i t i o n t o i t s s e r v i c e s as a r e s o u r c e c e n t r e ( s e e page 1 6 ) , t h e Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e o f f e r s d a y t i m e , and e v e n i n g w o r k s h o p s and c o u r s e s . F o r s p e c i f i c t i m e s and d a t e s , c o n t a c t the c e n t r e at the Lynnmour C a m p u s , 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 279. Courses P a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l l e a r n major memory s y s t e m s t o i m p r o v e acarlemic p e r f o r m a n c e . T h e r e w i l l he some e v a l u a t i o n of i n d i v i d u a l l e a r n i n g s t y l e s . Techniques w i l V b e i n t r o d u c e d f o r rememherinq numbers, l a n g u a g e s , a p p o i n t m e n t s , e x a m i n a t i o n m a t e r i a l and s p e e c h e s . A . R . C . Program 020 Exam W r i t i n g ( F . S . S U ) WOMEN'S ACCESS CENTRE at Strategies (F.S) Lynnmour for Confidence Building C o n f i d e n c e i s not an a t t r i b u t e some l u c k y few n a t u r a l l y h a v e ; i t i s an a t t i t u d e t h a t i s a c q u i r e d . In t h i s c o u r s e we w i l l u s e c o n c r e t e s k i l l s s u c h as interpersonal communication, assertiveness, transactional a n a l y s i s and b e h a v i o u r a l c o n t r a c t i n q as a way t o d e v e l o p s e l f - c o n f i d e n c e . This course i n v o l v e s small qroup d i s c u s s i o n and w i l l r e q u i r e a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n by t h o s e a t t e n d i n g . How t o Career Decide: Introduction to Decision-Making (F,S) This course i s designed to help p a r t i c i p a n t s a s s e s s t h e i r present, s i t u a t i o n and c l a r i f y p o s s i b l e o p t i o n s f o r c h a n g e . We w i l l i d e n t i f y e x i s t i n g and p o t e n t i a l s k i l l s , d e v e l o p s h o r t and l o n g - t e r m g o a l s and make a c t i o n plans for rpaching those g o a l s . The s t e p s i n v o l v e d i n d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g w i l l he c o v e r e d . CAP 001 Career Planning i n the C o m p u t e r Age ( F , S ) Micro The C a r e e r A l t e r n a t i v e s P r o g r a m i s o r g a n i z e d around f o u r main o b j e c t i v e s : f i r s t , assessment of your i n t e r e s t s , a b i l i t i e s , s k i l l s , l i f e s t y l e and p r i o r i t i e s ; s e c o n d , f i n d i n g out about d i f f e r e n t c a r e e r f i e l d s ; t h i r d , l e a r n i n g job search s k i l l s ( s u c h as i n t e r v i e w t e c h n i q u e s and resume w r i t i n g ) ; f o u r t h , an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o techniques designed to b u i l d your c o n f i d e n c e and d e v e l o p y o u r communication s k i l l s . WAC 004 M a k i n g F r i e n d s w i t h a Computer Have y o u been w o n d e r i n g how c o m p u t e r s a r e b e i n g u s e d , o r how yo u m i g h t use one? Would yo u l i k e t o use an A p p l e l i e c o m p u t e r and l e a r n s o m e t i n g a b o u t word p r o c e s s i n g , r e c o r d k e e p i n g , o r how c o m p u t e r s a r e b e i n g used i n education? Would you l i k e t o l e a r n more a b o u t t h e use of m i c r o - e l e c t r o n i c s i n t h e w o r k p l a c e ? We w i l l i n c l u d e d i s c u s s i o n o f s o f t w a r e and < h a r d w a r e and l o o k a t how t h e u s e of c o m p u t e r i z e d t e c h n o l o g y i n t h e w o r k p l a c e a f f e c t s women. We have a w i d e v a r i e t y o f s o f t w a r e . A f t e r two i n t r o d u c t o r y s e s s i o n s , p a r t i c i p a n t s can d r o p i n t o t h e Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e as o f t e n as t h e y l i k e t o g e t an i d e a o f how c o m p u t e r s a r e u s e d . (0,0,2) Assertiveness E f f e c t i v e exam p r e p a r a t i o n s t r a t e g i e s to ensure completeness, a c c u r a c y , and added m a r k s . A . R . C . P r o g r a m 201 Reading Dynamics (F.S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 ) This c o u r s e aims to improve r e a d i n g s p e e d and c o m p r e h e n s i o n . The l e a r n i n g and p r a c t i s i n g o f basic reading techniques a s s i s t s s t u d e n t s i n becoming v e r s a t i l e , effective readers. Training (F,S) A s s e r t i v e behaviour allows a person to e x p r e s s honest f e e l i n g c o m f o r t a b l y , t o he d i r e c t and s t r a i g h t f o r w a r d and t o e x e r c i s e personal r i g h t s without denying t h e r i g h t s o f o t h e r s and w i t h o u t e x p e r i e n c i n g undue a n x i e t y and g u i l t . Three s t y l e s : N o n - a s s e r t i o n , a g g r e s s i o n and a s s e r t i o n , w i l l be e x p l o r e d . An e m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on p r a c t i c i n g t h e components o f b e c o m i n g more a s s e r t i v e . PROGRAMS AND COURSES FOR NEEDS SPECIAL T h e r e a r e many a d u l t s i n t h e c o l l e g e r e g i o n whose e d u c a t i o n a l nperis a r e n o t met by t h e c r e d i t o r c r e d i t - f r e e programs or c o u r s e s leading to college c e r t i f i c a t i o n . A c c o r d i n g l y , the College o f f e r s a number o f o t h e r c o u r s e s and p r o g r a m s w h i c h meet t h e s e s p e c i a l n e e d s . Such p r o g r a m s and c o u r s e s can be o r g a n i z e d i n r e s p o n s e t o c o m m u n i t y r e q u e s t t o b e g i n a t any t i m e o f t h e y e a r . Those o f f e r e d i n 1983/84 i n c l u d e : 727 Preparatory Programs and S p e c i a l Needs Capilano College o f f e r s the f o l l o w i n g s p e c i a l programs to meet t h e v a r i e d needs o f a l l students in i t s region: 1. ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/FOUNDATIONS Instructional help A B E / F o u n d a t i o n s and B a s i c S k i l l s in Math/English/Science. 2. College Preparatory courses in M a t h e m a t i c s ( M a t h 0(19-012) 3. College Preparatory courses in E n g l i s h ( E n g l i s h 010) 4. College Preparatory courses in C h e m i s t r y ( C h e m i s t r y 030) 5 . E n g l i s h as a S e c o n d Language fi. A c h i e v e m e n t R e s o u r c e C e n t r e Programs: a) Assessment, and I n d i v i d u a l Oevelopment h) L e a r n i n g A s s i s t a n c e c ) Study S k i l l s f o r E x c e l l e n c e d ) S p e c i a l Needs S e r v i c e s ( f o r the Disabled) 7. A l t e r n a t i v e Career T r a i n i n g for the L e a r n i n g Handicapped fi. C a r e e r A l t e r n a t i v e s f o r Women Faculty ATHAIDE, D . J . A . , B . S c , ( H o n s ) ( M c G i l l ) , M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's C e r t . BANNISTER, J . , B . A . , B . S . W . ( U B C ) , D i p l . of E d . ( O x f o r d ) , M.Ed. (Toronto), B.C. Teacher's C e r t . , Nf I d . T e a c h e r ' s C e r t . BROWN, S . , B . E d . ( U B C ) , B . C . Teacher's C e r t . CAIRNS, M . C . , B . S c . (Math) (Calgary), A l t a . Teacher's C e r t . CHAMBERLIN, R . , S t a n d a r d C e r t . (B.C.) DtlVALL, J . E . , B . A . ( U B C ) , D i p l . Ed. (Sask.) FIITTERMAN, E . , B . S c . ( C a l i f o r n i a , Rerkley) HIND, J . , B . A . ( 1 s t C l a s s H o n s . ) ( S F U ) , M . A . (UBC) HODGSON, P . , B . A . ( H o n s . ) , B . E d . (Oueen's) IRVINE, R . F . , T e a c h e r ' s C e r t . , Sask. R B.C., R.A. (SFU) LESS, J . , B . S c . (Michigan Tech.) PASS, J . , B . A . (UBC), B . C . Teacher's Cert. RAMSAY, F . , B . S c . ( M c G i l l ) RAWSTHORNE, M . , B . H . E . , M . E d . (UBC), R.D. ROSE, J . , B . A . ( W e s t e r n ) , B.C. Teacher's Cert. ROSEN, B . , R . A . ( U . o f C a l i f . ) SOUTHERST, J . , B . A . , B . E d . ( U B C ) , B.C. Teacher's C e r t . THOMLINSON, A . G . , B . A . , M . S c (UBC), B.C. Teacher's C e r t . YOUNG, D . E . , B . A . ( S F U ) , S . R . N . (London), S . C . M . ( S c o t l a n d ) , D i p l . T . N . (London) General Information The A d u l t B a s i c E d u c a t i o n / F o u n d a t i o n s program g i v e s s t u d e n t s t h e chance t o upgrade or r e f r e s h s k i l l s and i n c r e a s e t h e i r k n o w l e d g e of E n g l i s h , M a t h e m a t i c s , S o c i a l S c i e n c e s , and t h e S c i e n c e s . C o m p l e t i o n of t h e program h e l p s the student obtain the q u a l i f i c a t i o n s to g a i n employment. Completion a l s o allows the student t o go on t o v o c a t i o n a l or c a r e e r t r a i n i n g programs i n v a r i o u s p o s t s e c o n d a r y i n s t i t u t i o n s . In a d d i t i o n , t h e s t u d e n t can p r e p a r e f o r h i g h e r academic s t u d i e s at t h e c o l l e g e or u n i v e r s i t y l e v e l . 128 The p r o g r a m r u n s t h r o u g h o u t t h e y e a r , i n c l u d i n g t h e summer m o n t h s . To a l a r g e d e g r e e , i n s t r u c t i o n i s i n d i v i d u a l i z e d and s e l f - p a c e d . S t u d e n t s may c h o o s e t o a t t e n d e i t h e r on a f u l l - t i m e o r p a r t t i m e b a s i s . Some c l a s s e s a r e o f f e r e d i n the evening f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h work o r o t h e r daytime commitments. Requirements for Admission An a p p l i c a n t , must be a t l e a s t 18 y e a r s o l d and have been o u t o f t h e p u b l i c school system f o r at l e a s t one y e a r . T h e r e i s no minimum e d u c a t i o n a l p r e r e q u i s i t e for entry into the program; the student i s assessed and p l a c e d i n t h e p r o g r a m a t a l e v e l c o r r e s p o n d i n g to h i s or her educational background. For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n 986-1911, l o c a l 258. call Registration R e g i s t r a t i o n t a k e s p l a c e e v e r y two months f o r c l a s s e s s t a r t i n g i n September, November, J a n u a r y , M a r c h , May, and J u l y . S t u d e n t s s p o n s o r e d by CEIC may gain the e q u i v a l e n t of grades 6, 8 , and 10 i n E n g l i s h , M a t h e m a t i c s , P h y s i c s , C h e m i s t r y and B i o l o g y . C o m p l e t i o n of t h i s B . T . S . D . program i n c r e a s e s the s t u d e n t ' s employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s and q u a l i f i e s him o r h e r f o r e n t r y i n t o vocational t r a i n i n g programs. The A d u l t B a s i c E d u c a t i o n / Foundation Program a l s o o f f e r s i n s t r u c t i o n f o r the General E d u c a t i o n D e v e l o p m e n t T e s t s . These Government s p o n s o r e d GED t e s t s a r e a s e r i e s of f i v e comprehensive examinations in the areas of Writing S k i l l s , Social Studies, S c i e n c e , R e a d i n g S k i l l s and M a t h e m a t i c s . The GED t e s t s g i v e a s t u d e n t t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o g a i n an o f f i c i a l document s t a t i n g t h a t s h e / h e has s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l , g r a d e 12 e q u i v a l e n c y s t a n d i n g . Some s t u d e n t s may w i s h t o t a k e t h e s e c o u r s e s as p a r t o f t h e i r c o l l e g e p r o g r a m . Each c o u r s e equivalent to .5 c r e d i t s . is S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o u s e t h e ABE/ F o u n d a t i o n s c o u r s e s as p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r f u r t h e r study at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e or other i n s t i t u t i o n s are advised to check f o r the a p p r o p r i a t e admission r e q u i r e m e n t s . It i s t h e s t u d e n t ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y to c o n f i r m the p r e r e q u i s i t e s needed f o r f u r t h e r programs. T h e r e i s a minimum number o f h o u r s w h i c h have t o be t a k e n e a c h week i n some s u b j e c t a r e a s - - f o r i n s t a n c e 6 o r more h o u r s o f BENG 042 must be t a k e n e a c h w e e k . English BENG 031 P r e p a r e s s t u d e n t s f o r w r i t t e n work i n ABE i n t e r m e d i a t e c o u r s e s and provides p r a c t i c a l communication s k i l l s with a vocational orientation. BENG 032 A composition course using the w r i t i n g of paragraphs to t e a c h t h e fundamentals of sentence s t r u c t u r e and t h e i n t e r - r e l a t i o n o f sentences in paragraphs. BENG 033 The use o f v i s u a l s i n w r i t t e n and o r a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s , how t o u s e v i s u a l s e f f e c t i v e l y , and t h e special c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of tables .charts , graphs, photos, d r a w i n g s , d i a g r a m s , e x h i b i t s , and projected materials. BENG 034 Basic research techniques: reading for information, note-taking, s u m m a r i z i n g i n f o r m a t i o n , and outlining topics. BENG 041 C o m p r e h e n s i o n and a n a l y s i s o f college level written m a t e r i a l . R e a d i n g s w i l l be s e l e c t e d f r o m a t l e a s t four of the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : f i c t i o n , poetry, nonfiction, investigative journalism, c r i t i c a l w r i t i n g on t h e p e r f o r m i n g a r t s , t e c h n i c a l or s c i e n t i f i c m a t e r i a l . ( F o r c r e d i t t h i s c o u r s e must be t a k e n i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h BENG 034 or 0 4 2 . ) BENG 042 An i n t e n s i v e , s e l f - p a c e d w o r k s h o p course in essay w r i t i n g . Students s h o u l d have e i t h e r c o m p l e t e d l o w e r l e v e l BENG c o u r s e s o r d e m o n s t r a t e d competence i n c o m p o s i t i o n t o the paragraph l e v e l . Social Studies BS0C 041 A preparation for the S o c i a l S t u d i e s component o f t h e G e n e r a l E d u c a t i o n D e v e l o p m e n t ( G r a d e 12 e q u i v a l e n c y ) t e s t s . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s fundamental p r i n c i p l e s of E c o n o m i c s and G e o g r a p h y , a b a s i c o u t l i n e of C a n a d i a n h i s t o r y and t h e C a n a d i a n l e g a l and governmental systems. BS0C 042 The f u n d a m e n t a l p r i n c i p l e s o f e c o n o m i c s and g e o g r a p h y , and a b a s i c grounding i n Canadian h i s t o r y and t h e C a n a d i a n l e g a l and governmental systems. Mathematics BMTH 021 Whole number d e c i m a l s , and p e r c e n t a g e . fractions, BMTH 031 A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f 021 w i t h g e o m e t r y and a l g e b r a . simple BMTH 041 Rusiness mathematics, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f g r a p h s and f o r m u l a s used i n b u s i n e s s and i n d u s t r y , c a l c u l a t i o n of s i m p l e and compound i n t e r e s t , p a y r o l l , t a x e s , and i n v e s t m e n t . BMTH 042 A r e v i e w of b a s i c a l g e b r a , q u a d r a t i c e q u a t i o n s , and t h e o f g e o m e t r y and t r i g o n o m e t r y t h e s o l u t i o n of a p p l i e d mathematical problems. use in BMTH 045 Simple a l g e b r a i c equations involving polynomials, fractional e x p r e s s i o n s and r a d i c a l s , f a c t o r i n g o f p o l y n o m i a l s o f one and s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e , g r a p h i c , and t h e s o l u t i o n of q u a d r a t i c equations . Science B B I 0 031 B a s i c p h y s i o l o g y of t h e main s y s t e m s i n t h e human body and t h e i m p o r t a n c e o f n u t r i t i o n and l i f e s t y l e i n m a i n t a i n i n g optimum h e a l t h . Useful for students going on t o v o c a t i o n a l and c a r e e r h e a l t h programs. BBIO 041 Preparation for studies in biology at c o l l e g e or u n i v e r s i t y . Students may s e l e c t t o p i c s t h a t p r o v i d e appropriate preparation for s p e c i f i c v o c a t i o n a l or c a r e e r programs. BSC I 031 I n t r o d u c t i o n to b a s i c s c i e n t i f i c p r i n c i p l e s of p h y s i c s , c h e m i s t r y and e a r t h s c i e n c e needed t o progress to vocational t r a i n i n g . BSC I 032 B a s i c s c i e n t i f i c p r i n c i p l e s needed to progress to high l e v e l p h y s i c a l science courses. BSCI 040 C h e m i s t r y , p h y s i c s , and e a r t h s c i e n c e f o r s t u d e n t s who p l a n a n o n - t e c h n i c a l c a r e e r or v o c a t i o n . BCHM 041 An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f c h e m i s t r y . S t u d e n t s may s e l e c t topics that provide appropriate preparation for s p e c i f i c t r a i n i n g . BCHM 042 I n t r o d u c t i o n to p r i n c i p l e s of c h e m i s t r y and l a b o r a t o r y s k i l l s i n m e a s u r e m e n t , r e c o r d i n g , and t r e a t m e n t of d a t a e q u i v a l e n t i n s c o p e and l e v e l o f d i f f i c u l t y t o that o f f e r e d in s e n i o r secondary s c h o o l s . Designed to prepare students for further studies in chemistry. BPHY 041 An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f p h y s i c s . S t u d e n t s may s e l e c t t o p i c s that provide appropriate preparation for s p e c i f i c t r a i n i n g . BPHY 042 I n t r o d u c t i o n to the p r i n c i p l e s of physics to prepare students f o r f u r t h e r s t u d i e s . Scope and l e v e l of d i f f i c u l t y i s e q u i v a l e n t to t h a t of s e n i o r secondary s c h o o l . 729 ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE Instructional Faculty ACOSTA, J . , B . A . ( C a l i f . ) , E.S.L. C e r t . (San F r a n c i s c o S t a t e ) COLLINS, N . , B . A . (London), M.A. Advanced P r o f e s s i o n a l T e a c h i n g Cert. (UBC) F R Y , M . , B . E d . (UBC) KUBICEK, R . , B . A . ( S i r George W i l l i a m s ) , M . A . (SFU) General Information For students w i t h a f i r s t language other than E n g l i s h , the C o l l e g e o f f e r s a v a r i e t y of courses to h e l p them a c h i e v e t h e l e v e l o f competency i n E n g l i s h t h a t they d e s i r e . To q u a l i f y f o r t h e s e courses a p o t e n t i a l student should be e i t h e r a Landed I m m i g r a n t o r a C a n a d i a n c i t i z e n . A l l a s p e c t s of the languge are covered s p e a k i n g , r e a d i n g and w r i t i n g at t h e B e g i n n e r , I n t e r m e d i a t e and A d v a n c e d l e v e l s . The c o u r s e s a r e presented in three categories p a r t - t i m e e v e n i n g , p a r t - t i m e day and A c a d e m i c P r e p a r a t o r y . An E n g l i s h Placement Test r e s u l t or the I n s t r u c t o r ' s permission is r e q u i r e d t o e n r o l l i n t h e Academic Preparatory c o u r s e . Courses are not t r a n s f e r a b l e t o u n i v e r s i t y . For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n 986-1911, local 414. call E . S . L . 040 E n g l i s h as a Second Language Intermediate Level (F,S) - E . S . L . 050 E n g l i s h a s a Second L a n g u a g e Advanced L e v e l (F,S) - E . S . L . 091 E n g l i s h as a Second (F.S) (3,0,1) E . S . L . 099 E n g l i s h as a Second (F,S) (3,0,1) Language N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e i s not. t r a n s f e r a b l e to u n i v e r s i t y . Prerequisite: Written of the Instructor. permission This course i s s i m i l a r to E n g l i s h 091 e x c e p t t h a t t h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d have a h i g h e r l e v e l of a b i l i t y i n t h e E n g l i s h l a n g u a g e , and t h e s t r e s s o f s t u d y w i l l be on w r i t i n g , d i s c u s s i o n and e x p r e s s i o n of i d e a s . ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING FOR THE LEARNING HANDICAPPED Instructional Faculty BORDEWICK, J . , B . S c . (Ed.) (Idaho), P.O.P. Faculty Associate (SFU) KIRKBY, D., B . E d . (Winnipeg) KISS, M . P . , Org. Psych. (Toronto) General Information The ACT P r o g r a m i s an e i g h t - m o n t h C a r e e r A w a r e n e s s and E x p l o r a t i o n program t h a t e n a b l e s s t u d e n t s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r c o m p e t i t i v e emp l o y m e n t t r a i n i n g and i n d e p e n d e n t l i v i n g s k i l l s development. The p r o g r a m was d e v e l o p e d i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with the North V a n c o u v e r S c h o o l B o a r d and e n t r y i s by r e f e r r a l . ACTP 001 Job Search Techniques This course w i l l o f f e r the student an o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e methods and t e c h n i q u e s w h i c h w i l l e n h a n c e t h e j o b s e a r c h . The c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s on a p p r o p r i a t e b e h a v i o u r s i n t h e m a r k e t p l a c e and w i l l a l s o i n c l u d e o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r growth i n t h e a r e a s o f s e l f - a w a r e n e s s and i n d e p e n d e n c e as t h e y r e l a t e t o making l i f e s t y l e d e c i s i o n s . ACTP 002 Practical Field Experiences Students are provided w i t h the opportunity to explore a variety of f i e l d p l a c e m e n t s which a r e c o l l e g e - s u p e r v i s e d . Included are four practicum periods for a t o t a l t e n weeks o f f i e l d w o r k . Language N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e i s not t r a n s f e r a b l e to u n i v e r s i t y . A course designed to provide the Student, whose f i r s t l a n g u a g e i s n o t E n g l i s h , w i t h v e r b a l and w r i t t e n s k i l l s i n E n g l i s h . Thp course w i l l proceed w i t h the p a t t e r n s s e t by t h e s t u d e n t s ' needs, generally beginning with a 730 r e v i e w of b a s i c s . I n c l u d e d i n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y a r e : r e a d i n g and oral comprehension, sentence s t r u c t u r e , p a r a g r a p h s and s h o r t essays, composition, vocabulary, d i c t a t i o n s , s p e l l i n g and v e r b a l communication. This course includes conversation c l a s s e s . ACTP 003 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s & Math f o r Living Everyday T h i s c o u r s e has been d e s i g n e d w i t h two c o m p o n e n t s ; c o n s u m e r m a t h e m a t i c s and c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . This course provides o p p o r t u n i t i e s t o m a i n t a i n and d e v e l o p s p e c i f i c s k i l l a r e a s , w i t h i n t e g r a t i o n of t h e s e s k i l l s i n t o employment s i t u a t i o n s being the desired g o a l . Transfer Guide 1985-86 This transfer guide is provided as a convenience to the student and is correct at the time of printing. Information on any courses not listed can be obtained from the department concerned. Capilano College assumes no responsibility for articulation changes made at the universities which invalidate this guide. Students should be aware when using the guide that Capilano College and Simon Fraser University are on a semester system. The University of British Columbia and the University of Victoria are on a yearly system. This will account for the apparent discrepancy in transfer credits. NOTE: 1 1/2 units at the University of British Columbia or the University of Victoria are equal to 3 or 4.5 Capilano College credit hours (see College Calendar under course description for correct credits). Similarly, if two Capilano College courses are required, 3 units at the University of British Columbia or the University of Victoria could equal 6 or 9 credit hours at Capilano College. For example, Psychology 100 and 101 (three credit hours each) would equal 3 units at the University of British Columbia. This transfer guide is accurate as of February 28, 1985. If further or updated information 1s required, please contact one of Capilano College's counsellors (986-1911, local 298) or the institution that you wish to transfer to. NOTES #1 - SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY: ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY A student who has completed 60 semester hours of college transferable credit, and elects a major in the Department of Sociology and Anthropology at Simon Fraser University, will receive the following exemptions: a. Completion of five Type 1 transfer credit courses 1n S.A. (15 hours) will be judged as satisfying the Sociology and Anthropology Department lower division requirement of five courses (20 hours), providing that program prerequisites are being f u l f i l l e d . b. Completion of four Type 1 transfer credit courses in S.A. (12 hours) will be judged as completion of four Sociology and Anthropology lower division courses (16 hours), providing that program prerequisites are being f u l f i l l e d . Such students will be required to take one additional S.A. lower division course at SFU in order to complete lower division requirements. c . Completion of three or fewer Type 1 transfer credit courses in S.A. (9 hours or less) will warrant a department exemption of one semester hour per course. For further information please consult the Department of Sociology and Anthropology or the Director of Admissions at SFU. #2 - UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: ART SIMON FRASER UNIVERISTY Admissions Office Burnaby, B.C. V5A 1S6 291-3224 Students planning to enter the program leading to a B.A. degree with a major in Fine Arts should normally apply after four semesters. Where Art (History and/or Studio) UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Registrar's Office #204 - 2075 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, B.C. V6T 122 228-2844 attended, transfer following only two semesters would be advisable. Students planning to enter the Studio program leading to the B.F.A. degree should normally apply to the university following two semesters. Applicants with four semesters will be considered. UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA Admissions Office P.O. Box 17U0 Victoria, B.C. V8W 2Y2 721-7211 BRITISH COLUMBIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 3700 Willingdon Avenue Burnaby, B.C. V5G 3H2 434-5734 CERTIFIED GENERAL ACCOUNTANTS 1555 West 8th Avenue Vancouver, B.C. V6J 1Y5 732-1211 SOCIETY OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS 1575 - 650 West Georgia Street Vancouver, B.C. V6B 4W7 687-5891 INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS 1155 Melvilie Street Vancouver, B.C. V6E 4C4 681-3264 (For information regarding transfer credit to any of the above, you may also contact the Business Management Department of Capilano College.) #3 - SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY: FRENCH, GERMAN, AND SPANISH a . Exemption from the Department of Languages, Literatures, and Linguistics (DLLL) courses will normally be given depending upon the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure prior to registration in the student's first DLLL course. For further information consult the language division concerned. b. Only those courses which qualify a student for exemption from an SFU course as a result of the placement test will count as Type 2 credit and be allowed to count toward major requirements in OLLL. Other courses will be given Type 3 credit and may only be used for elective credit. c. Students with prior knowledge of the language are required to consult with the Division concerned for placement prior to or at registration. Native speakers or students who received their secondary education 1n a Chinese, French, German, Hindi, Russian, Spanish, or Swahili speaking country will not normally be admitted to a language course in that particular language between 100 and 300 inclusive. d. Total transfer and course challenge credit 1n basic language courses may not exceed the limits given below: French language German language Russian language Spanish language - 13 semester hours 14 semester hours 12 semester hours 14 semester hours Literature courses may he taken in addition to these limits. Students interested in course challenge should consult the Department of Languages, Literatures, and Linguistics. The maximum credit possible for studio courses for a student who has completed First Year will be three units Fine Arts 181. A student who has completed Second Year will be allowed a further six units of credit in studio courses to correspond to a selection from Fine Arts 281-29U (Fine Arts 281-290 or equivalent, to a total of 6 units, 1s required for the B.F.A.). Students applying for the B.F.A. are reminded that admission to the program is by selection based on standing and courses and an assessment of a folio of art work. The year of admission whether second of third year will be at the discretion of the Department. The selection committee to screen applicants will meet early in April prior to the session to which application will be made. Applicants should contact the Department of Fine Arts by mid March to obtain the necessary information on application procedure. Late applicants for the B.F.A. program will be considered at registration time if places are s t i l l available. Students who plan to transfer Fine Arts studio credit into an Art Education proqram must produce a representative folio of work. The Adjudication Committee of the Art Education program will determine if the work is of acceptable standard for transfer of credit. 131 CAPILANO COLLEGE SIMON F R A S E R UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY O F BRITISH C O L U M B I A UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA ANTHROPOLOGY Anthropology 120 S . A . (3) Anthropology ( l i ) (1st or 2nd year) Anthropology 100 B ( l i ) Anthropology 121 S . A . (3) A n t h r o p o l o g y (1 i ) (1st or 2nd y e a r ) Anthropology 100 B (1 j ) Anthropology 120 4 121 S.A. Anthropology A n t h r o p o l o g y 100 B ( l j ) & (100 levclXH) 170 (3), S . A . (3) 200 (3) A n t h r o p o l o g y 120 4 Women's S t u d i e s 122 S . A . 170 (3). S . A . (3) or S . A . 170 (3), Women's S t u d i e s 200 (3) These courses transfer separately. See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s . Anthropology 100 (3) A n t h r o p o l o g y 121 A: Women's S t u d i e s 122 S . A . 170 (3), S . A . (3) or S . A . 170 (3), Women's S t u d i e s 200 (3) These courses transfer separately. See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s . Anthropology 100 (3) Anthropology 123 A r c h a e o l o g y 101 (3) A n t h r o p o l o g y ( l i ) (1st or 2nd year) Anthropology 240 f l j ) Anthropology 124 A r c h a e o l o g y 131 (3) Anthropology Anthropology 100 A O J ) A n t h r o p o l o g y 200 S . A . (3) (200 d i v i s i o n ) A n t h r o p o l o g y (1 5 ) A n t h r o p o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) ( l j ) A n t h r o p o l o g y 202 S . A . (3) (200 d i v i s i o n ) Anthropology A n t h r o p o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) (li) A n t h r o p o l o g y 204 S . A . 203 (3) A n t h r o p o l o g y ( l i ) (2nd year) A n t h r o p o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) (lj) A n t h r o p o l o g y 249 S . A . (3) Anthropology A n t h r o p o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) (1 i) F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n on A n t h r o p o l o g y see N o t e If I (page 210 (1 J ) d i ) (11) ). ART A r t 1 5 0 * , 1 5 1 * , 152, 154, 1 5 8 , 1 6 4 , 166, 167, 171, 172, 174, 178, 182, 183, 184, 185**, 189** A n y o n e c o u r s e is e q u i v a l e n t t o V i s u a l A r t (Studio) (3). E x c e p t A r t 150 o r 151; t h e s e c o u r s e s w i l l b e e q u i v a l e n t t o V i s u a l A r t S t u d i o (2) each. A r t 1 6 3 , 165, 204, 2 0 6 , 2 1 6 , 217 A n y one c o u r s e i s e q u i v a l e n t t o V i s u a l A r t (Studio) (3) A r t 250, 255, 257, 2 6 2 * , 2 6 3 * , 2 6 5 , 2 7 1 , 2 7 2 , 2 7 3 , 274, 2 8 2 , 283 A n y o n e c o u r s e is e q u i v a l e n t t o V i s u a l A r t (Studio) (3) • C r e d i t of 2 u n i t s o n l y . M a y n o t r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r A r t 152, 154, 164, 184. * * M a y not also receive credit for A r t 158, 178. Any two courses a r e equivalent to F i n e A r t s 181 (3) N O T E : A r t Studio courses to be d e t e r m i n e d i n d i v i d u a l l y on p r e s e n t a t i o n of p o r t f o l i o . F i n e A r t s (studio) l!4 u n i t s e a c h . C r e d i t m a y be g r a n t e d i n c o u r s e s f r o m F i n e A r t s 281-290(6) a f t e r a s s e s s m e n t of p o r t f o l i o . FOR FURTHER INFORMATION A R T S E E 2. P A G E ? ON BIOLOGY B i o l o g y 100 K i n e s i o l o g y (100 l e v e l ) (3) B i o l o g y ( l i ) (no c r e d i t in L i f e Science Departments) B i o l o g y (100 l e v e l ) ( l i ) B i o l o g y 101 B i o s c i e n c e (3) B i o l o g y ( l i ) (no c r e d i t in L i f e Science Departments) B i o l o g y (100 l e v e l ) ( l i ) B i o l o g y (100 l e v e l ) ( l i ) B i o l o g y 104 B i o s c i e n c e 1 0 1 * (3) T r a n s f e r s w i t h 105 B i o l o g y 105 B i o s c i e n c e 1 0 2 * (3) T r a n s f e r s w i t h 104 B i o l o g y (100 l e v e l ) ( l i ) B i o l o g y 104 & 105 These courses transfer separately. See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s . B i o l o g y (3) (no c r e d i t in L i f e S c i e n c e Departments) These courses transfer separately. See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s . B i o l o g y 108 To be d e t e r m i n e d . To be d e t e r m i n e d . T o be d e t e r m i n e d B i o l o g y 110 B i o s c i e n c e 1 0 1 * (3) Transfers with Transfers with Biology B i o s c i e n c e 1 0 2 * (3) T r a n s f e r s w i t h 110 T r a n s f e r s w i t h 110 B i o l o g y 110 & 111 These courses transfer separately. See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s . B i o l o g y 101 (3) or 102 (3) B i o l o g y 150 (3) B i o l o g y 113 To be d e t e r m i n e d . T o be d e t e r m i n e d . To be d e t e r m i n e d . B i o l o g y 152 To be d e t e r m i n e d . T o be d e t e r m i n e d . To be d e t e r m i n e d . B i o l o g y 200 B i o s c i e n c e 202 (3) B i o l o g y (1 i ) (2nd year) ( p r e c l u d e s c r e d i t f o r B i o l o g y 334) B i o l o g y 300 ( l i ) B i o l o g y 204 B i o s c i e n c e 204 (3) B i o l o g y ( l i ) (2nd year) ( p r e c l u d e s c r e d i t for B i o l o g y 321) B i o l o g y 306 ( l i ) B i o l o g y 205 B i o s c i e n c e (3) B i o l o g y (1 i ) (2nd year) ( p r e c l u d e s c r e d i t for B i o l o g y 322) B i o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) (I J ) B i o l o g y 204 & 205 These courses transfer separately. See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s . B i o l o g y (3) (2nd year) (see n o t e s above) These courses transfer separately. See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s . B i o l o g y 209 B i o s c i e n c e 326 (3) B o t a n y 209 ( l ' S j B i o l o g y 203 (1'4) B i o l o g y 210 B i o s c i e n c e 337 (3) B o t a n y 210 ( l " , ) B i o l o g y 204 (l4) English (200 level) (1*4) English 212 English (3) Transfers with 21 3 English (200 level) ( I D English 213 English (3) Transfers with 212 English (200 level) (1>4) English 212 4 213 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. English (3) (2nd year literature) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. English 215 English (3) English (114) (2nd year) English (200 level) (l»4) English 216 English 102 (3) or English (3) English (IK,) (2nd year) English (200 level) (l>4) English 290 English (3) Creative Writing (lft) Creative Writing 201 (1*4) (part credit) English 291 English (3) Creative Writing (IVi) Creative Writing 202 (1*4) (part credit) CAPILANO COLLEGE ENGLISH CONTINUED.. ENSEMBLE Ensemble 100 4; 150 Music 154 (I) Ensemble 110 4 160 Music 150 (I) Ensemble 200 4 250 Music 154 (I) Ensemble 210 & 260 Music 150 (1) FINE ARTS Fine Arts 100 Art History (3) Transfers with 101 Transfers with 101 Fine Arts 101 Art History (3) Transfers with 100 Transfers with 100 Fine Arts 100 & 101 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Fine Arts 125 (3) History in Art 120 (3) Art (100 level) (1^4) Fine Arts 104 Arts(3) Transfers with 105 Fine Arts 105 Arts (3) Transfers with 104 Art (100 level) (Ift) Fine Arts 104 4 105 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Fine Arts 100 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Fine Arts 210 Fine Arts 211 F i n e A r t s 210 4 211 Art History (3) Fine Arts (114) (Not to.be counted toward the major) Transfers with 211 Art History (3) Fine Arts (1*4) (Not to be counted toward the major) Transfers with 210 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. Fine Arts 250 Visual Art (3) Fine Arts 251 Visual Art (3) Fine Arts 250 4 251 History in ° i r t 260 (3) See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Art History (l"i) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. History in Art (200 level) ( I D History in Art (200 level) (l>4) These courses transfer separately. Sec individual numbers. French 100 French' (3) Transfers with 101 Transfers with French 101 French* (3) Transfers with 100 Transfers with French 100 4 101 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. French 105 (3) French 100 (3) French 120 4 121 French* (3) each French 110 (3) French 160 (3) French 130 4 131 French* (3) each French (3) (1st year) French 100 (3) French 170 4 171 French* (2) each French 120 (3) French ISO (3) French 190 4 191 French* (3) each French 115(3) French 160 (3) French* (3) each French 202 (3) French 290 (3) French* (3) each French 215 (3) French 180 (3) Art History (I<4) FRENCH French 270 4 271 French 290 4 291 • *For information on the transferability of any one of the following French courses see Note #3 (page ). 735 • CAPILANO COLLEGE SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA Geography 101 Geography (3) Geography 102 (IS) Geography (100 level) (IS) Geography 102 Geography (3) Geography (IS) Geography (100 level) (IS) Geography 106 Geography 263 (3) Geography (IS) Geography (100 level) (IS) Geography 108 Geography 262 (3) Geography 103 (IS) Geography (200 level) (IS) Geography 111 Geography 141 (3) Geography 200 (IS) Geography 101 B (1)4) Geography 111 & 200 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Geography 200 & 201 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Geography 112 Geography 111 (3) Transfers with 114 Geography 203A (IS) Geography 114 Physical Geography (3) Transfers with 112 Geography 203B (IS) Geography 112 & 114 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Geography 101 (3) Geography 203 (3) Geography 200 Geography 121 (3) Geography 201 (IS) Geography 201 B(1S) Geography 201 Geography (3) Geography (IS) Geography 201 A (IS) Geography 200 & 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Geography 201 (3) Geography 221 Geography 250 (3) Geography (IS) Geography (200 level) (IS) Geography 249 Geography (3) Geography (IS) Geography 205 B (IS) GEOGRAPHY GEOLOGY Geology 110 Geology (3) Transfers with 111 Transfers with 111 Geology 111 Geology (3) Transfers with 110 Transfers with 110 Geology 110 & 111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Geology 105 (3) Geology 100 (3) German 100 4 101 German* (3) each German 100 (3) German 100 (3)* German 200 4 201 German* (3) each German 200 (3) German 200 (3)* GERMAN •For information on the transferability of any one of the following German courses see Note //3 (page ). *Must complete survey of German Grammar Grade of "C" or above required HISTORY History 102 History 223 (3) History (114) History 24) (part credit*) History 103 History (3) (200 Division) History (1)5) History 2W (1)4) (part credit*) History 102 4 103 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. History 120 (3) History 2<»0 (3) History 108 History 212 (3) History (1)5) History 210 (1)4) (part credit*) History 109 History 213 (3) History (1(4) History 210 (1)4) (part credit*) History 108 4 109 These courses transfer separately. . See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. History 210 (3) History 110 History 101 (3) History (1)4) History 230 (1)4) (part credit*) History U l History 102 (3) History (1)4) History 230 (1)4) (part credit*) History 110 4 111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. History 135 (3) History 230 (3) History 200 History (3) (200 division) History (1)4) History (200 level) (1!4) History 201 History (3) (200 division) History (1!4) History (200 level) (1)4) History 205 History 201 (3) History (114) History (200 level) (1)4) (studen should not be permitted to tal History 207 History (3X200 Division) History (mXprecludes credit for History 101) History 236 (1)4) (part credit*) *If half of the course has been completed students will not be permitted to take the complete course at U.Vic. For further information contact the U.Vic. History Department. 736 CAPILANO COLLEGE SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA LEGAL STUDIES Legal Assistant Studies 150 Political Science 151 (3) Legal Assistant Studies 151 Criminology (3) Legal Assistant Studies 258 Legal Studies (3) Legal Assistant Studies 268 Legal Studies (3) MATHEMATICS For Computing Science courses please refer to the "Computing Science" section of the guide. No equivalent. No credit. Mathematics 009, 010, 011, 012 , Mathematics 012 (0) Mathematics 010, Oil, 012 All three must be taken - Mathematics 100 (3) Mathematics 100 Mathematics (3) Mathematics 101 Mathematics 101 (3) Statistics 203« On) Statistics (100 level) (1ft) with Algebra 12; without Algebra 12 (0) credits Mathematics 100 4 101 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 130 (3) or Statistics 203* (Hi) plus On) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 100 4 108 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 140 On), plus 1ft* These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 100 4 110 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 100 (in), plus 1)4* These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 101 & 102 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Statistics (100 level) (3) with Algebra 12; without Algebra 12 Statistics 000 level) On) Mathematics 101 & 110 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Statistics 105 (114) and Mathematics 100 (in) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 101, 102 & 205 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Statistics 250 4 251 (3) Mathematics 101 4 205 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Statistics 250 On) Mathematics 102 Mathematics 302 (3) Statistics 204 (m) Statistics 250 On) Mathematics 103 Computer Science 100 (3) Student should contact Computing Department if Pascal version taken. Mathematics (100 level) (in) Mathematics 105 Mathematics 100 (3) Transfers with 108 or 110 Mathematics 012 (0) Mathematics 105 4 108 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 111 (3) (1.5 units in Faculty of Science) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 105 4 110 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 111 (3) (1.5 units in Faculty of Science) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 108 Mathematics I 57* (3) Mathematics 140* (in) Mathematics 109 Mathematics 158 (3) Mathematics 141* (in) Mathematics 110 Mathematics I51» (3) Mathematics 100 (in) Mathematics 100 On) Mathematics 111 Mathematics 152 (3) 4 Mathematics (1) Mathematics 101 (in) Mathematics 101 Oft) Mathematics 110 4 111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 102 On) Mathematics 200 Mathematics 232 (3) Mathematics 221 (in) Mathematics 100 0'4), Mathematics 101 (in) 4 Mathematics (100 level) (1) Mathematics 233A On) Mathematics 205 Mathematics 272 (3) Mathematics or Statistics 205 (1ft) Statistics (200 level) On) Mathematics 215 Mathematics 242 (3) Mathematics 220 (in) Mathematics (200 level) Oft) Mathematics 230 Mathematics 251 (3) Mathematics 200 Oft) Mathematics 200 On) Mathematics 231 Mathematics 252 (3) Mathematics 201 Oft) Mathematics (200 level) On) Mathematics 235 Mathematics 310 (3) Mathematics 315 On) Mathematics 201 On) •Credit is permitted for only one of Mathematics 151 or 157. *Not for faculty of Science or Mathematics students. MEDIA Media 053 Film Studies (3) Media 075 Film (Studio) (2) Media 153 Film (3) Media 171 4 271 Communications 257 (3) Media 181 4 182 Communications 258 (3) Media 183 4 185 Credit may be assigned after portfolio interview with student. Media 253 Film (Studio) (3) 737 CAPILANO COLLEGE SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA Music 100 Music (3) Transfers with 101 Music (100 level) (1) Music 101 Music (3) Transfers with 100 Music (100 level) (I) Music 100 4 101 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 100 (3) or Music 101* (3) MUSIC Music 110 4 111 Music 102 (2) Music (200 level) (1)4) Music 114 4 113 Music 141 (1) Music 236 (1)4) Music 120 Music History (3) Transfers with 121 Music (100 level) (1)4) Music 121 Music History (3) Transfers with 120 Music (100 level) (1)4) Music 120 4 121 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 120 (3) or Music Education 102 (3) Music (100 level) (1)4) Music 120, 121 4 220, 221 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 110 (3), Music (100 level) (3) Music 170 Music (100 level) (!4) Music 170 4 171 Music (3) Music 180 Music (Studio) (3) Music 180 4 181 ' Music (100 level) (1) Music 181 Music (Studio) (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 185 Music (Studio) (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 184 4 185 • Music 194 4 195 Music 170 (1) Music 181 (1) Music 200 Music (3) Transfers with 201 Music 100 A (1) Music 201 Music (3) Transfers with 200 Music 100 B(l) Music 200 4 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 200 (3) or Music Education 201* (3) Music 210 4 211 Music 122 (2) Music (200 level) (1)4) Music 214 4 215 Music 241 (1) Music 236 (1)4) Music 220 Music History (3) Transfers with 221 Music (100 level) (114) Music 221 Music History (3) Transfers with 220 Music (100 level) (1)4) Music 220 4 221 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 320 (3) or Music Education 102 (3) Music (100 level) (3) Music 220, 221 & 120, 121 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 110 (3), Music (100 level) (3) Music 181 (1) Music 294 4 295 •Applicants for a major or concentration in Music Education must have at least 65% (or equivalent) in both Music Education 101 4 201. PHILOSOPHY Philosophy 101 Philosophy 100 (3) Philosophy (IVi) Transfers with 102 Philosophy 102 Philosophy 120 (3) Philosophy (114) Transfers with 101 Philosophy 101 4 102 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 100 (3) Philosophy 100 (3) Philosophy 101 4 210 Philosophy 100 (3), Philosophy (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. 101 transfers with 102. 210 transfers separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 101, 210 & 211 Philosophy 100 (3), Philosophy 203 (3) Philosophy (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. 101 transfers with 102. 210, 211 transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 110 Philosophy (3) Philosophy (114) (precludes credit for Philosophy 102) Philosophy (100 level) (1)4) Philosophy 200 Philosophy (3) Philosophy (1>5) Philosophy 232 (1)4) Philosophy 201 Philosophy 220 (3) Philosophy (1)4) Philosophy 326 (114) Philosophy 200 4 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 201 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 210 Philosophy 100 (3) Philosophy (1)4) Philosophy (200 level) (1)4) Philosophy 211 Philosophy 203 (3) Philosophy (1)4) Philosophy (200 level) (1)4) Philosophy 210 4 211 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 250 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 220 Philosophy 241 (3) Philosophy (1)4) Philosophy (200 level) (1)4) Philosophy 221 Philosophy (3) Philosophy (1)4) Philosophy (200 level) (|)4) 138 SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA Physics I CM Physics 100(3) Physics (1ft) not for credit in the Science Faculty Transfers with 105 Physics 105 Physics (3) Physics (in) not for credit in the Science Faculty Transfers with 104 Physics 104 4 105 Students will be exempted from Physics 131 (2) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 103 (3) Physics 108 Physics 101 (3), Physics (!) Transfers with 111 or 11 5 Physics (100 level) (I",) Physics 108 & 111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 110 (3) Physics 102 (3) Physics 108 4 115 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 110(3) 108 transfers separately. See individual numbers. Physics 110 Physics 101 (3) Transfers with 111 or 115 Transfers with 111 Physics 111 Physics 102 (3) Transfers with 110 or 108 Transfers with 110 Physics 110 4 111 Students will be exempted from Physics 131 (2) Physics 110(3) Physics 102 (3) Physics 110 4 115 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 110(3) 110 transfers with 111 115 transfers with 114 Physics 114 Physics 120 (3) Transfers with 111 4 115 Physics (100 level) (in) Physics 115 Physics 121 (3) Transfers with 108 or 110 or 114 Physics (100 level) (in) Physics 114 4 111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 110(3) 111 transfers with 108 4 110 114 transfers with 11 5 Physics 114 4 115 Students will be exempted from Physics 233 (2) Physics 115(3) Physics 110/120 (3) Physics 200 Physics* (3) Transfers with 210 Transfers with 210 Physics 201 Physics 221* (3) Transfers with 211 Transfers with 211 Physics 200 4 210 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 213 (2) Physics 217 (1 j) Physics 201 4 211 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 215(2) Physics 214 (1J) Physics 210 Physics* (1) Transfers with 200 or 211 Transfers with 200 Physics 211 Physics* (1) Transfers with 201 or 210 Transfers with 201 Physics 210 4 211 Physics 235* (2) Physics 239 (1) Transfers with 200 4 201 Physics 220 Physics* (3) Transfers with 221 Physics 120 (i J) Physics 221 Physics 211* (3) Transfers with 220 Physics 220 (l!) Physics 220 4 221 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 216 (2), Physics (1) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. CAPILANO COLLEGE PHYSICS •Students who have completed Physics 200, 201, 210, 21 1, 220, 221 at Capilano College will be prepared to enter third year Physics courses at SFU. POLITICAL STUDIES Political Studies 100 Political Science III Political Science (11) Political Science (100 level) (11) Political Studies 101 Political Science 212 (3) (3) Political Science 202 (1)) Political Science 202 (I i) Political Studies 102 Political Science 131 (3) Political Science 201 (li) Political Science 210 (11) Political Studies 104 Political Science 221 (3) Political Science 200 (H) Political Science (200 level) (1!) Political Studies 201 Political Science 241 (3) Political Science (li) Political Science (200 level) (11) Political Studies 203 Political Science 141 (3) Political Science (11) Political Science 240 (I 1) Political Studies 201 4 203 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Political Science 204 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Political Studies 206 Political Science 211 (3) Political Science 203 (I J) Political Science (200 level) (I i) PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION PMI 100 4 200 Music 172 or 182(2)* PMI 101 4 201 Music 172 or 182(2)* PMI 102 4 202 Music 172 or 182(2)* PMI 107 4 207 Music 172 or 182(2)* PMI 109 4 209 Music 172 or 182(2)* PMI 112 4 213 Music 172 or 182(2)* PMI 114 4 214 Music 172 or 182(2)* PMI 115 4 215 Music 172 or 182(2)* PMI 116 4 216 Music 172 or 182(2)* 739 CAPILANO COLLEGE SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION CONTINUED... PMI 117 de 217 Music 172 or 182(2)* PMI 119 * 219 Music 172 or 182(2)* PMI 120 4 220 Music 107(3)* PMI 150 & 250 Music 171 or 181(0* PMI 151 4 251 Music 171 or 181(1)* PMI 152 4 252 Music 171 or 181(1)* PMI 157 4 257 Music 171 or 181(1)* PMI 159 4 259 Music 171 or 181(1)* PMI 163 4 263 Music 171 or 181(1)* PMI 164 4 264 Music 171 or 181(1)* PMI 165 4 265 Music 171 or 181(1)* PMI 166 4 266 Music 171 or 181(1)* PMI 167 4 267 Music 171 or 181(1)* PMI 169 4 269 Music 171 or 181(1)* PMI 300 4 400 Music 272 or 282(2)* PMI 301 4 401 Music 272 or 282(2)* PMI 302 4 402 Music 272 or 282(2)* PMI 307 4 407 Music 272 or 282(2)* PMI 309 4 409 Music 272 or 282(2)* PMI 313 4 413 Music 272 or 282(2)* PMI 314 4 414 PMI 315 4 415 Music 272 or 282(2)* ' Music 272 or 282(2)* PMI 316 4 416 Music 272 or 282(2)* PMI 317 4 417 Music 272 or 282(2)* PMI 319 4 419 Music 272 or 282(2)* PMI 320 4 420 Music 207(3)* PMI 350 4 450 Music 271 or 281(1)* PMI 351 4 451 Music 271 or 281(1)* PMI 352 4 452 ) PMI 357 4 457 Music 271 or 281(1)* Music 271 or 281(1)* PMI 359 4 459 Music 271 or 281(0* PMI 363 4 463 Music 271 or 281(1)* PMI 364 4 464 Music 271 or 281(1)* PMI 365 4 465 Music 271 or 281(1)* PMI 366 4 466 Music 271 or 281(0* PMI 367 4 467 Music 271 or 281(1)* PMI 369 4 469 Music 271 or 281(1)* •Credit to be confirmed by examination for B. Music. PSYCHOLOGY Psychology 100 Psychology (3) Psychology (114) Psychology (100 level) (1)4) Psychology 101 Psychology (3) Psychology (1)4) Psychology (100 level) Psychology 100 4 101 Psychology 101 (3), Psychology (3) Psychology 100 (3) Psychology 100 (3) Psychology 100 4 200 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 100 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 100 4 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 100 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 100 4 204 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 100 (3) Psychology 100 (3) Psychology 100 4 205 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 100 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 200 Psychology 360 (3) Psychology (1!4) (precludes credit for Psychology 308) Psychology (200 level) (1)4) Psychology 201 Psychology (3) Psychology (l)i) (precludes credit for Psychology 308) Psychology (200 level) (1>4) Psychology 204 Psychology 351 (3) Psychology (1!4) (precludes credit for Psychology 301) Psychology (100 level) (1>4) Psychology 205 Psychology 357 (3) Psychology (1)4) Psychology (200 level) (1)4) Psychology 206 Psychology 355 (3) Psychology (1)4) Psychology (200 level) (1)4) Psychology 220 Psychology 370 (3) Psychology* (1)4) Psychology (200 level) (114) 740 CAPILANO COLLEGE SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA CONTINUED.. Psychology 222 Psychology 340 (3) Psychology* (114) Psychology (200 level) (|)4) Psychology 220 & 222 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 206* (3) Psychology 220 (3) •Credit for Capilano Psychology 220 and/or 222 precludes credit for UBC Psychology 300 and/or 305 respectively. NOTE: Maximum advance credit permitted in Psychology is 9 units. RECREATION Recreation 160 Kinesiology 143 (3) Recreation 180 Kinesiology 143 (3) Recreation 280 Kinesiology (3) Recreation 281 Kinesiology (3) Recreation 280 & 281 Kinesiology 343(3) Kinesiology (3) SOCIOLOGY Sociology 100 S.A. 150 (3) Sociology (IS) Transfers with 101 Sociology 101 S.A. 250 (3) Sociology (IS) Transfers with 100 Sociology 100 & 101 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Sociology 200 (3) (1st or 2nd year) Sociology 100 (3) Sociology 200 S.A. (3) Sociology (IS) Transfers with 201 Sociology 201 S.A. (3) Sociology (IS) Transfers with 200 Sociology 200 & 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Sociology 210 (3) Sociology 200 (3) Sociology 210 S.A. 260 (3) Sociology (IS) Sociology (200 level) (IS) Sociology 211 S.A. 280 (3) Sociology (IS) (2nd year) Sociology (200 level) (IS) Sociology 222 S.A. (3) Sociology (IS) Sociology (100 level) (IS) Sociology 223 Communications 230 (3) Sociology (IS) (2nd year) Sociology (100 level) (IS) Spanish* (3) Spanish 100 (3) Spanish 100 (3) Spanish* (3) Spanish 200 (3) Spanish 260 (3) (grade of "C+" required, oral test if continuing in Spanish) For further information on Sociology see Note //1 (page ). SPANISH Spanish 100 A: 101 Spanish 200 & 201 •For information on the transferability of any one of the following Spanish courses see Note 03 (page ). THEATRE Theatre 100 Theatre (Studio) (3) Theatre (1)4) Theatre (100 level) (114) Theatre 101 Theatre (Studio) (3) Theatre (114) Theatre (100 level) (1)4) Theatre 100 & 101 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Theatre 200 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Theatre 120 Theatre History (3) Theatre (114) Transfers with 121 Theatre 121 Theatre History (3) Theatre (114) Transfers with 120 Theatre 120 4: 121 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Theatre 120 (3) Theatre 100 (3) Theatre 200 Theatre (Studio) (3) Theatre (1)4) Theatre (200 level) (1)4) Theatre 201 Theatre (Studio) (3) Theatre (1)4) Theatre (200 level) (1)4) 141 CAPILANO COLLEGE SIMON F R A S E R UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH C O L U M B I A UNIVERSITY OF Arts(li) E n g l i s h (100 l e v e l ) (1 J ) VICTORIA WOMEN'S STUDIES Women's S t u d i e s 100 W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s 202 (3) Women's S t u d i e s 101 W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s (3) Women's S t u d i e s 104 W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s (3) Women's S t u d i e s 105 Women's S t u d i e s (3) Women's S t u d i e s 106 Women's S t u d i e s (3) Women's S t u d i e s 107 Women's S t u d i e s (3) Women's S t u d i e s 110 W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s (3) Women's S t u d i e s 112 Women's S t u d i e s (3) Women's S t u d i e s 120 W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s 200 (3) (Students m a y r e q u e s t c r e d i t f o r H i s t o r y (3) i n s t e a d . ) Women's S t u d i e s 121 Women's S t u d i e s (3) W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s (100 l e v e l ) (1 i ) History ( l j ) H i s t o r y (200 l e v e l ) ( l i ) Women's S t u d i e s 122 W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s 200 (3) A n t h r o p o l o g y ( l i ) (1st or 2nd year) W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s 200 A ( l i ) Women's S t u d i e s 122 & A n t h r o p o l o g y 120 S . A . 170 (3), S . A . (3) or S . A . 170 (3), W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s 200 (3) These courses transfer separately. See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s . A n t h r o p o l o g y 100 (3) Women's S t u d i e s 122 & A n t h r o p o l o g y 121 S . A . 170 (3), S . A . (3) or S . A . 170 (3), W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s 200 (3) These courses transfer s e p a r a t e l y . See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s . A n t h r o p o l o g y 100 (3) Women's S t u d i e s 150 Women's S t u d i e s (3) Women's S t u d i e s 151 W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s (3) W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s 192 T h e a t r e (Studio) (2) Index ACADEMIC D I F F I C U L T I E S 10 ACADEMIC P O L I C I E S : Grades 9 Transcripts 9 D i p l o m a s and C e r t i f i c a t e s . . . 10 ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY TRANSFER 21 For I n d i v i d u a l d i s c i p l i n e s , c o u r s e s and f a c u l t y , see "Course D e s c r i p t i o n s " ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE: General I n f o r m a t i o n : L y n n m o u r , S e c h e l t , S q u a m i s h . 15 Course D e s c r i p t i o n s 126 ADDING COURSES 6 ADDRESSES & PHONE NUMBERS OF CAMPUSES inside front ADMINISTRATION 144 ADMISSION: Who i s E l i g i b l e 3 When t o A p p l y 3 How t o A p p l y 3 S e c h e l t & Sunshine Coast 3 ADMISSION DATES, CAREER/ VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS 61 ADMISSIONS ADVISING 14 ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/ FOUNDATIONS 128 ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING FOR THE LEARNING HANDICAPPED . . . 130 APPEAL OF GRADES 9 ART PROGRAMS: General Information 62 S t u d i o A r t Program 63 C r a f t s Program 67 Commercial A r t Program 70 Foundations of V i s u a l Communications . 71 ATHLETICS 13 ATTENDANCE 8 AUDIT STATUS 8 BARTENDING 126 B . T . S . D . - See A d u l t B a s i c Education BOOKSTORE 13 BOUTIQUE - See S t u d e n t S t o r e B . C . STUDENT ASSISTANCE 17 BURSARIES 17 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS: General Information 75 A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management . . . 76 F i n a n c i a l Management 76 M a r k e t i n g Management 77 Computer S y s t e m s Mgmt 77 R e t a i l Management 77 A c c e l e r a t e d Programs 77 P a r t Time E v e n i n g C e r t i f i c a t e Programs 79 R I A , CGA, CA T r a n s f e r . . . . . . . 79 CAFETERIAS CALENDAR FOR 1985/86 13 2 Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e 127 CAMPUS MAP i n s i d e back Women's S t u d i e s 59 CANADIAN STUDIES SPECIALTY . . . . 22 Word P r o c e s s i n g 117 "CAP CORNER" - See S t u d e n t S t o r e COURSE OVERLOAD 5 CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE 14 COURSE VERIFICATION 6 CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS: CREDIT FREE COURSES - See General Information 60 E x t e n s i o n Programs & S e r v i c e s CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA CREDIT FREE STATUS 8 REQUIREMENTS 10 CREDIT STATUS 8 CHALLENGING COURSES 8 CHANGE OF NAME & ADDRESS 5 DEAN'S L I S T 10 CHANGING REGISTRATION STATUS . . . 6 DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE CHEATING ft PLAGIARISM 11 REQUIREMENTS 10 COLLEGE BOARD AND DISRUPTIVE STUDENTS 10 ADMINISTRATION 144 DOGWOOD PROGRAM - See B u s i n e s s COLLEGE FOUNDATION 17 Management, p . 77 COMPUTER SYSTEM MISUSE 11 DRAFTING 126 CONTRACT EDUCATION 16 DROPPING COURSES 6 CORRESPONDENCE COURSES - See Open L e a r n i n g I n s t i t u t e ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE . 130 COUNSELLING 13 ENGLISH ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: COURSE CHALLENGE PROCEDURE 8 E n g l i s h Placement Test 21 COURSE CREDITS 8 E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c Test 21 COURSE DESCRIPTION CODE 11 ENGLISH PROFICIENCY 5 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS: ENGLISH TUTORIAL ROOM 22 A.R.C 126 EXAMINATION WEEK 8 Adult Basic Education 128 EXEMPTION STANDING 60 Anthropology 25 EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND S E R V I C E S : Art 62 General Information 16 Biology 26 Fees P o l i c y 7 B u s i n e s s Management 80 B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g . . . 108 FACULTY - R e f e r t o s p e c i f i c Chemistry 28 P r o g r a m s and C o u r s e A r e a s Commerce 30 FEES - See F i n a n c i a l I n f o r m a t i o n Communications 87 FINANCIAL AID & AWARDS 17 Computing S c i e n c e 31 FINANCIAL INFORMATION D i a l o g u e Canada - s e e F r e n c h T u i t i o n Fees 7 Economics 34 C o n d i t i o n s of R e g i s t r a t i o n . . . 7 Education 89 Non-Registration 7 English 35 Fee W a i v e r s f o r S e n i o r s 7 E n g l i s h as a Second Language 130 Fees P o l i c y , E x t e n s i o n Programs Fine Arts 38 and S e r v i c e s 7 French 39 FIRST AID AND HEALTH 14 Geography 42 FITNESS CENTRE 13 Geology 43 FOOD SERVICES 13 German 44 FOURTH INSTRUCTIONAL HOUR 8 History 45 Labour S t u d i e s 46 GENERAL COURSE INFORMATION 8 L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s . . . . 109 GRADES 9 Legal Secretary 113 GRADE POINT AVERAGE 9 Mathematics 48 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 10 Media 93 M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t . . . 115 HANDICAPPED STUDENT SERVICES - See Music 100 S p e c i a l Needs S e r v i c e s Music Therapy 105 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAMS O f f i c e Technology 116 E a r l y C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n . . . 88 Philosophy 51 Long Term C a r e A i d e 91 Physics 52 HEALTH SERVICES S FIRST AID . . . 14 P o l i t i c a l Science 54 HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY - See Psychology 55 Adult Basic Education Recreation 121 HOLIDAYS 2 R e t a i l Management 85 HOSPITALITY COURSES 126 Sociology 56 HOWE SOUND CENTRE - See S q u a m i s h Spanish 57 Centre Theatre Arts 58 143 Administration " I " GRADES IDENTIFICATION CARD INSTRUCTIONAL GUIDELINES INSTRUCTIONAL YEAR INTRODUCTION 9 3 5 8 1 KNOWLEDGE 11 NETWORK LABOUR STUDIES PROGRAM 46 LANDSCAPE PROGRAM - See O u t d o o r Recreation LEARNING ASSISTANCE - See Achievement Resource Centre LIBRARY - See M e d i a C e n t r e LIMIT OF RESPONSIBILITY 11 LOANS - See F i n a n c i a l A i d LONG TERM CARE - See H e a l t h and Human S e r v i c e s LOST AND FOUND 12 LYNNMOUR CENTRE: A d d r e s s & Phone . . . i n s i d e f r o n t Map o f i n s i d e back MAP i n s i d e back MATH LEARNING CENTRE 1 5 , 22 MEDIA CENTRE: Lynnmour 14 S e c h e l t and S q u a m i s h 15 MEDIA RESOURCES PROGRAM 92 MERIT L I S T 10 MISUSE OF COMPUTER SYSTEM 11 MUSIC PROGRAMS: Commercial Music 97 B a c h e l o r of Music 98 Music Therapy 99 NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS - See E x t e n s i o n Programs & S e r v i c e s OFFICE ADMINISTRATION: General Information 107 B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g . . . 107 L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s . . . . 109 L e g a l S e c r e t a r y P r o g r a m . . . . 113 M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t . . . 115 O f f i c e Technology 116 Word P r o c e s s i n g 117 OPEN LEARNING INSTITUTE 11 OPEN UNIVERSITIES CONSORTIUM . . 11 OUTDOOR RECREATION: General Information 118 Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Diploma Program 118 Wilderness Leadership 119 Fitness Leadership 120 A p p l i e d Landscape H o r t i c u l t u r e Program 125 OVERLOAD OF COURSES 5 PARKING PLACEMENT CENTRE PLAGIARISM & CHEATING PRIORITY SEQUENCE FOR REGISTRATION 744 12 14 11 4 PROGRAMS AND COURSES FOR NEEDS SPECIAL 127 RECORDS, STUDENT REGISTRATION: How t o R e g i s t e r When t o R e g i s t e r P r i o r i t y Sequence Dates REPEATING A COURSE RESTAURANT TECHNOLOGY 11 4 4 4 5 9 126 SCHOLARSHIPS 18 SCHOLASTIC AWARDS 10 SCIENCE: GENERAL INFORMATION . . 22 S C I E N T I F I C COMPUTING APPLICATIONS TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM (SCAT) 2 2 , 31 SECHELT CENTRE ADDRESS & PHONE NUMBER inside front SELF PACED LEARNING 22 SENIOR C I T I Z E N FEE WAIVERS 7 SERVICES 12 SEXUAL HARASSMENT 12 SPECIAL NEEDS SERVICES 1 2 , 15 SPORTS 13 SQUAMISH CENTRE ADDRESS & PHONE NUMBER inside front STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE 7 STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD 3 STUDENT LOANS 17 STUDENT NEWSPAPER 12 STUDENT NUMBER 3 STUDENT RECORDS 11 STUDENT STORE 12 STUDENT SOCIETY 12 SUNSHINE COAST - See S e c h e l t TABLE OF CONTENTS . . . i n s i d e f r o n t TOWTRUCKS 13 TRANSCRIPTS 9 TRANSFER GUIDE 131 TRANSFER TO AND FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS: Academic 21 Career 61 TUITION - See F i n a n c i a l I n f o . UNIVERSITY TRANSFER/ACADEMIC .. 21 VISITORS 8 VOCATIONAL, PRE-EMPLOYMENT AND UPGRADING PROGRAMS 126 WAIT L I S T S WAITER/WAITRESS TRAINING WELCOME TO CAPILANO COLLEGE WHISTLER COURSES WITHDRAWING FROM A COURSE WOMEN'S ACCESS CENTRE Courses WOMEN'S STUDIES SPECIALTY WORK-STUDY PROGRAM 6 126 .... 1 126 6 16 127 22 18 College B o a r d Members H i l d a R i z u n , Chairman Michael Smith, Vice-Chairman David C r a i g John G r e g o r y Norris Martin John Stethem Douglas V i n c e n t Board Representatives Ed L a v a l l e , F a c u l t y A s s o c i a t i o n (CCFA) B i l l L i t t l e , S t a f f Union (CEU) Joyce Simpson, F a c u l t y A s s o c i a t i o n (CCFA) P l u s t w o r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s t o be named by t h e S t u d e n t U n i o n General Administration Paul G a l l a g h e r , B . A . , M . E d . , D.C.L.; Principal Marie Jessup, C.G.A. Bursar A l a n P . D . S m i t h , B . A . , M.A. Director of Planning David W o o l l e y , B . S c . Registrar Jim D i l l o n , B.A., L.L.B. Human R e s o u r c e s A d m i n i s t r a t o r David Brewer, P . P . D i r e c t o r of S u p p l i e s & S e r v i c e s Alan Ng, B . S c , C.G.A. Comptroller Ken Hughes Facilities Supervisor Instructional Administration D o u g l a s K. J a r d i n e , B . A . S c , P h . D . ; Dean o f Instructional Servi ces F r a n k l i n C. G e i i n , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D . ; Dean o f A c a d e m i c S t u d i e s W.G. G i b s o n , B . A . , D i p l . E d . , P h . D . ; A s s o c i a t e Dean, Academic Studies G.F. Lee, B . S c , M . S c , P h . D . ; Dean o f C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l Programs Nancy L y n c h , B . A . , M . A . ; A s s o c i a t e Dean, C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l Programs P a t r i c i a Heffron Groves, B.A., P h . D . ; A s s o c i a t e Dean, Instructional Services Beverley A. Harnett, B . A . , B.Ed.; A s s o c i a t e Dean, C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l Programs J a n e t M o r r i s ; A s s i s t a n t t o Dean o f Instructional Services CO CD O c c is O o CO CD CL eo > D) CD cr c" o a CD o CD Lt TJ C CO c o O Z LU ^ E o 1 D CD < a> o CO . E TJ o Q) E C TJ < c tr -Q 5 -9 "5 E w I E a> S g 3 £8 3 f CO 3 O .y c CO E o o c CO CO ii 0) si 3 x: — £ 0 o CO . sz < CD •3 « aS .O CO cr CO o - CO CD c 3 U co CL C CD CD CD E E CD _ o CD o UI O C O 5 C CO CO CD u. co ~ co" - 2 XJ CD CD - CD 1 o CO^J c o sz * oco CO <0 co . y 2:1 8 | co o CO CD gj co r CO (O CD X o§ t r eo O r o jg O \. CO n -r o S 1 0 g< >- >> ,5 « = . y < 2? CD O) CD "2 = a. o 5 ° c s" 0) $o I o cj) E ca CD u l O CD 'c 3 "CD E E o o D sz 2 O ^ CO CD CD . •o 2? CO « O) £ " CM O O O O O A C J I c £ CD S3 0 o o co" E o SI X a dJQ= o c CO CD o eo CD O ' c O) CO CO S co ~ CO y< 2 CO o CO CO" CD CD CD . y co 1 3 jS f| 1 £I I I I I I I II CN CO _ CD CO O CD c 2 o CO c O o St £ L! co C3ca .Q SZ CO CO a 2 CD O CO .2? CD r >.o 5 <= | | o • CO CL d .o o o O US? < CD CO rt) CO O CO CO 55 to" ffl tr E t r CEO cCD co !r CD E P o CO E o ^ C O 2 (O TJ TJ C ° * 0)0 C O «5 Q CO o « 3 _ _ % CO o E C C o N O) o a, UJ DC TJ CD C . co •S co _ i C5 CD eo H O CD «CO Z "5 O O UJ fllE Z rr CL a I CD GC < Q. c CO o CD" E >c CO CO D (5 i co CD CO II o cn z O) o o o >. c E 3 "IS | §<£"3 f o O) CO c O) i- O) c co CO CO 5 Q.TJ CO -No roa c g CD CD TJ CD £ 0> £ CD CO CD tr II 1 C CO o CO CD TJ CD 3 O N _ i Lu c 6 Capilano College Serving North and West Vancouver, Howe Sound and the Sunshine Coast Administrative offices - 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5 (604) 986-1911